]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/systemd.git/blob - NEWS
Merge pull request #25473 from yuwata/mount-tool-cleanups
[thirdparty/systemd.git] / NEWS
1 systemd System and Service Manager
2
3 CHANGES WITH 253 in spe:
4
5 Changes in sd-boot, bootctl, and the Boot Loader Specification:
6
7 * systemd-boot now passes its random seed directly to the kernel's RNG
8 via the LINUX_EFI_RANDOM_SEED_TABLE_GUID configuration table, which
9 means the RNG gets seeded very early in boot before userspace has
10 started.
11
12 * systemd-boot will pass a random seed when secure boot is enabled if
13 it can additionally get a random seed from EFI itself, via EFI's RNG
14 protocol or a prior seed in LINUX_EFI_RANDOM_SEED_TABLE_GUID from a
15 preceding bootloader.
16
17 * The random seed stored in ESP is now refreshed whenever
18 systemd-random-seed.service is run.
19
20 * systemd-boot handles various seed inputs using a domain- and
21 field-separated hashing scheme.
22
23 * systemd-boot's 'random-seed-mode' option has been removed. A system
24 token is now always required to be present for random seeds to be
25 used.
26
27 * systemd-stub now processes random seeds in the same way as
28 systemd-boot, in case a unified kernel image is being used from a
29 different bootloader than systemd-boot.
30
31 * bootctl will now generate a system token on all EFI systems, even
32 virtualized ones, and is activated in the case that the system token
33 is missing from either sd-boot and sd-stub booted systems.
34
35 CHANGES WITH 252 🎃:
36
37 Announcements of Future Feature Removals:
38
39 * We intend to remove cgroup v1 support from systemd release after the
40 end of 2023. If you run services that make explicit use of cgroup v1
41 features (i.e. the "legacy hierarchy" with separate hierarchies for
42 each controller), please implement compatibility with cgroup v2 (i.e.
43 the "unified hierarchy") sooner rather than later. Most of Linux
44 userspace has been ported over already.
45
46 * We intend to remove support for split-usr (/usr mounted separately
47 during boot) and unmerged-usr (parallel directories /bin and
48 /usr/bin, /lib and /usr/lib, etc). This will happen in the second
49 half of 2023, in the first release that falls into that time window.
50 For more details, see:
51 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2022-September/048352.html
52
53 Compatibility Breaks:
54
55 * ConditionKernelVersion= checks that use the '=' or '!=' operators
56 will now do simple string comparisons (instead of version comparisons
57 á la stverscmp()). Version comparisons are still done for the
58 ordering operators '<', '>', '<=', '>='. Moreover, if no operator is
59 specified, a shell-style glob match is now done. This creates a minor
60 incompatibility compared to older systemd versions when the '*', '?',
61 '[', ']' characters are used, as these will now match as shell globs
62 instead of literally. Given that kernel version strings typically do
63 not include these characters we expect little breakage through this
64 change.
65
66 * The service manager will now read the SELinux label used for SELinux
67 access checks from the unit file at the time it loads the file.
68 Previously, the label would be read at the moment of the access
69 check, which was problematic since at that time the unit file might
70 already have been updated or removed.
71
72 New Features:
73
74 * systemd-measure is a new tool for calculating and signing expected
75 TPM2 PCR values for a given unified kernel image (UKI) booted via
76 sd-stub. The public key used for the signature and the signed
77 expected PCR information can be embedded inside the UKI. This
78 information can be extracted from the UKI by external tools and code
79 in the image itself and is made available to userspace in the booted
80 kernel.
81
82 systemd-cryptsetup, systemd-cryptenroll, and systemd-creds have been
83 updated to make use of this information if available in the booted
84 kernel: when locking an encrypted volume/credential to the TPM
85 systemd-cryptenroll/systemd-creds will use the public key to bind the
86 volume/credential to any kernel that carries PCR information signed
87 by the same key pair. When unlocking such volumes/credentials
88 systemd-cryptsetup/systemd-creds will use the signature embedded in
89 the booted UKI to gain access.
90
91 Binding TPM-based disk encryption to public keys/signatures of PCR
92 values — instead of literal PCR values — addresses the inherent
93 "brittleness" of traditional PCR-bound TPM disk encryption schemes:
94 disks remain accessible even if the UKI is updated, without any TPM
95 specific preparation during the OS update — as long as each UKI
96 carries the necessary PCR signature information.
97
98 Net effect: if you boot a properly prepared kernel, TPM-bound disk
99 encryption now defaults to be locked to kernels which carry PCR
100 signatures from the same key pair. Example: if a hypothetical distro
101 FooOS prepares its UKIs like this, TPM-based disk encryption is now –
102 by default – bound to only FooOS kernels, and encrypted volumes bound
103 to the TPM cannot be unlocked on kernels from other sources. (But do
104 note this behaviour requires preparation/enabling in the UKI, and of
105 course users can always enroll non-TPM ways to unlock the volume.)
106
107 * systemd-pcrphase is a new tool that is invoked at six places during
108 system runtime, and measures additional words into TPM2 PCR 11, to
109 mark milestones of the boot process. This allows binding access to
110 specific TPM2-encrypted secrets to specific phases of the boot
111 process. (Example: LUKS2 disk encryption key only accessible in the
112 initrd, but not later.)
113
114 Changes in systemd itself, i.e. the manager and units
115
116 * The cpu controller is delegated to user manager units by default, and
117 CPUWeight= settings are applied to the top-level user slice units
118 (app.slice, background.slice, session.slice). This provides a degree
119 of resource isolation between different user services competing for
120 the CPU.
121
122 * Systemd can optionally do a full preset in the "first boot" condition
123 (instead of just enable-only). This behaviour is controlled by the
124 compile-time option -Dfirst-boot-full-preset. Right now it defaults
125 to 'false', but the plan is to switch it to 'true' for the subsequent
126 release.
127
128 * Drop-ins are now allowed for transient units too.
129
130 * Systemd will set the taint flag 'support-ended' if it detects that
131 the OS image is past its end-of-support date. This date is declared
132 in a new /etc/os-release field SUPPORT_END= described below.
133
134 * Two new settings ConditionCredential= and AssertCredential= can be
135 used to skip or fail units if a certain system credential is not
136 provided.
137
138 * ConditionMemory= accepts size suffixes (K, M, G, T, …).
139
140 * DefaultSmackProcessLabel= can be used in system.conf and user.conf to
141 specify the SMACK security label to use when not specified in a unit
142 file.
143
144 * DefaultDeviceTimeoutSec= can be used in system.conf and user.conf to
145 specify the default timeout when waiting for device units to
146 activate.
147
148 * C.UTF-8 is used as the default locale if nothing else has been
149 configured.
150
151 * [Condition|Assert]Firmware= have been extended to support certain
152 SMBIOS fields. For example
153
154 ConditionFirmware=smbios-field(board_name = "Custom Board")
155
156 conditionalizes the unit to run only when
157 /sys/class/dmi/id/board_name contains "Custom Board" (without the
158 quotes).
159
160 * ConditionFirstBoot= now correctly evaluates as true only during the
161 boot phase of the first boot. A unit executed later, after booting
162 has completed, will no longer evaluate this condition as true.
163
164 * Socket units will now create sockets in the SELinuxContext= of the
165 associated service unit, if any.
166
167 * Boot phase transitions (start initrd → exit initrd → boot complete →
168 shutdown) will be measured into TPM2 PCR 11, so that secrets can be
169 bound to a specific runtime phase. E.g.: a LUKS encryption key can be
170 unsealed only in the initrd.
171
172 * Service credentials (i.e. SetCredential=/LoadCredential=/…) will now
173 also be provided to ExecStartPre= processes.
174
175 * Various units are now correctly ordered against
176 initrd-switch-root.target where previously a conflict without
177 ordering was configured. A stop job for those units would be queued,
178 but without the ordering it could be executed only after
179 initrd-switch-root.service, leading to units not being restarted in
180 the host system as expected.
181
182 * In order to fully support the IPMI watchdog driver, which has not yet
183 been ported to the new common watchdog device interface,
184 /dev/watchdog0 will be tried first and systemd will silently fallback
185 to /dev/watchdog if it is not found.
186
187 * New watchdog-related D-Bus properties are now published by systemd:
188 WatchdogDevice, WatchdogLastPingTimestamp,
189 WatchdogLastPingTimestampMonotonic.
190
191 * At shutdown, API virtual files systems (proc, sys, etc.) will be
192 unmounted lazily.
193
194 * At shutdown, systemd will now log about processes blocking unmounting
195 of file systems.
196
197 * A new meson build option 'clock-valid-range-usec-max' was added to
198 allow disabling system time correction if RTC returns a timestamp far
199 in the future.
200
201 * Propagated restart jobs will no longer be discarded while a unit is
202 activating.
203
204 * PID 1 will now import system credentials from SMBIOS Type 11 fields
205 ("OEM vendor strings"), in addition to qemu_fwcfg. This provides a
206 simple, fast and generic path for supplying credentials to a VM,
207 without involving external tools such as cloud-init/ignition.
208
209 * The CPUWeight= setting of unit files now accepts a new special value
210 "idle", which configures "idle" level scheduling for the unit.
211
212 * Service processes that are activated due to a .timer or .path unit
213 triggering will now receive information about this via environment
214 variables. Note that this is information is lossy, as activation
215 might be coalesced and only one of the activating triggers will be
216 reported. This is hence more suited for debugging or tracing rather
217 than for behaviour decisions.
218
219 * The riscv_flush_icache(2) system call has been added to the list of
220 system calls allowed by default when SystemCallFilter= is used.
221
222 * The selinux context derived from the target executable, instead of
223 'init_t' used for the manager itself, is now used when creating
224 listening sockets for units that specify SELinuxContextFromNet=yes.
225
226 Changes in sd-boot, bootctl, and the Boot Loader Specification:
227
228 * The Boot Loader Specification has been cleaned up and clarified.
229 Various corner cases in version string comparisons have been fixed
230 (e.g. comparisons for empty strings). Boot counting is now part of
231 the main specification.
232
233 * New PCRs measurements are performed during boot: PCR 11 for the the
234 kernel+initrd combo, PCR 13 for any sysext images. If a measurement
235 took place this is now reported to userspace via the new
236 StubPcrKernelImage and StubPcrInitRDSysExts EFI variables.
237
238 * As before, systemd-stub will measure kernel parameters and system
239 credentials into PCR 12. It will now report this fact via the
240 StubPcrKernelParameters EFI variable to userspace.
241
242 * The UEFI monotonic boot counter is now included in the updated random
243 seed file maintained by sd-boot, providing some additional entropy.
244
245 * sd-stub will use LoadImage/StartImage to execute the kernel, instead
246 of arranging the image manually and jumping to the kernel entry
247 point. sd-stub also installs a temporary UEFI SecurityOverride to
248 allow the (unsigned) nested image to be booted. This is safe because
249 the outer (signed) stub+kernel binary must have been verified before
250 the stub was executed.
251
252 * Booting in EFI mixed mode (a 64-bit kernel over 32-bit UEFI firmware)
253 is now supported by sd-boot.
254
255 * bootctl gained a bunch of new options: --all-architectures to install
256 binaries for all supported EFI architectures, --root= and --image=
257 options to operate on a directory or disk image, and
258 --install-source= to specify the source for binaries to install,
259 --efi-boot-option-description= to control the name of the boot entry.
260
261 * The sd-boot stub exports a StubFeatures flag, which is used by
262 bootctl to show features supported by the stub that was used to boot.
263
264 * The PE section offsets that are used by tools that assemble unified
265 kernel images have historically been hard-coded. This may lead to
266 overlapping PE sections which may break on boot. The UKI will now try
267 to detect and warn about this.
268
269 Any tools that assemble UKIs must update to calculate these offsets
270 dynamically. Future sd-stub versions may use offsets that will not
271 work with the currently used set of hard-coded offsets!
272
273 * sd-stub now accepts (and passes to the initrd and then to the full
274 OS) new PE sections '.pcrsig' and '.pcrkey' that can be used to embed
275 signatures of expected PCR values, to allow sealing secrets via the
276 TPM2 against pre-calculated PCR measurements.
277
278 Changes in the hardware database:
279
280 * 'systemd-hwdb query' now supports the --root= option.
281
282 Changes in systemctl:
283
284 * systemctl now supports --state= and --type= options for the 'show'
285 and 'status' verbs.
286
287 * systemctl gained a new verb 'list-automounts' to list automount
288 points.
289
290 * systemctl gained support for a new --image= switch to be able to
291 operate on the specified disk image (similar to the existing --root=
292 which operates relative to some directory).
293
294 Changes in systemd-networkd:
295
296 * networkd can set Linux NetLabel labels for integration with the
297 network control in security modules via a new NetLabel= option.
298
299 * The RapidCommit= is (re-)introduced to enable faster configuration
300 via DHCPv6 (RFC 3315).
301
302 * networkd gained a new option TCPCongestionControlAlgorithm= that
303 allows setting a per-route TCP algorithm.
304
305 * networkd gained a new option KeepFileDescriptor= to allow keeping a
306 reference (file descriptor) open on TUN/TAP interfaces, which is
307 useful to avoid link flaps while the underlying service providing the
308 interface is being serviced.
309
310 * RouteTable= now also accepts route table names.
311
312 Changes in systemd-nspawn:
313
314 * The --bind= and --overlay= options now support relative paths.
315
316 * The --bind= option now supports a 'rootidmap' value, which will
317 use id-mapped mounts to map the root user inside the container to the
318 owner of the mounted directory on the host.
319
320 Changes in systemd-resolved:
321
322 * systemd-resolved now persists DNSOverTLS in its state file too. This
323 fixes a problem when used in combination with NetworkManager, which
324 sends the setting only once, causing it to be lost if resolved was
325 restarted at any point.
326
327 * systemd-resolved now exposes a varlink socket at
328 /run/systemd/resolve/io.systemd.Resolve.Monitor, accessible only for
329 root. Processed DNS requests in a JSON format will be published to
330 any clients connected to this socket.
331
332 resolvectl gained a 'monitor' verb to make use of this.
333
334 * systemd-resolved now treats unsupported DNSSEC algorithms as INSECURE
335 instead of returning SERVFAIL, as per RFC:
336 https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc6840#section-5.2
337
338 * OpenSSL is the default crypto backend for systemd-resolved. (gnutls
339 is still supported.)
340
341 Changes in libsystemd and other libraries:
342
343 * libsystemd now exports sd_bus_error_setfv() (a convenience function
344 for setting bus errors), sd_id128_string_equal (a convenience
345 function for 128bit ID string comparisons), and
346 sd_bus_message_read_strv_extend() (a function to incrementally read
347 string arrays).
348
349 * libsystemd now exports sd_device_get_child_first()/_next() as a
350 high-level interface for enumerating child devices. It also supports
351 sd_device_new_child() for opening a child device given a device
352 object.
353
354 * libsystemd now exports sd_device_monitor_set()/get_description()
355 which allow setting a custom description that will be used in log
356 messages by sd_device_monitor*.
357
358 * Private shared libraries (libsystemd-shared-nnn.so,
359 libsystemd-core-nnn.so) are now installed into arch-specific
360 directories to allow multi-arch installs.
361
362 * A new sd-gpt.h header is now published, listing GUIDs from the
363 Discoverable Partitions specification. For more details see:
364 https://systemd.io/DISCOVERABLE_PARTITIONS/
365
366 * A new function sd_hwdb_new_from_path() has been added to open a hwdb
367 database given an explicit path to the file.
368
369 * The signal number argument to sd_event_add_signal() now can now be
370 ORed with the SD_EVENT_SIGNAL_PROCMASK flag, causing sigprocmask() to
371 be automatically invoked to block the specified signal. This is
372 useful to simplify invocations as the caller doesn't have to do this
373 manually.
374
375 * A new convenience call sd_event_set_signal_exit() has been added to
376 sd-event to set up signal handling so that the event loop
377 automatically terminates cleanly on SIGTERM/SIGINT.
378
379 Changes in other components:
380
381 * systemd-sysusers, systemd-tmpfiles, and systemd-sysctl configuration
382 can now be provided via the credential mechanism.
383
384 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb 'compare-versions' that implements
385 comparisons for versions strings (similarly to 'rpmdev-vercmp' and
386 'dpkg --compare-versions').
387
388 * 'systemd-analyze dump' is extended to accept glob patterns for unit
389 names to limit the output to matching units.
390
391 * tmpfiles.d/ lines can read file contents to write from a credential.
392 The new modifier char '^' is used to specify that the argument is a
393 credential name. This mechanism is used to automatically populate
394 /etc/motd, /etc/issue, and /etc/hosts from credentials.
395
396 * tmpfiles.d/ may now be configured to avoid changing uid/gid/mode of
397 an inode if the specification is prefixed with ':' and the inode
398 already exists.
399
400 * Default tmpfiles.d/ configuration now carries a line to automatically
401 use an 'ssh.authorized_keys.root' credential if provided to set up
402 the SSH authorized_keys file for the root user.
403
404 * systemd-tmpfiles will now gracefully handle absent source of "C" copy
405 lines.
406
407 * tmpfiles.d/ F/w lines now optionally permit encoding of the payload
408 in base64. This is useful to write arbitrary binary data into files.
409
410 * The pkgconfig and rpm macros files now export the directory for user
411 units as 'user_tmpfiles_dir' and '%_user_tmpfilesdir'.
412
413 * Detection of Apple Virtualization and detection of Parallels and
414 KubeVirt virtualization on non-x86 archs have been added.
415
416 * os-release gained a new field SUPPORT_END=YYYY-MM-DD to inform the
417 user when their system will become unsupported.
418
419 * When performing suspend-then-hibernate, the system will estimate the
420 discharge rate and use that to set the delay until hibernation and
421 hibernate immediately instead of suspending when running from a
422 battery and the capacity is below 5%.
423
424 * systemd-sysctl gained a --strict option to fail when a sysctl
425 setting is unknown to the kernel.
426
427 * machinectl supports --force for the 'copy-to' and 'copy-from'
428 verbs.
429
430 * coredumpctl gained the --root and --image options to look for journal
431 files under the specified root directory, image, or block device.
432
433 * 'journalctl -o' and similar commands now implement a new output mode
434 "short-delta". It is similar to "short-monotonic", but also shows the
435 time delta between subsequent messages.
436
437 * journalctl now respects the --quiet flag when verifying consistency
438 of journal files.
439
440 * Journal log messages gained a new implicit field _RUNTIME_SCOPE= that
441 will indicate whether a message was logged in the 'initrd' phase or
442 in the 'system' phase of the boot process.
443
444 * Journal files gained a new compatibility flag
445 'HEADER_INCOMPATIBLE_COMPACT'. Files with this flag implement changes
446 to the storage format that allow reducing size on disk. As with other
447 compatibility flags, older journalctl versions will not be able to
448 read journal files using this new format. The environment variable
449 'SYSTEMD_JOURNAL_COMPACT=0' can be passed to systemd-journald to
450 disable this functionality. It is enabled by default.
451
452 * systemd-run's --working-directory= switch now works when used in
453 combination with --scope.
454
455 * portablectl gained a --force flag to skip certain sanity checks. This
456 is implemented using new flags accepted by systemd-portabled for the
457 *WithExtensions() D-Bus methods: SD_SYSTEMD_PORTABLE_FORCE_ATTACH
458 flag now means that the attach/detach checks whether the units are
459 already present and running will be skipped. Similarly,
460 SD_SYSTEMD_PORTABLE_FORCE_SYSEXT flag means that the check whether
461 image name matches the name declared inside of the image will be
462 skipped. Callers must be sure to do those checks themselves if
463 appropriate.
464
465 * systemd-portabled will now use the original filename to check
466 extension-release.NAME for correctness, in case it is passed a
467 symlink.
468
469 * systemd-portabled now uses PrivateTmp=yes in the 'trusted' profile
470 too.
471
472 * sysext's extension-release files now support '_any' as a special
473 value for the ID= field, to allow distribution-independent extensions
474 (e.g.: fully statically compiled binaries, scripts). It also gained
475 support for a new ARCHITECTURE= field that may be used to explicitly
476 restrict an image to hosts of a specific architecture.
477
478 * systemd-repart now supports creating squashfs partitions. This
479 requires mksquashfs from squashfs-tools.
480
481 * systemd-repart gained a --split flag to also generate split
482 artifacts, i.e. a separate file for each partition. This is useful in
483 conjunction with systemd-sysupdate or other tools, or to generate
484 split dm-verity artifacts.
485
486 * systemd-repart is now able to generate dm-verity partitions, including
487 signatures.
488
489 * systemd-repart can now set a partition UUID to zero, allowing it to
490 be filled in later, such as when using verity partitions.
491
492 * systemd-repart now supports drop-ins for its configuration files.
493
494 * Package metadata logged by systemd-coredump in the system journal is
495 now more compact.
496
497 * xdg-autostart-service now expands 'tilde' characters in Exec lines.
498
499 * systemd-oomd now automatically links against libatomic, if available.
500
501 * systemd-oomd now sends out a 'Killed' D-Bus signal when a cgroup is
502 killed.
503
504 * scope units now also provide oom-kill status.
505
506 * systemd-pstore will now try to load only the efi_pstore kernel module
507 before running, ensuring that pstore can be used.
508
509 * systemd-logind gained a new StopIdleSessionSec= option to stop an idle
510 session after a preconfigure timeout.
511
512 * systemd-homed will now wait up to 30 seconds for workers to terminate,
513 rather than indefinitely.
514
515 * homectl gained a new '--luks-sector-size=' flag that allows users to
516 select the preferred LUKS sector size. Must be a power of 2 between 512
517 and 4096. systemd-userdbd records gained a corresponding field.
518
519 * systemd-sysusers will now respect the 'SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH' environment
520 variable when generating the 'sp_lstchg' field, to ensure an image
521 build can be reproducible.
522
523 * 'udevadm wait' will now listen to kernel uevents too when called with
524 --initialized=no.
525
526 * When naming network devices udev will now consult the Devicetree
527 "alias" fields for the device.
528
529 * systemd-udev will now create infiniband/by-path and
530 infiniband/by-ibdev links for Infiniband verbs devices.
531
532 * systemd-udev-trigger.service will now also prioritize input devices.
533
534 * ConditionACPower= and systemd-ac-power will now assume the system is
535 running on AC power if no battery can be found.
536
537 * All features and tools using the TPM2 will now communicate with it
538 using a bind key. Beforehand, the tpm2 support used encrypted sessions
539 by creating a primary key that was used to encrypt traffic. This
540 creates a problem as the key created for encrypting the traffic could
541 be faked by an active interposer on the bus. In cases when a pin is
542 used, a bind key will be used. The pin is used as the auth value for
543 the seal key, aka the disk encryption key, and that auth value will be
544 used in the session establishment. An attacker would need the pin
545 value to create the secure session and thus an active interposer
546 without the pin cannot interpose on TPM2 traffic.
547
548 * systemd-growfs no longer requires udev to run.
549
550 * systemd-backlight now will better support systems with multiple
551 graphic cards.
552
553 * systemd-cryptsetup's keyfile-timeout= option now also works when a
554 device is used as a keyfile.
555
556 * systemd-cryptenroll gained a new --unlock-key-file= option to get the
557 unlocking key from a key file (instead of prompting the user). Note
558 that this is the key for unlocking the volume in order to be able to
559 enroll a new key, but it is not the key that is enrolled.
560
561 * systemd-dissect gained a new --umount switch that will safely and
562 synchronously unmount all partitions of an image previously mounted
563 with 'systemd-dissect --mount'.
564
565 * When using gcrypt, all systemd tools and services will now configure
566 it to prefer the OS random number generator if present.
567
568 * All example code shipped with documentation has been relicensed from CC0
569 to MIT-0.
570
571 * Unit tests will no longer fail when running on a system without
572 /etc/machine-id.
573
574 Experimental features:
575
576 * BPF programs can now be compiled with bpf-gcc (requires libbpf >= 1.0
577 and bpftool >= 7.0).
578
579 * sd-boot can automatically enroll SecureBoot keys from files found on
580 the ESP. This enrollment can be either automatic ('force' mode) or
581 controlled by the user ('manual' mode). It is sufficient to place the
582 SecureBoot keys in the right place in the ESP and they will be picked
583 up by sd-boot and shown in the boot menu.
584
585 * The mkosi config in systemd gained support for automatically
586 compiling a kernel with the configuration appropriate for testing
587 systemd. This may be useful when developing or testing systemd in
588 tandem with the kernel.
589
590 Contributions from: 김인수, Adam Williamson, adrian5, Aidan Dang,
591 Akihiko Odaki, Alban Bedel, Albert Mikaelyan, Aleksey Vasenev,
592 Alexander Graf, Alexander Shopov, Alexander Wilson,
593 Alper Nebi Yasak, anarcat, Anders Jonsson, Andre Kalb,
594 Andrew Stone, Andrey Albershteyn, Anita Zhang, Ansgar Burchardt,
595 Antonio Alvarez Feijoo, Arnaud Ferraris, Aryan singh, asavah,
596 Avamander, Avram Lubkin, Balázs Meskó, Bastien Nocera,
597 Benjamin Franzke, BerndAdameit, bin456789, Celeste Liu,
598 Chih-Hsuan Yen, Christian Brauner, Christian Göttsche,
599 Christian Hesse, Clyde Byrd III, codefiles, Colin Walters,
600 Cristian Rodríguez, Daan De Meyer, Daniel Braunwarth,
601 Daniel Rusek, Dan Streetman, Darsey Litzenberger, David Edmundson,
602 David Jaša, David Rheinsberg, David Seifert, David Tardon,
603 dependabot[bot], Devendra Tewari, Dominique Martinet, drosdeck,
604 Edson Juliano Drosdeck, Eduard Tolosa, eggfly, Einsler Lee,
605 Elias Probst, Eli Schwartz, Evgeny Vereshchagin, exploide, Fei Li,
606 Foster Snowhill, Franck Bui, Frank Dana, Frantisek Sumsal,
607 Gerd Hoffmann, Gio, Goffredo Baroncelli, gtwang01,
608 Guillaume W. Bres, H A, Hans de Goede, Heinrich Schuchardt,
609 Hugo Carvalho, i-do-cpp, igo95862, j00512545, Jacek Migacz,
610 Jade Bilkey, James Hilliard, Jan B, Janis Goldschmidt,
611 Jan Janssen, Jan Kuparinen, Jan Luebbe, Jan Macku,
612 Jason A. Donenfeld, Javkhlanbayar Khongorzul, Jeremy Soller,
613 JeroenHD, jiangchuangang, João Loureiro,
614 Joaquín Ignacio Aramendía, Jochen Sprickerhof,
615 Johannes Schauer Marin Rodrigues, Jonas Kümmerlin,
616 Jonas Witschel, Jonathan Kang, Jonathan Lebon, Joost Heitbrink,
617 Jörg Thalheim, josh-gordon-fb, Joyce, Kai Lueke, lastkrick,
618 Lennart Poettering, Leon M. George, licunlong, Li kunyu,
619 LockBlock-dev, Loïc Collignon, Lubomir Rintel, Luca Boccassi,
620 Luca BRUNO, Ludwig Nussel, Łukasz Stelmach, Maccraft123,
621 Marc Kleine-Budde, Marius Vollmer, Martin Wilck, matoro,
622 Matthias Lisin, Max Gautier, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl,
623 Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Michal Stanke, Mike Gilbert,
624 Mitchell Freiderich, msizanoen1, Nick Rosbrook, nl6720, Oğuz Ersen,
625 Oleg Solovyov, Olga Smirnova, Pablo Ceballos, Pavel Zhukov,
626 Phaedrus Leeds, Philipp Gortan, Piotr Drąg, Pyfisch,
627 Quentin Deslandes, Rahil Bhimjiani, Rene Hollander, Richard Huang,
628 Richard Phibel, Rudi Heitbaum, Sam James, Sarah Brofeldt,
629 Sean Anderson, Sebastian Scheibner, Shreenidhi Shedi,
630 Sonali Srivastava, Steve Ramage, Suraj Krishnan, Swapnil Devesh,
631 Takashi Sakamoto, Ted X. Toth, Temuri Doghonadze, Thomas Blume,
632 Thomas Haller, Thomas Hebb, Tomáš Hnyk, Tomasz Paweł Gajc,
633 Topi Miettinen, Ulrich Ölmann, undef, Uriel Corfa,
634 Victor Westerhuis, Vincent Dagonneau, Vishal Chillara Srinivas,
635 Vito Caputo, Weblate, Wenchao Hao, William Roberts, williamsumendap,
636 wineway, xiaoyang, Yuri Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe,
637 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhaofeng Li, наб
638
639 – The Great Beyond, 2022-10-31 👻
640
641 CHANGES WITH 251:
642
643 Backwards-incompatible changes:
644
645 * The minimum kernel version required has been bumped from 3.13 to 4.15,
646 and CLOCK_BOOTTIME is now assumed to always exist.
647
648 * C11 with GNU extensions (aka "gnu11") is now used to build our
649 components. Public API headers are still restricted to ISO C89.
650
651 * In v250, a systemd-networkd feature that automatically configures
652 routes to addresses specified in AllowedIPs= was added and enabled by
653 default. However, this causes network connectivity issues in many
654 existing setups. Hence, it has been disabled by default since
655 systemd-stable 250.3. The feature can still be used by explicitly
656 configuring RouteTable= setting in .netdev files.
657
658 * Jobs started via StartUnitWithFlags() will no longer return 'skipped'
659 when a Condition*= check does not succeed, restoring the JobRemoved
660 signal to the behaviour it had before v250.
661
662 * The org.freedesktop.portable1 methods GetMetadataWithExtensions() and
663 GetImageMetadataWithExtensions() have been fixed to provide an extra
664 return parameter, containing the actual extension release metadata.
665 The current implementation was judged to be broken and unusable, and
666 thus the usual procedure of adding a new set of methods was skipped,
667 and backward compatibility broken instead on the assumption that
668 nobody can be affected given the current state of this interface.
669
670 * All kernels supported by systemd mix bytes returned by RDRAND (or
671 similar) into the entropy pool at early boot. This means that on
672 those systems, even if /dev/urandom is not yet initialized, it still
673 returns bytes that are of at least RDRAND quality. For that reason,
674 we no longer have reason to invoke RDRAND from systemd itself, which
675 has historically been a source of bugs. Furthermore, kernels ≥5.6
676 provide the getrandom(GRND_INSECURE) interface for returning random
677 bytes before the entropy pool is initialized without warning into
678 kmsg, which is what we attempt to use if available. systemd's direct
679 usage of RDRAND has been removed. x86 systems ≥Broadwell that are
680 running an older kernel may experience kmsg warnings that were not
681 seen with 250. For newer kernels, non-x86 systems, or older x86
682 systems, there should be no visible changes.
683
684 * sd-boot will now measure the kernel command line into TPM PCR 12
685 rather than PCR 8. This improves usefulness of the measurements on
686 systems where sd-boot is chainloaded from Grub. Grub measures all
687 commands its executes into PCR 8, which makes it very hard to use
688 reasonably, hence separate ourselves from that and use PCR 12
689 instead, which is what certain Ubuntu editions already do. To retain
690 compatibility with systems running older systemd systems a new meson
691 option 'efi-tpm-pcr-compat' has been added (which defaults to false).
692 If enabled, the measurement is done twice: into the new-style PCR 12
693 *and* the old-style PCR 8. It's strongly advised to migrate all users
694 to PCR 12 for this purpose in the long run, as we intend to remove
695 this compatibility feature in two years' time.
696
697 * busctl capture now writes output in the newer pcapng format instead
698 of pcap.
699
700 * A udev rule that imported hwdb matches for USB devices with lowercase
701 hexadecimal vendor/product ID digits was added in systemd 250. This
702 has been reverted, since uppercase hexadecimal digits are supposed to
703 be used, and we already had a rule with the appropriate match.
704
705 Users might need to adjust their local hwdb entries.
706
707 * arch_prctl(2) has been moved to the @default set in the syscall filters
708 (as exposed via the SystemCallFilter= setting in service unit files).
709 It is apparently used by the linker now.
710
711 * The tmpfiles entries that create the /run/systemd/netif directory and
712 its subdirectories were moved from tmpfiles.d/systemd.conf to
713 tmpfiles.d/systemd-network.conf.
714
715 Users might need to adjust their files that override tmpfiles.d/systemd.conf
716 to account for this change.
717
718 * The requirement for Portable Services images to contain a well-formed
719 os-release file (i.e.: contain at least an ID field) is now enforced.
720 This applies to base images and extensions, and also to systemd-sysext.
721
722 Changes in the Boot Loader Specification, kernel-install and sd-boot:
723
724 * kernel-install's and bootctl's Boot Loader Specification Type #1
725 entry generation logic has been reworked. The user may now pick
726 explicitly by which "token" string to name the installation's boot
727 entries, via the new /etc/kernel/entry-token file or the new
728 --entry-token= switch to bootctl. By default — as before — the
729 entries are named after the local machine ID. However, in "golden
730 image" environments, where the machine ID shall be initialized on
731 first boot (as opposed to at installation time before first boot) the
732 machine ID will not be available at build time. In this case the
733 --entry-token= switch to bootctl (or the /etc/kernel/entry-token
734 file) may be used to override the "token" for the entries, for
735 example the IMAGE_ID= or ID= fields from /etc/os-release. This will
736 make the OS images independent of any machine ID, and ensure that the
737 images will not carry any identifiable information before first boot,
738 but on the other hand means that multiple parallel installations of
739 the very same image on the same disk cannot be supported.
740
741 Summary: if you are building golden images that shall acquire
742 identity information exclusively on first boot, make sure to both
743 remove /etc/machine-id *and* to write /etc/kernel/entry-token to the
744 value of the IMAGE_ID= or ID= field of /etc/os-release or another
745 suitable identifier before deploying the image.
746
747 * The Boot Loader Specification has been extended with
748 /loader/entries.srel file located in the EFI System Partition (ESP)
749 that disambiguates the format of the entries in the /loader/entries/
750 directory (in order to discern them from incompatible uses of this
751 directory by other projects). For entries that follow the
752 Specification, the string "type1" is stored in this file.
753
754 bootctl will now write this file automatically when installing the
755 systemd-boot boot loader.
756
757 * kernel-install supports a new initrd_generator= setting in
758 /etc/kernel/install.conf, that is exported as
759 $KERNEL_INSTALL_INITRD_GENERATOR to kernel-install plugins. This
760 allows choosing different initrd generators.
761
762 * kernel-install will now create a "staging area" (an initially-empty
763 directory to gather files for a Boot Loader Specification Type #1
764 entry). The path to this directory is exported as
765 $KERNEL_INSTALL_STAGING_AREA to kernel-install plugins, which should
766 drop files there instead of writing them directly to the final
767 location. kernel-install will move them when all files have been
768 prepared successfully.
769
770 * New option sort-key= has been added to the Boot Loader Specification
771 to override the sorting order of the entries in the boot menu. It is
772 read by sd-boot and bootctl, and will be written by kernel-install,
773 with the default value of IMAGE_ID= or ID= fields from
774 os-release. Together, this means that on multiboot installations,
775 entries should be grouped and sorted in a predictable way.
776
777 * The sort order of boot entries has been updated: entries which have
778 the new field sort-key= are sorted by it first, and all entries
779 without it are ordered later. After that, entries are sorted by
780 version so that newest entries are towards the beginning of the list.
781
782 * The kernel-install tool gained a new 'inspect' verb which shows the
783 paths and other settings used.
784
785 * sd-boot can now optionally beep when the menu is shown and menu
786 entries are selected, which can be useful on machines without a
787 working display. (Controllable via a loader.conf setting.)
788
789 * The --make-machine-id-directory= switch to bootctl has been replaced
790 by --make-entry-directory=, given that the entry directory is not
791 necessarily named after the machine ID, but after some other suitable
792 ID as selected via --entry-token= described above. The old name of
793 the option is still understood to maximize compatibility.
794
795 * 'bootctl list' gained support for a new --json= switch to output boot
796 menu entries in JSON format.
797
798 * 'bootctl is-installed' now supports the --graceful, and various verbs
799 omit output with the new option --quiet.
800
801 Changes in systemd-homed:
802
803 * Starting with v250 systemd-homed uses UID/GID mapping on the mounts
804 of activated home directories it manages (if the kernel and selected
805 file systems support it). So far it mapped three UID ranges: the
806 range from 0…60000, the user's own UID, and the range 60514…65534,
807 leaving everything else unmapped (in other words, the 16bit UID range
808 is mapped almost fully, with the exception of the UID subrange used
809 for systemd-homed users, with one exception: the user's own UID).
810 Unmapped UIDs may not be used for file ownership in the home
811 directory — any chown() attempts with them will fail. With this
812 release a fourth range is added to these mappings:
813 524288…1879048191. This range is the UID range intended for container
814 uses, see:
815
816 https://systemd.io/UIDS-GIDS
817
818 This range may be used for container managers that place container OS
819 trees in the home directory (which is a questionable approach, for
820 quota, permission, SUID handling and network file system
821 compatibility reasons, but nonetheless apparently commonplace). Note
822 that this mapping is mapped 1:1 in a pass-through fashion, i.e. the
823 UID assignments from the range are not managed or mapped by
824 `systemd-homed`, and must be managed with other mechanisms, in the
825 context of the local system.
826
827 Typically, a better approach to user namespacing in relevant
828 container managers would be to leave container OS trees on disk at
829 UID offset 0, but then map them to a dynamically allocated runtime
830 UID range via another UID mount map at container invocation
831 time. That way user namespace UID ranges become strictly a runtime
832 concept, and do not leak into persistent file systems, persistent
833 user databases or persistent configuration, thus greatly simplifying
834 handling, and improving compatibility with home directories intended
835 to be portable like the ones managed by systemd-homed.
836
837 Changes in shared libraries:
838
839 * A new libsystemd-core-<version>.so private shared library is
840 installed under /usr/lib/systemd/system, mirroring the existing
841 libsystemd-shared-<version>.so library. This allows the total
842 installation size to be reduced by binary code reuse.
843
844 * The <version> tag used in the name of libsystemd-shared.so and
845 libsystemd-core.so can be configured via the meson option
846 'shared-lib-tag'. Distributions may build subsequent versions of the
847 systemd package with unique tags (e.g. the full package version),
848 thus allowing multiple installations of those shared libraries to be
849 available at the same time. This is intended to fix an issue where
850 programs that link to those libraries would fail to execute because
851 they were installed earlier or later than the appropriate version of
852 the library.
853
854 * The sd-id128 API gained a new call sd_id128_to_uuid_string() that is
855 similar to sd_id128_to_string() but formats the ID in RFC 4122 UUID
856 format instead of as a simple series of hex characters.
857
858 * The sd-device API gained two new calls sd_device_new_from_devname()
859 and sd_device_new_from_path() which permit allocating an sd_device
860 object from a device node name or file system path.
861
862 * sd-device also gained a new call sd_device_open() which will open the
863 device node associated with a device for which an sd_device object
864 has been allocated. The call is supposed to address races around
865 device nodes being removed/recycled due to hotplug events, or media
866 change events: the call checks internally whether the major/minor of
867 the device node and the "diskseq" (in case of block devices) match
868 with the metadata loaded in the sd_device object, thus ensuring that
869 the device once opened really matches the provided sd_device object.
870
871 Changes in PID1, systemctl, and systemd-oomd:
872
873 * A new set of service monitor environment variables will be passed to
874 OnFailure=/OnSuccess= handlers, but only if exactly one unit lists the
875 handler unit as OnFailure=/OnSuccess=. The variables are:
876 $MONITOR_SERVICE_RESULT, $MONITOR_EXIT_CODE, $MONITOR_EXIT_STATUS,
877 $MONITOR_INVOCATION_ID and $MONITOR_UNIT. For cases when a single
878 handler needs to watch multiple units, use a templated handler.
879
880 * A new ExtensionDirectories= setting in service unit files allows
881 system extensions to be loaded from a directory. (It is similar to
882 ExtensionImages=, but takes paths to directories, instead of
883 disk image files.)
884
885 'portablectl attach --extension=' now also accepts directory paths.
886
887 * The user.delegate and user.invocation_id extended attributes on
888 cgroups are used in addition to trusted.delegate and
889 trusted.invocation_id. The latter pair requires privileges to set,
890 but the former doesn't and can be also set by the unprivileged user
891 manager.
892
893 (Only supported on kernels ≥5.6.)
894
895 * Units that were killed by systemd-oomd will now have a service result
896 of 'oom-kill'. The number of times a service was killed is tallied
897 in the 'user.oomd_ooms' extended attribute.
898
899 The OOMPolicy= unit file setting is now also honoured by
900 systemd-oomd.
901
902 * In unit files the new %y/%Y specifiers can be used to refer to
903 normalized unit file path, which is particularly useful for symlinked
904 unit files.
905
906 The new %q specifier resolves to the pretty hostname
907 (i.e. PRETTY_HOSTNAME= from /etc/machine-info).
908
909 The new %d specifier resolves to the credentials directory of a
910 service (same as $CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY).
911
912 * The RootDirectory=, MountAPIVFS=, ExtensionDirectories=,
913 *Capabilities*=, ProtectHome=, *Directory=, TemporaryFileSystem=,
914 PrivateTmp=, PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork=, NetworkNamespacePath=,
915 PrivateIPC=, IPCNamespacePath=, PrivateUsers=, ProtectClock=,
916 ProtectKernelTunables=, ProtectKernelModules=, ProtectKernelLogs=,
917 MountFlags= service settings now also work in unprivileged user
918 services, i.e. those run by the user's --user service manager, as long
919 as user namespaces are enabled on the system.
920
921 * Services with Restart=always and a failing ExecCondition= will no
922 longer be restarted, to bring ExecCondition= behaviour in line with
923 Condition*= settings.
924
925 * LoadCredential= now accepts a directory as the argument; all files
926 from the directory will be loaded as credentials.
927
928 * A new D-Bus property ControlGroupId is now exposed on service units,
929 that encapsulates the service's numeric cgroup ID that newer kernels
930 assign to each cgroup.
931
932 * PID 1 gained support for configuring the "pre-timeout" of watchdog
933 devices and the associated governor, via the new
934 RuntimeWatchdogPreSec= and RuntimeWatchdogPreGovernor= configuration
935 options in /etc/systemd/system.conf.
936
937 * systemctl's --timestamp= option gained a new choice "unix", to show
938 timestamp as unix times, i.e. seconds since 1970, Jan 1st.
939
940 * A new "taint" flag named "old-kernel" is introduced which is set when
941 the kernel systemd runs on is older then the current baseline version
942 (see above). The flag is shown in "systemctl status" output.
943
944 * Two additional taint flags "short-uid-range" and "short-gid-range"
945 have been added as well, which are set when systemd notices it is run
946 within a userns namespace that does not define the full 0…65535 UID
947 range
948
949 * A new "unmerged-usr" taint flag has been added that is set whenever
950 running on systems where /bin/ + /sbin/ are *not* symlinks to their
951 counterparts in /usr/, i.e. on systems where the /usr/-merge has not
952 been completed.
953
954 * Generators invoked by PID 1 will now have a couple of useful
955 environment variables set describing the execution context a
956 bit. $SYSTEMD_SCOPE encodes whether the generator is called from the
957 system service manager, or from the per-user service
958 manager. $SYSTEMD_IN_INITRD encodes whether the generator is invoked
959 in initrd context or on the host. $SYSTEMD_FIRST_BOOT encodes whether
960 systemd considers the current boot to be a "first"
961 boot. $SYSTEMD_VIRTUALIZATION encode whether virtualization is
962 detected and which type of hypervisor/container
963 manager. $SYSTEMD_ARCHITECTURE indicates which architecture the
964 kernel is built for.
965
966 * PID 1 will now automatically pick up system credentials from qemu's
967 fw_cfg interface, thus allowing passing arbitrary data into VM
968 systems similar to how this is already supported for passing them
969 into `systemd-nspawn` containers. Credentials may now also be passed
970 in via the new kernel command line option `systemd.set_credential=`
971 (note that kernel command line options are world-readable during
972 runtime, and only useful for credentials that require no
973 confidentiality). The credentials that can be passed to unified
974 kernels that use the `systemd-stub` UEFI stub are now similarly
975 picked up automatically. Automatic importing of system credentials
976 this way can be turned off via the new
977 `systemd.import_credentials=no` kernel command line option.
978
979 * LoadCredential= will now automatically look for credentials in the
980 /etc/credstore/, /run/credstore/, /usr/lib/credstore/ directories if
981 the argument is not an absolute path. Similarly,
982 LoadCredentialEncrypted= will check the same directories plus
983 /etc/credstore.encrypted/, /run/credstore.encrypted/ and
984 /usr/lib/credstore.encrypted/. The idea is to use those directories
985 as the system-wide location for credentials that services should pick
986 up automatically.
987
988 * System and service credentials are described in great detail in a new
989 document:
990
991 https://systemd.io/CREDENTIALS
992
993 Changes in systemd-journald:
994
995 * The journal JSON export format has been added to listed of stable
996 interfaces (https://systemd.io/PORTABILITY_AND_STABILITY/).
997
998 * journalctl --list-boots now supports JSON output and the --reverse option.
999
1000 * Under docs/: JOURNAL_EXPORT_FORMATS was imported from the wiki and
1001 updated, BUILDING_IMAGES is new:
1002
1003 https://systemd.io/JOURNAL_EXPORT_FORMATS
1004 https://systemd.io/BUILDING_IMAGES
1005
1006 Changes in udev:
1007
1008 * Two new hwdb files have been added. One lists "handhelds" (PDAs,
1009 calculators, etc.), the other AV production devices (DJ tables,
1010 keypads, etc.) that should accessible to the seat owner user by
1011 default.
1012
1013 * udevadm trigger gained a new --prioritized-subsystem= option to
1014 process certain subsystems (and all their parent devices) earlier.
1015
1016 systemd-udev-trigger.service now uses this new option to trigger
1017 block and TPM devices first, hopefully making the boot a bit faster.
1018
1019 * udevadm trigger now implements --type=all, --initialized-match,
1020 --initialized-nomatch to trigger both subsystems and devices, only
1021 already-initialized devices, and only devices which haven't been
1022 initialized yet, respectively.
1023
1024 * udevadm gained a new "wait" command for safely waiting for a specific
1025 device to show up in the udev device database. This is useful in
1026 scripts that asynchronously allocate a block device (e.g. through
1027 repartitioning, or allocating a loopback device or similar) and need
1028 to synchronize on the creation to complete.
1029
1030 * udevadm gained a new "lock" command for locking one or more block
1031 devices while formatting it or writing a partition table to it. It is
1032 an implementation of https://systemd.io/BLOCK_DEVICE_LOCKING and
1033 usable in scripts dealing with block devices.
1034
1035 * udevadm info will show a couple of additional device fields in its
1036 output, and will not apply a limited set of coloring to line types.
1037
1038 * udevadm info --tree will now show a tree of objects (i.e. devices and
1039 suchlike) in the /sys/ hierarchy.
1040
1041 * Block devices will now get a new set of device symlinks in
1042 /dev/disk/by-diskseq/<nr>, which may be used to reference block
1043 device nodes via the kernel's "diskseq" value. Note that this does
1044 not guarantee that opening a device by a symlink like this will
1045 guarantee that the opened device actually matches the specified
1046 diskseq value. To be safe against races, the actual diskseq value of
1047 the opened device (BLKGETDISKSEQ ioctl()) must still be compred with
1048 the one in the symlink path.
1049
1050 * .link files gained support for setting MDI/MID-X on a link.
1051
1052 * .link files gained support for [Match] Firmware= setting to match on
1053 the device firmware description string. By mistake, it was previously
1054 only supported in .network files.
1055
1056 * .link files gained support for [Link] SR-IOVVirtualFunctions= setting
1057 and [SR-IOV] section to configure SR-IOV virtual functions.
1058
1059 Changes in systemd-networkd:
1060
1061 * The default scope for unicast routes configured through [Route]
1062 section is changed to "link", to make the behavior consistent with
1063 "ip route" command. The manual configuration of [Route] Scope= is
1064 still honored.
1065
1066 * A new unit systemd-networkd-wait-online@<interface>.service has been
1067 added that can be used to wait for a specific network interface to be
1068 up.
1069
1070 * systemd-networkd gained a new [Bridge] Isolated=true|false setting
1071 that configures the eponymous kernel attribute on the bridge.
1072
1073 * .netdev files now can be used to create virtual WLAN devices, and
1074 configure various settings on them, via the [WLAN] section.
1075
1076 * .link/.network files gained support for [Match] Kind= setting to match
1077 on device kind ("bond", "bridge", "gre", "tun", "veth", etc.)
1078
1079 This value is also shown by 'networkctl status'.
1080
1081 * The Local= setting in .netdev files for various virtual network
1082 devices gained support for specifying, in addition to the network
1083 address, the name of a local interface which must have the specified
1084 address.
1085
1086 * systemd-networkd gained a new [Tunnel] External= setting in .netdev
1087 files, to configure tunnels in external mode (a.k.a. collect metadata
1088 mode).
1089
1090 * [Network] L2TP= setting was removed. Please use interface specifier in
1091 Local= setting in .netdev files of corresponding L2TP interface.
1092
1093 * New [DHCPServer] BootServerName=, BootServerAddress=, and
1094 BootFilename= settings can be used to configure the server address,
1095 server name, and file name sent in the DHCP packet (e.g. to configure
1096 PXE boot).
1097
1098 Changes in systemd-resolved:
1099
1100 * systemd-resolved is started earlier (in sysinit.target), so it
1101 available earlier and will also be started in the initrd if installed
1102 there.
1103
1104 Changes in disk encryption:
1105
1106 * systemd-cryptenroll can now control whether to require the user to
1107 enter a PIN when using TPM-based unlocking of a volume via the new
1108 --tpm2-with-pin= option.
1109
1110 Option tpm2-pin= can be used in /etc/crypttab.
1111
1112 * When unlocking devices via TPM, TPM2 parameter encryption is now
1113 used, to ensure that communication between CPU and discrete TPM chips
1114 cannot be eavesdropped to acquire disk encryption keys.
1115
1116 * A new switch --fido2-credential-algorithm= has been added to
1117 systemd-cryptenroll allowing selection of the credential algorithm to
1118 use when binding encryption to FIDO2 tokens.
1119
1120 Changes in systemd-hostnamed:
1121
1122 * HARDWARE_VENDOR= and HARDWARE_MODEL= can be set in /etc/machine-info
1123 to override the values gleaned from the hwdb.
1124
1125 * A ID_CHASSIS property can be set in the hwdb (for the DMI device
1126 /sys/class/dmi/id) to override the chassis that is reported by
1127 hostnamed.
1128
1129 * hostnamed's D-Bus interface gained a new method GetHardwareSerial()
1130 for reading the hardware serial number, as reportd by DMI. It also
1131 exposes a new method D-Bus property FirmwareVersion that encode the
1132 firmware version of the system.
1133
1134 Changes in other components:
1135
1136 * /etc/locale.conf is now populated through tmpfiles.d factory /etc/
1137 handling with the values that were configured during systemd build
1138 (if /etc/locale.conf has not been created through some other
1139 mechanism). This means that /etc/locale.conf should always have
1140 reasonable contents and we avoid a potential mismatch in defaults.
1141
1142 * The userdbctl tool will now show UID range information as part of the
1143 list of known users.
1144
1145 * A new build-time configuration setting default-user-shell= can be
1146 used to set the default shell for user records and nspawn shell
1147 invocations (instead of of the default /bin/bash).
1148
1149 * systemd-timesyncd now provides a D-Bus API for receiving NTP server
1150 information dynamically at runtime via IPC.
1151
1152 * The systemd-creds tool gained a new "has-tpm2" verb, which reports
1153 whether a functioning TPM2 infrastructure is available, i.e. if
1154 firmware, kernel driver and systemd all have TPM2 support enabled and
1155 a device found.
1156
1157 * The systemd-creds tool gained support for generating encrypted
1158 credentials that are using an empty encryption key. While this
1159 provides no integrity nor confidentiality it's useful to implement
1160 codeflows that work the same on TPM-ful and TPM2-less systems. The
1161 service manager will only accept credentials "encrypted" that way if
1162 a TPM2 device cannot be detected, to ensure that credentials
1163 "encrypted" like that cannot be used to trick TPM2 systems.
1164
1165 * When deciding whether to colorize output, all systemd programs now
1166 also check $COLORTERM (in addition to $NO_COLOR, $SYSTEMD_COLORS, and
1167 $TERM).
1168
1169 * Meson's new install_tag feature is now in use for several components,
1170 allowing to build and install select binaries only: pam, nss, devel
1171 (pkg-config files), systemd-boot, libsystemd, libudev. Example:
1172 $ meson build systemd-boot
1173 $ meson install --tags systemd-boot --no-rebuild
1174 https://mesonbuild.com/Installing.html#installation-tags
1175
1176 * A new build configuration option has been added, to allow selecting the
1177 default compression algorithm used by systemd-journald and systemd-coredump.
1178 This allows to build-in support for decompressing all supported formats,
1179 but choose a specific one for compression. E.g.:
1180 $ meson -Ddefault-compression=xz
1181
1182 Experimental features:
1183
1184 * sd-boot gained a new *experimental* setting "reboot-for-bitlocker" in
1185 loader.conf that implements booting Microsoft Windows from the
1186 sd-boot in a way that first reboots the system, to reset the TPM
1187 PCRs. This improves compatibility with BitLocker's TPM use, as the
1188 PCRs will only record the Windows boot process, and not sd-boot
1189 itself, thus retaining the PCR measurements not involving sd-boot.
1190 Note that this feature is experimental for now, and is likely going
1191 to be generalized and renamed in a future release, without retaining
1192 compatibility with the current implementation.
1193
1194 * A new systemd-sysupdate component has been added that automatically
1195 discovers, downloads, and installs A/B-style updates for the host
1196 installation itself, or container images, portable service images,
1197 and other assets. See the new systemd-sysupdate man page for updates.
1198
1199 Contributions from: 4piu, Adam Williamson, adrian5, Albert Brox,
1200 AlexCatze, Alex Henrie, Alfonso Sánchez-Beato, Alice S,
1201 Alvin Šipraga, amarjargal, Amarjargal, Andrea Pappacoda,
1202 Andreas Rammhold, Andy Chi, Anita Zhang, Antonio Alvarez Feijoo,
1203 Arfrever Frehtes Taifersar Arahesis, ash, Bastien Nocera, Be,
1204 bearhoney, Ben Efros, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Franzke,
1205 Brett Holman, Christian Brauner, Clyde Byrd III, Curtis Klein,
1206 Daan De Meyer, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Danilo Krummrich,
1207 David, David Bond, Davide Cavalca, David Tardon, davijosw,
1208 dependabot[bot], Donald Chan, Dorian Clay, Eduard Tolosa,
1209 Elias Probst, Eli Schwartz, Erik Sjölund, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
1210 Federico Ceratto, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, Gaël PORTAY,
1211 Georges Basile Stavracas Neto, Gibeom Gwon, Goffredo Baroncelli,
1212 Grigori Goronzy, Hans de Goede, Heiko Becker, Hugo Carvalho,
1213 Jakob Lell, James Hilliard, Jan Janssen, Jason A. Donenfeld,
1214 Joan Bruguera, Joerie de Gram, Josh Triplett, Julia Kartseva,
1215 Kazuo Moriwaka, Khem Raj, ksa678491784, Lance, Lan Tian,
1216 Laura Barcziova, Lennart Poettering, Leviticoh, licunlong,
1217 Lidong Zhong, lincoln auster, Lubomir Rintel, Luca Boccassi,
1218 Luca BRUNO, lucagoc, Ludwig Nussel, Marcel Hellwig, march1993,
1219 Marco Scardovi, Mario Limonciello, Mariusz Tkaczyk,
1220 Markus Weippert, Martin, Martin Liska, Martin Wilck, Matija Skala,
1221 Matthew Blythe, Matthias Lisin, Matthijs van Duin, Matt Walton,
1222 Max Gautier, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michal Koutný,
1223 Michal Sekletár, Mike Gilbert, MkfsSion, Morten Linderud,
1224 Nick Rosbrook, Nikolai Grigoriev, Nikolai Kostrigin,
1225 Nishal Kulkarni, Noel Kuntze, Pablo Ceballos, Peter Hutterer,
1226 Peter Morrow, Pigmy-penguin, Piotr Drąg, prumian, Richard Neill,
1227 Rike-Benjamin Schuppner, rodin-ia, Romain Naour, Ruben Kerkhof,
1228 Ryan Hendrickson, Santa Wiryaman, Sebastian Pucilowski, Seth Falco,
1229 Simon Ellmann, Sonali Srivastava, Stefan Seering,
1230 Stephen Hemminger, tawefogo, techtino, Temuri Doghonadze,
1231 Thomas Batten, Thomas Haller, Thomas Weißschuh, Tobias Stoeckmann,
1232 Tomasz Pala, Tyson Whitehead, Vishal Chillara Srinivas,
1233 Vivien Didelot, w30023233, wangyuhang, Weblate, Xiaotian Wu,
1234 yangmingtai, YmrDtnJu, Yonathan Randolph, Yutsuten, Yu Watanabe,
1235 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, наб
1236
1237 — Edinburgh, 2022-05-21
1238
1239 CHANGES WITH 250:
1240
1241 * Support for encrypted and authenticated credentials has been added.
1242 This extends the credential logic introduced with v247 to support
1243 non-interactive symmetric encryption and authentication, based on a
1244 key that is stored on the /var/ file system or in the TPM2 chip (if
1245 available), or the combination of both (by default if a TPM2 chip
1246 exists the combination is used, otherwise the /var/ key only). The
1247 credentials are automatically decrypted at the moment a service is
1248 started, and are made accessible to the service itself in unencrypted
1249 form. A new tool 'systemd-creds' encrypts credentials for this
1250 purpose, and two new service file settings LoadCredentialEncrypted=
1251 and SetCredentialEncrypted= configure such credentials.
1252
1253 This feature is useful to store sensitive material such as SSL
1254 certificates, passwords and similar securely at rest and only decrypt
1255 them when needed, and in a way that is tied to the local OS
1256 installation or hardware.
1257
1258 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator can now automatically set up discoverable
1259 LUKS2 encrypted swap partitions.
1260
1261 * The GPT Discoverable Partitions Specification has been substantially
1262 extended with support for root and /usr/ partitions for the majority
1263 of architectures systemd supports. This includes platforms that do
1264 not natively support UEFI, because even though GPT is specified under
1265 UEFI umbrella, it is useful on other systems too. Specifically,
1266 systemd-nspawn, systemd-sysext, systemd-gpt-auto-generator and
1267 Portable Services use the concept without requiring UEFI.
1268
1269 * The GPT Discoverable Partitions Specifications has been extended with
1270 a new set of partitions that may carry PKCS#7 signatures for Verity
1271 partitions, encoded in a simple JSON format. This implements a simple
1272 mechanism for building disk images that are fully authenticated and
1273 can be tested against a set of cryptographic certificates. This is
1274 now implemented for the various systemd tools that can operate with
1275 disk images, such as systemd-nspawn, systemd-sysext, systemd-dissect,
1276 Portable services/RootImage=, systemd-tmpfiles, and systemd-sysusers.
1277 The PKCS#7 signatures are passed to the kernel (where they are
1278 checked against certificates from the kernel keyring), or can be
1279 verified against certificates provided in userspace (via a simple
1280 drop-in file mechanism).
1281
1282 * systemd-dissect's inspection logic will now report for which uses a
1283 disk image is intended. Specifically, it will display whether an
1284 image is suitable for booting on UEFI or in a container (using
1285 systemd-nspawn's --image= switch), whether it can be used as portable
1286 service, or attached as system extension.
1287
1288 * The system-extension.d/ drop-in files now support a new field
1289 SYSEXT_SCOPE= that may encode which purpose a system extension image
1290 is for: one of "initrd", "system" or "portable". This is useful to
1291 make images more self-descriptive, and to ensure system extensions
1292 cannot be attached in the wrong contexts.
1293
1294 * The os-release file learnt a new PORTABLE_PREFIXES= field which may
1295 be used in portable service images to indicate which unit prefixes
1296 are supported.
1297
1298 * The GPT image dissection logic in systemd-nspawn/systemd-dissect/…
1299 now is able to decode images for non-native architectures as well.
1300 This allows systemd-nspawn to boot images of non-native architectures
1301 if the corresponding user mode emulator is installed and
1302 systemd-binfmtd is running.
1303
1304 * systemd-logind gained new settings HandlePowerKeyLongPress=,
1305 HandleRebootKeyLongPress=, HandleSuspendKeyLongPress= and
1306 HandleHibernateKeyLongPress= which may be used to configure actions
1307 when the relevant keys are pressed for more than 5s. This is useful
1308 on devices that only have hardware for a subset of these keys. By
1309 default, if the reboot key is pressed long the poweroff operation is
1310 now triggered, and when the suspend key is pressed long the hibernate
1311 operation is triggered. Long pressing the other two keys currently
1312 does not trigger any operation by default.
1313
1314 * When showing unit status updates on the console during boot and
1315 shutdown, and a service is slow to start so that the cylon animation
1316 is shown, the most recent sd_notify() STATUS= text is now shown as
1317 well. Services may use this to make the boot/shutdown output easier
1318 to understand, and to indicate what precisely a service that is slow
1319 to start or stop is waiting for. In particular, the per-user service
1320 manager instance now reports what it is doing and which service it is
1321 waiting for this way to the system service manager.
1322
1323 * The service manager will now re-execute on reception of the
1324 SIGRTMIN+25 signal. It previously already did that on SIGTERM — but
1325 only when running as PID 1. There was no signal to request this when
1326 running as per-user service manager, i.e. as any other PID than 1.
1327 SIGRTMIN+25 works for both system and user managers.
1328
1329 * The hardware watchdog logic in PID 1 gained support for operating
1330 with the default timeout configured in the hardware, instead of
1331 insisting on re-configuring it. Set RuntimeWatchdogSec=default to
1332 request this behavior.
1333
1334 * A new kernel command line option systemd.watchdog_sec= is now
1335 understood which may be used to override the hardware watchdog
1336 time-out for the boot.
1337
1338 * A new setting DefaultOOMScoreAdjust= is now supported in
1339 /etc/systemd/system.conf and /etc/systemd/user.conf. It may be used
1340 to set the default process OOM score adjustment value for processes
1341 started by the service manager. For per-user service managers this
1342 now defaults to 100, but for per-system service managers is left as
1343 is. This means that by default now services forked off the user
1344 service manager are more likely to be killed by the OOM killer than
1345 system services or the managers themselves.
1346
1347 * A new per-service setting RestrictFileSystems= as been added that
1348 restricts the file systems a service has access to by their type.
1349 This is based on the new BPF LSM of the Linux kernel. It provides an
1350 effective way to make certain API file systems unavailable to
1351 services (and thus minimizing attack surface). A new command
1352 "systemd-analyze filesystems" has been added that lists all known
1353 file system types (and how they are grouped together under useful
1354 group handles).
1355
1356 * Services now support a new setting RestrictNetworkInterfaces= for
1357 restricting access to specific network interfaces.
1358
1359 * Service unit files gained new settings StartupAllowedCPUs= and
1360 StartupAllowedMemoryNodes=. These are similar to their counterparts
1361 without the "Startup" prefix and apply during the boot process
1362 only. This is useful to improve boot-time behavior of the system and
1363 assign resources differently during boot than during regular
1364 runtime. This is similar to the preexisting StartupCPUWeight=
1365 vs. CPUWeight.
1366
1367 * Related to this: the various StartupXYZ= settings
1368 (i.e. StartupCPUWeight=, StartupAllowedCPUs=, …) are now also applied
1369 during shutdown. The settings not prefixed with "Startup" hence apply
1370 during regular runtime, and those that are prefixed like that apply
1371 during boot and shutdown.
1372
1373 * A new per-unit set of conditions/asserts
1374 [Condition|Assert][Memory|CPU|IO]Pressure= have been added to make a
1375 unit skip/fail activation if the system's (or a slice's) memory/cpu/io
1376 pressure is above the configured threshold, using the kernel PSI
1377 feature. For more details see systemd.unit(5) and
1378 https://docs.kernel.org/accounting/psi.html
1379
1380 * The combination of ProcSubset=pid and ProtectKernelTunables=yes and/or
1381 ProtectKernelLogs=yes can now be used.
1382
1383 * The default maximum numbers of inodes have been raised from 64k to 1M
1384 for /dev/, and from 400k to 1M for /tmp/.
1385
1386 * The per-user service manager learnt support for communicating with
1387 systemd-oomd to acquire OOM kill information.
1388
1389 * A new service setting ExecSearchPath= has been added that allows
1390 changing the search path for executables for services. It affects
1391 where we look for the binaries specified in ExecStart= and similar,
1392 and the specified directories are also added the $PATH environment
1393 variable passed to invoked processes.
1394
1395 * A new setting RuntimeRandomizedExtraSec= has been added for service
1396 and scope units that allows extending the runtime time-out as
1397 configured by RuntimeMaxSec= with a randomized amount.
1398
1399 * The syntax of the service unit settings RuntimeDirectory=,
1400 StateDirectory=, CacheDirectory=, LogsDirectory= has been extended:
1401 if the specified value is now suffixed with a colon, followed by
1402 another filename, the latter will be created as symbolic link to the
1403 specified directory. This allows creating these service directories
1404 together with alias symlinks to make them available under multiple
1405 names.
1406
1407 * Service unit files gained two new settings TTYRows=/TTYColumns= for
1408 configuring rows/columns of the TTY device passed to
1409 stdin/stdout/stderr of the service. This is useful to propagate TTY
1410 dimensions to a virtual machine.
1411
1412 * A new service unit file setting ExitType= has been added that
1413 specifies when to assume a service has exited. By default systemd
1414 only watches the main process of a service. By setting
1415 ExitType=cgroup it can be told to wait for the last process in a
1416 cgroup instead.
1417
1418 * Automount unit files gained a new setting ExtraOptions= that can be
1419 used to configure additional mount options to pass to the kernel when
1420 mounting the autofs instance.
1421
1422 * "Urlification" (generation of ESC sequences that generate clickable
1423 hyperlinks in modern terminals) may now be turned off altogether
1424 during build-time.
1425
1426 * Path units gained new TriggerLimitBurst= and TriggerLimitIntervalSec=
1427 settings that default to 200 and 2 s respectively. The ratelimit
1428 ensures that a path unit cannot cause PID1 to busy-loop when it is
1429 trying to trigger a service that is skipped because of a Condition*=
1430 not being satisfied. This matches the configuration and behaviour of
1431 socket units.
1432
1433 * The TPM2/FIDO2/PKCS11 support in systemd-cryptsetup is now also built
1434 as a plug-in for cryptsetup. This means the plain cryptsetup command
1435 may now be used to unlock volumes set up this way.
1436
1437 * The TPM2 logic in cryptsetup will now automatically detect systems
1438 where the TPM2 chip advertises SHA256 PCR banks but the firmware only
1439 updates the SHA1 banks. In such a case PCR policies will be
1440 automatically bound to the latter, not the former. This makes the PCR
1441 policies reliable, but of course do not provide the same level of
1442 trust as SHA256 banks.
1443
1444 * The TPM2 logic in systemd-cryptsetup/systemd-cryptsetup now supports
1445 RSA primary keys in addition to ECC, improving compatibility with
1446 TPM2 chips that do not support ECC. RSA keys are much slower to use
1447 than ECC, and hence are only used if ECC is not available.
1448
1449 * /etc/crypttab gained support for a new token-timeout= setting for
1450 encrypted volumes that allows configuration of the maximum time to
1451 wait for PKCS#11/FIDO2 tokens to be plugged in. If the time elapses
1452 the logic will query the user for a regular passphrase/recovery key
1453 instead.
1454
1455 * Support for activating dm-integrity volumes at boot via a new file
1456 /etc/integritytab and the tool systemd-integritysetup have been
1457 added. This is similar to /etc/crypttab and /etc/veritytab, but deals
1458 with dm-integrity instead of dm-crypt/dm-verity.
1459
1460 * The systemd-veritysetup-generator now understands a new usrhash=
1461 kernel command line option for specifying the Verity root hash for
1462 the partition backing the /usr/ file system. A matching set of
1463 systemd.verity_usr_* kernel command line options has been added as
1464 well. These all work similar to the corresponding options for the
1465 root partition.
1466
1467 * The sd-device API gained a new API call sd_device_get_diskseq() to
1468 return the DISKSEQ property of a device structure. The "disk
1469 sequence" concept is a new feature recently introduced to the Linux
1470 kernel that allows detecting reuse cycles of block devices, i.e. can
1471 be used to recognize when loopback block devices are reused for a
1472 different purpose or CD-ROM drives get their media changed.
1473
1474 * A new unit systemd-boot-update.service has been added. If enabled
1475 (the default) and the sd-boot loader is detected to be installed, it
1476 is automatically updated to the newest version when out of date. This
1477 is useful to ensure the boot loader remains up-to-date, and updates
1478 automatically propagate from the OS tree in /usr/.
1479
1480 * sd-boot will now build with SBAT by default in order to facilitate
1481 working with recent versions of Shim that require it to be present.
1482
1483 * sd-boot can now parse Microsoft Windows' Boot Configuration Data.
1484 This is used to robustly generate boot entry titles for Windows.
1485
1486 * A new generic target unit factory-reset.target has been added. It is
1487 hooked into systemd-logind similar in fashion to
1488 reboot/poweroff/suspend/hibernate, and is supposed to be used to
1489 initiate a factory reset operation. What precisely this operation
1490 entails is up for the implementer to decide, the primary goal of the
1491 new unit is provide a framework where to plug in the implementation
1492 and how to trigger it.
1493
1494 * A new meson build-time option 'clock-valid-range-usec-max' has been
1495 added which takes a time in µs and defaults to 15 years. If the RTC
1496 time is noticed to be more than the specified time ahead of the
1497 built-in epoch of systemd (which by default is the release timestamp
1498 of systemd) it is assumed that the RTC is not working correctly, and
1499 the RTC is reset to the epoch. (It already is reset to the epoch when
1500 noticed to be before it.) This should increase the chance that time
1501 doesn't accidentally jump too far ahead due to faulty hardware or
1502 batteries.
1503
1504 * A new setting SaveIntervalSec= has been added to systemd-timesyncd,
1505 which may be used to automatically save the current system time to
1506 disk in regular intervals. This is useful to maintain a roughly
1507 monotonic clock even without RTC hardware and with some robustness
1508 against abnormal system shutdown.
1509
1510 * systemd-analyze verify gained support for a pair of new --image= +
1511 --root= switches for verifying units below a specific root
1512 directory/image instead of on the host.
1513
1514 * systemd-analyze verify gained support for verifying unit files under
1515 an explicitly specified unit name, independently of what the filename
1516 actually is.
1517
1518 * systemd-analyze verify gained a new switch --recursive-errors= which
1519 controls whether to only fail on errors found in the specified units
1520 or recursively any dependent units.
1521
1522 * systemd-analyze security now supports a new --offline mode for
1523 analyzing unit files stored on disk instead of loaded units. It may
1524 be combined with --root=/--image to analyze unit files under a root
1525 directory or disk image. It also learnt a new --threshold= parameter
1526 for specifying an exposure level threshold: if the exposure level
1527 exceeds the specified value the call will fail. It also gained a new
1528 --security-policy= switch for configuring security policies to
1529 enforce on the units. A policy is a JSON file that lists which tests
1530 shall be weighted how much to determine the overall exposure
1531 level. Altogether these new features are useful for fully automatic
1532 analysis and enforcement of security policies on unit files.
1533
1534 * systemd-analyze security gain a new --json= switch for JSON output.
1535
1536 * systemd-analyze learnt a new --quiet switch for reducing
1537 non-essential output. It's honored by the "dot", "syscall-filter",
1538 "filesystems" commands.
1539
1540 * systemd-analyze security gained a --profile= option that can be used
1541 to take into account a portable profile when analyzing portable
1542 services, since a lot of the security-related settings are enabled
1543 through them.
1544
1545 * systemd-analyze learnt a new inspect-elf verb that parses ELF core
1546 files, binaries and executables and prints metadata information,
1547 including the build-id and other info described on:
1548 https://systemd.io/COREDUMP_PACKAGE_METADATA/
1549
1550 * .network files gained a new UplinkInterface= in the [IPv6SendRA]
1551 section, for automatically propagating DNS settings from other
1552 interfaces.
1553
1554 * The static lease DHCP server logic in systemd-networkd may now serve
1555 IP addresses outside of the configured IP pool range for the server.
1556
1557 * CAN support in systemd-networkd gained four new settings Loopback=,
1558 OneShot=, PresumeAck=, ClassicDataLengthCode= for tweaking CAN
1559 control modes. It gained a number of further settings for tweaking
1560 CAN timing quanta.
1561
1562 * The [CAN] section in .network file gained new TimeQuantaNSec=,
1563 PropagationSegment=, PhaseBufferSegment1=, PhaseBufferSegment2=,
1564 SyncJumpWidth=, DataTimeQuantaNSec=, DataPropagationSegment=,
1565 DataPhaseBufferSegment1=, DataPhaseBufferSegment2=, and
1566 DataSyncJumpWidth= settings to control bit-timing processed by the
1567 CAN interface.
1568
1569 * DHCPv4 client support in systemd-networkd learnt a new Label= option
1570 for configuring the address label to apply to configure IPv4
1571 addresses.
1572
1573 * The [IPv6AcceptRA] section of .network files gained support for a new
1574 UseMTU= setting that may be used to control whether to apply the
1575 announced MTU settings to the local interface.
1576
1577 * The [DHCPv4] section in .network file gained a new Use6RD= boolean
1578 setting to control whether the DHCPv4 client request and process the
1579 DHCP 6RD option.
1580
1581 * The [DHCPv6PrefixDelegation] section in .network file is renamed to
1582 [DHCPPrefixDelegation], as now the prefix delegation is also supported
1583 with DHCPv4 protocol by enabling the Use6RD= setting.
1584
1585 * The [DHCPPrefixDelegation] section in .network file gained a new
1586 setting UplinkInterface= to specify the upstream interface.
1587
1588 * The [DHCPv6] section in .network file gained a new setting
1589 UseDelegatedPrefix= to control whether the delegated prefixes will be
1590 propagated to the downstream interfaces.
1591
1592 * The [IPv6AcceptRA] section of .network files now understands two new
1593 settings UseGateway=/UseRoutePrefix= for explicitly configuring
1594 whether to use the relevant fields from the IPv6 Router Advertisement
1595 records.
1596
1597 * The ForceDHCPv6PDOtherInformation= setting in the [DHCPv6] section
1598 has been removed. Please use the WithoutRA= and UseDelegatedPrefix=
1599 settings in the [DHCPv6] section and the DHCPv6Client= setting in the
1600 [IPv6AcceptRA] section to control when the DHCPv6 client is started
1601 and how the delegated prefixes are handled by the DHCPv6 client.
1602
1603 * The IPv6Token= section in the [Network] section is deprecated, and
1604 the [IPv6AcceptRA] section gained the Token= setting for its
1605 replacement. The [IPv6Prefix] section also gained the Token= setting.
1606 The Token= setting gained 'eui64' mode to explicitly configure an
1607 address with the EUI64 algorithm based on the interface MAC address.
1608 The 'prefixstable' mode can now optionally take a secret key. The
1609 Token= setting in the [DHCPPrefixDelegation] section now supports all
1610 algorithms supported by the same settings in the other sections.
1611
1612 * The [RoutingPolicyRule] section of .network file gained a new
1613 SuppressInterfaceGroup= setting.
1614
1615 * The IgnoreCarrierLoss= setting in the [Network] section of .network
1616 files now allows a duration to be specified, controlling how long to
1617 wait before reacting to carrier loss.
1618
1619 * The [DHCPServer] section of .network file gained a new Router=
1620 setting to specify the router address.
1621
1622 * The [CAKE] section of .network files gained various new settings
1623 AutoRateIngress=, CompensationMode=, FlowIsolationMode=, NAT=,
1624 MPUBytes=, PriorityQueueingPreset=, FirewallMark=, Wash=, SplitGSO=,
1625 and UseRawPacketSize= for configuring CAKE.
1626
1627 * systemd-networkd now ships with new default .network files:
1628 80-container-vb.network which matches host-side network bridge device
1629 created by systemd-nspawn's --network-bridge or --network-zone
1630 switch, and 80-6rd-tunnel.network which matches automatically created
1631 sit tunnel with 6rd prefix when the DHCP 6RD option is received.
1632
1633 * systemd-networkd's handling of Endpoint= resolution for WireGuard
1634 interfaces has been improved.
1635
1636 * systemd-networkd will now automatically configure routes to addresses
1637 specified in AllowedIPs=. This feature can be controlled via
1638 RouteTable= and RouteMetric= settings in [WireGuard] or
1639 [WireGuardPeer] sections.
1640
1641 * systemd-networkd will now once again automatically generate persistent
1642 MAC addresses for batadv and bridge interfaces. Users can disable this
1643 by using MACAddress=none in .netdev files.
1644
1645 * systemd-networkd and systemd-udevd now support IP over InfiniBand
1646 interfaces. The Kind= setting in .netdev file accepts "ipoib". And
1647 systemd.netdev files gained the [IPoIB] section.
1648
1649 * systemd-networkd and systemd-udevd now support net.ifname-policy=
1650 option on the kernel command-line. This is implemented through the
1651 systemd-network-generator service that automatically generates
1652 appropriate .link, .network, and .netdev files.
1653
1654 * The various systemd-udevd "ethtool" buffer settings now understand
1655 the special value "max" to configure the buffers to the maximum the
1656 hardware supports.
1657
1658 * systemd-udevd's .link files may now configure a large variety of
1659 NIC coalescing settings, plus more hardware offload settings.
1660
1661 * .link files gained a new WakeOnLanPassword= setting in the [Link]
1662 section that allows to specify a WoL "SecureOn" password on hardware
1663 that supports this.
1664
1665 * systemd-nspawn's --setenv= switch now supports an additional syntax:
1666 if only a variable name is specified (i.e. without being suffixed by
1667 a '=' character and a value) the current value of the environment
1668 variable is propagated to the container. e.g. --setenv=FOO will
1669 lookup the current value of $FOO in the environment, and pass it down
1670 to the container. Similar behavior has been added to homectl's,
1671 machinectl's and systemd-run's --setenv= switch.
1672
1673 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch --suppress-sync= which may be used
1674 to optionally suppress the effect of the sync()/fsync()/fdatasync()
1675 system calls for the container payload. This is useful for build
1676 system environments where safety against abnormal system shutdown is
1677 not essential as all build artifacts can be regenerated any time, but
1678 the performance win is beneficial.
1679
1680 * systemd-nspawn will now raise the RLIMIT_NOFILE hard limit to the
1681 same value that PID 1 uses for most forked off processes.
1682
1683 * systemd-nspawn's --bind=/--bind-ro= switches now optionally take
1684 uidmap/nouidmap options as last parameter. If "uidmap" is used the
1685 bind mounts are created with UID mapping taking place that ensures
1686 the host's file ownerships are mapped 1:1 to container file
1687 ownerships, even if user namespacing is used. This way
1688 files/directories bound into containers will no longer show up as
1689 owned by the nobody user as they typically did if no special care was
1690 taken to shift them manually.
1691
1692 * When discovering Windows installations sd-boot will now attempt to
1693 show the Windows version.
1694
1695 * The color scheme to use in sd-boot may now be configured at
1696 build-time.
1697
1698 * sd-boot gained the ability to change screen resolution during
1699 boot-time, by hitting the "r" key. This will cycle through available
1700 resolutions and save the last selection.
1701
1702 * sd-boot learnt a new hotkey "f". When pressed the system will enter
1703 firmware setup. This is useful in environments where it is difficult
1704 to hit the right keys early enough to enter the firmware, and works
1705 on any firmware regardless which key it natively uses.
1706
1707 * sd-boot gained support for automatically booting into the menu item
1708 selected on the last boot (using the "@saved" identifier for menu
1709 items).
1710
1711 * sd-boot gained support for automatically loading all EFI drivers
1712 placed in the /EFI/systemd/drivers/ subdirectory of the EFI System
1713 Partition (ESP). These drivers are loaded before the menu entries are
1714 loaded. This is useful e.g. to load additional file system drivers
1715 for the XBOOTLDR partition.
1716
1717 * systemd-boot will now paint the input cursor on its own instead of
1718 relying on the firmware to do so, increasing compatibility with broken
1719 firmware that doesn't make the cursor reasonably visible.
1720
1721 * sd-boot now embeds a .osrel PE section like we expect from Boot
1722 Loader Specification Type #2 Unified Kernels. This means sd-boot
1723 itself may be used in place of a Type #2 Unified Kernel. This is
1724 useful for debugging purposes as it allows chain-loading one a
1725 (development) sd-boot instance from another.
1726
1727 * sd-boot now supports a new "devicetree" field in Boot Loader
1728 Specification Type #1 entries: if configured the specified device
1729 tree file is installed before the kernel is invoked. This is useful
1730 for installing/applying new devicetree files without updating the
1731 kernel image.
1732
1733 * Similarly, sd-stub now can read devicetree data from a PE section
1734 ".dtb" and apply it before invoking the kernel.
1735
1736 * sd-stub (the EFI stub that can be glued in front of a Linux kernel)
1737 gained the ability to pick up credentials and sysext files, wrap them
1738 in a cpio archive, and pass as an additional initrd to the invoked
1739 Linux kernel, in effect placing those files in the /.extra/ directory
1740 of the initrd environment. This is useful to implement trusted initrd
1741 environments which are fully authenticated but still can be extended
1742 (via sysexts) and parameterized (via encrypted/authenticated
1743 credentials, see above).
1744
1745 Credentials can be located next to the kernel image file (credentials
1746 specific to a single boot entry), or in one of the shared directories
1747 (credentials applicable to multiple boot entries).
1748
1749 * sd-stub now comes with a full man page, that explains its feature set
1750 and how to combine a kernel image, an initrd and the stub to build a
1751 complete EFI unified kernel image, implementing Boot Loader
1752 Specification Type #2.
1753
1754 * sd-stub may now provide the initrd to the executed kernel via the
1755 LINUX_EFI_INITRD_MEDIA_GUID EFI protocol, adding compatibility for
1756 non-x86 architectures.
1757
1758 * bootctl learnt new set-timeout and set-timeout-oneshot commands that
1759 may be used to set the boot menu time-out of the boot loader (for all
1760 or just the subsequent boot).
1761
1762 * bootctl and kernel-install will now read variables
1763 KERNEL_INSTALL_LAYOUT= from /etc/machine-info and layout= from
1764 /etc/kernel/install.conf. When set, it specifies the layout to use
1765 for installation directories on the boot partition, so that tools
1766 don't need to guess it based on the already-existing directories. The
1767 only value that is defined natively is "bls", corresponding to the
1768 layout specified in
1769 https://systemd.io/BOOT_LOADER_SPECIFICATION/. Plugins for
1770 kernel-install that implement a different layout can declare other
1771 values for this variable.
1772
1773 'bootctl install' will now write KERNEL_INSTALL_LAYOUT=bls, on the
1774 assumption that if the user installed sd-boot to the ESP, they intend
1775 to use the entry layout understood by sd-boot. It'll also write
1776 KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID= if it creates any directories using the ID
1777 (and it wasn't specified in the config file yet). Similarly,
1778 kernel-install will now write KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID= (if it
1779 wasn't specified in the config file yet). Effectively, those changes
1780 mean that the machine-id used for boot loader entry installation is
1781 "frozen" upon first use and becomes independent of the actual
1782 machine-id.
1783
1784 Configuring KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID fixes the following problem:
1785 images created for distribution ("golden images") are built with no
1786 machine-id, so that a unique machine-id can be created on the first
1787 boot. But those images may contain boot loader entries with the
1788 machine-id used during build included in paths. Using a "frozen"
1789 value allows unambiguously identifying entries that match the
1790 specific installation, while still permitting parallel installations
1791 without conflict.
1792
1793 Configuring KERNEL_INSTALL_LAYOUT obviates the need for
1794 kernel-install to guess the installation layout. This fixes the
1795 problem where a (possibly empty) directory in the boot partition is
1796 created from a different layout causing kernel-install plugins to
1797 assume the wrong layout. A particular example of how this may happen
1798 is the grub2 package in Fedora which includes directories under /boot
1799 directly in its file list. Various other packages pull in grub2 as a
1800 dependency, so it may be installed even if unused, breaking
1801 installations that use the bls layout.
1802
1803 * bootctl and systemd-bless-boot can now be linked statically.
1804
1805 * systemd-sysext now optionally doesn't insist on extension-release.d/
1806 files being placed in the image under the image's file name. If the
1807 file system xattr user.extension-release.strict is set on the
1808 extension release file, it is accepted regardless of its name. This
1809 relaxes security restrictions a bit, as system extension may be
1810 attached under a wrong name this way.
1811
1812 * udevadm's test-builtin command learnt a new --action= switch for
1813 testing the built-in with the specified action (in place of the
1814 default 'add').
1815
1816 * udevadm info gained new switches --property=/--value for showing only
1817 specific udev properties/values instead of all.
1818
1819 * A new hwdb database has been added that contains matches for various
1820 types of signal analyzers (protocol analyzers, logic analyzers,
1821 oscilloscopes, multimeters, bench power supplies, etc.) that should
1822 be accessible to regular users.
1823
1824 * A new hwdb database entry has been added that carries information
1825 about types of cameras (regular or infrared), and in which direction
1826 they point (front or back).
1827
1828 * A new rule to allow console users access to rfkill by default has been
1829 added to hwdb.
1830
1831 * Device nodes for the Software Guard eXtension enclaves (sgx_vepc) are
1832 now also owned by the system group "sgx".
1833
1834 * A new build-time meson option "extra-net-naming-schemes=" has been
1835 added to define additional naming schemes schemes for udev's network
1836 interface naming logic. This is useful for enterprise distributions
1837 and similar which want to pin the schemes of certain distribution
1838 releases under a specific name and previously had to patch the
1839 sources to introduce new named schemes.
1840
1841 * The predictable naming logic for network interfaces has been extended
1842 to generate stable names from Xen netfront device information.
1843
1844 * hostnamed's chassis property can now be sourced from chassis-type
1845 field encoded in devicetree (in addition to the existing DMI
1846 support).
1847
1848 * systemd-cgls now optionally displays cgroup IDs and extended
1849 attributes for each cgroup. (Controllable via the new --xattr= +
1850 --cgroup-id= switches.)
1851
1852 * coredumpctl gained a new --all switch for operating on all
1853 Journal files instead of just the local ones.
1854
1855 * systemd-coredump will now use libdw/libelf via dlopen() rather than
1856 directly linking, allowing users to easily opt-out of backtrace/metadata
1857 analysis of core files, and reduce image sizes when this is not needed.
1858
1859 * systemd-coredump will now analyze core files with libdw/libelf in a
1860 forked, sandboxed process.
1861
1862 * systemd-homed will now try to unmount an activate home area in
1863 regular intervals once the user logged out fully. Previously this was
1864 attempted exactly once but if the home directory was busy for some
1865 reason it was not tried again.
1866
1867 * systemd-homed's LUKS2 home area backend will now create a BSD file
1868 system lock on the image file while the home area is active
1869 (i.e. mounted). If a home area is found to be locked, logins are
1870 politely refused. This should improve behavior when using home areas
1871 images that are accessible via the network from multiple clients, and
1872 reduce the chance of accidental file system corruption in that case.
1873
1874 * Optionally, systemd-homed will now drop the kernel buffer cache once
1875 a user has fully logged out, configurable via the new --drop-caches=
1876 homectl switch.
1877
1878 * systemd-homed now makes use of UID mapped mounts for the home areas.
1879 If the kernel and used file system support it, files are now
1880 internally owned by the "nobody" user (i.e. the user typically used
1881 for indicating "this ownership is not mapped"), and dynamically
1882 mapped to the UID used locally on the system via the UID mapping
1883 mount logic of recent kernels. This makes migrating home areas
1884 between different systems cheaper because recursively chown()ing file
1885 system trees is no longer necessary.
1886
1887 * systemd-homed's CIFS backend now optionally supports CIFS service
1888 names with a directory suffix, in order to place home directories in
1889 a subdirectory of a CIFS share, instead of the top-level directory.
1890
1891 * systemd-homed's CIFS backend gained support for specifying additional
1892 mount options in the JSON user record (cifsExtraMountOptions field,
1893 and --cifs-extra-mount-options= homectl switch). This is for example
1894 useful for configuring mount options such as "noserverino" that some
1895 SMB3 services require (use that to run a homed home directory from a
1896 FritzBox SMB3 share this way).
1897
1898 * systemd-homed will now default to btrfs' zstd compression for home
1899 areas. This is inspired by Fedora's recent decision to switch to zstd
1900 by default.
1901
1902 * Additional mount options to use when mounting the file system of
1903 LUKS2 volumes in systemd-homed has been added. Via the
1904 $SYSTEMD_HOME_MOUNT_OPTIONS_BTRFS, $SYSTEMD_HOME_MOUNT_OPTIONS_EXT4,
1905 $SYSTEMD_HOME_MOUNT_OPTIONS_XFS environment variables to
1906 systemd-homed or via the luksExtraMountOptions user record JSON
1907 property. (Exposed via homectl --luks-extra-mount-options)
1908
1909 * homectl's resize command now takes the special size specifications
1910 "min" and "max" to shrink/grow the home area to the minimum/maximum
1911 size possible, taking disk usage/space constraints and file system
1912 limitations into account. Resizing is now generally graceful: the
1913 logic will try to get as close to the specified size as possible, but
1914 not consider it a failure if the request couldn't be fulfilled
1915 precisely.
1916
1917 * systemd-homed gained the ability to automatically shrink home areas
1918 on logout to their minimal size and grow them again on next
1919 login. This ensures that while inactive, a home area only takes up
1920 the minimal space necessary, but once activated, it provides
1921 sufficient space for the user's needs. This behavior is only
1922 supported if btrfs is used as file system inside the home area
1923 (because only for btrfs online growing/shrinking is implemented in
1924 the kernel). This behavior is now enabled by default, but may be
1925 controlled via the new --auto-resize-mode= setting of homectl.
1926
1927 * systemd-homed gained support for automatically re-balancing free disk
1928 space among active home areas, in case the LUKS2 backends are used,
1929 and no explicit disk size was requested. This way disk space is
1930 automatically managed and home areas resized in regular intervals and
1931 manual resizing when disk space becomes scarce should not be
1932 necessary anymore. This behavior is only supported if btrfs is used
1933 within the home areas (as only then online shrinking and growing is
1934 supported), and may be configured via the new rebalanceWeight JSON
1935 user record field (as exposed via the new --rebalance-weight= homectl
1936 setting). Re-balancing is mostly automatic, but can also be requested
1937 explicitly via "homectl rebalance", which is synchronous, and thus
1938 may be used to wait until the rebalance run is complete.
1939
1940 * userdbctl gained a --json= switch for configured the JSON formatting
1941 to use when outputting user or group records.
1942
1943 * userdbctl gained a new --multiplexer= switch for explicitly
1944 configuring whether to use the systemd-userdbd server side user
1945 record resolution logic.
1946
1947 * userdbctl's ssh-authorized-keys command learnt a new --chain switch,
1948 for chaining up another command to execute after completing the
1949 look-up. Since the OpenSSH's AuthorizedKeysCommand only allows
1950 configuration of a single command to invoke, this maybe used to
1951 invoke multiple: first userdbctl's own implementation, and then any
1952 other also configured in the command line.
1953
1954 * The sd-event API gained a new function sd_event_add_inotify_fd() that
1955 is similar to sd_event_add_inotify() but accepts a file descriptor
1956 instead of a path in the file system for referencing the inode to
1957 watch.
1958
1959 * The sd-event API gained a new function
1960 sd_event_source_set_ratelimit_expire_callback() that may be used to
1961 define a callback function that is called whenever an event source
1962 leaves the rate limiting phase.
1963
1964 * New documentation has been added explaining which steps are necessary
1965 to port systemd to a new architecture:
1966
1967 https://systemd.io/PORTING_TO_NEW_ARCHITECTURES
1968
1969 * The x-systemd.makefs option in /etc/fstab now explicitly supports
1970 ext2, ext3, and f2fs file systems.
1971
1972 * Mount units and units generated from /etc/fstab entries with 'noauto'
1973 are now ordered the same as other units. Effectively, they will be
1974 started earlier (if something actually pulled them in) and stopped
1975 later, similarly to normal mount units that are part of
1976 fs-local.target. This change should be invisible to users, but
1977 should prevent those units from being stopped too early during
1978 shutdown.
1979
1980 * The systemd-getty-generator now honors a new kernel command line
1981 argument systemd.getty_auto= and a new environment variable
1982 $SYSTEMD_GETTY_AUTO that allows turning it off at boot. This is for
1983 example useful to turn off gettys inside of containers or similar
1984 environments.
1985
1986 * systemd-resolved now listens on a second DNS stub address: 127.0.0.54
1987 (in addition to 127.0.0.53, as before). If DNS requests are sent to
1988 this address they are propagated in "bypass" mode only, i.e. are
1989 almost not processed locally, but mostly forwarded as-is to the
1990 current upstream DNS servers. This provides a stable DNS server
1991 address that proxies all requests dynamically to the right upstream
1992 DNS servers even if these dynamically change. This stub does not do
1993 mDNS/LLMNR resolution. However, it will translate look-ups to
1994 DNS-over-TLS if necessary. This new stub is particularly useful in
1995 container/VM environments, or for tethering setups: use DNAT to
1996 redirect traffic to any IP address to this stub.
1997
1998 * systemd-importd now honors new environment variables
1999 $SYSTEMD_IMPORT_BTRFS_SUBVOL, $SYSTEMD_IMPORT_BTRFS_QUOTA,
2000 $SYSTEMD_IMPORT_SYNC, which may be used disable btrfs subvolume
2001 generation, btrfs quota setup and disk synchronization.
2002
2003 * systemd-importd and systemd-resolved can now be optionally built with
2004 OpenSSL instead of libgcrypt.
2005
2006 * systemd-repart no longer requires OpenSSL.
2007
2008 * systemd-sysusers will no longer create the redundant 'nobody' group
2009 by default, as the 'nobody' user is already created with an
2010 appropriate primary group.
2011
2012 * If a unit uses RuntimeMaxSec, systemctl show will now display it.
2013
2014 * systemctl show-environment gained support for --output=json.
2015
2016 * pam_systemd will now first try to use the X11 abstract socket, and
2017 fallback to the socket file in /tmp/.X11-unix/ only if that does not
2018 work.
2019
2020 * systemd-journald will no longer go back to volatile storage
2021 regardless of configuration when its unit is restarted.
2022
2023 * Initial support for the LoongArch architecture has been added (system
2024 call lists, GPT partition table UUIDs, etc).
2025
2026 * systemd-journald's own logging messages are now also logged to the
2027 journal itself when systemd-journald logs to /dev/kmsg.
2028
2029 * systemd-journald now re-enables COW for archived journal files on
2030 filesystems that support COW. One benefit of this change is that
2031 archived journal files will now get compressed on btrfs filesystems
2032 that have compression enabled.
2033
2034 * systemd-journald now deduplicates fields in a single log message
2035 before adding it to the journal. In archived journal files, it will
2036 also punch holes for unused parts and truncate the file as
2037 appropriate, leading to reductions in disk usage.
2038
2039 * journalctl --verify was extended with more informative error
2040 messages.
2041
2042 * More of sd-journal's functions are now resistant against journal file
2043 corruption.
2044
2045 * The shutdown command learnt a new option --show, to display the
2046 scheduled shutdown.
2047
2048 * A LICENSES/ directory is now included in the git tree. It contains a
2049 README.md file that explains the licenses used by source files in
2050 this repository. It also contains the text of all applicable
2051 licenses as they appear on spdx.org.
2052
2053 Contributions from: Aakash Singh, acsfer, Adolfo Jayme Barrientos,
2054 Adrian Vovk, Albert Brox, Alberto Mardegan, Alexander Kanavin,
2055 alexlzhu, Alfonso Sánchez-Beato, Alvin Šipraga, Alyssa Ross,
2056 Amir Omidi, Anatol Pomozov, Andika Triwidada, Andreas Rammhold,
2057 Andreas Valder, Andrej Lajovic, Andrew Soutar, Andrew Stone, Andy Chi,
2058 Anita Zhang, Anssi Hannula, Antonio Alvarez Feijoo,
2059 Antony Deepak Thomas, Arnaud Ferraris, Arvid E. Picciani,
2060 Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Herrenschmidt, Ben Stockett,
2061 Bogdan Seniuc, Boqun Feng, Carl Lei, chlorophyll-zz, Chris Packham,
2062 Christian Brauner, Christian Göttsche, Christian Wehrli,
2063 Christoph Anton Mitterer, Cristian Rodríguez, Daan De Meyer,
2064 Daniel Maixner, Dann Frazier, Dan Streetman, Davide Cavalca,
2065 David Seifert, David Tardon, dependabot[bot], Dimitri John Ledkov,
2066 Dimitri Papadopoulos, Dimitry Ishenko, Dmitry Khlebnikov,
2067 Dominique Martinet, duament, Egor, Egor Ignatov, Emil Renner Berthing,
2068 Emily Gonyer, Ettore Atalan, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Florian Klink,
2069 Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, Geass-LL, Gibeom Gwon, GnunuX,
2070 Gogo Gogsi, gregzuro, Greg Zuro, Gustavo Costa, Hans de Goede,
2071 Hela Basa, Henri Chain, hikigaya58, Hugo Carvalho,
2072 Hugo Osvaldo Barrera, Iago Lopez Galeiras, Iago López Galeiras,
2073 I-dont-need-name, igo95862, Jack Dähn, James Hilliard, Jan Janssen,
2074 Jan Kuparinen, Jan Macku, Jan Palus, Jarkko Sakkinen, Jayce Fayne,
2075 jiangchuangang, jlempen, John Lindgren, Jonas Dreßler, Jonas Jelten,
2076 Jonas Witschel, Joris Hartog, José Expósito, Julia Kartseva,
2077 Kai-Heng Feng, Kai Wohlfahrt, Kay Siver Bø, KennthStailey,
2078 Kevin Kuehler, Kevin Orr, Khem Raj, Kristian Klausen, Kyle Laker,
2079 lainahai, LaserEyess, Lennart Poettering, Lia Lenckowski, longpanda,
2080 Luca Boccassi, Luca BRUNO, Ludwig Nussel, Lukas Senionis,
2081 Maanya Goenka, Maciek Borzecki, Marcel Menzel, Marco Scardovi,
2082 Marcus Harrison, Mark Boudreau, Matthijs van Duin, Mauricio Vásquez,
2083 Maxime de Roucy, Max Resch, MertsA, Michael Biebl, Michael Catanzaro,
2084 Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Miika Karanki, Mike Gilbert,
2085 Milo Turner, ml, monosans, Nacho Barrientos, nassir90, Nishal Kulkarni,
2086 nl6720, Ondrej Kozina, Paulo Neves, Pavel Březina, pedro martelletto,
2087 Peter Hutterer, Peter Morrow, Piotr Drąg, Rasmus Villemoes, ratijas,
2088 Raul Tambre, rene, Riccardo Schirone, Robert-L-Turner, Robert Scheck,
2089 Ross Jennings, saikat0511, Scott Lamb, Scott Worley,
2090 Sergei Trofimovich, Sho Iizuka, Slava Bacherikov, Slimane Selyan Amiri,
2091 StefanBruens, Steven Siloti, svonohr, Taiki Sugawara, Takashi Sakamoto,
2092 Takuro Onoue, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas Mühlbacher,
2093 Tianlu Shao, Toke Høiland-Jørgensen, Tom Yan, Tony Asleson,
2094 Topi Miettinen, Ulrich Ölmann, Urs Ritzmann, Vincent Bernat,
2095 Vito Caputo, Vladimir Panteleev, WANG Xuerui, Wind/owZ, Wu Xiaotian,
2096 xdavidwu, Xiaotian Wu, xujing, yangmingtai, Yao Wei, Yao Wei (魏銘廷),
2097 Yegor Alexeyev, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek,
2098 Дамјан Георгиевски, наб
2099
2100 — Warsaw, 2021-12-23
2101
2102 CHANGES WITH 249:
2103
2104 * When operating on disk images via the --image= switch of various
2105 tools (such as systemd-nspawn or systemd-dissect), or when udev finds
2106 no 'root=' parameter on the kernel command line, and multiple
2107 suitable root or /usr/ partitions exist in the image, then a simple
2108 comparison inspired by strverscmp() is done on the GPT partition
2109 label, and the newest partition is picked. This permits a simple and
2110 generic whole-file-system A/B update logic where new operating system
2111 versions are dropped into partitions whose label is then updated with
2112 a matching version identifier.
2113
2114 * systemd-sysusers now supports querying the passwords to set for the
2115 users it creates via the "credentials" logic introduced in v247: the
2116 passwd.hashed-password.<user> and passwd.plaintext-password.<user>
2117 credentials are consulted for the password to use (either in UNIX
2118 hashed form, or literally). By default these credentials are inherited
2119 down from PID1 (which in turn imports it from a container manager if
2120 there is one). This permits easy configuration of user passwords
2121 during first boot. Example:
2122
2123 # systemd-nspawn -i foo.raw --volatile=yes --set-credential=passwd.plaintext-password.root:foo
2124
2125 Note that systemd-sysusers operates in purely additive mode: it
2126 executes no operation if the declared users already exist, and hence
2127 doesn't set any passwords as effect of the command line above if the
2128 specified root user exists already in the image. (Note that
2129 --volatile=yes ensures it doesn't, though.)
2130
2131 * systemd-firstboot now also supports querying various system
2132 parameters via the credential subsystems. Thus, as above this may be
2133 used to initialize important system parameters on first boot of
2134 previously unprovisioned images (i.e. images with a mostly empty
2135 /etc/).
2136
2137 * PID 1 may now show both the unit name and the unit description
2138 strings in its status output during boot. This may be configured with
2139 StatusUnitFormat=combined in system.conf or
2140 systemd.status-unit-format=combined on the kernel command line.
2141
2142 * The systemd-machine-id-setup tool now supports a --image= switch for
2143 provisioning a machine ID file into an OS disk image, similar to how
2144 --root= operates on an OS file tree. This matches the existing switch
2145 of the same name for systemd-tmpfiles, systemd-firstboot, and
2146 systemd-sysusers tools.
2147
2148 * Similarly, systemd-repart gained support for the --image= switch too.
2149 In combination with the existing --size= option, this makes the tool
2150 particularly useful for easily growing disk images in a single
2151 invocation, following the declarative rules included in the image
2152 itself.
2153
2154 * systemd-repart's partition configuration files gained support for a
2155 new switch MakeDirectories= which may be used to create arbitrary
2156 directories inside file systems that are created, before registering
2157 them in the partition table. This is useful in particular for root
2158 partitions to create mount point directories for other partitions
2159 included in the image. For example, a disk image that contains a
2160 root, /home/, and /var/ partitions, may set MakeDirectories=yes to
2161 create /home/ and /var/ as empty directories in the root file system
2162 on its creation, so that the resulting image can be mounted
2163 immediately, even in read-only mode.
2164
2165 * systemd-repart's CopyBlocks= setting gained support for the special
2166 value "auto". If used, a suitable matching partition on the booted OS
2167 is found as source to copy blocks from. This is useful when
2168 implementing replicating installers, that are booted from one medium
2169 and then stream their own root partition onto the target medium.
2170
2171 * systemd-repart's partition configuration files gained support for a
2172 Flags=, a ReadOnly= and a NoAuto= setting, allowing control of these
2173 GPT partition flags for the created partitions: this is useful for
2174 marking newly created partitions as read-only, or as not being
2175 subject for automatic mounting from creation on.
2176
2177 * The /etc/os-release file has been extended with two new (optional)
2178 variables IMAGE_VERSION= and IMAGE_ID=, carrying identity and version
2179 information for OS images that are updated comprehensively and
2180 atomically as one image. Two new specifiers %M, %A now resolve to
2181 these two fields in the various configuration options that resolve
2182 specifiers.
2183
2184 * portablectl gained a new switch --extension= for enabling portable
2185 service images with extensions that follow the extension image
2186 concept introduced with v248, and thus allows layering multiple
2187 images when setting up the root filesystem of the service.
2188
2189 * systemd-coredump will now extract ELF build-id information from
2190 processes dumping core and include it in the coredump report.
2191 Moreover, it will look for ELF .note.package sections with
2192 distribution packaging meta-information about the crashing process.
2193 This is useful to directly embed the rpm or deb (or any other)
2194 package name and version in ELF files, making it easy to match
2195 coredump reports with the specific package for which the software was
2196 compiled. This is particularly useful on environments with ELF files
2197 from multiple vendors, different distributions and versions, as is
2198 common today in our containerized and sand-boxed world. For further
2199 information, see:
2200
2201 https://systemd.io/COREDUMP_PACKAGE_METADATA
2202
2203 * A new udev hardware database has been added for FireWire devices
2204 (IEEE 1394).
2205
2206 * The "net_id" built-in of udev has been updated with three
2207 backwards-incompatible changes:
2208
2209 - PCI hotplug slot names on s390 systems are now parsed as
2210 hexadecimal numbers. They were incorrectly parsed as decimal
2211 previously, or ignored if the name was not a valid decimal
2212 number.
2213
2214 - PCI onboard indices up to 65535 are allowed. Previously, numbers
2215 above 16383 were rejected. This primarily impacts s390 systems,
2216 where values up to 65535 are used.
2217
2218 - Invalid characters in interface names are replaced with "_".
2219
2220 The new version of the net naming scheme is "v249". The previous
2221 scheme can be selected via the "net.naming-scheme=v247" kernel
2222 command line parameter.
2223
2224 * sd-bus' sd_bus_is_ready() and sd_bus_is_open() calls now accept a
2225 NULL bus object, for which they will return false. Or in other words,
2226 an unallocated bus connection is neither ready nor open.
2227
2228 * The sd-device API acquired a new API function
2229 sd_device_get_usec_initialized() that returns the monotonic time when
2230 the udev device first appeared in the database.
2231
2232 * sd-device gained a new APIs sd_device_trigger_with_uuid() and
2233 sd_device_get_trigger_uuid(). The former is similar to
2234 sd_device_trigger() but returns a randomly generated UUID that is
2235 associated with the synthetic uevent generated by the call. This UUID
2236 may be read from the sd_device object a monitor eventually receives,
2237 via the sd_device_get_trigger_uuid(). This interface requires kernel
2238 4.13 or above to work, and allows tracking a synthetic uevent through
2239 the entire device management stack. The "udevadm trigger --settle"
2240 logic has been updated to make use of this concept if available to
2241 wait precisely for the uevents it generates. "udevadm trigger" also
2242 gained a new parameter --uuid that prints the UUID for each generated
2243 uevent.
2244
2245 * sd-device also gained new APIs sd_device_new_from_ifname() and
2246 sd_device_new_from_ifindex() for allocating an sd-device object for
2247 the specified network interface. The former accepts an interface name
2248 (either a primary or an alternative name), the latter an interface
2249 index.
2250
2251 * The native Journal protocol has been documented. Clients may talk
2252 this as alternative to the classic BSD syslog protocol for locally
2253 delivering log records to the Journal. The protocol has been stable
2254 for a long time and in fact been implemented already in a variety
2255 of alternative client libraries. This documentation makes the support
2256 for that official:
2257
2258 https://systemd.io/JOURNAL_NATIVE_PROTOCOL
2259
2260 * A new BPFProgram= setting has been added to service files. It may be
2261 set to a path to a loaded kernel BPF program, i.e. a path to a bpffs
2262 file, or a bind mount or symlink to one. This may be used to upload
2263 and manage BPF programs externally and then hook arbitrary systemd
2264 services into them.
2265
2266 * The "home.arpa" domain that has been officially declared as the
2267 choice for domain for local home networks per RFC 8375 has been added
2268 to the default NTA list of resolved, since DNSSEC is generally not
2269 available on private domains.
2270
2271 * The CPUAffinity= setting of unit files now resolves "%" specifiers.
2272
2273 * A new ManageForeignRoutingPolicyRules= setting has been added to
2274 .network files which may be used to exclude foreign-created routing
2275 policy rules from systemd-networkd management.
2276
2277 * systemd-network-wait-online gained two new switches -4 and -6 that
2278 may be used to tweak whether to wait for only IPv4 or only IPv6
2279 connectivity.
2280
2281 * .network files gained a new RequiredFamilyForOnline= setting to
2282 fine-tune whether to require an IPv4 or IPv6 address in order to
2283 consider an interface "online".
2284
2285 * networkctl will now show an over-all "online" state in the per-link
2286 information.
2287
2288 * In .network files a new OutgoingInterface= setting has been added to
2289 specify the output interface in bridge FDB setups.
2290
2291 * In .network files the Multipath group ID may now be configured for
2292 [NextHop] entries, via the new Group= setting.
2293
2294 * The DHCP server logic configured in .network files gained a new
2295 setting RelayTarget= that turns the server into a DHCP server relay.
2296 The RelayAgentCircuitId= and RelayAgentRemoteId= settings may be used
2297 to further tweak the DHCP relay behaviour.
2298
2299 * The DHCP server logic also gained a new ServerAddress= setting in
2300 .network files that explicitly specifies the server IP address to
2301 use. If not specified, the address is determined automatically, as
2302 before.
2303
2304 * The DHCP server logic in systemd-networkd gained support for static
2305 DHCP leases, configurable via the [DHCPServerStaticLease]
2306 section. This allows explicitly mapping specific MAC addresses to
2307 fixed IP addresses and vice versa.
2308
2309 * The RestrictAddressFamilies= setting in service files now supports a
2310 new special value "none". If specified sockets of all address
2311 families will be made unavailable to services configured that way.
2312
2313 * systemd-fstab-generator and systemd-repart have been updated to
2314 support booting from disks that carry only a /usr/ partition but no
2315 root partition yet, and where systemd-repart can add it in on the
2316 first boot. This is useful for implementing systems that ship with a
2317 single /usr/ file system, and whose root file system shall be set up
2318 and formatted on a LUKS-encrypted volume whose key is generated
2319 locally (and possibly enrolled in the TPM) during the first boot.
2320
2321 * The [Address] section of .network files now accepts a new
2322 RouteMetric= setting that configures the routing metric to use for
2323 the prefix route created as effect of the address configuration.
2324 Similarly, the [DHCPv6PrefixDelegation] and [IPv6Prefix] sections
2325 gained matching settings for their prefix routes. (The option of the
2326 same name in the [DHCPv6] section is moved to [IPv6AcceptRA], since
2327 it conceptually belongs there; the old option is still understood for
2328 compatibility.)
2329
2330 * The DHCPv6 IAID and DUID are now explicitly configurable in .network
2331 files.
2332
2333 * A new udev property ID_NET_DHCP_BROADCAST on network interface
2334 devices is now honoured by systemd-networkd, controlling whether to
2335 issue DHCP offers via broadcasting. This is used to ensure that s390
2336 layer 3 network interfaces work out-of-the-box with systemd-networkd.
2337
2338 * nss-myhostname and systemd-resolved will now synthesize address
2339 records for a new special hostname "_outbound". The name will always
2340 resolve to the local IP addresses most likely used for outbound
2341 connections towards the default routes. On multi-homed hosts this is
2342 useful to have a stable handle referring to "the" local IP address
2343 that matters most, to the point where this is defined.
2344
2345 * The Discoverable Partition Specification has been updated with a new
2346 GPT partition flag "grow-file-system" defined for its partition
2347 types. Whenever partitions with this flag set are automatically
2348 mounted (i.e. via systemd-gpt-auto-generator or the --image= switch
2349 of systemd-nspawn or other tools; and as opposed to explicit mounting
2350 via /etc/fstab), the file system within the partition is
2351 automatically grown to the full size of the partition. If the file
2352 system size already matches the partition size this flag has no
2353 effect. Previously, this functionality has been available via the
2354 explicit x-systemd.growfs mount option, and this new flag extends
2355 this to automatically discovered mounts. A new GrowFileSystem=
2356 setting has been added to systemd-repart drop-in files that allows
2357 configuring this partition flag. This new flag defaults to on for
2358 partitions automatically created by systemd-repart, except if they
2359 are marked read-only. See the specification for further details:
2360
2361 https://systemd.io/DISCOVERABLE_PARTITIONS
2362
2363 * .network files gained a new setting RoutesToNTP= in the [DHCPv4]
2364 section. If enabled (which is the default), and an NTP server address
2365 is acquired through a DHCP lease on this interface an explicit route
2366 to this address is created on this interface to ensure that NTP
2367 traffic to the NTP server acquired on an interface is also routed
2368 through that interface. The pre-existing RoutesToDNS= setting that
2369 implements the same for DNS servers is now enabled by default.
2370
2371 * A pair of service settings SocketBindAllow= + SocketBindDeny= have
2372 been added that may be used to restrict the network interfaces
2373 sockets created by the service may be bound to. This is implemented
2374 via BPF.
2375
2376 * A new ConditionFirmware= setting has been added to unit files to
2377 conditionalize on certain firmware features. At the moment it may
2378 check whether running on an UEFI system, a device.tree system, or if
2379 the system is compatible with some specified device-tree feature.
2380
2381 * A new ConditionOSRelease= setting has been added to unit files to
2382 check os-release(5) fields. The "=", "!=", "<", "<=", ">=", ">"
2383 operators may be used to check if some field has some specific value
2384 or do an alphanumerical comparison. Equality comparisons are useful
2385 for fields like ID, but relative comparisons for fields like
2386 VERSION_ID or IMAGE_VERSION.
2387
2388 * hostnamed gained a new Describe() D-Bus method that returns a JSON
2389 serialization of the host data it exposes. This is exposed via
2390 "hostnamectl --json=" to acquire a host identity description in JSON.
2391 It's our intention to add a similar features to most services and
2392 objects systemd manages, in order to simplify integration with
2393 program code that can consume JSON.
2394
2395 * Similarly, networkd gained a Describe() method on its Manager and
2396 Link bus objects. This is exposed via "networkctl --json=".
2397
2398 * hostnamectl's various "get-xyz"/"set-xyz" verb pairs
2399 (e.g. "hostnamectl get-hostname", "hostnamectl "set-hostname") have
2400 been replaced by a single "xyz" verb (e.g. "hostnamectl hostname")
2401 that is used both to get the value (when no argument is given), and
2402 to set the value (when an argument is specified). The old names
2403 continue to be supported for compatibility.
2404
2405 * systemd-detect-virt and ConditionVirtualization= are now able to
2406 correctly identify Amazon EC2 environments.
2407
2408 * The LogLevelMax= setting of unit files now applies not only to log
2409 messages generated *by* the service, but also to log messages
2410 generated *about* the service by PID 1. To suppress logs concerning a
2411 specific service comprehensively, set this option to a high log
2412 level.
2413
2414 * bootctl gained support for a new --make-machine-id-directory= switch
2415 that allows precise control on whether to create the top-level
2416 per-machine directory in the boot partition that typically contains
2417 Type 1 boot loader entries.
2418
2419 * During build SBAT data to include in the systemd-boot EFI PE binaries
2420 may be specified now.
2421
2422 * /etc/crypttab learnt a new option "headless". If specified any
2423 requests to query the user interactively for passwords or PINs will
2424 be skipped. This is useful on systems that are headless, i.e. where
2425 an interactive user is generally not present.
2426
2427 * /etc/crypttab also learnt a new option "password-echo=" that allows
2428 configuring whether the encryption password prompt shall echo the
2429 typed password and if so, do so literally or via asterisks. (The
2430 default is the same behaviour as before: provide echo feedback via
2431 asterisks.)
2432
2433 * FIDO2 support in systemd-cryptenroll/systemd-cryptsetup and
2434 systemd-homed has been updated to allow explicit configuration of the
2435 "user presence" and "user verification" checks, as well as whether a
2436 PIN is required for authentication, via the new switches
2437 --fido2-with-user-presence=, --fido2-with-user-verification=,
2438 --fido2-with-client-pin= to systemd-cryptenroll and homectl. Which
2439 features are available, and may be enabled or disabled depends on the
2440 used FIDO2 token.
2441
2442 * systemd-nspawn's --private-user= switch now accepts the special value
2443 "identity" which configures a user namespacing environment with an
2444 identity mapping of 65535 UIDs. This means the container UID 0 is
2445 mapped to the host UID 0, and the UID 1 to host UID 1. On first look
2446 this doesn't appear to be useful, however it does reduce the attack
2447 surface a bit, since the resulting container will possess process
2448 capabilities only within its namespace and not on the host.
2449
2450 * systemd-nspawn's --private-user-chown switch has been replaced by a
2451 more generic --private-user-ownership= switch that accepts one of
2452 three values: "chown" is equivalent to the old --private-user-chown,
2453 and "off" is equivalent to the absence of the old switch. The value
2454 "map" uses the new UID mapping mounts of Linux 5.12 to map ownership
2455 of files and directories of the underlying image to the chosen UID
2456 range for the container. "auto" is equivalent to "map" if UID mapping
2457 mount are supported, otherwise it is equivalent to "chown". The short
2458 -U switch systemd-nspawn now implies --private-user-ownership=auto
2459 instead of the old --private-user-chown. Effectively this means: if
2460 the backing file system supports UID mapping mounts the feature is
2461 now used by default if -U is used. Generally, it's a good idea to use
2462 UID mapping mounts instead of recursive chown()ing, since it allows
2463 running containers off immutable images (since no modifications of
2464 the images need to take place), and share images between multiple
2465 instances. Moreover, the recursive chown()ing operation is slow and
2466 can be avoided. Conceptually it's also a good thing if transient UID
2467 range uses do not leak into persistent file ownership anymore. TLDR:
2468 finally, the last major drawback of user namespacing has been
2469 removed, and -U should always be used (unless you use btrfs, where
2470 UID mapped mounts do not exist; or your container actually needs
2471 privileges on the host).
2472
2473 * nss-systemd now synthesizes user and group shadow records in addition
2474 to the main user and group records. Thus, hashed passwords managed by
2475 systemd-homed are now accessible via the shadow database.
2476
2477 * The userdb logic (and thus nss-systemd, and so on) now read
2478 additional user/group definitions in JSON format from the drop-in
2479 directories /etc/userdb/, /run/userdb/, /run/host/userdb/ and
2480 /usr/lib/userdb/. This is a simple and powerful mechanism for making
2481 additional users available to the system, with full integration into
2482 NSS including the shadow databases. Since the full JSON user/group
2483 record format is supported this may also be used to define users with
2484 resource management settings and other runtime settings that
2485 pam_systemd and systemd-logind enforce at login.
2486
2487 * The userdbctl tool gained two new switches --with-dropin= and
2488 --with-varlink= which can be used to fine-tune the sources used for
2489 user database lookups.
2490
2491 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch --bind-user= for binding a host
2492 user account into the container. This does three things: the user's
2493 home directory is bind mounted from the host into the container,
2494 below the /run/userdb/home/ hierarchy. A free UID is picked in the
2495 container, and a user namespacing UID mapping to the host user's UID
2496 installed. And finally, a minimal JSON user and group record (along
2497 with its hashed password) is dropped into /run/host/userdb/. These
2498 records are picked up automatically by the userdb drop-in logic
2499 describe above, and allow the user to login with the same password as
2500 on the host. Effectively this means: if host and container run new
2501 enough systemd versions making a host user available to the container
2502 is trivially simple.
2503
2504 * systemd-journal-gatewayd now supports the switches --user, --system,
2505 --merge, --file= that are equivalent to the same switches of
2506 journalctl, and permit exposing only the specified subset of the
2507 Journal records.
2508
2509 * The OnFailure= dependency between units is now augmented with a
2510 implicit reverse dependency OnFailureOf= (this new dependency cannot
2511 be configured directly it's only created as effect of an OnFailure=
2512 dependency in the reverse order — it's visible in "systemctl show"
2513 however). Similar, Slice= now has an reverse dependency SliceOf=,
2514 that is also not configurable directly, but useful to determine all
2515 units that are members of a slice.
2516
2517 * A pair of new dependency types between units PropagatesStopTo= +
2518 StopPropagatedFrom= has been added, that allows propagation of unit
2519 stop events between two units. It operates similar to the existing
2520 PropagatesReloadTo= + ReloadPropagatedFrom= dependencies.
2521
2522 * A new dependency type OnSuccess= has been added (plus the reverse
2523 dependency OnSuccessOf=, which cannot be configured directly, but
2524 exists only as effect of the reverse OnSuccess=). It is similar to
2525 OnFailure=, but triggers in the opposite case: when a service exits
2526 cleanly. This allows "chaining up" of services where one or more
2527 services are started once another service has successfully completed.
2528
2529 * A new dependency type Upholds= has been added (plus the reverse
2530 dependency UpheldBy=, which cannot be configured directly, but exists
2531 only as effect of Upholds=). This dependency type is a stronger form
2532 of Wants=: if a unit has an UpHolds= dependency on some other unit
2533 and the former is active then the latter is started whenever it is
2534 found inactive (and no job is queued for it). This is an alternative
2535 to Restart= inside service units, but less configurable, and the
2536 request to uphold a unit is not encoded in the unit itself but in
2537 another unit that intends to uphold it.
2538
2539 * The systemd-ask-password tool now also supports reading passwords
2540 from the credentials subsystem, via the new --credential= switch.
2541
2542 * The systemd-ask-password tool learnt a new switch --emoji= which may
2543 be used to explicit control whether the lock and key emoji (🔐) is
2544 shown in the password prompt on suitable TTYs.
2545
2546 * The --echo switch of systemd-ask-password now optionally takes a
2547 parameter that controls character echo. It may either show asterisks
2548 (default, as before), turn echo off entirely, or echo the typed
2549 characters literally.
2550
2551 * The systemd-ask-password tool also gained a new -n switch for
2552 suppressing output of a trailing newline character when writing the
2553 acquired password to standard output, similar to /bin/echo's -n
2554 switch.
2555
2556 * New documentation has been added that describes the organization of
2557 the systemd source code tree:
2558
2559 https://systemd.io/ARCHITECTURE
2560
2561 * Units using ConditionNeedsUpdate= will no longer be activated in
2562 the initrd.
2563
2564 * It is now possible to list a template unit in the WantedBy= or
2565 RequiredBy= settings of the [Install] section of another template
2566 unit, which will be instantiated using the same instance name.
2567
2568 * A new MemoryAvailable property is available for units. If the unit,
2569 or the slices it is part of, have a memory limit set via MemoryMax=/
2570 MemoryHigh=, MemoryAvailable will indicate how much more memory the
2571 unit can claim before hitting the limits.
2572
2573 * systemd-coredump will now try to stay below the cgroup memory limit
2574 placed on itself or one of the slices it runs under, if the storage
2575 area for core files (/var/lib/systemd/coredump/) is placed on a tmpfs,
2576 since files written on such filesystems count toward the cgroup memory
2577 limit. If there is not enough available memory in such cases to store
2578 the core file uncompressed, systemd-coredump will skip to compressed
2579 storage directly (if enabled) and it will avoid analyzing the core file
2580 to print backtrace and metadata in the journal.
2581
2582 * tmpfiles.d/ drop-ins gained a new '=' modifier to check if the type
2583 of a path matches the configured expectations, and remove it if not.
2584
2585 * tmpfiles.d/'s 'Age' now accepts an 'age-by' argument, which allows to
2586 specify which of the several available filesystem timestamps (access
2587 time, birth time, change time, modification time) to look at when
2588 deciding whether a path has aged enough to be cleaned.
2589
2590 * A new IPv6StableSecretAddress= setting has been added to .network
2591 files, which takes an IPv6 address to use as secret for IPv6 address
2592 generation.
2593
2594 * The [DHCPServer] logic in .network files gained support for a new
2595 UplinkInterface= setting that permits configuration of the uplink
2596 interface name to propagate DHCP lease information from.
2597
2598 * The WakeOnLan= setting in .link files now accepts a list of flags
2599 instead of a single one, to configure multiple wake-on-LAN policies.
2600
2601 * User-space defined tracepoints (USDT) have been added to udev at
2602 strategic locations. This is useful for tracing udev behaviour and
2603 performance with bpftrace and similar tools.
2604
2605 * systemd-journald-upload gained a new NetworkTimeoutSec= option for
2606 setting a network timeout time.
2607
2608 * If a system service is running in a new mount namespace (RootDirectory=
2609 and friends), all file systems will be mounted with MS_NOSUID by
2610 default, unless the system is running with SELinux enabled.
2611
2612 * When enumerating time zones the timedatectl tool will now consult the
2613 'tzdata.zi' file shipped by the IANA time zone database package, in
2614 addition to 'zone1970.tab', as before. This makes sure time zone
2615 aliases are now correctly supported. Some distributions so far did
2616 not install this additional file, most do however. If you
2617 distribution does not install it yet, it might make sense to change
2618 that.
2619
2620 * Intel HID rfkill event is no longer masked, since it's the only
2621 source of rfkill event on newer HP laptops. To have both backward and
2622 forward compatibility, userspace daemon needs to debounce duplicated
2623 events in a short time window.
2624
2625 Contributions from: Aakash Singh, adrian5, Albert Brox,
2626 Alexander Sverdlin, Alexander Tsoy, Alexey Rubtsov, alexlzhu,
2627 Allen Webb, Alvin Šipraga, Alyssa Ross, Anders Wenhaug,
2628 Andrea Pappacoda, Anita Zhang, asavah, Balint Reczey, Bertrand Jacquin,
2629 borna-blazevic, caoxia2008cxx, Carlo Teubner, Christian Göttsche,
2630 Christian Hesse, Daniel Schaefer, Dan Streetman,
2631 David Santamaría Rogado, David Tardon, Deepak Rawat, dgcampea,
2632 Dimitri John Ledkov, ei-ke, Emilio Herrera, Emil Renner Berthing,
2633 Eric Cook, Flos Lonicerae, Franck Bui, Francois Gervais,
2634 Frantisek Sumsal, Gibeom Gwon, gitm0, Hamish Moffatt, Hans de Goede,
2635 Harsh Barsaiyan, Henri Chain, Hristo Venev, Icenowy Zheng, Igor Zhbanov,
2636 imayoda, Jakub Warczarek, James Buren, Jan Janssen, Jan Macku,
2637 Jan Synacek, Jason Francis, Jayanth Ananthapadmanaban, Jeremy Szu,
2638 Jérôme Carretero, Jesse Stricker, jiangchuangang, Joerg Behrmann,
2639 Jóhann B. Guðmundsson, Jörg Deckert, Jörg Thalheim, Juergen Hoetzel,
2640 Julia Kartseva, Kai-Heng Feng, Khem Raj, KoyamaSohei, laineantti,
2641 Lennart Poettering, LetzteInstanz, Luca Adrian L, Luca Boccassi,
2642 Lucas Magasweran, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marco Antonio Mauro, Mark Wielaard,
2643 Masahiro Matsuya, Matt Johnston, Michael Catanzaro, Michal Koutný,
2644 Michal Sekletár, Mike Crowe, Mike Kazantsev, Milan, milaq,
2645 Miroslav Suchý, Morten Linderud, nerdopolis, nl6720, Noah Meyerhans,
2646 Oleg Popov, Olle Lundberg, Ondrej Kozina, Paweł Marciniak, Perry.Yuan,
2647 Peter Hutterer, Peter Kjellerstedt, Peter Morrow, Phaedrus Leeds,
2648 plattrap, qhill, Raul Tambre, Roman Beranek, Roshan Shariff,
2649 Ryan Hendrickson, Samuel BF, scootergrisen, Sebastian Blunt,
2650 Seong-ho Cho, Sergey Bugaev, Sevan Janiyan, Sibo Dong, simmon,
2651 Simon Watts, Srinidhi Kaushik, Štěpán Němec, Steve Bonds, Susant Sahani,
2652 sverdlin, syyhao1994, Takashi Sakamoto, Topi Miettinen, tramsay,
2653 Trent Piepho, Uwe Kleine-König, Viktor Mihajlovski, Vincent Dechenaux,
2654 Vito Caputo, William A. Kennington III, Yangyang Shen, Yegor Alexeyev,
2655 Yi Gao, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, zsien, наб
2656
2657 — Edinburgh, 2021-07-07
2658
2659 CHANGES WITH 248:
2660
2661 * A concept of system extension images is introduced. Such images may
2662 be used to extend the /usr/ and /opt/ directory hierarchies at
2663 runtime with additional files (even if the file system is read-only).
2664 When a system extension image is activated, its /usr/ and /opt/
2665 hierarchies and os-release information are combined via overlayfs
2666 with the file system hierarchy of the host OS.
2667
2668 A new systemd-sysext tool can be used to merge, unmerge, list, and
2669 refresh system extension hierarchies. See
2670 https://www.freedesktop.org/software/systemd/man/systemd-sysext.html.
2671
2672 The systemd-sysext.service automatically merges installed system
2673 extensions during boot (before basic.target, but not in very early
2674 boot, since various file systems have to be mounted first).
2675
2676 The SYSEXT_LEVEL= field in os-release(5) may be used to specify the
2677 supported system extension level.
2678
2679 * A new ExtensionImages= unit setting can be used to apply the same
2680 system extension image concept from systemd-sysext to the namespaced
2681 file hierarchy of specific services, following the same rules and
2682 constraints.
2683
2684 * Support for a new special "root=tmpfs" kernel command-line option has
2685 been added. When specified, a tmpfs is mounted on /, and mount.usr=
2686 should be used to point to the operating system implementation.
2687
2688 * A new configuration file /etc/veritytab may be used to configure
2689 dm-verity integrity protection for block devices. Each line is in the
2690 format "volume-name data-device hash-device roothash options",
2691 similar to /etc/crypttab.
2692
2693 * A new kernel command-line option systemd.verity.root_options= may be
2694 used to configure dm-verity behaviour for the root device.
2695
2696 * The key file specified in /etc/crypttab (the third field) may now
2697 refer to an AF_UNIX/SOCK_STREAM socket in the file system. The key is
2698 acquired by connecting to that socket and reading from it. This
2699 allows the implementation of a service to provide key information
2700 dynamically, at the moment when it is needed.
2701
2702 * When the hostname is set explicitly to "localhost", systemd-hostnamed
2703 will respect this. Previously such a setting would be mostly silently
2704 ignored. The goal is to honour configuration as specified by the
2705 user.
2706
2707 * The fallback hostname that will be used by the system manager and
2708 systemd-hostnamed can now be configured in two new ways: by setting
2709 DEFAULT_HOSTNAME= in os-release(5), or by setting
2710 $SYSTEMD_DEFAULT_HOSTNAME in the environment block. As before, it can
2711 also be configured during compilation. The environment variable is
2712 intended for testing and local overrides, the os-release(5) field is
2713 intended to allow customization by different variants of a
2714 distribution that share the same compiled packages.
2715
2716 * The environment block of the manager itself may be configured through
2717 a new ManagerEnvironment= setting in system.conf or user.conf. This
2718 complements existing ways to set the environment block (the kernel
2719 command line for the system manager, the inherited environment and
2720 user@.service unit file settings for the user manager).
2721
2722 * systemd-hostnamed now exports the default hostname and the source of
2723 the configured hostname ("static", "transient", or "default") as
2724 D-Bus properties.
2725
2726 * systemd-hostnamed now exports the "HardwareVendor" and
2727 "HardwareModel" D-Bus properties, which are supposed to contain a
2728 pair of cleaned up, human readable strings describing the system's
2729 vendor and model. It's typically sourced from the firmware's DMI
2730 tables, but may be augmented from a new hwdb database. hostnamectl
2731 shows this in the status output.
2732
2733 * Support has been added to systemd-cryptsetup for extracting the
2734 PKCS#11 token URI and encrypted key from the LUKS2 JSON embedded
2735 metadata header. This allows the information how to open the
2736 encrypted device to be embedded directly in the device and obviates
2737 the need for configuration in an external file.
2738
2739 * systemd-cryptsetup gained support for unlocking LUKS2 volumes using
2740 TPM2 hardware, as well as FIDO2 security tokens (in addition to the
2741 pre-existing support for PKCS#11 security tokens).
2742
2743 * systemd-repart may enroll encrypted partitions using TPM2
2744 hardware. This may be useful for example to create an encrypted /var
2745 partition bound to the machine on first boot.
2746
2747 * A new systemd-cryptenroll tool has been added to enroll TPM2, FIDO2
2748 and PKCS#11 security tokens to LUKS volumes, list and destroy
2749 them. See:
2750
2751 http://0pointer.net/blog/unlocking-luks2-volumes-with-tpm2-fido2-pkcs11-security-hardware-on-systemd-248.html
2752
2753 It also supports enrolling "recovery keys" and regular passphrases.
2754
2755 * The libfido2 dependency is now based on dlopen(), so that the library
2756 is used at runtime when installed, but is not a hard runtime
2757 dependency.
2758
2759 * systemd-cryptsetup gained support for two new options in
2760 /etc/crypttab: "no-write-workqueue" and "no-read-workqueue" which
2761 request synchronous processing of encryption/decryption IO.
2762
2763 * The manager may be configured at compile time to use the fexecve()
2764 instead of the execve() system call when spawning processes. Using
2765 fexecve() closes a window between checking the security context of an
2766 executable and spawning it, but unfortunately the kernel displays
2767 stale information in the process' "comm" field, which impacts ps
2768 output and such.
2769
2770 * The configuration option -Dcompat-gateway-hostname has been dropped.
2771 "_gateway" is now the only supported name.
2772
2773 * The ConditionSecurity=tpm2 unit file setting may be used to check if
2774 the system has at least one TPM2 (tpmrm class) device.
2775
2776 * A new ConditionCPUFeature= has been added that may be used to
2777 conditionalize units based on CPU features. For example,
2778 ConditionCPUFeature=rdrand will condition a unit so that it is only
2779 run when the system CPU supports the RDRAND opcode.
2780
2781 * The existing ConditionControlGroupController= setting has been
2782 extended with two new values "v1" and "v2". "v2" means that the
2783 unified v2 cgroup hierarchy is used, and "v1" means that legacy v1
2784 hierarchy or the hybrid hierarchy are used.
2785
2786 * A new PrivateIPC= setting on a unit file allows executed processes to
2787 be moved into a private IPC namespace, with separate System V IPC
2788 identifiers and POSIX message queues.
2789
2790 A new IPCNamespacePath= allows the unit to be joined to an existing
2791 IPC namespace.
2792
2793 * The tables of system calls in seccomp filters are now automatically
2794 generated from kernel lists exported on
2795 https://fedora.juszkiewicz.com.pl/syscalls.html.
2796
2797 The following architectures should now have complete lists:
2798 alpha, arc, arm64, arm, i386, ia64, m68k, mips64n32, mips64, mipso32,
2799 powerpc, powerpc64, s390, s390x, tilegx, sparc, x86_64, x32.
2800
2801 * The MountAPIVFS= service file setting now additionally mounts a tmpfs
2802 on /run/ if it is not already a mount point. A writable /run/ has
2803 always been a requirement for a functioning system, but this was not
2804 guaranteed when using a read-only image.
2805
2806 Users can always specify BindPaths= or InaccessiblePaths= as
2807 overrides, and they will take precedence. If the host's root mount
2808 point is used, there is no change in behaviour.
2809
2810 * New bind mounts and file system image mounts may be injected into the
2811 mount namespace of a service (without restarting it). This is exposed
2812 respectively as 'systemctl bind <unit> <path>…' and
2813 'systemctl mount-image <unit> <image>…'.
2814
2815 * The StandardOutput= and StandardError= settings can now specify files
2816 to be truncated for output (as "truncate:<path>").
2817
2818 * The ExecPaths= and NoExecPaths= settings may be used to specify
2819 noexec for parts of the file system.
2820
2821 * sd-bus has a new function sd_bus_open_user_machine() to open a
2822 connection to the session bus of a specific user in a local container
2823 or on the local host. This is exposed in the existing -M switch to
2824 systemctl and similar tools:
2825
2826 systemctl --user -M lennart@foobar start foo
2827
2828 This will connect to the user bus of a user "lennart" in container
2829 "foobar". If no container name is specified, the specified user on
2830 the host itself is connected to
2831
2832 systemctl --user -M lennart@ start quux
2833
2834 * sd-bus also gained a convenience function sd_bus_message_send() to
2835 simplify invocations of sd_bus_send(), taking only a single
2836 parameter: the message to send.
2837
2838 * sd-event allows rate limits to be set on event sources, for dealing
2839 with high-priority event sources that might starve out others. See
2840 the new man page sd_event_source_set_ratelimit(3) for details.
2841
2842 * systemd.link files gained a [Link] Promiscuous= switch, which allows
2843 the device to be raised in promiscuous mode.
2844
2845 New [Link] TransmitQueues= and ReceiveQueues= settings allow the
2846 number of TX and RX queues to be configured.
2847
2848 New [Link] TransmitQueueLength= setting allows the size of the TX
2849 queue to be configured.
2850
2851 New [Link] GenericSegmentOffloadMaxBytes= and
2852 GenericSegmentOffloadMaxSegments= allow capping the packet size and
2853 the number of segments accepted in Generic Segment Offload.
2854
2855 * systemd-networkd gained support for the "B.A.T.M.A.N. advanced"
2856 wireless routing protocol that operates on ISO/OSI Layer 2 only and
2857 uses ethernet frames to route/bridge packets. This encompasses a new
2858 "batadv" netdev Type=, a new [BatmanAdvanced] section with a bunch of
2859 new settings in .netdev files, and a new BatmanAdvanced= setting in
2860 .network files.
2861
2862 * systemd.network files gained a [Network] RouteTable= configuration
2863 switch to select the routing policy table.
2864
2865 systemd.network files gained a [RoutingPolicyRule] Type=
2866 configuration switch (one of "blackhole, "unreachable", "prohibit").
2867
2868 systemd.network files gained a [IPv6AcceptRA] RouteDenyList= and
2869 RouteAllowList= settings to ignore/accept route advertisements from
2870 routers matching specified prefixes. The DenyList= setting has been
2871 renamed to PrefixDenyList= and a new PrefixAllowList= option has been
2872 added.
2873
2874 systemd.network files gained a [DHCPv6] UseAddress= setting to
2875 optionally ignore the address provided in the lease.
2876
2877 systemd.network files gained a [DHCPv6PrefixDelegation]
2878 ManageTemporaryAddress= switch.
2879
2880 systemd.network files gained a new ActivationPolicy= setting which
2881 allows configuring how the UP state of an interface shall be managed,
2882 i.e. whether the interface is always upped, always downed, or may be
2883 upped/downed by the user using "ip link set dev".
2884
2885 * The default for the Broadcast= setting in .network files has slightly
2886 changed: the broadcast address will not be configured for wireguard
2887 devices.
2888
2889 * systemd.netdev files gained a [VLAN] Protocol=, IngressQOSMaps=,
2890 EgressQOSMaps=, and [MACVLAN] BroadcastMulticastQueueLength=
2891 configuration options for VLAN packet handling.
2892
2893 * udev rules may now set log_level= option. This allows debug logs to
2894 be enabled for select events, e.g. just for a specific subsystem or
2895 even a single device.
2896
2897 * udev now exports the VOLUME_ID, LOGICAL_VOLUME_ID, VOLUME_SET_ID, and
2898 DATA_PREPARED_ID properties for block devices with ISO9660 file
2899 systems.
2900
2901 * udev now exports decoded DMI information about installed memory slots
2902 as device properties under the /sys/class/dmi/id/ pseudo device.
2903
2904 * /dev/ is not mounted noexec anymore. This didn't provide any
2905 significant security benefits and would conflict with the executable
2906 mappings used with /dev/sgx device nodes. The previous behaviour can
2907 be restored for individual services with NoExecPaths=/dev (or by allow-
2908 listing and excluding /dev from ExecPaths=).
2909
2910 * Permissions for /dev/vsock are now set to 0o666, and /dev/vhost-vsock
2911 and /dev/vhost-net are owned by the kvm group.
2912
2913 * The hardware database has been extended with a list of fingerprint
2914 readers that correctly support USB auto-suspend using data from
2915 libfprint.
2916
2917 * systemd-resolved can now answer DNSSEC questions through the stub
2918 resolver interface in a way that allows local clients to do DNSSEC
2919 validation themselves. For a question with DO+CD set, it'll proxy the
2920 DNS query and respond with a mostly unmodified packet received from
2921 the upstream server.
2922
2923 * systemd-resolved learnt a new boolean option CacheFromLocalhost= in
2924 resolved.conf. If true the service will provide caching even for DNS
2925 lookups made to an upstream DNS server on the 127.0.0.1/::1
2926 addresses. By default (and when the option is false) systemd-resolved
2927 will not cache such lookups, in order to avoid duplicate local
2928 caching, under the assumption the local upstream server caches
2929 anyway.
2930
2931 * systemd-resolved now implements RFC5001 NSID in its local DNS
2932 stub. This may be used by local clients to determine whether they are
2933 talking to the DNS resolver stub or a different DNS server.
2934
2935 * When resolving host names and other records resolvectl will now
2936 report where the data was acquired from (i.e. the local cache, the
2937 network, locally synthesized, …) and whether the network traffic it
2938 effected was encrypted or not. Moreover the tool acquired a number of
2939 new options --cache=, --synthesize=, --network=, --zone=,
2940 --trust-anchor=, --validate= that take booleans and may be used to
2941 tweak a lookup, i.e. whether it may be answered from cached
2942 information, locally synthesized information, information acquired
2943 through the network, the local mDNS/LLMNR zone, the DNSSEC trust
2944 anchor, and whether DNSSEC validation shall be executed for the
2945 lookup.
2946
2947 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --ambient-capability= setting
2948 (AmbientCapability= in .nspawn files) to configure ambient
2949 capabilities passed to the container payload.
2950
2951 * systemd-nspawn gained the ability to configure the firewall using the
2952 nftables subsystem (in addition to the existing iptables
2953 support). Similarly, systemd-networkd's IPMasquerade= option now
2954 supports nftables as back-end, too. In both cases NAT on IPv6 is now
2955 supported too, in addition to IPv4 (the iptables back-end still is
2956 IPv4-only).
2957
2958 "IPMasquerade=yes", which was the same as "IPMasquerade=ipv4" before,
2959 retains its meaning, but has been deprecated. Please switch to either
2960 "ivp4" or "both" (if covering IPv6 is desired).
2961
2962 * systemd-importd will now download .verity and .roothash.p7s files
2963 along with the machine image (as exposed via machinectl pull-raw).
2964
2965 * systemd-oomd now gained a new DefaultMemoryPressureDurationSec=
2966 setting to configure the time a unit's cgroup needs to exceed memory
2967 pressure limits before action will be taken, and a new
2968 ManagedOOMPreference=none|avoid|omit setting to avoid killing certain
2969 units.
2970
2971 systemd-oomd is now considered fully supported (the usual
2972 backwards-compatibility promises apply). Swap is not required for
2973 operation, but it is still recommended.
2974
2975 * systemd-timesyncd gained a new ConnectionRetrySec= setting which
2976 configures the retry delay when trying to contact servers.
2977
2978 * systemd-stdio-bridge gained --system/--user options to connect to the
2979 system bus (previous default) or the user session bus.
2980
2981 * systemd-localed may now call locale-gen to generate missing locales
2982 on-demand (UTF-8-only). This improves integration with Debian-based
2983 distributions (Debian/Ubuntu/PureOS/Tanglu/...) and Arch Linux.
2984
2985 * systemctl --check-inhibitors=true may now be used to obey inhibitors
2986 even when invoked non-interactively. The old --ignore-inhibitors
2987 switch is now deprecated and replaced by --check-inhibitors=false.
2988
2989 * systemctl import-environment will now emit a warning when called
2990 without any arguments (i.e. to import the full environment block of
2991 the called program). This command will usually be invoked from a
2992 shell, which means that it'll inherit a bunch of variables which are
2993 specific to that shell, and usually to the TTY the shell is connected
2994 to, and don't have any meaning in the global context of the system or
2995 user service manager. Instead, only specific variables should be
2996 imported into the manager environment block.
2997
2998 Similarly, programs which update the manager environment block by
2999 directly calling the D-Bus API of the manager, should also push
3000 specific variables, and not the full inherited environment.
3001
3002 * systemctl's status output now shows unit state with a more careful
3003 choice of Unicode characters: units in maintenance show a "○" symbol
3004 instead of the usual "●", failed units show "×", and services being
3005 reloaded "↻".
3006
3007 * coredumpctl gained a --debugger-arguments= switch to pass arguments
3008 to the debugger. It also gained support for showing coredump info in
3009 a simple JSON format.
3010
3011 * systemctl/loginctl/machinectl's --signal= option now accept a special
3012 value "list", which may be used to show a brief table with known
3013 process signals and their numbers.
3014
3015 * networkctl now shows the link activation policy in status.
3016
3017 * Various tools gained --pager/--no-pager/--json= switches to
3018 enable/disable the pager and provide JSON output.
3019
3020 * Various tools now accept two new values for the SYSTEMD_COLORS
3021 environment variable: "16" and "256", to configure how many terminal
3022 colors are used in output.
3023
3024 * less 568 or newer is now required for the auto-paging logic of the
3025 various tools. Hyperlink ANSI sequences in terminal output are now
3026 used even if a pager is used, and older versions of less are not able
3027 to display these sequences correctly. SYSTEMD_URLIFY=0 may be used to
3028 disable this output again.
3029
3030 * Builds with support for separate / and /usr/ hierarchies ("split-usr"
3031 builds, non-merged-usr builds) are now officially deprecated. A
3032 warning is emitted during build. Support is slated to be removed in
3033 about a year (when the Debian Bookworm release development starts).
3034
3035 * Systems with the legacy cgroup v1 hierarchy are now marked as
3036 "tainted", to make it clearer that using the legacy hierarchy is not
3037 recommended.
3038
3039 * systemd-localed will now refuse to configure a keymap which is not
3040 installed in the file system. This is intended as a bug fix, but
3041 could break cases where systemd-localed was used to configure the
3042 keymap in advanced of it being installed. It is necessary to install
3043 the keymap file first.
3044
3045 * The main git development branch has been renamed to 'main'.
3046
3047 * mmcblk[0-9]boot[0-9] devices will no longer be probed automatically
3048 for partitions, as in the vast majority of cases they contain none
3049 and are used internally by the bootloader (eg: uboot).
3050
3051 * systemd will now set the $SYSTEMD_EXEC_PID environment variable for
3052 spawned processes to the PID of the process itself. This may be used
3053 by programs for detecting whether they were forked off by the service
3054 manager itself or are a process forked off further down the tree.
3055
3056 * The sd-device API gained four new calls: sd_device_get_action() to
3057 determine the uevent add/remove/change/… action the device object has
3058 been seen for, sd_device_get_seqno() to determine the uevent sequence
3059 number, sd_device_new_from_stat_rdev() to allocate a new sd_device
3060 object from stat(2) data of a device node, and sd_device_trigger() to
3061 write to the 'uevent' attribute of a device.
3062
3063 * For most tools the --no-legend= switch has been replaced by
3064 --legend=no and --legend=yes, to force whether tables are shown with
3065 headers/legends.
3066
3067 * Units acquired a new property "Markers" that takes a list of zero,
3068 one or two of the following strings: "needs-reload" and
3069 "needs-restart". These markers may be set via "systemctl
3070 set-property". Once a marker is set, "systemctl reload-or-restart
3071 --marked" may be invoked to execute the operation the units are
3072 marked for. This is useful for package managers that want to mark
3073 units for restart/reload while updating, but effect the actual
3074 operations at a later step at once.
3075
3076 * The sd_bus_message_read_strv() API call of sd-bus may now also be
3077 used to parse arrays of D-Bus signatures and D-Bus paths, in addition
3078 to regular strings.
3079
3080 * bootctl will now report whether the UEFI firmware used a TPM2 device
3081 and measured the boot process into it.
3082
3083 * systemd-tmpfiles learnt support for a new environment variable
3084 $SYSTEMD_TMPFILES_FORCE_SUBVOL which takes a boolean value. If true
3085 the v/q/Q lines in tmpfiles.d/ snippets will create btrfs subvolumes
3086 even if the root fs of the system is not itself a btrfs volume.
3087
3088 * systemd-detect-virt/ConditionVirtualization= will now explicitly
3089 detect Docker/Podman environments where possible. Moreover, they
3090 should be able to generically detect any container manager as long as
3091 it assigns the container a cgroup.
3092
3093 * portablectl gained a new "reattach" verb for detaching/reattaching a
3094 portable service image, useful for updating images on-the-fly.
3095
3096 * Intel SGX enclave device nodes (which expose a security feature of
3097 newer Intel CPUs) will now be owned by a new system group "sgx".
3098
3099 Contributions from: Adam Nielsen, Adrian Vovk, AJ Jordan, Alan Perry,
3100 Alastair Pharo, Alexander Batischev, Ali Abdallah, Andrew Balmos,
3101 Anita Zhang, Annika Wickert, Ansgar Burchardt, Antonio Terceiro,
3102 Antonius Frie, Ardy, Arian van Putten, Ariel Fermani, Arnaud T,
3103 A S Alam, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Robin, Björn Daase,
3104 caoxia, Carlo Wood, Charles Lee, ChopperRob, chri2, Christian Ehrhardt,
3105 Christian Hesse, Christopher Obbard, clayton craft, corvusnix, cprn,
3106 Daan De Meyer, Daniele Medri, Daniel Rusek, Dan Sanders, Dan Streetman,
3107 Darren Ng, David Edmundson, David Tardon, Deepak Rawat, Devon Pringle,
3108 Dmitry Borodaenko, dropsignal, Einsler Lee, Endre Szabo,
3109 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabian Affolter, Fangrui Song, Felipe Borges,
3110 feliperodriguesfr, Felix Stupp, Florian Hülsmann, Florian Klink,
3111 Florian Westphal, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, Gablegritule,
3112 Gaël PORTAY, Gaurav, Giedrius Statkevičius, Greg Depoire-Ferrer,
3113 Gustavo Costa, Hans de Goede, Hela Basa, heretoenhance, hide,
3114 Iago López Galeiras, igo95862, Ilya Dmitrichenko, Jameer Pathan,
3115 Jan Tojnar, Jiehong, Jinyuan Si, Joerg Behrmann, John Slade,
3116 Jonathan G. Underwood, Jonathan McDowell, Josh Triplett, Joshua Watt,
3117 Julia Cartwright, Julien Humbert, Kairui Song, Karel Zak,
3118 Kevin Backhouse, Kevin P. Fleming, Khem Raj, Konomi, krissgjeng,
3119 l4gfcm, Lajos Veres, Lennart Poettering, Lincoln Ramsay, Luca Boccassi,
3120 Luca BRUNO, Lucas Werkmeister, Luka Kudra, Luna Jernberg,
3121 Marc-André Lureau, Martin Wilck, Matthias Klumpp, Matt Turner,
3122 Michael Gisbers, Michael Marley, Michael Trapp, Michal Fabik,
3123 Michał Kopeć, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Michele Guerini Rocco,
3124 Mike Gilbert, milovlad, moson-mo, Nick, nihilix-melix, Oğuz Ersen,
3125 Ondrej Mosnacek, pali, Pavel Hrdina, Pavel Sapezhko, Perry Yuan,
3126 Peter Hutterer, Pierre Dubouilh, Piotr Drąg, Pjotr Vertaalt,
3127 Richard Laager, RussianNeuroMancer, Sam Lunt, Sebastiaan van Stijn,
3128 Sergey Bugaev, shenyangyang4, simmon, Simonas Kazlauskas,
3129 Slimane Selyan Amiri, Stefan Agner, Steve Ramage, Susant Sahani,
3130 Sven Mueller, Tad Fisher, Takashi Iwai, Thomas Haller, Tom Shield,
3131 Topi Miettinen, Torsten Hilbrich, tpgxyz, Tyler Hicks, ulf-f,
3132 Ulrich Ölmann, Vincent Pelletier, Vinnie Magro, Vito Caputo, Vlad,
3133 walbit-de, Whired Planck, wouter bolsterlee, Xℹ Ruoyao, Yangyang Shen,
3134 Yuri Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe, Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek,
3135 Zmicer Turok, Дамјан Георгиевски
3136
3137 — Berlin, 2021-03-30
3138
3139 CHANGES WITH 247:
3140
3141 * KERNEL API INCOMPATIBILITY: Linux 4.14 introduced two new uevents
3142 "bind" and "unbind" to the Linux device model. When this kernel
3143 change was made, systemd-udevd was only minimally updated to handle
3144 and propagate these new event types. The introduction of these new
3145 uevents (which are typically generated for USB devices and devices
3146 needing a firmware upload before being functional) resulted in a
3147 number of issues which we so far didn't address. We hoped the kernel
3148 maintainers would themselves address these issues in some form, but
3149 that did not happen. To handle them properly, many (if not most) udev
3150 rules files shipped in various packages need updating, and so do many
3151 programs that monitor or enumerate devices with libudev or sd-device,
3152 or otherwise process uevents. Please note that this incompatibility
3153 is not fault of systemd or udev, but caused by an incompatible kernel
3154 change that happened back in Linux 4.14, but is becoming more and
3155 more visible as the new uevents are generated by more kernel drivers.
3156
3157 To minimize issues resulting from this kernel change (but not avoid
3158 them entirely) starting with systemd-udevd 247 the udev "tags"
3159 concept (which is a concept for marking and filtering devices during
3160 enumeration and monitoring) has been reworked: udev tags are now
3161 "sticky", meaning that once a tag is assigned to a device it will not
3162 be removed from the device again until the device itself is removed
3163 (i.e. unplugged). This makes sure that any application monitoring
3164 devices that match a specific tag is guaranteed to both see uevents
3165 where the device starts being relevant, and those where it stops
3166 being relevant (the latter now regularly happening due to the new
3167 "unbind" uevent type). The udev tags concept is hence now a concept
3168 tied to a *device* instead of a device *event* — unlike for example
3169 udev properties whose lifecycle (as before) is generally tied to a
3170 device event, meaning that the previously determined properties are
3171 forgotten whenever a new uevent is processed.
3172
3173 With the newly redefined udev tags concept, sometimes it's necessary
3174 to determine which tags are the ones applied by the most recent
3175 uevent/database update, in order to discern them from those
3176 originating from earlier uevents/database updates of the same
3177 device. To accommodate for this a new automatic property CURRENT_TAGS
3178 has been added that works similar to the existing TAGS property but
3179 only lists tags set by the most recent uevent/database
3180 update. Similarly, the libudev/sd-device API has been updated with
3181 new functions to enumerate these 'current' tags, in addition to the
3182 existing APIs that now enumerate the 'sticky' ones.
3183
3184 To properly handle "bind"/"unbind" on Linux 4.14 and newer it is
3185 essential that all udev rules files and applications are updated to
3186 handle the new events. Specifically:
3187
3188 • All rule files that currently use a header guard similar to
3189 ACTION!="add|change",GOTO="xyz_end" should be updated to use
3190 ACTION=="remove",GOTO="xyz_end" instead, so that the
3191 properties/tags they add are also applied whenever "bind" (or
3192 "unbind") is seen. (This is most important for all physical device
3193 types — those for which "bind" and "unbind" are currently
3194 generated, for all other device types this change is still
3195 recommended but not as important — but certainly prepares for
3196 future kernel uevent type additions).
3197
3198 • Similarly, all code monitoring devices that contains an 'if' branch
3199 discerning the "add" + "change" uevent actions from all other
3200 uevents actions (i.e. considering devices only relevant after "add"
3201 or "change", and irrelevant on all other events) should be reworked
3202 to instead negatively check for "remove" only (i.e. considering
3203 devices relevant after all event types, except for "remove", which
3204 invalidates the device). Note that this also means that devices
3205 should be considered relevant on "unbind", even though conceptually
3206 this — in some form — invalidates the device. Since the precise
3207 effect of "unbind" is not generically defined, devices should be
3208 considered relevant even after "unbind", however I/O errors
3209 accessing the device should then be handled gracefully.
3210
3211 • Any code that uses device tags for deciding whether a device is
3212 relevant or not most likely needs to be updated to use the new
3213 udev_device_has_current_tag() API (or sd_device_has_current_tag()
3214 in case sd-device is used), to check whether the tag is set at the
3215 moment an uevent is seen (as opposed to the existing
3216 udev_device_has_tag() API which checks if the tag ever existed on
3217 the device, following the API concept redefinition explained
3218 above).
3219
3220 We are very sorry for this breakage and the requirement to update
3221 packages using these interfaces. We'd again like to underline that
3222 this is not caused by systemd/udev changes, but result of a kernel
3223 behaviour change.
3224
3225 * UPCOMING INCOMPATIBILITY: So far most downstream distribution
3226 packages have not retriggered devices once the udev package (or any
3227 auxiliary package installing additional udev rules) is updated. We
3228 intend to work with major distributions to change this, so that
3229 "udevadm trigger -a change" is issued on such upgrades, ensuring that
3230 the updated ruleset is applied to the devices already discovered, so
3231 that (asynchronously) after the upgrade completed the udev database
3232 is consistent with the updated rule set. This means udev rules must
3233 be ready to be retriggered with a "change" action any time, and
3234 result in correct and complete udev database entries. While the
3235 majority of udev rule files known to us currently get this right,
3236 some don't. Specifically, there are udev rules files included in
3237 various packages that only set udev properties on the "add" action,
3238 but do not handle the "change" action. If a device matching those
3239 rules is retriggered with the "change" action (as is intended here)
3240 it would suddenly lose the relevant properties. This always has been
3241 problematic, but as soon as all udev devices are triggered on relevant
3242 package upgrades this will become particularly so. It is strongly
3243 recommended to fix offending rules so that they can handle a "change"
3244 action at any time, and acquire all necessary udev properties even
3245 then. Or in other words: the header guard mentioned above
3246 (ACTION=="remove",GOTO="xyz_end") is the correct approach to handle
3247 this, as it makes sure rules are rerun on "change" correctly, and
3248 accumulate the correct and complete set of udev properties. udev rule
3249 definitions that cannot handle "change" events being triggered at
3250 arbitrary times should be considered buggy.
3251
3252 * The MountAPIVFS= service file setting now defaults to on if
3253 RootImage= and RootDirectory= are used, which means that with those
3254 two settings /proc/, /sys/ and /dev/ are automatically properly set
3255 up for services. Previous behaviour may be restored by explicitly
3256 setting MountAPIVFS=off.
3257
3258 * Since PAM 1.2.0 (2015) configuration snippets may be placed in
3259 /usr/lib/pam.d/ in addition to /etc/pam.d/. If a file exists in the
3260 latter it takes precedence over the former, similar to how most of
3261 systemd's own configuration is handled. Given that PAM stack
3262 definitions are primarily put together by OS vendors/distributions
3263 (though possibly overridden by users), this systemd release moves its
3264 own PAM stack configuration for the "systemd-user" PAM service (i.e.
3265 for the PAM session invoked by the per-user user@.service instance)
3266 from /etc/pam.d/ to /usr/lib/pam.d/. We recommend moving all
3267 packages' vendor versions of their PAM stack definitions from
3268 /etc/pam.d/ to /usr/lib/pam.d/, but if such OS-wide migration is not
3269 desired the location to which systemd installs its PAM stack
3270 configuration may be changed via the -Dpamconfdir Meson option.
3271
3272 * The runtime dependencies on libqrencode, libpcre2, libidn/libidn2,
3273 libpwquality and libcryptsetup have been changed to be based on
3274 dlopen(): instead of regular dynamic library dependencies declared in
3275 the binary ELF headers, these libraries are now loaded on demand
3276 only, if they are available. If the libraries cannot be found the
3277 relevant operations will fail gracefully, or a suitable fallback
3278 logic is chosen. This is supposed to be useful for general purpose
3279 distributions, as it allows minimizing the list of dependencies the
3280 systemd packages pull in, permitting building of more minimal OS
3281 images, while still making use of these "weak" dependencies should
3282 they be installed. Since many package managers automatically
3283 synthesize package dependencies from ELF shared library dependencies,
3284 some additional manual packaging work has to be done now to replace
3285 those (slightly downgraded from "required" to "recommended" or
3286 whatever is conceptually suitable for the package manager). Note that
3287 this change does not alter build-time behaviour: as before the
3288 build-time dependencies have to be installed during build, even if
3289 they now are optional during runtime.
3290
3291 * sd-event.h gained a new call sd_event_add_time_relative() for
3292 installing timers relative to the current time. This is mostly a
3293 convenience wrapper around the pre-existing sd_event_add_time() call
3294 which installs absolute timers.
3295
3296 * sd-event event sources may now be placed in a new "exit-on-failure"
3297 mode, which may be controlled via the new
3298 sd_event_source_get_exit_on_failure() and
3299 sd_event_source_set_exit_on_failure() functions. If enabled, any
3300 failure returned by the event source handler functions will result in
3301 exiting the event loop (unlike the default behaviour of just
3302 disabling the event source but continuing with the event loop). This
3303 feature is useful to set for all event sources that define "primary"
3304 program behaviour (where failure should be fatal) in contrast to
3305 "auxiliary" behaviour (where failure should remain local).
3306
3307 * Most event source types sd-event supports now accept a NULL handler
3308 function, in which case the event loop is exited once the event
3309 source is to be dispatched, using the userdata pointer — converted to
3310 a signed integer — as exit code of the event loop. Previously this
3311 was supported for IO and signal event sources already. Exit event
3312 sources still do not support this (simply because it makes little
3313 sense there, as the event loop is already exiting when they are
3314 dispatched).
3315
3316 * A new per-unit setting RootImageOptions= has been added which allows
3317 tweaking the mount options for any file system mounted as effect of
3318 the RootImage= setting.
3319
3320 * Another new per-unit setting MountImages= has been added, that allows
3321 mounting additional disk images into the file system tree accessible
3322 to the service.
3323
3324 * Timer units gained a new FixedRandomDelay= boolean setting. If
3325 enabled, the random delay configured with RandomizedDelaySec= is
3326 selected in a way that is stable on a given system (though still
3327 different for different units).
3328
3329 * Socket units gained a new setting Timestamping= that takes "us", "ns"
3330 or "off". This controls the SO_TIMESTAMP/SO_TIMESTAMPNS socket
3331 options.
3332
3333 * systemd-repart now generates JSON output when requested with the new
3334 --json= switch.
3335
3336 * systemd-machined's OpenMachineShell() bus call will now pass
3337 additional policy metadata data fields to the PolicyKit
3338 authentication request.
3339
3340 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new -E switch, which is equivalent to
3341 --exclude-prefix=/dev --exclude-prefix=/proc --exclude=/run
3342 --exclude=/sys. It's particularly useful in combination with --root=,
3343 when operating on OS trees that do not have any of these four runtime
3344 directories mounted, as this means no files below these subtrees are
3345 created or modified, since those mount points should probably remain
3346 empty.
3347
3348 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new --image= switch which is like --root=,
3349 but takes a disk image instead of a directory as argument. The
3350 specified disk image is mounted inside a temporary mount namespace
3351 and the tmpfiles.d/ drop-ins stored in the image are executed and
3352 applied to the image. systemd-sysusers similarly gained a new
3353 --image= switch, that allows the sysusers.d/ drop-ins stored in the
3354 image to be applied onto the image.
3355
3356 * Similarly, the journalctl command also gained an --image= switch,
3357 which is a quick one-step solution to look at the log data included
3358 in OS disk images.
3359
3360 * journalctl's --output=cat option (which outputs the log content
3361 without any metadata, just the pure text messages) will now make use
3362 of terminal colors when run on a suitable terminal, similarly to the
3363 other output modes.
3364
3365 * JSON group records now support a "description" string that may be
3366 used to add a human-readable textual description to such groups. This
3367 is supposed to match the user's GECOS field which traditionally
3368 didn't have a counterpart for group records.
3369
3370 * The "systemd-dissect" tool that may be used to inspect OS disk images
3371 and that was previously installed to /usr/lib/systemd/ has now been
3372 moved to /usr/bin/, reflecting its updated status of an officially
3373 supported tool with a stable interface. It gained support for a new
3374 --mkdir switch which when combined with --mount has the effect of
3375 creating the directory to mount the image to if it is missing
3376 first. It also gained two new commands --copy-from and --copy-to for
3377 copying files and directories in and out of an OS image without the
3378 need to manually mount it. It also acquired support for a new option
3379 --json= to generate JSON output when inspecting an OS image.
3380
3381 * The cgroup2 file system is now mounted with the
3382 "memory_recursiveprot" mount option, supported since kernel 5.7. This
3383 means that the MemoryLow= and MemoryMin= unit file settings now apply
3384 recursively to whole subtrees.
3385
3386 * systemd-homed now defaults to using the btrfs file system — if
3387 available — when creating home directories in LUKS volumes. This may
3388 be changed with the DefaultFileSystemType= setting in homed.conf.
3389 It's now the default file system in various major distributions and
3390 has the major benefit for homed that it can be grown and shrunk while
3391 mounted, unlike the other contenders ext4 and xfs, which can both be
3392 grown online, but not shrunk (in fact xfs is the technically most
3393 limited option here, as it cannot be shrunk at all).
3394
3395 * JSON user records managed by systemd-homed gained support for
3396 "recovery keys". These are basically secondary passphrases that can
3397 unlock user accounts/home directories. They are computer-generated
3398 rather than user-chosen, and typically have greater entropy.
3399 homectl's --recovery-key= option may be used to add a recovery key to
3400 a user account. The generated recovery key is displayed as a QR code,
3401 so that it can be scanned to be kept in a safe place. This feature is
3402 particularly useful in combination with systemd-homed's support for
3403 FIDO2 or PKCS#11 authentication, as a secure fallback in case the
3404 security tokens are lost. Recovery keys may be entered wherever the
3405 system asks for a password.
3406
3407 * systemd-homed now maintains a "dirty" flag for each LUKS encrypted
3408 home directory which indicates that a home directory has not been
3409 deactivated cleanly when offline. This flag is useful to identify
3410 home directories for which the offline discard logic did not run when
3411 offlining, and where it would be a good idea to log in again to catch
3412 up.
3413
3414 * systemctl gained a new parameter --timestamp= which may be used to
3415 change the style in which timestamps are output, i.e. whether to show
3416 them in local timezone or UTC, or whether to show µs granularity.
3417
3418 * Alibaba's "pouch" container manager is now detected by
3419 systemd-detect-virt, ConditionVirtualization= and similar
3420 constructs. Similar, they now also recognize IBM PowerVM machine
3421 virtualization.
3422
3423 * systemd-nspawn has been reworked to use the /run/host/incoming/ as
3424 place to use for propagating external mounts into the
3425 container. Similarly /run/host/notify is now used as the socket path
3426 for container payloads to communicate with the container manager
3427 using sd_notify(). The container manager now uses the
3428 /run/host/inaccessible/ directory to place "inaccessible" file nodes
3429 of all relevant types which may be used by the container payload as
3430 bind mount source to over-mount inodes to make them inaccessible.
3431 /run/host/container-manager will now be initialized with the same
3432 string as the $container environment variable passed to the
3433 container's PID 1. /run/host/container-uuid will be initialized with
3434 the same string as $container_uuid. This means the /run/host/
3435 hierarchy is now the primary way to make host resources available to
3436 the container. The Container Interface documents these new files and
3437 directories:
3438
3439 https://systemd.io/CONTAINER_INTERFACE
3440
3441 * Support for the "ConditionNull=" unit file condition has been
3442 deprecated and undocumented for 6 years. systemd started to warn
3443 about its use 1.5 years ago. It has now been removed entirely.
3444
3445 * sd-bus.h gained a new API call sd_bus_error_has_names(), which takes
3446 a sd_bus_error struct and a list of error names, and checks if the
3447 error matches one of these names. It's a convenience wrapper that is
3448 useful in cases where multiple errors shall be handled the same way.
3449
3450 * A new system call filter list "@known" has been added, that contains
3451 all system calls known at the time systemd was built.
3452
3453 * Behaviour of system call filter allow lists has changed slightly:
3454 system calls that are contained in @known will result in EPERM by
3455 default, while those not contained in it result in ENOSYS. This
3456 should improve compatibility because known system calls will thus be
3457 communicated as prohibited, while unknown (and thus newer ones) will
3458 be communicated as not implemented, which hopefully has the greatest
3459 chance of triggering the right fallback code paths in client
3460 applications.
3461
3462 * "systemd-analyze syscall-filter" will now show two separate sections
3463 at the bottom of the output: system calls known during systemd build
3464 time but not included in any of the filter groups shown above, and
3465 system calls defined on the local kernel but known during systemd
3466 build time.
3467
3468 * If the $SYSTEMD_LOG_SECCOMP=1 environment variable is set for
3469 systemd-nspawn all system call filter violations will be logged by
3470 the kernel (audit). This is useful for tracking down system calls
3471 invoked by container payloads that are prohibited by the container's
3472 system call filter policy.
3473
3474 * If the $SYSTEMD_SECCOMP=0 environment variable is set for
3475 systemd-nspawn (and other programs that use seccomp) all seccomp
3476 filtering is turned off.
3477
3478 * Two new unit file settings ProtectProc= and ProcSubset= have been
3479 added that expose the hidepid= and subset= mount options of procfs.
3480 All processes of the unit will only see processes in /proc that are
3481 are owned by the unit's user. This is an important new sandboxing
3482 option that is recommended to be set on all system services. All
3483 long-running system services that are included in systemd itself set
3484 this option now. This option is only supported on kernel 5.8 and
3485 above, since the hidepid= option supported on older kernels was not a
3486 per-mount option but actually applied to the whole PID namespace.
3487
3488 * Socket units gained a new boolean setting FlushPending=. If enabled
3489 all pending socket data/connections are flushed whenever the socket
3490 unit enters the "listening" state, i.e. after the associated service
3491 exited.
3492
3493 * The unit file setting NUMAMask= gained a new "all" value: when used,
3494 all existing NUMA nodes are added to the NUMA mask.
3495
3496 * A new "credentials" logic has been added to system services. This is
3497 a simple mechanism to pass privileged data to services in a safe and
3498 secure way. It's supposed to be used to pass per-service secret data
3499 such as passwords or cryptographic keys but also associated less
3500 private information such as user names, certificates, and similar to
3501 system services. Each credential is identified by a short user-chosen
3502 name and may contain arbitrary binary data. Two new unit file
3503 settings have been added: SetCredential= and LoadCredential=. The
3504 former allows setting a credential to a literal string, the latter
3505 sets a credential to the contents of a file (or data read from a
3506 user-chosen AF_UNIX stream socket). Credentials are passed to the
3507 service via a special credentials directory, one file for each
3508 credential. The path to the credentials directory is passed in a new
3509 $CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY environment variable. Since the credentials
3510 are passed in the file system they may be easily referenced in
3511 ExecStart= command lines too, thus no explicit support for the
3512 credentials logic in daemons is required (though ideally daemons
3513 would look for the bits they need in $CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY
3514 themselves automatically, if set). The $CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY is
3515 backed by unswappable memory if privileges allow it, immutable if
3516 privileges allow it, is accessible only to the service's UID, and is
3517 automatically destroyed when the service stops.
3518
3519 * systemd-nspawn supports the same credentials logic. It can both
3520 consume credentials passed to it via the aforementioned
3521 $CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY protocol as well as pass these credentials on
3522 to its payload. The service manager/PID 1 has been updated to match
3523 this: it can also accept credentials from the container manager that
3524 invokes it (in fact: any process that invokes it), and passes them on
3525 to its services. Thus, credentials can be propagated recursively down
3526 the tree: from a system's service manager to a systemd-nspawn
3527 service, to the service manager that runs as container payload and to
3528 the service it runs below. Credentials may also be added on the
3529 systemd-nspawn command line, using new --set-credential= and
3530 --load-credential= command line switches that match the
3531 aforementioned service settings.
3532
3533 * systemd-repart gained new settings Format=, Encrypt=, CopyFiles= in
3534 the partition drop-ins which may be used to format/LUKS
3535 encrypt/populate any created partitions. The partitions are
3536 encrypted/formatted/populated before they are registered in the
3537 partition table, so that they appear atomically: either the
3538 partitions do not exist yet or they exist fully encrypted, formatted,
3539 and populated — there is no time window where they are
3540 "half-initialized". Thus the system is robust to abrupt shutdown: if
3541 the tool is terminated half-way during its operations on next boot it
3542 will start from the beginning.
3543
3544 * systemd-repart's --size= operation gained a new "auto" value. If
3545 specified, and operating on a loopback file it is automatically sized
3546 to the minimal size the size constraints permit. This is useful to
3547 use "systemd-repart" as an image builder for minimally sized images.
3548
3549 * systemd-resolved now gained a third IPC interface for requesting name
3550 resolution: besides D-Bus and local DNS to 127.0.0.53 a Varlink
3551 interface is now supported. The nss-resolve NSS module has been
3552 modified to use this new interface instead of D-Bus. Using Varlink
3553 has a major benefit over D-Bus: it works without a broker service,
3554 and thus already during earliest boot, before the dbus daemon has
3555 been started. This means name resolution via systemd-resolved now
3556 works at the same time systemd-networkd operates: from earliest boot
3557 on, including in the initrd.
3558
3559 * systemd-resolved gained support for a new DNSStubListenerExtra=
3560 configuration file setting which may be used to specify additional IP
3561 addresses the built-in DNS stub shall listen on, in addition to the
3562 main one on 127.0.0.53:53.
3563
3564 * Name lookups issued via systemd-resolved's D-Bus and Varlink
3565 interfaces (and thus also via glibc NSS if nss-resolve is used) will
3566 now honour a trailing dot in the hostname: if specified the search
3567 path logic is turned off. Thus "resolvectl query foo." is now
3568 equivalent to "resolvectl query --search=off foo.".
3569
3570 * systemd-resolved gained a new D-Bus property "ResolvConfMode" that
3571 exposes how /etc/resolv.conf is currently managed: by resolved (and
3572 in which mode if so) or another subsystem. "resolvctl" will display
3573 this property in its status output.
3574
3575 * The resolv.conf snippets systemd-resolved provides will now set "."
3576 as the search domain if no other search domain is known. This turns
3577 off the derivation of an implicit search domain by nss-dns for the
3578 hostname, when the hostname is set to an FQDN. This change is done to
3579 make nss-dns using resolv.conf provided by systemd-resolved behave
3580 more similarly to nss-resolve.
3581
3582 * systemd-tmpfiles' file "aging" logic (i.e. the automatic clean-up of
3583 /tmp/ and /var/tmp/ based on file timestamps) now looks at the
3584 "birth" time (btime) of a file in addition to the atime, mtime, and
3585 ctime.
3586
3587 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "capability" that lists all known
3588 capabilities by the systemd build and by the kernel.
3589
3590 * If a file /usr/lib/clock-epoch exists, PID 1 will read its mtime and
3591 advance the system clock to it at boot if it is noticed to be before
3592 that time. Previously, PID 1 would only advance the time to an epoch
3593 time that is set during build-time. With this new file OS builders
3594 can change this epoch timestamp on individual OS images without
3595 having to rebuild systemd.
3596
3597 * systemd-logind will now listen to the KEY_RESTART key from the Linux
3598 input layer and reboot the system if it is pressed, similarly to how
3599 it already handles KEY_POWER, KEY_SUSPEND or KEY_SLEEP. KEY_RESTART
3600 was originally defined in the Multimedia context (to restart playback
3601 of a song or film), but is now primarily used in various embedded
3602 devices for "Reboot" buttons. Accordingly, systemd-logind will now
3603 honour it as such. This may configured in more detail via the new
3604 HandleRebootKey= and RebootKeyIgnoreInhibited=.
3605
3606 * systemd-nspawn/systemd-machined will now reconstruct hardlinks when
3607 copying OS trees, for example in "systemd-nspawn --ephemeral",
3608 "systemd-nspawn --template=", "machinectl clone" and similar. This is
3609 useful when operating with OSTree images, which use hardlinks heavily
3610 throughout, and where such copies previously resulting in "exploding"
3611 hardlinks.
3612
3613 * systemd-nspawn's --console= setting gained support for a new
3614 "autopipe" value, which is identical to "interactive" when invoked on
3615 a TTY, and "pipe" otherwise.
3616
3617 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained support for explicitly
3618 configuring the multicast membership entries of bridge devices in the
3619 [BridgeMDB] section. It also gained support for the PIE queuing
3620 discipline in the [FlowQueuePIE] sections.
3621
3622 * systemd-networkd's .netdev files may now be used to create "BareUDP"
3623 tunnels, configured in the new [BareUDP] setting.
3624
3625 * systemd-networkd's Gateway= setting in .network files now accepts the
3626 special values "_dhcp4" and "_ipv6ra" to configure additional,
3627 locally defined, explicit routes to the gateway acquired via DHCP or
3628 IPv6 Router Advertisements. The old setting "_dhcp" is deprecated,
3629 but still accepted for backwards compatibility.
3630
3631 * systemd-networkd's [IPv6PrefixDelegation] section and
3632 IPv6PrefixDelegation= options have been renamed as [IPv6SendRA] and
3633 IPv6SendRA= (the old names are still accepted for backwards
3634 compatibility).
3635
3636 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained the DHCPv6PrefixDelegation=
3637 boolean setting in [Network] section. If enabled, the delegated prefix
3638 gained by another link will be configured, and an address within the
3639 prefix will be assigned.
3640
3641 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained the Announce= boolean setting
3642 in [DHCPv6PrefixDelegation] section. When enabled, the delegated
3643 prefix will be announced through IPv6 router advertisement (IPv6 RA).
3644 The setting is enabled by default.
3645
3646 * VXLAN tunnels may now be marked as independent of any underlying
3647 network interface via the new Independent= boolean setting.
3648
3649 * systemctl gained support for two new verbs: "service-log-level" and
3650 "service-log-target" may be used on services that implement the
3651 generic org.freedesktop.LogControl1 D-Bus interface to dynamically
3652 adjust the log level and target. All of systemd's long-running
3653 services support this now, but ideally all system services would
3654 implement this interface to make the system more uniformly
3655 debuggable.
3656
3657 * The SystemCallErrorNumber= unit file setting now accepts the new
3658 "kill" and "log" actions, in addition to arbitrary error number
3659 specifications as before. If "kill" the processes are killed on the
3660 event, if "log" the offending system call is audit logged.
3661
3662 * A new SystemCallLog= unit file setting has been added that accepts a
3663 list of system calls that shall be logged about (audit).
3664
3665 * The OS image dissection logic (as used by RootImage= in unit files or
3666 systemd-nspawn's --image= switch) has gained support for identifying
3667 and mounting explicit /usr/ partitions, which are now defined in the
3668 discoverable partition specification. This should be useful for
3669 environments where the root file system is
3670 generated/formatted/populated dynamically on first boot and combined
3671 with an immutable /usr/ tree that is supplied by the vendor.
3672
3673 * In the final phase of shutdown, within the systemd-shutdown binary
3674 we'll now try to detach MD devices (i.e software RAID) in addition to
3675 loopback block devices and DM devices as before. This is supposed to
3676 be a safety net only, in order to increase robustness if things go
3677 wrong. Storage subsystems are expected to properly detach their
3678 storage volumes during regular shutdown already (or in case of
3679 storage backing the root file system: in the initrd hook we return to
3680 later).
3681
3682 * If the SYSTEMD_LOG_TID environment variable is set all systemd tools
3683 will now log the thread ID in their log output. This is useful when
3684 working with heavily threaded programs.
3685
3686 * If the SYSTEMD_RDRAND environment variable is set to "0", systemd will
3687 not use the RDRAND CPU instruction. This is useful in environments
3688 such as replay debuggers where non-deterministic behaviour is not
3689 desirable.
3690
3691 * The autopaging logic in systemd's various tools (such as systemctl)
3692 has been updated to turn on "secure" mode in "less"
3693 (i.e. $LESSECURE=1) if execution in a "sudo" environment is
3694 detected. This disables invoking external programs from the pager,
3695 via the pipe logic. This behaviour may be overridden via the new
3696 $SYSTEMD_PAGERSECURE environment variable.
3697
3698 * Units which have resource limits (.service, .mount, .swap, .slice,
3699 .socket, and .slice) gained new configuration settings
3700 ManagedOOMSwap=, ManagedOOMMemoryPressure=, and
3701 ManagedOOMMemoryPressureLimitPercent= that specify resource pressure
3702 limits and optional action taken by systemd-oomd.
3703
3704 * A new service systemd-oomd has been added. It monitors resource
3705 contention for selected parts of the unit hierarchy using the PSI
3706 information reported by the kernel, and kills processes when memory
3707 or swap pressure is above configured limits. This service is only
3708 enabled by default in developer mode (see below) and should be
3709 considered a preview in this release. Behaviour details and option
3710 names are subject to change without the usual backwards-compatibility
3711 promises.
3712
3713 * A new helper oomctl has been added to introspect systemd-oomd state.
3714 It is only enabled by default in developer mode and should be
3715 considered a preview without the usual backwards-compatibility
3716 promises.
3717
3718 * New meson option -Dcompat-mutable-uid-boundaries= has been added. If
3719 enabled, systemd reads the system UID boundaries from /etc/login.defs
3720 at runtime, instead of using the built-in values selected during
3721 build. This is an option to improve compatibility for upgrades from
3722 old systems. It's strongly recommended not to make use of this
3723 functionality on new systems (or even enable it during build), as it
3724 makes something runtime-configurable that is mostly an implementation
3725 detail of the OS, and permits avoidable differences in deployments
3726 that create all kinds of problems in the long run.
3727
3728 * New meson option '-Dmode=developer|release' has been added. When
3729 'developer', additional checks and features are enabled that are
3730 relevant during upstream development, e.g. verification that
3731 semi-automatically-generated documentation has been properly updated
3732 following API changes. Those checks are considered hints for
3733 developers and are not actionable in downstream builds. In addition,
3734 extra features that are not ready for general consumption may be
3735 enabled in developer mode. It is thus recommended to set
3736 '-Dmode=release' in end-user and distro builds.
3737
3738 * systemd-cryptsetup gained support for processing detached LUKS
3739 headers specified on the kernel command line via the header=
3740 parameter of the luks.options= kernel command line option. The same
3741 device/path syntax as for key files is supported for header files
3742 like this.
3743
3744 * The "net_id" built-in of udev has been updated to ignore ACPI _SUN
3745 slot index data for devices that are connected through a PCI bridge
3746 where the _SUN index is associated with the bridge instead of the
3747 network device itself. Previously this would create ambiguous device
3748 naming if multiple network interfaces were connected to the same PCI
3749 bridge. Since this is a naming scheme incompatibility on systems that
3750 possess hardware like this it has been introduced as new naming
3751 scheme "v247". The previous scheme can be selected via the
3752 "net.naming-scheme=v245" kernel command line parameter.
3753
3754 * ConditionFirstBoot= semantics have been modified to be safe towards
3755 abnormal system power-off during first boot. Specifically, the
3756 "systemd-machine-id-commit.service" service now acts as boot
3757 milestone indicating when the first boot process is sufficiently
3758 complete in order to not consider the next following boot also a
3759 first boot. If the system is reset before this unit is reached the
3760 first time, the next boot will still be considered a first boot; once
3761 it has been reached, no further boots will be considered a first
3762 boot. The "first-boot-complete.target" unit now acts as official hook
3763 point to order against this. If a service shall be run on every boot
3764 until the first boot fully succeeds it may thus be ordered before
3765 this target unit (and pull it in) and carry ConditionFirstBoot=
3766 appropriately.
3767
3768 * bootctl's set-default and set-oneshot commands now accept the three
3769 special strings "@default", "@oneshot", "@current" in place of a boot
3770 entry id. These strings are resolved to the current default and
3771 oneshot boot loader entry, as well as the currently booted one. Thus
3772 a command "bootctl set-default @current" may be used to make the
3773 currently boot menu item the new default for all subsequent boots.
3774
3775 * "systemctl edit" has been updated to show the original effective unit
3776 contents in commented form in the text editor.
3777
3778 * Units in user mode are now segregated into three new slices:
3779 session.slice (units that form the core of graphical session),
3780 app.slice ("normal" user applications), and background.slice
3781 (low-priority tasks). Unless otherwise configured, user units are
3782 placed in app.slice. The plan is to add resource limits and
3783 protections for the different slices in the future.
3784
3785 * New GPT partition types for RISCV32/64 for the root and /usr
3786 partitions, and their associated Verity partitions have been defined,
3787 and are now understood by systemd-gpt-auto-generator, and the OS
3788 image dissection logic.
3789
3790 Contributions from: Adolfo Jayme Barrientos, afg, Alec Moskvin, Alyssa
3791 Ross, Amitanand Chikorde, Andrew Hangsleben, Anita Zhang, Ansgar
3792 Burchardt, Arian van Putten, Aurelien Jarno, Axel Rasmussen, bauen1,
3793 Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin Berg, Bjørn Mork, brainrom, Chandradeep
3794 Dey, Charles Lee, Chris Down, Christian Göttsche, Christof Efkemann,
3795 Christoph Ruegge, Clemens Gruber, Daan De Meyer, Daniele Medri, Daniel
3796 Mack, Daniel Rusek, Dan Streetman, David Tardon, Dimitri John Ledkov,
3797 Dmitry Borodaenko, Elias Probst, Elisei Roca, ErrantSpore, Etienne
3798 Doms, Fabrice Fontaine, fangxiuning, Felix Riemann, Florian Klink,
3799 Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, fwSmit, George Rawlinson, germanztz,
3800 Gibeom Gwon, Glen Whitney, Gogo Gogsi, Göran Uddeborg, Grant Mathews,
3801 Hans de Goede, Hans Ulrich Niedermann, Haochen Tong, Harald Seiler,
3802 huangyong, Hubert Kario, igo95862, Ikey Doherty, Insun Pyo, Jan Chren,
3803 Jan Schlüter, Jérémy Nouhaud, Jian-Hong Pan, Joerg Behrmann, Jonathan
3804 Lebon, Jörg Thalheim, Josh Brobst, Juergen Hoetzel, Julien Humbert,
3805 Kai-Chuan Hsieh, Kairui Song, Kamil Dudka, Kir Kolyshkin, Kristijan
3806 Gjoshev, Kyle Huey, Kyle Russell, Lee Whalen, Lennart Poettering,
3807 lichangze, Luca Boccassi, Lucas Werkmeister, Luca Weiss, Marc
3808 Kleine-Budde, Marco Wang, Martin Wilck, Marti Raudsepp, masmullin2000,
3809 Máté Pozsgay, Matt Fenwick, Michael Biebl, Michael Scherer, Michal
3810 Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Michal Suchanek, Mikael Szreder, Milo
3811 Casagrande, mirabilos, Mitsuha_QuQ, mog422, Muhammet Kara, Nazar
3812 Vinnichuk, Nicholas Narsing, Nicolas Fella, Njibhu, nl6720, Oğuz Ersen,
3813 Olivier Le Moal, Ondrej Kozina, onlybugreports, Pass Automated Testing
3814 Suite, Pat Coulthard, Pavel Sapezhko, Pedro Ruiz, perry_yuan, Peter
3815 Hutterer, Phaedrus Leeds, PhoenixDiscord, Piotr Drąg, Plan C,
3816 Purushottam choudhary, Rasmus Villemoes, Renaud Métrich, Robert Marko,
3817 Roman Beranek, Ronan Pigott, Roy Chen (陳彥廷), RussianNeuroMancer,
3818 Samanta Navarro, Samuel BF, scootergrisen, Sorin Ionescu, Steve Dodd,
3819 Susant Sahani, Timo Rothenpieler, Tobias Hunger, Tobias Kaufmann, Topi
3820 Miettinen, vanou, Vito Caputo, Weblate, Wen Yang, Whired Planck,
3821 williamvds, Yu, Li-Yu, Yuri Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
3822 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zmicer Turok, Дамјан Георгиевски
3823
3824 – Warsaw, 2020-11-26
3825
3826 CHANGES WITH 246:
3827
3828 * The service manager gained basic support for cgroup v2 freezer. Units
3829 can now be suspended or resumed either using new systemctl verbs,
3830 freeze and thaw respectively, or via D-Bus.
3831
3832 * PID 1 may now automatically load pre-compiled AppArmor policies from
3833 /etc/apparmor/earlypolicy during early boot.
3834
3835 * The CPUAffinity= setting in service unit files now supports a new
3836 special value "numa" that causes the CPU affinity masked to be set
3837 based on the NUMA mask.
3838
3839 * systemd will now log about all left-over processes remaining in a
3840 unit when the unit is stopped. It will now warn about services using
3841 KillMode=none, as this is generally an unsafe thing to make use of.
3842
3843 * Two new unit file settings
3844 ConditionPathIsEncrypted=/AssertPathIsEncrypted= have been
3845 added. They may be used to check whether a specific file system path
3846 resides on a block device that is encrypted on the block level
3847 (i.e. using dm-crypt/LUKS).
3848
3849 * Another pair of new settings ConditionEnvironment=/AssertEnvironment=
3850 has been added that may be used for simple environment checks. This
3851 is particularly useful when passing in environment variables from a
3852 container manager (or from PAM in case of the systemd --user
3853 instance).
3854
3855 * .service unit files now accept a new setting CoredumpFilter= which
3856 allows configuration of the memory sections coredumps of the
3857 service's processes shall include.
3858
3859 * .mount units gained a new ReadWriteOnly= boolean option. If set
3860 it will not be attempted to mount a file system read-only if mounting
3861 in read-write mode doesn't succeed. An option x-systemd.rw-only is
3862 available in /etc/fstab to control the same.
3863
3864 * .socket units gained a new boolean setting PassPacketInfo=. If
3865 enabled, the kernel will attach additional per-packet metadata to all
3866 packets read from the socket, as an ancillary message. This controls
3867 the IP_PKTINFO, IPV6_RECVPKTINFO, NETLINK_PKTINFO socket options,
3868 depending on socket type.
3869
3870 * .service units gained a new setting RootHash= which may be used to
3871 specify the root hash for verity enabled disk images which are
3872 specified in RootImage=. RootVerity= may be used to specify a path to
3873 the Verity data matching a RootImage= file system. (The latter is
3874 only useful for images that do not contain the Verity data embedded
3875 into the same image that carries a GPT partition table following the
3876 Discoverable Partition Specification). Similarly, systemd-nspawn
3877 gained a new switch --verity-data= that takes a path to a file with
3878 the verity data of the disk image supplied in --image=, if the image
3879 doesn't contain the verity data itself.
3880
3881 * .service units gained a new setting RootHashSignature= which takes
3882 either a base64 encoded PKCS#7 signature of the root hash specified
3883 with RootHash=, or a path to a file to read the signature from. This
3884 allows validation of the root hash against public keys available in
3885 the kernel keyring, and is only supported on recent kernels
3886 (>= 5.4)/libcryptsetup (>= 2.30). A similar switch has been added to
3887 systemd-nspawn and systemd-dissect (--root-hash-sig=). Support for
3888 this mechanism has also been added to systemd-veritysetup.
3889
3890 * .service unit files gained two new options
3891 TimeoutStartFailureMode=/TimeoutStopFailureMode= that may be used to
3892 tune behaviour if a start or stop timeout is hit, i.e. whether to
3893 terminate the service with SIGTERM, SIGABRT or SIGKILL.
3894
3895 * Most options in systemd that accept hexadecimal values prefixed with
3896 0x in additional to the usual decimal notation now also support octal
3897 notation when the 0o prefix is used and binary notation if the 0b
3898 prefix is used.
3899
3900 * Various command line parameters and configuration file settings that
3901 configure key or certificate files now optionally take paths to
3902 AF_UNIX sockets in the file system. If configured that way a stream
3903 connection is made to the socket and the required data read from
3904 it. This is a simple and natural extension to the existing regular
3905 file logic, and permits other software to provide keys or
3906 certificates via simple IPC services, for example when unencrypted
3907 storage on disk is not desired. Specifically, systemd-networkd's
3908 Wireguard and MACSEC key file settings as well as
3909 systemd-journal-gatewayd's and systemd-journal-remote's PEM
3910 key/certificate parameters support this now.
3911
3912 * Unit files, tmpfiles.d/ snippets, sysusers.d/ snippets and other
3913 configuration files that support specifier expansion learnt six new
3914 specifiers: %a resolves to the current architecture, %o/%w/%B/%W
3915 resolve to the various ID fields from /etc/os-release, %l resolves to
3916 the "short" hostname of the system, i.e. the hostname configured in
3917 the kernel truncated at the first dot.
3918
3919 * Support for the .include syntax in unit files has been removed. The
3920 concept has been obsolete for 6 years and we started warning about
3921 its pending removal 2 years ago (also see NEWS file below). It's
3922 finally gone now.
3923
3924 * StandardError= and StandardOutput= in unit files no longer support
3925 the "syslog" and "syslog-console" switches. They were long removed
3926 from the documentation, but will now result in warnings when used,
3927 and be converted to "journal" and "journal+console" automatically.
3928
3929 * If the service setting User= is set to the "nobody" user, a warning
3930 message is now written to the logs (but the value is nonetheless
3931 accepted). Setting User=nobody is unsafe, since the primary purpose
3932 of the "nobody" user is to own all files whose owner cannot be mapped
3933 locally. It's in particular used by the NFS subsystem and in user
3934 namespacing. By running a service under this user's UID it might get
3935 read and even write access to all these otherwise unmappable files,
3936 which is quite likely a major security problem.
3937
3938 * tmpfs mounts automatically created by systemd (/tmp, /run, /dev/shm,
3939 and others) now have a size and inode limits applied (50% of RAM for
3940 /tmp and /dev/shm, 10% of RAM for other mounts, etc.). Please note
3941 that the implicit kernel default is 50% too, so there is no change
3942 in the size limit for /tmp and /dev/shm.
3943
3944 * nss-mymachines lost support for resolution of users and groups, and
3945 now only does resolution of hostnames. This functionality is now
3946 provided by nss-systemd. Thus, the 'mymachines' entry should be
3947 removed from the 'passwd:' and 'group:' lines in /etc/nsswitch.conf
3948 (and 'systemd' added if it is not already there).
3949
3950 * A new kernel command line option systemd.hostname= has been added
3951 that allows controlling the hostname that is initialized early during
3952 boot.
3953
3954 * A kernel command line option "udev.blockdev_read_only" has been
3955 added. If specified all hardware block devices that show up are
3956 immediately marked as read-only by udev. This option is useful for
3957 making sure that a specific boot under no circumstances modifies data
3958 on disk. Use "blockdev --setrw" to undo the effect of this, per
3959 device.
3960
3961 * A new boolean kernel command line option systemd.swap= has been
3962 added, which may be used to turn off automatic activation of swap
3963 devices listed in /etc/fstab.
3964
3965 * New kernel command line options systemd.condition-needs-update= and
3966 systemd.condition-first-boot= have been added, which override the
3967 result of the ConditionNeedsUpdate= and ConditionFirstBoot=
3968 conditions.
3969
3970 * A new kernel command line option systemd.clock-usec= has been added
3971 that allows setting the system clock to the specified time in µs
3972 since Jan 1st, 1970 early during boot. This is in particular useful
3973 in order to make test cases more reliable.
3974
3975 * The fs.suid_dumpable sysctl is set to 2 / "suidsafe". This allows
3976 systemd-coredump to save core files for suid processes. When saving
3977 the core file, systemd-coredump will use the effective uid and gid of
3978 the process that faulted.
3979
3980 * The /sys/module/kernel/parameters/crash_kexec_post_notifiers file is
3981 now automatically set to "Y" at boot, in order to enable pstore
3982 generation for collection with systemd-pstore.
3983
3984 * We provide a set of udev rules to enable auto-suspend on PCI and USB
3985 devices that were tested to correctly support it. Previously, this
3986 was distributed as a set of udev rules, but has now been replaced by
3987 by a set of hwdb entries (and a much shorter udev rule to take action
3988 if the device modalias matches one of the new hwdb entries).
3989
3990 As before, entries are periodically imported from the database
3991 maintained by the ChromiumOS project. If you have a device that
3992 supports auto-suspend correctly and where it should be enabled by
3993 default, please submit a patch that adds it to the database (see
3994 /usr/lib/udev/hwdb.d/60-autosuspend.hwdb).
3995
3996 * systemd-udevd gained the new configuration option timeout_signal= as well
3997 as a corresponding kernel command line option udev.timeout_signal=.
3998 The option can be used to configure the UNIX signal that the main
3999 daemon sends to the worker processes on timeout. Setting the signal
4000 to SIGABRT is useful for debugging.
4001
4002 * .link files managed by systemd-udevd gained options RxFlowControl=,
4003 TxFlowControl=, AutoNegotiationFlowControl= in the [Link] section, in
4004 order to configure various flow control parameters. They also gained
4005 RxMiniBufferSize= and RxJumboBufferSize= in order to configure jumbo
4006 frame ring buffer sizes.
4007
4008 * networkd.conf gained a new boolean setting ManageForeignRoutes=. If
4009 enabled systemd-networkd manages all routes configured by other tools.
4010
4011 * .network files managed by systemd-networkd gained a new section
4012 [SR-IOV], in order to configure SR-IOV capable network devices.
4013
4014 * systemd-networkd's [IPv6Prefix] section in .network files gained a
4015 new boolean setting Assign=. If enabled an address from the prefix is
4016 automatically assigned to the interface.
4017
4018 * systemd-networkd gained a new section [DHCPv6PrefixDelegation] which
4019 controls delegated prefixes assigned by DHCPv6 client. The section
4020 has three settings: SubnetID=, Assign=, and Token=. The setting
4021 SubnetID= allows explicit configuration of the preferred subnet that
4022 systemd-networkd's Prefix Delegation logic assigns to interfaces. If
4023 Assign= is enabled (which is the default) an address from any acquired
4024 delegated prefix is automatically chosen and assigned to the
4025 interface. The setting Token= specifies an optional address generation
4026 mode for Assign=.
4027
4028 * systemd-networkd's [Network] section gained a new setting
4029 IPv4AcceptLocal=. If enabled the interface accepts packets with local
4030 source addresses.
4031
4032 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring the HTB queuing
4033 discipline in the [HierarchyTokenBucket] and
4034 [HierarchyTokenBucketClass] sections. Similar the "pfifo" qdisc may
4035 be configured in the [PFIFO] section, "GRED" in
4036 [GenericRandomEarlyDetection], "SFB" in [StochasticFairBlue], "cake"
4037 in [CAKE], "PIE" in [PIE], "DRR" in [DeficitRoundRobinScheduler] and
4038 [DeficitRoundRobinSchedulerClass], "BFIFO" in [BFIFO],
4039 "PFIFOHeadDrop" in [PFIFOHeadDrop], "PFIFOFast" in [PFIFOFast], "HHF"
4040 in [HeavyHitterFilter], "ETS" in [EnhancedTransmissionSelection] and
4041 "QFQ" in [QuickFairQueueing] and [QuickFairQueueingClass].
4042
4043 * systemd-networkd gained support for a new Termination= setting in the
4044 [CAN] section for configuring the termination resistor. It also
4045 gained a new ListenOnly= setting for controlling whether to only
4046 listen on CAN interfaces, without interfering with traffic otherwise
4047 (which is useful for debugging/monitoring CAN network
4048 traffic). DataBitRate=, DataSamplePoint=, FDMode=, FDNonISO= have
4049 been added to configure various CAN-FD aspects.
4050
4051 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv6] section gained a new option WithoutRA=.
4052 When enabled, DHCPv6 will be attempted right-away without requiring an
4053 Router Advertisement packet suggesting it first (i.e. without the 'M'
4054 or 'O' flags set). The [IPv6AcceptRA] section gained a boolean option
4055 DHCPv6Client= that may be used to turn off the DHCPv6 client even if
4056 the RA packets suggest it.
4057
4058 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv4] section gained a new setting UseGateway=
4059 which may be used to turn off use of the gateway information provided
4060 by the DHCP lease. A new FallbackLeaseLifetimeSec= setting may be
4061 used to configure how to process leases that lack a lifetime option.
4062
4063 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv4] and [DHCPServer] sections gained a new
4064 setting SendVendorOption= allowing configuration of additional vendor
4065 options to send in the DHCP requests/responses. The [DHCPv6] section
4066 gained a new SendOption= setting for sending arbitrary DHCP
4067 options. RequestOptions= has been added to request arbitrary options
4068 from the server. UserClass= has been added to set the DHCP user class
4069 field.
4070
4071 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPServer] section gained a new set of options
4072 EmitPOP3=/POP3=, EmitSMTP=/SMTP=, EmitLPR=/LPR= for including server
4073 information about these three protocols in the DHCP lease. It also
4074 gained support for including "MUD" URLs ("Manufacturer Usage
4075 Description"). Support for "MUD" URLs was also added to the LLDP
4076 stack, configurable in the [LLDP] section in .network files.
4077
4078 * The Mode= settings in [MACVLAN] and [MACVTAP] now support 'source'
4079 mode. Also, the sections now support a new setting SourceMACAddress=.
4080
4081 * systemd-networkd's .netdev files now support a new setting
4082 VLANProtocol= in the [Bridge] section that allows configuration of
4083 the VLAN protocol to use.
4084
4085 * systemd-networkd supports a new Group= setting in the [Link] section
4086 of the .network files, to control the link group.
4087
4088 * systemd-networkd's [Network] section gained a new
4089 IPv6LinkLocalAddressGenerationMode= setting, which specifies how IPv6
4090 link local address is generated.
4091
4092 * A new default .network file is now shipped that matches TUN/TAP
4093 devices that begin with "vt-" in their name. Such interfaces will
4094 have IP routing onto the host links set up automatically. This is
4095 supposed to be used by VM managers to trivially acquire a network
4096 interface which is fully set up for host communication, simply by
4097 carefully picking an interface name to use.
4098
4099 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv6] section gained a new setting RouteMetric=
4100 which sets the route priority for routes specified by the DHCP server.
4101
4102 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv6] section gained a new setting VendorClass=
4103 which configures the vendor class information sent to DHCP server.
4104
4105 * The BlackList= settings in .network files' [DHCPv4] and
4106 [IPv6AcceptRA] sections have been renamed DenyList=. The old names
4107 are still understood to provide compatibility.
4108
4109 * networkctl gained the new "forcerenew" command for forcing all DHCP
4110 server clients to renew their lease. The interface "status" output
4111 will now show numerous additional fields of information about an
4112 interface. There are new "up" and "down" commands to bring specific
4113 interfaces up or down.
4114
4115 * systemd-resolved's DNS= configuration option now optionally accepts a
4116 port number (after ":") and a host name (after "#"). When the host
4117 name is specified, the DNS-over-TLS certificate is validated to match
4118 the specified hostname. Additionally, in case of IPv6 addresses, an
4119 interface may be specified (after "%").
4120
4121 * systemd-resolved may be configured to forward single-label DNS names.
4122 This is not standard-conformant, but may make sense in setups where
4123 public DNS servers are not used.
4124
4125 * systemd-resolved's DNS-over-TLS support gained SNI validation.
4126
4127 * systemd-nspawn's --resolv-conf= switch gained a number of new
4128 supported values. Specifically, options starting with "replace-" are
4129 like those prefixed "copy-" but replace any existing resolv.conf
4130 file. And options ending in "-uplink" and "-stub" can now be used to
4131 propagate other flavours of resolv.conf into the container (as
4132 defined by systemd-resolved).
4133
4134 * The various programs included in systemd can now optionally output
4135 their log messages on stderr prefixed with a timestamp, controlled by
4136 the $SYSTEMD_LOG_TIME environment variable.
4137
4138 * systemctl gained a new "-P" switch that is a shortcut for "--value
4139 --property=…".
4140
4141 * "systemctl list-units" and "systemctl list-machines" no longer hide
4142 their first output column with --no-legend. To hide the first column,
4143 use --plain.
4144
4145 * "systemctl reboot" takes the option "--reboot-argument=".
4146 The optional positional argument to "systemctl reboot" is now
4147 being deprecated in favor of this option.
4148
4149 * systemd-run gained a new switch --slice-inherit. If specified the
4150 unit it generates is placed in the same slice as the systemd-run
4151 process itself.
4152
4153 * systemd-journald gained support for zstd compression of large fields
4154 in journal files. The hash tables in journal files have been hardened
4155 against hash collisions. This is an incompatible change and means
4156 that journal files created with new systemd versions are not readable
4157 with old versions. If the $SYSTEMD_JOURNAL_KEYED_HASH boolean
4158 environment variable for systemd-journald.service is set to 0 this
4159 new hardening functionality may be turned off, so that generated
4160 journal files remain compatible with older journalctl
4161 implementations.
4162
4163 * journalctl will now include a clickable link in the default output for
4164 each log message for which an URL with further documentation is
4165 known. This is only supported on terminal emulators that support
4166 clickable hyperlinks, and is turned off if a pager is used (since
4167 "less" still doesn't support hyperlinks,
4168 unfortunately). Documentation URLs may be included in log messages
4169 either by including a DOCUMENTATION= journal field in it, or by
4170 associating a journal message catalog entry with the log message's
4171 MESSAGE_ID, which then carries a "Documentation:" tag.
4172
4173 * journald.conf gained a new boolean setting Audit= that may be used to
4174 control whether systemd-journald will enable audit during
4175 initialization.
4176
4177 * when systemd-journald's log stream is broken up into multiple lines
4178 because the PID of the sender changed this is indicated in the
4179 generated log records via the _LINE_BREAK=pid-change field.
4180
4181 * journalctl's "-o cat" output mode will now show one or more journal
4182 fields specified with --output-fields= instead of unconditionally
4183 MESSAGE=. This is useful to retrieve a very specific set of fields
4184 without any decoration.
4185
4186 * The sd-journal.h API gained two new functions:
4187 sd_journal_enumerate_available_unique() and
4188 sd_journal_enumerate_available_data() that operate like their
4189 counterparts that lack the _available_ in the name, but skip items
4190 that cannot be read and processed by the local implementation
4191 (i.e. are compressed in an unsupported format or such),
4192
4193 * coredumpctl gained a new --file= switch, matching the same one in
4194 journalctl: a specific journal file may be specified to read the
4195 coredump data from.
4196
4197 * coredumps collected by systemd-coredump may now be compressed using
4198 the zstd algorithm.
4199
4200 * systemd-binfmt gained a new switch --unregister for unregistering all
4201 registered entries at once. This is now invoked automatically at
4202 shutdown, so that binary formats registered with the "F" flag will
4203 not block clean file system unmounting.
4204
4205 * systemd-notify's --pid= switch gained new values: "parent", "self",
4206 "auto" for controlling which PID to send to the service manager: the
4207 systemd-notify process' PID, or the one of the process invoking it.
4208
4209 * systemd-logind's Session bus object learnt a new method call
4210 SetType() for temporarily updating the session type of an already
4211 allocated session. This is useful for upgrading tty sessions to
4212 graphical ones once a compositor is invoked.
4213
4214 * systemd-socket-proxy gained a new switch --exit-idle-time= for
4215 configuring an exit-on-idle time.
4216
4217 * systemd-repart's --empty= setting gained a new value "create". If
4218 specified a new empty regular disk image file is created under the
4219 specified name. Its size may be specified with the new --size=
4220 option. The latter is also supported without the "create" mode, in
4221 order to grow existing disk image files to the specified size. These
4222 two new options are useful when creating or manipulating disk images
4223 instead of operating on actual block devices.
4224
4225 * systemd-repart drop-ins now support a new UUID= setting to control
4226 the UUID to assign to a newly created partition.
4227
4228 * systemd-repart's SizeMin= per-partition parameter now defaults to 10M
4229 instead of 0.
4230
4231 * systemd-repart's Label= setting now support the usual, simple
4232 specifier expansion.
4233
4234 * systemd-homed's LUKS backend gained the ability to discard empty file
4235 system blocks automatically when the user logs out. This is enabled
4236 by default to ensure that home directories take minimal space when
4237 logged out but get full size guarantees when logged in. This may be
4238 controlled with the new --luks-offline-discard= switch to homectl.
4239
4240 * If systemd-homed detects that /home/ is encrypted as a whole it will
4241 now default to the directory or subvolume backends instead of the
4242 LUKS backend, in order to avoid double encryption. The default
4243 storage and file system may now be configured explicitly, too, via
4244 the new /etc/systemd/homed.conf configuration file.
4245
4246 * systemd-homed now supports unlocking home directories with FIDO2
4247 security tokens that support the 'hmac-secret' extension, in addition
4248 to the existing support for PKCS#11 security token unlocking
4249 support. Note that many recent hardware security tokens support both
4250 interfaces. The FIDO2 support is accessible via homectl's
4251 --fido2-device= option.
4252
4253 * homectl's --pkcs11-uri= setting now accepts two special parameters:
4254 if "auto" is specified and only one suitable PKCS#11 security token
4255 is plugged in, its URL is automatically determined and enrolled for
4256 unlocking the home directory. If "list" is specified a brief table of
4257 suitable PKCS#11 security tokens is shown. Similar, the new
4258 --fido2-device= option also supports these two special values, for
4259 automatically selecting and listing suitable FIDO2 devices.
4260
4261 * The /etc/crypttab tmp option now optionally takes an argument
4262 selecting the file system to use. Moreover, the default is now
4263 changed from ext2 to ext4.
4264
4265 * There's a new /etc/crypttab option "keyfile-erase". If specified the
4266 key file listed in the same line is removed after use, regardless if
4267 volume activation was successful or not. This is useful if the key
4268 file is only acquired transiently at runtime and shall be erased
4269 before the system continues to boot.
4270
4271 * There's also a new /etc/crypttab option "try-empty-password". If
4272 specified, before asking the user for a password it is attempted to
4273 unlock the volume with an empty password. This is useful for
4274 installing encrypted images whose password shall be set on first boot
4275 instead of at installation time.
4276
4277 * systemd-cryptsetup will now attempt to load the keys to unlock
4278 volumes with automatically from files in
4279 /etc/cryptsetup-keys.d/<volume>.key and
4280 /run/cryptsetup-keys.d/<volume>.key, if any of these files exist.
4281
4282 * systemd-cryptsetup may now activate Microsoft BitLocker volumes via
4283 /etc/crypttab, during boot.
4284
4285 * logind.conf gained a new RuntimeDirectoryInodesMax= setting to
4286 control the inode limit for the per-user $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR tmpfs
4287 instance.
4288
4289 * A new generator systemd-xdg-autostart-generator has been added. It
4290 generates systemd unit files from XDG autostart .desktop files, and
4291 may be used to let the systemd user instance manage services that are
4292 started automatically as part of the desktop session.
4293
4294 * "bootctl" gained a new verb "reboot-to-firmware" that may be used
4295 to query and change the firmware's 'reboot into firmware' setup flag.
4296
4297 * systemd-firstboot gained a new switch --kernel-command-line= that may
4298 be used to initialize the /etc/kernel/cmdline file of the image. It
4299 also gained a new switch --root-password-hashed= which is like
4300 --root-password= but accepts a pre-hashed UNIX password as
4301 argument. The new option --delete-root-password may be used to unset
4302 any password for the root user (dangerous!). The --root-shell= switch
4303 may be used to control the shell to use for the root account. A new
4304 --force option may be used to override any already set settings with
4305 the parameters specified on the command line (by default, the tool
4306 will not override what has already been set before, i.e. is purely
4307 incremental).
4308
4309 * systemd-firstboot gained support for a new --image= switch, which is
4310 similar to --root= but accepts the path to a disk image file, on
4311 which it then operates.
4312
4313 * A new sd-path.h API has been added to libsystemd. It provides a
4314 simple API for retrieving various search paths and primary
4315 directories for various resources.
4316
4317 * A new call sd_notify_barrier() has been added to the sd-daemon.h
4318 API. The call will block until all previously sent sd_notify()
4319 messages have been processed by the service manager. This is useful
4320 to remove races caused by a process already having disappeared at the
4321 time a notification message is processed by the service manager,
4322 making correct attribution impossible. The systemd-notify tool will
4323 now make use of this call implicitly, but this can be turned off again
4324 via the new --no-block switch.
4325
4326 * When sending a file descriptor (fd) to the service manager to keep
4327 track of, using the sd_notify() mechanism, a new parameter FDPOLL=0
4328 may be specified. If passed the service manager will refrain from
4329 poll()ing on the file descriptor. Traditionally (and when the
4330 parameter is not specified), the service manager will poll it for
4331 POLLHUP or POLLERR events, and immediately close the fds in that
4332 case.
4333
4334 * The service manager (PID1) gained a new D-Bus method call
4335 SetShowStatus() which may be used to control whether it shall show
4336 boot-time status output on the console. This method has a similar
4337 effect to sending SIGRTMIN+20/SIGRTMIN+21 to PID 1.
4338
4339 * The sd-bus API gained a number of convenience functions that take
4340 va_list arguments rather than "...". For example, there's now
4341 sd_bus_call_methodv() to match sd_bus_call_method(). Those calls make
4342 it easier to build wrappers that accept variadic arguments and want
4343 to pass a ready va_list structure to sd-bus.
4344
4345 * sd-bus vtable entries can have a new SD_BUS_VTABLE_ABSOLUTE_OFFSET
4346 flag which alters how the userdata pointer to pass to the callbacks
4347 is determined. When the flag is set, the offset field is converted
4348 as-is into a pointer, without adding it to the object pointer the
4349 vtable is associated with.
4350
4351 * sd-bus now exposes four new functions:
4352 sd_bus_interface_name_is_valid() + sd_bus_service_name_is_valid() +
4353 sd_bus_member_name_is_valid() + sd_bus_object_path_is_valid() will
4354 validate strings to check if they qualify as various D-Bus concepts.
4355
4356 * The sd-bus API gained the SD_BUS_METHOD_WITH_ARGS(),
4357 SD_BUS_METHOD_WITH_ARGS_OFFSET() and SD_BUS_SIGNAL_WITH_ARGS() macros
4358 that simplify adding argument names to D-Bus methods and signals.
4359
4360 * The man pages for the sd-bus and sd-hwdb APIs have been completed.
4361
4362 * Various D-Bus APIs of systemd daemons now have man pages that
4363 document the methods, signals and properties.
4364
4365 * The expectations on user/group name syntax are now documented in
4366 detail; documentation on how classic home directories may be
4367 converted into home directories managed by homed has been added;
4368 documentation regarding integration of homed/userdb functionality in
4369 desktops has been added:
4370
4371 https://systemd.io/USER_NAMES
4372 https://systemd.io/CONVERTING_TO_HOMED
4373 https://systemd.io/USERDB_AND_DESKTOPS
4374
4375 * Documentation for the on-disk Journal file format has been updated
4376 and has now moved to:
4377
4378 https://systemd.io/JOURNAL_FILE_FORMAT
4379
4380 * The interface for containers (https://systemd.io/CONTAINER_INTERFACE)
4381 has been extended by a set of environment variables that expose
4382 select fields from the host's os-release file to the container
4383 payload. Similarly, host's os-release files can be mounted into the
4384 container underneath /run/host. Together, those mechanisms provide a
4385 standardized way to expose information about the host to the
4386 container payload. Both interfaces are implemented in systemd-nspawn.
4387
4388 * All D-Bus services shipped in systemd now implement the generic
4389 LogControl1 D-Bus API which allows clients to change log level +
4390 target of the service during runtime.
4391
4392 * Only relevant for developers: the mkosi.default symlink has been
4393 dropped from version control. Please create a symlink to one of the
4394 distribution-specific defaults in .mkosi/ based on your preference.
4395
4396 Contributions from: 24bisquitz, Adam Nielsen, Alan Perry, Alexander
4397 Malafeev, Amitanand.Chikorde, Alin Popa, Alvin Šipraga, Amos Bird,
4398 Andreas Rammhold, AndreRH, Andrew Doran, Anita Zhang, Ankit Jain,
4399 antznin, Arnaud Ferraris, Arthur Moraes do Lago, Arusekk, Balaji
4400 Punnuru, Balint Reczey, Bastien Nocera, bemarek, Benjamin Berg,
4401 Benjamin Dahlhoff, Benjamin Robin, Chris Down, Chris Kerr, Christian
4402 Göttsche, Christian Hesse, Christian Oder, Ciprian Hacman, Clinton Roy,
4403 codicodi, Corey Hinshaw, Daan De Meyer, Dana Olson, Dan Callaghan,
4404 Daniel Fullmer, Daniel Rusek, Dan Streetman, Dave Reisner, David
4405 Edmundson, David Wood, Denis Pronin, Diego Escalante Urrelo, Dimitri
4406 John Ledkov, dolphrundgren, duguxy, Einsler Lee, Elisei Roca, Emmanuel
4407 Garette, Eric Anderson, Eric DeVolder, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
4408 ExtinctFire, fangxiuning, Ferran Pallarès Roca, Filipe Brandenburger,
4409 Filippo Falezza, Finn, Florian Klink, Florian Mayer, Franck Bui,
4410 Frantisek Sumsal, gaurav, Georg Müller, Gergely Polonkai, Giedrius
4411 Statkevičius, Gigadoc2, gogogogi, Gaurav Singh, gzjsgdsb, Hans de
4412 Goede, Haochen Tong, ianhi, ignapk, Jakov Smolic, James T. Lee, Jan
4413 Janssen, Jan Klötzke, Jan Palus, Jay Burger, Jeremy Cline, Jérémy
4414 Rosen, Jian-Hong Pan, Jiri Slaby, Joel Shapiro, Joerg Behrmann, Jörg
4415 Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen, Kai-Heng Feng, Kenny Levinsen, Kevin
4416 Kuehler, Kumar Kartikeya Dwivedi, layderv, laydervus, Lénaïc Huard,
4417 Lennart Poettering, Lidong Zhong, Luca Boccassi, Luca BRUNO, Lucas
4418 Werkmeister, Lukas Klingsbo, Lukáš Nykrýn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej
4419 S. Szmigiero, MadMcCrow, Marc-André Lureau, Marcel Holtmann, Marc
4420 Kleine-Budde, Martin Hundebøll, Matthew Leeds, Matt Ranostay, Maxim
4421 Fomin, MaxVerevkin, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Gubbels,
4422 Michael Marley, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár,
4423 Mike Gilbert, Mike Kazantsev, Mikhail Novosyolov, ml, Motiejus Jakštys,
4424 nabijaczleweli, nerdopolis, Niccolò Maggioni, Niklas Hambüchen, Norbert
4425 Lange, Paul Cercueil, pelzvieh, Peter Hutterer, Piero La Terza, Pieter
4426 Lexis, Piotr Drąg, Rafael Fontenelle, Richard Petri, Ronan Pigott, Ross
4427 Lagerwall, Rubens Figueiredo, satmandu, Sean-StarLabs, Sebastian
4428 Jennen, sterlinghughes, Surhud More, Susant Sahani, szb512, Thomas
4429 Haller, Tobias Hunger, Tom, Tomáš Pospíšek, Tomer Shechner, Tom Hughes,
4430 Topi Miettinen, Tudor Roman, Uwe Kleine-König, Valery0xff, Vito Caputo,
4431 Vladimir Panteleev, Vladyslav Tronko, Wen Yang, Yegor Vialov, Yigal
4432 Korman, Yi Gao, YmrDtnJu, Yuri Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
4433 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhu Li, Дамјан Георгиевски, наб
4434
4435 – Warsaw, 2020-07-30
4436
4437 CHANGES WITH 245:
4438
4439 * A new tool "systemd-repart" has been added, that operates as an
4440 idempotent declarative repartitioner for GPT partition tables.
4441 Specifically, a set of partitions that must or may exist can be
4442 configured via drop-in files, and during every boot the partition
4443 table on disk is compared with these files, creating missing
4444 partitions or growing existing ones based on configurable relative
4445 and absolute size constraints. The tool is strictly incremental,
4446 i.e. does not delete, shrink or move partitions, but only adds and
4447 grows them. The primary use-case is OS images that ship in minimized
4448 form, that on first boot are grown to the size of the underlying
4449 block device or augmented with additional partitions. For example,
4450 the root partition could be extended to cover the whole disk, or a
4451 swap or /home partitions could be added on first boot. It can also be
4452 used for systems that use an A/B update scheme but ship images with
4453 just the A partition, with B added on first boot. The tool is
4454 primarily intended to be run in the initrd, shortly before
4455 transitioning into the host OS, but can also be run after the
4456 transition took place. It automatically discovers the disk backing
4457 the root file system, and should hence not require any additional
4458 configuration besides the partition definition drop-ins. If no
4459 configuration drop-ins are present, no action is taken.
4460
4461 * A new component "userdb" has been added, along with a small daemon
4462 "systemd-userdbd.service" and a client tool "userdbctl". The framework
4463 allows defining rich user and group records in a JSON format,
4464 extending on the classic "struct passwd" and "struct group"
4465 structures. Various components in systemd have been updated to
4466 process records in this format, including systemd-logind and
4467 pam-systemd. The user records are intended to be extensible, and
4468 allow setting various resource management, security and runtime
4469 parameters that shall be applied to processes and sessions of the
4470 user as they log in. This facility is intended to allow associating
4471 such metadata directly with user/group records so that they can be
4472 produced, extended and consumed in unified form. We hope that
4473 eventually frameworks such as sssd will generate records this way, so
4474 that for the first time resource management and various other
4475 per-user settings can be configured in LDAP directories and then
4476 provided to systemd (specifically to systemd-logind and pam-system)
4477 to apply on login. For further details see:
4478
4479 https://systemd.io/USER_RECORD
4480 https://systemd.io/GROUP_RECORD
4481 https://systemd.io/USER_GROUP_API
4482
4483 * A small new service systemd-homed.service has been added, that may be
4484 used to securely manage home directories with built-in encryption.
4485 The complete user record data is unified with the home directory,
4486 thus making home directories naturally migratable. Its primary
4487 back-end is based on LUKS volumes, but fscrypt, plain directories,
4488 and other storage schemes are also supported. This solves a couple of
4489 problems we saw with traditional ways to manage home directories, in
4490 particular when it comes to encryption. For further discussion of
4491 this, see the video of Lennart's talk at AllSystemsGo! 2019:
4492
4493 https://media.ccc.de/v/ASG2019-164-reinventing-home-directories
4494
4495 For further details about the format and expectations on home
4496 directories this new daemon makes, see:
4497
4498 https://systemd.io/HOME_DIRECTORY
4499
4500 * systemd-journald is now multi-instantiable. In addition to the main
4501 instance systemd-journald.service there's now a template unit
4502 systemd-journald@.service, with each instance defining a new named
4503 log 'namespace' (whose name is specified via the instance part of the
4504 unit name). A new unit file setting LogNamespace= has been added,
4505 taking such a namespace name, that assigns services to the specified
4506 log namespaces. As each log namespace is serviced by its own
4507 independent journal daemon, this functionality may be used to improve
4508 performance and increase isolation of applications, at the price of
4509 losing global message ordering. Each instance of journald has a
4510 separate set of configuration files, with possibly different disk
4511 usage limitations and other settings.
4512
4513 journalctl now takes a new option --namespace= to show logs from a
4514 specific log namespace. The sd-journal.h API gained
4515 sd_journal_open_namespace() for opening the log stream of a specific
4516 log namespace. systemd-journald also gained the ability to exit on
4517 idle, which is useful in the context of log namespaces, as this means
4518 log daemons for log namespaces can be activated automatically on
4519 demand and will stop automatically when no longer used, minimizing
4520 resource usage.
4521
4522 * When systemd-tmpfiles copies a file tree using the 'C' line type it
4523 will now label every copied file according to the SELinux database.
4524
4525 * When systemd/PID 1 detects it is used in the initrd it will now boot
4526 into initrd.target rather than default.target by default. This should
4527 make it simpler to build initrds with systemd as for many cases the
4528 only difference between a host OS image and an initrd image now is
4529 the presence of the /etc/initrd-release file.
4530
4531 * A new kernel command line option systemd.cpu_affinity= is now
4532 understood. It's equivalent to the CPUAffinity= option in
4533 /etc/systemd/system.conf and allows setting the CPU mask for PID 1
4534 itself and the default for all other processes.
4535
4536 * When systemd/PID 1 is reloaded (with systemctl daemon-reload or
4537 equivalent), the SELinux database is now reloaded, ensuring that
4538 sockets and other file system objects are generated taking the new
4539 database into account.
4540
4541 * systemd/PID 1 accepts a new "systemd.show-status=error" setting, and
4542 "quiet" has been changed to imply that instead of
4543 "systemd.show-status=auto". In this mode, only messages about errors
4544 and significant delays in boot are shown on the console.
4545
4546 * The sd-event.h API gained native support for the new Linux "pidfd"
4547 concept. This permits watching processes using file descriptors
4548 instead of PID numbers, which fixes a number of races and makes
4549 process supervision more robust and efficient. All of systemd's
4550 components will now use pidfds if the kernel supports it for process
4551 watching, with the exception of PID 1 itself, unfortunately. We hope
4552 to move PID 1 to exclusively using pidfds too eventually, but this
4553 requires some more kernel work first. (Background: PID 1 watches
4554 processes using waitid() with the P_ALL flag, and that does not play
4555 together nicely with pidfds yet.)
4556
4557 * Closely related to this, the sd-event.h API gained two new calls
4558 sd_event_source_send_child_signal() (for sending a signal to a
4559 watched process) and sd_event_source_get_child_process_own() (for
4560 marking a process so that it is killed automatically whenever the
4561 event source watching it is freed).
4562
4563 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring Token Bucket Filter
4564 (TBF) parameters in its qdisc configuration support. Similarly,
4565 support for Stochastic Fairness Queuing (SFQ), Controlled-Delay
4566 Active Queue Management (CoDel), and Fair Queue (FQ) has been added.
4567
4568 * systemd-networkd gained support for Intermediate Functional Block
4569 (IFB) network devices.
4570
4571 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring multi-path IP routes,
4572 using the new MultiPathRoute= setting in the [Route] section.
4573
4574 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv4 client has been updated to support a new
4575 SendDecline= option. If enabled, duplicate address detection is done
4576 after a DHCP offer is received from the server. If a conflict is
4577 detected, the address is declined. The DHCPv4 client also gained
4578 support for a new RouteMTUBytes= setting that allows to configure the
4579 MTU size to be used for routes generated from DHCPv4 leases.
4580
4581 * The PrefixRoute= setting in systemd-networkd's [Address] section of
4582 .network files has been deprecated, and replaced by AddPrefixRoute=,
4583 with its sense inverted.
4584
4585 * The Gateway= setting of [Route] sections of .network files gained
4586 support for a special new value "_dhcp". If set, the configured
4587 static route uses the gateway host configured via DHCP.
4588
4589 * New User= and SuppressPrefixLength= settings have been implemented
4590 for the [RoutingPolicyRule] section of .network files to configure
4591 source routing based on UID ranges and prefix length, respectively.
4592
4593 * The Type= match property of .link files has been generalized to
4594 always match the device type shown by 'networkctl status', even for
4595 devices where udev does not set DEVTYPE=. This allows e.g. Type=ether
4596 to be used.
4597
4598 * sd-bus gained a new API call sd_bus_message_sensitive() that marks a
4599 D-Bus message object as "sensitive". Those objects are erased from
4600 memory when they are freed. This concept is intended to be used for
4601 messages that contain security sensitive data. A new flag
4602 SD_BUS_VTABLE_SENSITIVE has been introduced as well to mark methods
4603 in sd-bus vtables, causing any incoming and outgoing messages of
4604 those methods to be implicitly marked as "sensitive".
4605
4606 * sd-bus gained a new API call sd_bus_message_dump() for dumping the
4607 contents of a message (or parts thereof) to standard output for
4608 debugging purposes.
4609
4610 * systemd-sysusers gained support for creating users with the primary
4611 group named differently than the user.
4612
4613 * systemd-growfs (i.e. the x-systemd.growfs mount option in /etc/fstab)
4614 gained support for growing XFS partitions. Previously it supported
4615 only ext4 and btrfs partitions.
4616
4617 * The support for /etc/crypttab gained a new x-initrd.attach option. If
4618 set, the specified encrypted volume is unlocked already in the
4619 initrd. This concept corresponds to the x-initrd.mount option in
4620 /etc/fstab.
4621
4622 * systemd-cryptsetup gained native support for unlocking encrypted
4623 volumes utilizing PKCS#11 smartcards, i.e. for example to bind
4624 encryption of volumes to YubiKeys. This is exposed in the new
4625 pkcs11-uri= option in /etc/crypttab.
4626
4627 * The /etc/fstab support in systemd now supports two new mount options
4628 x-systemd.{required,wanted}-by=, for explicitly configuring the units
4629 that the specified mount shall be pulled in by, in place of
4630 the usual local-fs.target/remote-fs.target.
4631
4632 * The https://systemd.io/ web site has been relaunched, directly
4633 populated with most of the documentation included in the systemd
4634 repository. systemd also acquired a new logo, thanks to Tobias
4635 Bernard.
4636
4637 * systemd-udevd gained support for managing "alternative" network
4638 interface names, as supported by new Linux kernels. For the first
4639 time this permits assigning multiple (and longer!) names to a network
4640 interface. systemd-udevd will now by default assign the names
4641 generated via all supported naming schemes to each interface. This
4642 may be further tweaked with .link files and the AlternativeName= and
4643 AlternativeNamesPolicy= settings. Other components of systemd have
4644 been updated to support the new alternative names wherever
4645 appropriate. For example, systemd-nspawn will now generate
4646 alternative interface names for the host-facing side of container
4647 veth links based on the full container name without truncation.
4648
4649 * systemd-nspawn interface naming logic has been updated in another way
4650 too: if the main interface name (i.e. as opposed to new-style
4651 "alternative" names) based on the container name is truncated, a
4652 simple hashing scheme is used to give different interface names to
4653 multiple containers whose names all begin with the same prefix. Since
4654 this changes the primary interface names pointing to containers if
4655 truncation happens, the old scheme may still be requested by
4656 selecting an older naming scheme, via the net.naming-scheme= kernel
4657 command line option.
4658
4659 * PrivateUsers= in service files now works in services run by the
4660 systemd --user per-user instance of the service manager.
4661
4662 * A new per-service sandboxing option ProtectClock= has been added that
4663 locks down write access to the system clock. It takes away device
4664 node access to /dev/rtc as well as the system calls that set the
4665 system clock and the CAP_SYS_TIME and CAP_WAKE_ALARM capabilities.
4666 Note that this option does not affect access to auxiliary services
4667 that allow changing the clock, for example access to
4668 systemd-timedated.
4669
4670 * The systemd-id128 tool gained a new "show" verb for listing or
4671 resolving a number of well-known UUIDs/128bit IDs, currently mostly
4672 GPT partition table types.
4673
4674 * The Discoverable Partitions Specification has been updated to support
4675 /var and /var/tmp partition discovery. Support for this has been
4676 added to systemd-gpt-auto-generator. For details see:
4677
4678 https://systemd.io/DISCOVERABLE_PARTITIONS
4679
4680 * "systemctl list-unit-files" has been updated to show a new column
4681 with the suggested enablement state based on the vendor preset files
4682 for the respective units.
4683
4684 * "systemctl" gained a new option "--with-dependencies". If specified
4685 commands such as "systemctl status" or "systemctl cat" will now show
4686 all specified units along with all units they depend on.
4687
4688 * networkctl gained support for showing per-interface logs in its
4689 "status" output.
4690
4691 * systemd-networkd-wait-online gained support for specifying the maximum
4692 operational state to wait for, and to wait for interfaces to
4693 disappear.
4694
4695 * The [Match] section of .link and .network files now supports a new
4696 option PermanentMACAddress= which may be used to check against the
4697 permanent MAC address of a network device even if a randomized MAC
4698 address is used.
4699
4700 * The [TrafficControlQueueingDiscipline] section in .network files has
4701 been renamed to [NetworkEmulator] with the "NetworkEmulator" prefix
4702 dropped from the individual setting names.
4703
4704 * Any .link and .network files that have an empty [Match] section (this
4705 also includes empty and commented-out files) will now be
4706 rejected. systemd-udev and systemd-networkd started warning about
4707 such files in version 243.
4708
4709 * systemd-logind will now validate access to the operation of changing
4710 the virtual terminal via a polkit action. By default, only users
4711 with at least one session on a local VT are granted permission.
4712
4713 * When systemd sets up PAM sessions that invoked service processes
4714 shall run in, the pam_setcred() API is now invoked, thus permitting
4715 PAM modules to set additional credentials for the processes.
4716
4717 * portablectl attach/detach verbs now accept --now and --enable options
4718 to combine attachment with enablement and invocation, or detachment
4719 with stopping and disablement.
4720
4721 * UPGRADE ISSUE: a bug where some jobs were trimmed as redundant was
4722 fixed, which in turn exposed bugs in unit configuration of services
4723 which have Type=oneshot and should only run once, but do not have
4724 RemainAfterExit=yes set. Without RemainAfterExit=yes, a one-shot
4725 service may be started again after exiting successfully, for example
4726 as a dependency in another transaction. Affected services included
4727 some internal systemd services (most notably
4728 systemd-vconsole-setup.service, which was updated to have
4729 RemainAfterExit=yes), and plymouth-start.service. Please ensure that
4730 plymouth has been suitably updated or patched before upgrading to
4731 this systemd release. See
4732 https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=1807771 for some
4733 additional discussion.
4734
4735 Contributions from: AJ Bagwell, Alin Popa, Andreas Rammhold, Anita
4736 Zhang, Ansgar Burchardt, Antonio Russo, Arian van Putten, Ashley Davis,
4737 Balint Reczey, Bart Willems, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Dahlhoff, Charles
4738 (Chas) Williams, cheese1, Chris Down, Chris Murphy, Christian Ehrhardt,
4739 Christian Göttsche, cvoinf, Daan De Meyer, Daniele Medri, Daniel Rusek,
4740 Daniel Shahaf, Dann Frazier, Dan Streetman, Dariusz Gadomski, David
4741 Michael, Dimitri John Ledkov, Emmanuel Bourg, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
4742 ezst036, Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Florian Klink, Franck
4743 Bui, Fran Dieguez, Frantisek Sumsal, Greg "GothAck" Miell, Guilhem
4744 Lettron, Guillaume Douézan-Grard, Hans de Goede, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Iain
4745 Lane, James Buren, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig), Jérémy Rosen, Jin
4746 Park, Jun'ichi Nomura, Kai Krakow, Kevin Kuehler, Kevin P. Fleming,
4747 Lennart Poettering, Leonid Bloch, Leonid Evdokimov, lothrond, Luca
4748 Boccassi, Lukas K, Lynn Kirby, Mario Limonciello, Mark Deneen, Matthew
4749 Leeds, Michael Biebl, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Mike Auty, Mike
4750 Gilbert, mtron, nabijaczleweli, Naïm Favier, Nate Jones, Norbert Lange,
4751 Oliver Giles, Paul Davey, Paul Menzel, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, Rafa
4752 Couto, Raphael, rhn, Robert Scheck, Rocka, Romain Naour, Ryan Attard,
4753 Sascha Dewald, Shengjing Zhu, Slava Kardakov, Spencer Michaels, Sylvain
4754 Plantefeve, Stanislav Angelovič, Susant Sahani, Thomas Haller, Thomas
4755 Schmitt, Timo Schlüßler, Timo Wilken, Tobias Bernard, Tobias Klauser,
4756 Tobias Stoeckmann, Topi Miettinen, tsia, WataruMatsuoka, Wieland
4757 Hoffmann, Wilhelm Schuster, Will Fleming, xduugu, Yong Cong Sin, Yuri
4758 Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe, Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeyu
4759 DONG
4760
4761 – Warsaw, 2020-03-06
4762
4763 CHANGES WITH 244:
4764
4765 * Support for the cpuset cgroups v2 controller has been added.
4766 Processes may be restricted to specific CPUs using the new
4767 AllowedCPUs= setting, and to specific memory NUMA nodes using the new
4768 AllowedMemoryNodes= setting.
4769
4770 * The signal used in restart jobs (as opposed to e.g. stop jobs) may
4771 now be configured using a new RestartKillSignal= setting. This
4772 allows units which signals to request termination to implement
4773 different behaviour when stopping in preparation for a restart.
4774
4775 * "systemctl clean" may now be used also for socket, mount, and swap
4776 units.
4777
4778 * systemd will also read configuration options from the EFI variable
4779 SystemdOptions. This may be used to configure systemd behaviour when
4780 modifying the kernel command line is inconvenient, but configuration
4781 on disk is read too late, for example for the options related to
4782 cgroup hierarchy setup. 'bootctl systemd-efi-options' may be used to
4783 set the EFI variable.
4784
4785 * systemd will now disable printk ratelimits in early boot. This should
4786 allow us to capture more logs from the early boot phase where normal
4787 storage is not available and the kernel ring buffer is used for
4788 logging. Configuration on the kernel command line has higher priority
4789 and overrides the systemd setting.
4790
4791 systemd programs which log to /dev/kmsg directly use internal
4792 ratelimits to prevent runaway logging. (Normally this is only used
4793 during early boot, so in practice this change has very little
4794 effect.)
4795
4796 * Unit files now support top level dropin directories of the form
4797 <unit_type>.d/ (e.g. service.d/) that may be used to add configuration
4798 that affects all corresponding unit files.
4799
4800 * systemctl gained support for 'stop --job-mode=triggering' which will
4801 stop the specified unit and any units which could trigger it.
4802
4803 * Unit status display now includes units triggering and triggered by
4804 the unit being shown.
4805
4806 * The RuntimeMaxSec= setting is now supported by scopes, not just
4807 .service units. This is particularly useful for PAM sessions which
4808 create a scope unit for the user login. systemd.runtime_max_sec=
4809 setting may used with the pam_systemd module to limit the duration
4810 of the PAM session, for example for time-limited logins.
4811
4812 * A new @pkey system call group is now defined to make it easier to
4813 allow-list memory protection syscalls for containers and services
4814 which need to use them.
4815
4816 * systemd-udevd: removed the 30s timeout for killing stale workers on
4817 exit. systemd-udevd now waits for workers to finish. The hard-coded
4818 exit timeout of 30s was too short for some large installations, where
4819 driver initialization could be prematurely interrupted during initrd
4820 processing if the root file system had been mounted and init was
4821 preparing to switch root. If udevd is run without systemd and workers
4822 are hanging while udevd receives an exit signal, udevd will now exit
4823 when udev.event_timeout is reached for the last hanging worker. With
4824 systemd, the exit timeout can additionally be configured using
4825 TimeoutStopSec= in systemd-udevd.service.
4826
4827 * udev now provides a program (fido_id) that identifies FIDO CTAP1
4828 ("U2F")/CTAP2 security tokens based on the usage declared in their
4829 report and descriptor and outputs suitable environment variables.
4830 This replaces the externally maintained allow lists of all known
4831 security tokens that were used previously.
4832
4833 * Automatically generated autosuspend udev rules for allow-listed
4834 devices have been imported from the Chromium OS project. This should
4835 improve power saving with many more devices.
4836
4837 * udev gained a new "CONST{key}=value" setting that allows matching
4838 against system-wide constants without forking a helper binary.
4839 Currently "arch" and "virt" keys are supported.
4840
4841 * udev now opens CDROMs in non-exclusive mode when querying their
4842 capabilities. This should fix issues where other programs trying to
4843 use the CDROM cannot gain access to it, but carries a risk of
4844 interfering with programs writing to the disk, if they did not open
4845 the device in exclusive mode as they should.
4846
4847 * systemd-networkd does not create a default route for IPv4 link local
4848 addressing anymore. The creation of the route was unexpected and was
4849 breaking routing in various cases, but people who rely on it being
4850 created implicitly will need to adjust. Such a route may be requested
4851 with DefaultRouteOnDevice=yes.
4852
4853 Similarly, systemd-networkd will not assign a link-local IPv6 address
4854 when IPv6 link-local routing is not enabled.
4855
4856 * Receive and transmit buffers may now be configured on links with
4857 the new RxBufferSize= and TxBufferSize= settings.
4858
4859 * systemd-networkd may now advertise additional IPv6 routes. A new
4860 [IPv6RoutePrefix] section with Route= and LifetimeSec= options is
4861 now supported.
4862
4863 * systemd-networkd may now configure "next hop" routes using the
4864 [NextHop] section and Gateway= and Id= settings.
4865
4866 * systemd-networkd will now retain DHCP config on restarts by default
4867 (but this may be overridden using the KeepConfiguration= setting).
4868 The default for SendRelease= has been changed to true.
4869
4870 * The DHCPv4 client now uses the OPTION_INFORMATION_REFRESH_TIME option
4871 received from the server.
4872
4873 The client will use the received SIP server list if UseSIP=yes is
4874 set.
4875
4876 The client may be configured to request specific options from the
4877 server using a new RequestOptions= setting.
4878
4879 The client may be configured to send arbitrary options to the server
4880 using a new SendOption= setting.
4881
4882 A new IPServiceType= setting has been added to configure the "IP
4883 service type" value used by the client.
4884
4885 * The DHCPv6 client learnt a new PrefixDelegationHint= option to
4886 request prefix hints in the DHCPv6 solicitation.
4887
4888 * The DHCPv4 server may be configured to send arbitrary options using
4889 a new SendOption= setting.
4890
4891 * The DHCPv4 server may now be configured to emit SIP server list using
4892 the new EmitSIP= and SIP= settings.
4893
4894 * systemd-networkd and networkctl may now renew DHCP leases on demand.
4895 networkctl has a new 'networkctl renew' verb.
4896
4897 * systemd-networkd may now reconfigure links on demand. networkctl
4898 gained two new verbs: "reload" will reload the configuration, and
4899 "reconfigure DEVICE…" will reconfigure one or more devices.
4900
4901 * .network files may now match on SSID and BSSID of a wireless network,
4902 i.e. the access point name and hardware address using the new SSID=
4903 and BSSID= options. networkctl will display the current SSID and
4904 BSSID for wireless links.
4905
4906 .network files may also match on the wireless network type using the
4907 new WLANInterfaceType= option.
4908
4909 * systemd-networkd now includes default configuration that enables
4910 link-local addressing when connected to an ad-hoc wireless network.
4911
4912 * systemd-networkd may configure the Traffic Control queueing
4913 disciplines in the kernel using the new
4914 [TrafficControlQueueingDiscipline] section and Parent=,
4915 NetworkEmulatorDelaySec=, NetworkEmulatorDelayJitterSec=,
4916 NetworkEmulatorPacketLimit=, NetworkEmulatorLossRate=,
4917 NetworkEmulatorDuplicateRate= settings.
4918
4919 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new w+ setting to append to files.
4920
4921 * systemd-analyze dump will now report when the memory configuration in
4922 the kernel does not match what systemd has configured (usually,
4923 because some external program has modified the kernel configuration
4924 on its own).
4925
4926 * systemd-analyze gained a new --base-time= switch instructs the
4927 'calendar' verb to resolve times relative to that timestamp instead
4928 of the present time.
4929
4930 * journalctl --update-catalog now produces deterministic output (making
4931 reproducible image builds easier).
4932
4933 * A new devicetree-overlay setting is now documented in the Boot Loader
4934 Specification.
4935
4936 * The default value of the WatchdogSec= setting used in systemd
4937 services (the ones bundled with the project itself) may be set at
4938 configuration time using the -Dservice-watchdog= setting. If set to
4939 empty, the watchdogs will be disabled.
4940
4941 * systemd-resolved validates IP addresses in certificates now when GnuTLS
4942 is being used.
4943
4944 * libcryptsetup >= 2.0.1 is now required.
4945
4946 * A configuration option -Duser-path= may be used to override the $PATH
4947 used by the user service manager. The default is again to use the same
4948 path as the system manager.
4949
4950 * The systemd-id128 tool gained a new switch "-u" (or "--uuid") for
4951 outputting the 128bit IDs in UUID format (i.e. in the "canonical
4952 representation").
4953
4954 * Service units gained a new sandboxing option ProtectKernelLogs= which
4955 makes sure the program cannot get direct access to the kernel log
4956 buffer anymore, i.e. the syslog() system call (not to be confused
4957 with the API of the same name in libc, which is not affected), the
4958 /proc/kmsg and /dev/kmsg nodes and the CAP_SYSLOG capability are made
4959 inaccessible to the service. It's recommended to enable this setting
4960 for all services that should not be able to read from or write to the
4961 kernel log buffer, which are probably almost all.
4962
4963 Contributions from: Aaron Plattner, Alcaro, Anita Zhang, Balint Reczey,
4964 Bastien Nocera, Baybal Ni, Benjamin Bouvier, Benjamin Gilbert, Carlo
4965 Teubner, cbzxt, Chen Qi, Chris Down, Christian Rebischke, Claudio
4966 Zumbo, ClydeByrdIII, crashfistfight, Cyprien Laplace, Daniel Edgecumbe,
4967 Daniel Gorbea, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Stuart, Dan Streetman, David
4968 Pedersen, David Tardon, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominique Martinet, Donald
4969 A. Cupp Jr, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabian Henneke, Filipe Brandenburger,
4970 Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, Georg Müller, Hans de Goede, Haochen
4971 Tong, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Iwan Timmer, Jan Janssen, Jan Kundrát, Jan
4972 Synacek, Jan Tojnar, Jay Strict, Jérémy Rosen, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson,
4973 Jonas Jelten, Jonas Thelemann, Justin Trudell, J. Xing, Kai-Heng Feng,
4974 Kenneth D'souza, Kevin Becker, Kevin Kuehler, Lennart Poettering,
4975 Léonard Gérard, Lorenz Bauer, Luca Boccassi, Maciej Stanczew, Mario
4976 Limonciello, Marko Myllynen, Mark Stosberg, Martin Wilck, matthiasroos,
4977 Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Tretter, Michal Sekletar,
4978 Michal Sekletár, Michal Suchanek, Mike Gilbert, Mike Kazantsev, Nicolas
4979 Douma, nikolas, Norbert Lange, pan93412, Pascal de Bruijn, Paul Menzel,
4980 Pavel Hrdina, Peter Wu, Philip Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Rafael Fontenelle,
4981 Renaud Métrich, Riccardo Schirone, RoadrunnerWMC, Ronan Pigott, Ryan
4982 Attard, Sebastian Wick, Serge, Siddharth Chandrasekara, Steve Ramage,
4983 Steve Traylen, Susant Sahani, Thibault Nélis, Tim Teichmann, Tom
4984 Fitzhenry, Tommy J, Torsten Hilbrich, Vito Caputo, ypf791, Yu Watanabe,
4985 Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4986
4987 – Warsaw, 2019-11-29
4988
4989 CHANGES WITH 243:
4990
4991 * This release enables unprivileged programs (i.e. requiring neither
4992 setuid nor file capabilities) to send ICMP Echo (i.e. ping) requests
4993 by turning on the "net.ipv4.ping_group_range" sysctl of the Linux
4994 kernel for the whole UNIX group range, i.e. all processes. This
4995 change should be reasonably safe, as the kernel support for it was
4996 specifically implemented to allow safe access to ICMP Echo for
4997 processes lacking any privileges. If this is not desirable, it can be
4998 disabled again by setting the parameter to "1 0".
4999
5000 * Previously, filters defined with SystemCallFilter= would have the
5001 effect that any calling of an offending system call would terminate
5002 the calling thread. This behaviour never made much sense, since
5003 killing individual threads of unsuspecting processes is likely to
5004 create more problems than it solves. With this release the default
5005 action changed from killing the thread to killing the whole
5006 process. For this to work correctly both a kernel version (>= 4.14)
5007 and a libseccomp version (>= 2.4.0) supporting this new seccomp
5008 action is required. If an older kernel or libseccomp is used the old
5009 behaviour continues to be used. This change does not affect any
5010 services that have no system call filters defined, or that use
5011 SystemCallErrorNumber= (and thus see EPERM or another error instead
5012 of being killed when calling an offending system call). Note that
5013 systemd documentation always claimed that the whole process is
5014 killed. With this change behaviour is thus adjusted to match the
5015 documentation.
5016
5017 * On 64 bit systems, the "kernel.pid_max" sysctl is now bumped to
5018 4194304 by default, i.e. the full 22bit range the kernel allows, up
5019 from the old 16bit range. This should improve security and
5020 robustness, as PID collisions are made less likely (though certainly
5021 still possible). There are rumours this might create compatibility
5022 problems, though at this moment no practical ones are known to
5023 us. Downstream distributions are hence advised to undo this change in
5024 their builds if they are concerned about maximum compatibility, but
5025 for everybody else we recommend leaving the value bumped. Besides
5026 improving security and robustness this should also simplify things as
5027 the maximum number of allowed concurrent tasks was previously bounded
5028 by both "kernel.pid_max" and "kernel.threads-max" and now effectively
5029 only a single knob is left ("kernel.threads-max"). There have been
5030 concerns that usability is affected by this change because larger PID
5031 numbers are harder to type, but we believe the change from 5 digits
5032 to 7 digits doesn't hamper usability.
5033
5034 * MemoryLow= and MemoryMin= gained hierarchy-aware counterparts,
5035 DefaultMemoryLow= and DefaultMemoryMin=, which can be used to
5036 hierarchically set default memory protection values for a particular
5037 subtree of the unit hierarchy.
5038
5039 * Memory protection directives can now take a value of zero, allowing
5040 explicit opting out of a default value propagated by an ancestor.
5041
5042 * systemd now defaults to the "unified" cgroup hierarchy setup during
5043 build-time, i.e. -Ddefault-hierarchy=unified is now the build-time
5044 default. Previously, -Ddefault-hierarchy=hybrid was the default. This
5045 change reflects the fact that cgroupsv2 support has matured
5046 substantially in both systemd and in the kernel, and is clearly the
5047 way forward. Downstream production distributions might want to
5048 continue to use -Ddefault-hierarchy=hybrid (or even =legacy) for
5049 their builds as unfortunately the popular container managers have not
5050 caught up with the kernel API changes.
5051
5052 * Man pages are not built by default anymore (html pages were already
5053 disabled by default), to make development builds quicker. When
5054 building systemd for a full installation with documentation, meson
5055 should be called with -Dman=true and/or -Dhtml=true as appropriate.
5056 The default was changed based on the assumption that quick one-off or
5057 repeated development builds are much more common than full optimized
5058 builds for installation, and people need to pass various other
5059 options to when doing "proper" builds anyway, so the gain from making
5060 development builds quicker is bigger than the one time disruption for
5061 packagers.
5062
5063 Two scripts are created in the *build* directory to generate and
5064 preview man and html pages on demand, e.g.:
5065
5066 build/man/man systemctl
5067 build/man/html systemd.index
5068
5069 * libidn2 is used by default if both libidn2 and libidn are installed.
5070 Please use -Dlibidn=true if libidn is preferred.
5071
5072 * The D-Bus "wire format" of the CPUAffinity= attribute is changed on
5073 big-endian machines. Before, bytes were written and read in native
5074 machine order as exposed by the native libc __cpu_mask interface.
5075 Now, little-endian order is always used (CPUs 0–7 are described by
5076 bits 0–7 in byte 0, CPUs 8–15 are described by byte 1, and so on).
5077 This change fixes D-Bus calls that cross endianness boundary.
5078
5079 The presentation format used for CPUAffinity= by "systemctl show" and
5080 "systemd-analyze dump" is changed to present CPU indices instead of
5081 the raw __cpu_mask bitmask. For example, CPUAffinity=0-1 would be
5082 shown as CPUAffinity=03000000000000000000000000000… (on
5083 little-endian) or CPUAffinity=00000000000000300000000000000… (on
5084 64-bit big-endian), and is now shown as CPUAffinity=0-1, matching the
5085 input format. The maximum integer that will be printed in the new
5086 format is 8191 (four digits), while the old format always used a very
5087 long number (with the length varying by architecture), so they can be
5088 unambiguously distinguished.
5089
5090 * /usr/sbin/halt.local is no longer supported. Implementation in
5091 distributions was inconsistent and it seems this functionality was
5092 very rarely used.
5093
5094 To replace this functionality, users should:
5095 - either define a new unit and make it a dependency of final.target
5096 (systemctl add-wants final.target my-halt-local.service)
5097 - or move the shutdown script to /usr/lib/systemd/system-shutdown/
5098 and ensure that it accepts "halt", "poweroff", "reboot", and
5099 "kexec" as an argument, see the description in systemd-shutdown(8).
5100
5101 * When a [Match] section in .link or .network file is empty (contains
5102 no match patterns), a warning will be emitted. Please add any "match
5103 all" pattern instead, e.g. OriginalName=* or Name=* in case all
5104 interfaces should really be matched.
5105
5106 * A new setting NUMAPolicy= may be used to set process memory
5107 allocation policy. This setting can be specified in
5108 /etc/systemd/system.conf and hence will set the default policy for
5109 PID1. The default policy can be overridden on a per-service
5110 basis. The related setting NUMAMask= is used to specify NUMA node
5111 mask that should be associated with the selected policy.
5112
5113 * PID 1 will now listen to Out-Of-Memory (OOM) events the kernel
5114 generates when processes it manages are reaching their memory limits,
5115 and will place their units in a special state, and optionally kill or
5116 stop the whole unit.
5117
5118 * The service manager will now expose bus properties for the IO
5119 resources used by units. This information is also shown in "systemctl
5120 status" now (for services that have IOAccounting=yes set). Moreover,
5121 the IO accounting data is included in the resource log message
5122 generated whenever a unit stops.
5123
5124 * Units may now configure an explicit timeout to wait for when killed
5125 with SIGABRT, for example when a service watchdog is hit. Previously,
5126 the regular TimeoutStopSec= timeout was applied in this case too —
5127 now a separate timeout may be set using TimeoutAbortSec=.
5128
5129 * Services may now send a special WATCHDOG=trigger message with
5130 sd_notify() to trigger an immediate "watchdog missed" event, and thus
5131 trigger service termination. This is useful both for testing watchdog
5132 handling, but also for defining error paths in services, that shall
5133 be handled the same way as watchdog events.
5134
5135 * There are two new per-unit settings IPIngressFilterPath= and
5136 IPEgressFilterPath= which allow configuration of a BPF program
5137 (usually by specifying a path to a program uploaded to /sys/fs/bpf/)
5138 to apply to the IP packet ingress/egress path of all processes of a
5139 unit. This is useful to allow running systemd services with BPF
5140 programs set up externally.
5141
5142 * systemctl gained a new "clean" verb for removing the state, cache,
5143 runtime or logs directories of a service while it is terminated. The
5144 new verb may also be used to remove the state maintained on disk for
5145 timer units that have Persistent= configured.
5146
5147 * During the last phase of shutdown systemd will now automatically
5148 increase the log level configured in the "kernel.printk" sysctl so
5149 that any relevant loggable events happening during late shutdown are
5150 made visible. Previously, loggable events happening so late during
5151 shutdown were generally lost if the "kernel.printk" sysctl was set to
5152 high thresholds, as regular logging daemons are terminated at that
5153 time and thus nothing is written to disk.
5154
5155 * If processes terminated during the last phase of shutdown do not exit
5156 quickly systemd will now show their names after a short time, to make
5157 debugging easier. After a longer timeout they are forcibly killed,
5158 as before.
5159
5160 * journalctl (and the other tools that display logs) will now highlight
5161 warnings in yellow (previously, both LOG_NOTICE and LOG_WARNING where
5162 shown in bright bold, now only LOG_NOTICE is). Moreover, audit logs
5163 are now shown in blue color, to separate them visually from regular
5164 logs. References to configuration files are now turned into clickable
5165 links on terminals that support that.
5166
5167 * systemd-journald will now stop logging to /var/log/journal during
5168 shutdown when /var/ is on a separate mount, so that it can be
5169 unmounted safely during shutdown.
5170
5171 * systemd-resolved gained support for a new 'strict' DNS-over-TLS mode.
5172
5173 * systemd-resolved "Cache=" configuration option in resolved.conf has
5174 been extended to also accept the 'no-negative' value. Previously,
5175 only a boolean option was allowed (yes/no), having yes as the
5176 default. If this option is set to 'no-negative', negative answers are
5177 not cached while the old cache heuristics are used positive answers.
5178 The default remains unchanged.
5179
5180 * The predictable naming scheme for network devices now supports
5181 generating predictable names for "netdevsim" devices.
5182
5183 Moreover, the "en" prefix was dropped from the ID_NET_NAME_ONBOARD
5184 udev property.
5185
5186 Those two changes form a new net.naming-policy-scheme= entry.
5187 Distributions which want to preserve naming stability may want to set
5188 the -Ddefault-net-naming-scheme= configuration option.
5189
5190 * systemd-networkd now supports MACsec, nlmon, IPVTAP and Xfrm
5191 interfaces natively.
5192
5193 * systemd-networkd's bridge FDB support now allows configuration of a
5194 destination address for each entry (Destination=), as well as the
5195 VXLAN VNI (VNI=), as well as an option to declare what an entry is
5196 associated with (AssociatedWith=).
5197
5198 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv4 support now understands a new MaxAttempts=
5199 option for configuring the maximum number of DHCP lease requests. It
5200 also learnt a new BlackList= option for deny-listing DHCP servers (a
5201 similar setting has also been added to the IPv6 RA client), as well
5202 as a SendRelease= option for configuring whether to send a DHCP
5203 RELEASE message when terminating.
5204
5205 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv4 and DHCPv6 stacks can now be configured
5206 separately in the [DHCPv4] and [DHCPv6] sections.
5207
5208 * systemd-networkd's DHCP support will now optionally create an
5209 implicit host route to the DNS server specified in the DHCP lease, in
5210 addition to the routes listed explicitly in the lease. This should
5211 ensure that in multi-homed systems DNS traffic leaves the systems on
5212 the interface that acquired the DNS server information even if other
5213 routes such as default routes exist. This behaviour may be turned on
5214 with the new RoutesToDNS= option.
5215
5216 * systemd-networkd's VXLAN support gained a new option
5217 GenericProtocolExtension= for enabling VXLAN Generic Protocol
5218 Extension support, as well as IPDoNotFragment= for setting the IP
5219 "Don't fragment" bit on outgoing packets. A similar option has been
5220 added to the GENEVE support.
5221
5222 * In systemd-networkd's [Route] section you may now configure
5223 FastOpenNoCookie= for configuring per-route TCP fast-open support, as
5224 well as TTLPropagate= for configuring Label Switched Path (LSP) TTL
5225 propagation. The Type= setting now supports local, broadcast,
5226 anycast, multicast, any, xresolve routes, too.
5227
5228 * systemd-networkd's [Network] section learnt a new option
5229 DefaultRouteOnDevice= for automatically configuring a default route
5230 onto the network device.
5231
5232 * systemd-networkd's bridging support gained two new options ProxyARP=
5233 and ProxyARPWifi= for configuring proxy ARP behaviour as well as
5234 MulticastRouter= for configuring multicast routing behaviour. A new
5235 option MulticastIGMPVersion= may be used to change bridge's multicast
5236 Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) version.
5237
5238 * systemd-networkd's FooOverUDP support gained the ability to configure
5239 local and peer IP addresses via Local= and Peer=. A new option
5240 PeerPort= may be used to configure the peer's IP port.
5241
5242 * systemd-networkd's TUN support gained a new setting VnetHeader= for
5243 tweaking Generic Segment Offload support.
5244
5245 * The address family for policy rules may be specified using the new
5246 Family= option in the [RoutingPolicyRule] section.
5247
5248 * networkctl gained a new "delete" command for removing virtual network
5249 devices, as well as a new "--stats" switch for showing device
5250 statistics.
5251
5252 * networkd.conf gained a new setting SpeedMeter= and
5253 SpeedMeterIntervalSec=, to measure bitrate of network interfaces. The
5254 measured speed may be shown by 'networkctl status'.
5255
5256 * "networkctl status" now displays MTU and queue lengths, and more
5257 detailed information about VXLAN and bridge devices.
5258
5259 * systemd-networkd's .network and .link files gained a new Property=
5260 setting in the [Match] section, to match against devices with
5261 specific udev properties.
5262
5263 * systemd-networkd's tunnel support gained a new option
5264 AssignToLoopback= for selecting whether to use the loopback device
5265 "lo" as underlying device.
5266
5267 * systemd-networkd's MACAddress= setting in the [Neighbor] section has
5268 been renamed to LinkLayerAddress=, and it now allows configuration of
5269 IP addresses, too.
5270
5271 * systemd-networkd's handling of the kernel's disable_ipv6 sysctl is
5272 simplified: systemd-networkd will disable the sysctl (enable IPv6) if
5273 IPv6 configuration (static or DHCPv6) was found for a given
5274 interface. It will not touch the sysctl otherwise.
5275
5276 * The order of entries is $PATH used by the user manager instance was
5277 changed to put bin/ entries before the corresponding sbin/ entries.
5278 It is recommended to not rely on this order, and only ever have one
5279 binary with a given name in the system paths under /usr.
5280
5281 * A new tool systemd-network-generator has been added that may generate
5282 .network, .netdev and .link files from IP configuration specified on
5283 the kernel command line in the format used by Dracut.
5284
5285 * The CriticalConnection= setting in .network files is now deprecated,
5286 and replaced by a new KeepConfiguration= setting which allows more
5287 detailed configuration of the IP configuration to keep in place.
5288
5289 * systemd-analyze gained a few new verbs:
5290
5291 - "systemd-analyze timestamp" parses and converts timestamps. This is
5292 similar to the existing "systemd-analyze calendar" command which
5293 does the same for recurring calendar events.
5294
5295 - "systemd-analyze timespan" parses and converts timespans (i.e.
5296 durations as opposed to points in time).
5297
5298 - "systemd-analyze condition" will parse and test ConditionXYZ=
5299 expressions.
5300
5301 - "systemd-analyze exit-status" will parse and convert exit status
5302 codes to their names and back.
5303
5304 - "systemd-analyze unit-files" will print a list of all unit
5305 file paths and unit aliases.
5306
5307 * SuccessExitStatus=, RestartPreventExitStatus=, and
5308 RestartForceExitStatus= now accept exit status names (e.g. "DATAERR"
5309 is equivalent to "65"). Those exit status name mappings may be
5310 displayed with the systemd-analyze exit-status verb describe above.
5311
5312 * systemd-logind now exposes a per-session SetBrightness() bus call,
5313 which may be used to securely change the brightness of a kernel
5314 brightness device, if it belongs to the session's seat. By using this
5315 call unprivileged clients can make changes to "backlight" and "leds"
5316 devices securely with strict requirements on session membership.
5317 Desktop environments may use this to generically make brightness
5318 changes to such devices without shipping private SUID binaries or
5319 udev rules for that purpose.
5320
5321 * "udevadm info" gained a --wait-for-initialization switch to wait for
5322 a device to be initialized.
5323
5324 * systemd-hibernate-resume-generator will now look for resumeflags= on
5325 the kernel command line, which is similar to rootflags= and may be
5326 used to configure device timeout for the hibernation device.
5327
5328 * sd-event learnt a new API call sd_event_source_disable_unref() for
5329 disabling and unref'ing an event source in a single function. A
5330 related call sd_event_source_disable_unrefp() has been added for use
5331 with gcc's cleanup extension.
5332
5333 * The sd-id128.h public API gained a new definition
5334 SD_ID128_UUID_FORMAT_STR for formatting a 128bit ID in UUID format
5335 with printf().
5336
5337 * "busctl introspect" gained a new switch --xml-interface for dumping
5338 XML introspection data unmodified.
5339
5340 * PID 1 may now show the unit name instead of the unit description
5341 string in its status output during boot. This may be configured in
5342 the StatusUnitFormat= setting in /etc/systemd/system.conf or the
5343 kernel command line option systemd.status_unit_format=.
5344
5345 * PID 1 now understands a new option KExecWatchdogSec= in
5346 /etc/systemd/system.conf to set a watchdog timeout for kexec reboots.
5347 Previously watchdog functionality was only available for regular
5348 reboots. The new setting defaults to off, because we don't know in
5349 the general case if the watchdog will be reset after kexec (some
5350 drivers do reset it, but not all), and the new userspace might not be
5351 configured to handle the watchdog.
5352
5353 Moreover, the old ShutdownWatchdogSec= setting has been renamed to
5354 RebootWatchdogSec= to more clearly communicate what it is about. The
5355 old name is still accepted for compatibility.
5356
5357 * The systemd.debug_shell kernel command line option now optionally
5358 takes a tty name to spawn the debug shell on, which allows a
5359 different tty to be selected than the built-in default.
5360
5361 * Service units gained a new ExecCondition= setting which will run
5362 before ExecStartPre= and either continue execution of the unit (for
5363 clean exit codes), stop execution without marking the unit failed
5364 (for exit codes 1 through 254), or stop execution and fail the unit
5365 (for exit code 255 or abnormal termination).
5366
5367 * A new service systemd-pstore.service has been added that pulls data
5368 from /sys/fs/pstore/ and saves it to /var/lib/pstore for later
5369 review.
5370
5371 * timedatectl gained new verbs for configuring per-interface NTP
5372 service configuration for systemd-timesyncd.
5373
5374 * "localectl list-locales" won't list non-UTF-8 locales anymore. It's
5375 2019. (You can set non-UTF-8 locales though, if you know their name.)
5376
5377 * If variable assignments in sysctl.d/ files are prefixed with "-" any
5378 failures to apply them are now ignored.
5379
5380 * systemd-random-seed.service now optionally credits entropy when
5381 applying the seed to the system. Set $SYSTEMD_RANDOM_SEED_CREDIT to
5382 true for the service to enable this behaviour, but please consult the
5383 documentation first, since this comes with a couple of caveats.
5384
5385 * systemd-random-seed.service is now a synchronization point for full
5386 initialization of the kernel's entropy pool. Services that require
5387 /dev/urandom to be correctly initialized should be ordered after this
5388 service.
5389
5390 * The systemd-boot boot loader has been updated to optionally maintain
5391 a random seed file in the EFI System Partition (ESP). During the boot
5392 phase, this random seed is read and updated with a new seed
5393 cryptographically derived from it. Another derived seed is passed to
5394 the OS. The latter seed is then credited to the kernel's entropy pool
5395 very early during userspace initialization (from PID 1). This allows
5396 systems to boot up with a fully initialized kernel entropy pool from
5397 earliest boot on, and thus entirely removes all entropy pool
5398 initialization delays from systems using systemd-boot. Special care
5399 is taken to ensure different seeds are derived on system images
5400 replicated to multiple systems. "bootctl status" will show whether
5401 a seed was received from the boot loader.
5402
5403 * bootctl gained two new verbs:
5404
5405 - "bootctl random-seed" will generate the file in ESP and an EFI
5406 variable to allow a random seed to be passed to the OS as described
5407 above.
5408
5409 - "bootctl is-installed" checks whether systemd-boot is currently
5410 installed.
5411
5412 * bootctl will warn if it detects that boot entries are misconfigured
5413 (for example if the kernel image was removed without purging the
5414 bootloader entry).
5415
5416 * A new document has been added describing systemd's use and support
5417 for the kernel's entropy pool subsystem:
5418
5419 https://systemd.io/RANDOM_SEEDS
5420
5421 * When the system is hibernated the swap device to write the
5422 hibernation image to is now automatically picked from all available
5423 swap devices, preferring the swap device with the highest configured
5424 priority over all others, and picking the device with the most free
5425 space if there are multiple devices with the highest priority.
5426
5427 * /etc/crypttab support has learnt a new keyfile-timeout= per-device
5428 option that permits selecting the timeout how long to wait for a
5429 device with an encryption key before asking for the password.
5430
5431 * IOWeight= has learnt to properly set the IO weight when using the
5432 BFQ scheduler officially found in kernels 5.0+.
5433
5434 * A new mailing list has been created for reporting of security issues:
5435 systemd-security@redhat.com. For mode details, see
5436 https://systemd.io/CONTRIBUTING#security-vulnerability-reports.
5437
5438 Contributions from: Aaron Barany, Adrian Bunk, Alan Jenkins, Albrecht
5439 Lohofener, Andrej Valek, Anita Zhang, Arian van Putten, Balint Reczey,
5440 Bastien Nocera, Ben Boeckel, Benjamin Robin, camoz, Chen Qi, Chris
5441 Chiu, Chris Down, Christian Göttsche, Christian Kellner, Clinton Roy,
5442 Connor Reeder, Daniel Black, Daniel Lublin, Daniele Medri, Dan
5443 Streetman, Dave Reisner, Dave Ross, David Art, David Tardon, Debarshi
5444 Ray, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominick Grift, Donald Buczek, Douglas
5445 Christman, Eric DeVolder, EtherGraf, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Feldwor,
5446 Felix Riemann, Florian Dollinger, Francesco Pennica, Franck Bui,
5447 Frantisek Sumsal, Franz Pletz, frederik, Hans de Goede, Iago López
5448 Galeiras, Insun Pyo, Ivan Shapovalov, Iwan Timmer, Jack, Jakob
5449 Unterwurzacher, Jan Chren, Jan Klötzke, Jan Losinski, Jan Pokorný, Jan
5450 Synacek, Jan-Michael Brummer, Jeka Pats, Jeremy Soller, Jérémy Rosen,
5451 Jiri Pirko, Joe Lin, Joerg Behrmann, Joe Richey, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson,
5452 Johannes Christ, Johannes Schmitz, Jonathan Rouleau, Jorge Niedbalski,
5453 Jörg Thalheim, Kai Krakow, Kai Lüke, Karel Zak, Kashyap Chamarthy,
5454 Krayushkin Konstantin, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Luca
5455 Boccassi, Luís Ferreira, Marc-André Lureau, Markus Felten, Martin Pitt,
5456 Matthew Leeds, Mattias Jernberg, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
5457 Michael Prokop, Michael Stapelberg, Michael Zhivich, Michal Koutný,
5458 Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Milan Broz, Miroslav Lichvar, mpe85,
5459 Mr-Foo, Network Silence, Oliver Harley, pan93412, Paul Menzel, pEJipE,
5460 Peter A. Bigot, Philip Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Rafael Fontenelle, Robert
5461 Scheck, Roberto Santalla, Ronan Pigott, root, RussianNeuroMancer,
5462 Sebastian Jennen, shinygold, Shreyas Behera, Simon Schricker, Susant
5463 Sahani, Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo, Theo Ouzhinski, Thiebaud
5464 Weksteen, Thomas Haller, Thomas Weißschuh, Tomas Mraz, Tommi Rantala,
5465 Topi Miettinen, VD-Lycos, ven, Vladimir Yerilov, Wieland Hoffmann,
5466 William A. Kennington III, William Wold, Xi Ruoyao, Yuri Chornoivan,
5467 Yu Watanabe, Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhang Xianwei
5468
5469 – Camerino, 2019-09-03
5470
5471 CHANGES WITH 242:
5472
5473 * In .link files, MACAddressPolicy=persistent (the default) is changed
5474 to cover more devices. For devices like bridges, tun, tap, bond, and
5475 similar interfaces that do not have other identifying information,
5476 the interface name is used as the basis for persistent seed for MAC
5477 and IPv4LL addresses. The way that devices that were handled
5478 previously is not changed, and this change is about covering more
5479 devices then previously by the "persistent" policy.
5480
5481 MACAddressPolicy=random may be used to force randomized MACs and
5482 IPv4LL addresses for a device if desired.
5483
5484 Hint: the log output from udev (at debug level) was enhanced to
5485 clarify what policy is followed and which attributes are used.
5486 `SYSTEMD_LOG_LEVEL=debug udevadm test-builtin net_setup_link /sys/class/net/<name>`
5487 may be used to view this.
5488
5489 Hint: if a bridge interface is created without any slaves, and gains
5490 a slave later, then now the bridge does not inherit slave's MAC.
5491 To inherit slave's MAC, for example, create the following file:
5492 ```
5493 # /etc/systemd/network/98-bridge-inherit-mac.link
5494 [Match]
5495 Type=bridge
5496
5497 [Link]
5498 MACAddressPolicy=none
5499 ```
5500
5501 * The .device units generated by systemd-fstab-generator and other
5502 generators do not automatically pull in the corresponding .mount unit
5503 as a Wants= dependency. This means that simply plugging in the device
5504 will not cause the mount unit to be started automatically. But please
5505 note that the mount unit may be started for other reasons, in
5506 particular if it is part of local-fs.target, and any unit which
5507 (transitively) depends on local-fs.target is started.
5508
5509 * networkctl list/status/lldp now accept globbing wildcards for network
5510 interface names to match against all existing interfaces.
5511
5512 * The $PIDFILE environment variable is set to point the absolute path
5513 configured with PIDFile= for processes of that service.
5514
5515 * The fallback DNS server list was augmented with Cloudflare public DNS
5516 servers. Use `-Ddns-servers=` to set a different fallback.
5517
5518 * A new special target usb-gadget.target will be started automatically
5519 when a USB Device Controller is detected (which means that the system
5520 is a USB peripheral).
5521
5522 * A new unit setting CPUQuotaPeriodSec= assigns the time period
5523 relatively to which the CPU time quota specified by CPUQuota= is
5524 measured.
5525
5526 * A new unit setting ProtectHostname= may be used to prevent services
5527 from modifying hostname information (even if they otherwise would
5528 have privileges to do so).
5529
5530 * A new unit setting NetworkNamespacePath= may be used to specify a
5531 namespace for service or socket units through a path referring to a
5532 Linux network namespace pseudo-file.
5533
5534 * The PrivateNetwork= setting and JoinsNamespaceOf= dependencies now
5535 have an effect on .socket units: when used the listening socket is
5536 created within the configured network namespace instead of the host
5537 namespace.
5538
5539 * ExecStart= command lines in unit files may now be prefixed with ':'
5540 in which case environment variable substitution is
5541 disabled. (Supported for the other ExecXYZ= settings, too.)
5542
5543 * .timer units gained two new boolean settings OnClockChange= and
5544 OnTimezoneChange= which may be used to also trigger a unit when the
5545 system clock is changed or the local timezone is
5546 modified. systemd-run has been updated to make these options easily
5547 accessible from the command line for transient timers.
5548
5549 * Two new conditions for units have been added: ConditionMemory= may be
5550 used to conditionalize a unit based on installed system
5551 RAM. ConditionCPUs= may be used to conditionalize a unit based on
5552 installed CPU cores.
5553
5554 * The @default system call filter group understood by SystemCallFilter=
5555 has been updated to include the new rseq() system call introduced in
5556 kernel 4.15.
5557
5558 * A new time-set.target has been added that indicates that the system
5559 time has been set from a local source (possibly imprecise). The
5560 existing time-sync.target is stronger and indicates that the time has
5561 been synchronized with a precise external source. Services where
5562 approximate time is sufficient should use the new target.
5563
5564 * "systemctl start" (and related commands) learnt a new
5565 --show-transaction option. If specified brief information about all
5566 jobs queued because of the requested operation is shown.
5567
5568 * systemd-networkd recognizes a new operation state 'enslaved', used
5569 (instead of 'degraded' or 'carrier') for interfaces which form a
5570 bridge, bond, or similar, and an new 'degraded-carrier' operational
5571 state used for the bond or bridge master interface when one of the
5572 enslaved devices is not operational.
5573
5574 * .network files learnt the new IgnoreCarrierLoss= option for leaving
5575 networks configured even if the carrier is lost.
5576
5577 * The RequiredForOnline= setting in .network files may now specify a
5578 minimum operational state required for the interface to be considered
5579 "online" by systemd-networkd-wait-online. Related to this
5580 systemd-networkd-wait-online gained a new option --operational-state=
5581 to configure the same, and its --interface= option was updated to
5582 optionally also take an operational state specific for an interface.
5583
5584 * systemd-networkd-wait-online gained a new setting --any for waiting
5585 for only one of the requested interfaces instead of all of them.
5586
5587 * systemd-networkd now implements L2TP tunnels.
5588
5589 * Two new .network settings UseAutonomousPrefix= and UseOnLinkPrefix=
5590 may be used to cause autonomous and onlink prefixes received in IPv6
5591 Router Advertisements to be ignored.
5592
5593 * New MulticastFlood=, NeighborSuppression=, and Learning= .network
5594 file settings may be used to tweak bridge behaviour.
5595
5596 * The new TripleSampling= option in .network files may be used to
5597 configure CAN triple sampling.
5598
5599 * A new .netdev settings PrivateKeyFile= and PresharedKeyFile= may be
5600 used to point to private or preshared key for a WireGuard interface.
5601
5602 * /etc/crypttab now supports the same-cpu-crypt and
5603 submit-from-crypt-cpus options to tweak encryption work scheduling
5604 details.
5605
5606 * systemd-tmpfiles will now take a BSD file lock before operating on a
5607 contents of directory. This may be used to temporarily exclude
5608 directories from aging by taking the same lock (useful for example
5609 when extracting a tarball into /tmp or /var/tmp as a privileged user,
5610 which might create files with really old timestamps, which
5611 nevertheless should not be deleted). For further details, see:
5612
5613 https://systemd.io/TEMPORARY_DIRECTORIES
5614
5615 * systemd-tmpfiles' h line type gained support for the
5616 FS_PROJINHERIT_FL ('P') file attribute (introduced in kernel 4.5),
5617 controlling project quota inheritance.
5618
5619 * sd-boot and bootctl now implement support for an Extended Boot Loader
5620 (XBOOTLDR) partition, that is intended to be mounted to /boot, in
5621 addition to the ESP partition mounted to /efi or /boot/efi.
5622 Configuration file fragments, kernels, initrds and other EFI images
5623 to boot will be loaded from both the ESP and XBOOTLDR partitions.
5624 The XBOOTLDR partition was previously described by the Boot Loader
5625 Specification, but implementation was missing in sd-boot. Support for
5626 this concept allows using the sd-boot boot loader in more
5627 conservative scenarios where the boot loader itself is placed in the
5628 ESP but the kernels to boot (and their metadata) in a separate
5629 partition.
5630
5631 * A system may now be booted with systemd.volatile=overlay on the
5632 kernel command line, which causes the root file system to be set up
5633 an overlayfs mount combining the root-only root directory with a
5634 writable tmpfs. In this setup, the underlying root device is not
5635 modified, and any changes are lost at reboot.
5636
5637 * Similar, systemd-nspawn can now boot containers with a volatile
5638 overlayfs root with the new --volatile=overlay switch.
5639
5640 * systemd-nspawn can now consume OCI runtime bundles using a new
5641 --oci-bundle= option. This implementation is fully usable, with most
5642 features in the specification implemented, but since this a lot of
5643 new code and functionality, this feature should most likely not
5644 be used in production yet.
5645
5646 * systemd-nspawn now supports various options described by the OCI
5647 runtime specification on the command-line and in .nspawn files:
5648 --inaccessible=/Inaccessible= may be used to mask parts of the file
5649 system tree, --console=/--pipe may be used to configure how standard
5650 input, output, and error are set up.
5651
5652 * busctl learned the `emit` verb to generate D-Bus signals.
5653
5654 * systemd-analyze cat-config may be used to gather and display
5655 configuration spread over multiple files, for example system and user
5656 presets, tmpfiles.d, sysusers.d, udev rules, etc.
5657
5658 * systemd-analyze calendar now takes an optional new parameter
5659 --iterations= which may be used to show a maximum number of iterations
5660 the specified expression will elapse next.
5661
5662 * The sd-bus C API gained support for naming method parameters in the
5663 introspection data.
5664
5665 * systemd-logind gained D-Bus APIs to specify the "reboot parameter"
5666 the reboot() system call expects.
5667
5668 * journalctl learnt a new --cursor-file= option that points to a file
5669 from which a cursor should be loaded in the beginning and to which
5670 the updated cursor should be stored at the end.
5671
5672 * ACRN hypervisor and Windows Subsystem for Linux (WSL) are now
5673 detected by systemd-detect-virt (and may also be used in
5674 ConditionVirtualization=).
5675
5676 * The behaviour of systemd-logind may now be modified with environment
5677 variables $SYSTEMD_REBOOT_TO_FIRMWARE_SETUP,
5678 $SYSTEMD_REBOOT_TO_BOOT_LOADER_MENU, and
5679 $SYSTEMD_REBOOT_TO_BOOT_LOADER_ENTRY. They cause logind to either
5680 skip the relevant operation completely (when set to false), or to
5681 create a flag file in /run/systemd (when set to true), instead of
5682 actually commencing the real operation when requested. The presence
5683 of /run/systemd/reboot-to-firmware-setup,
5684 /run/systemd/reboot-to-boot-loader-menu, and
5685 /run/systemd/reboot-to-boot-loader-entry, may be used by alternative
5686 boot loader implementations to replace some steps logind performs
5687 during reboot with their own operations.
5688
5689 * systemctl can be used to request a reboot into the boot loader menu
5690 or a specific boot loader entry with the new --boot-load-menu= and
5691 --boot-loader-entry= options to a reboot command. (This requires a
5692 boot loader that supports this, for example sd-boot.)
5693
5694 * kernel-install will no longer unconditionally create the output
5695 directory (e.g. /efi/<machine-id>/<kernel-version>) for boot loader
5696 snippets, but will do only if the machine-specific parent directory
5697 (i.e. /efi/<machine-id>/) already exists. bootctl has been modified
5698 to create this parent directory during sd-boot installation.
5699
5700 This makes it easier to use kernel-install with plugins which support
5701 a different layout of the bootloader partitions (for example grub2).
5702
5703 * During package installation (with `ninja install`), we would create
5704 symlinks for getty@tty1.service, systemd-networkd.service,
5705 systemd-networkd.socket, systemd-resolved.service,
5706 remote-cryptsetup.target, remote-fs.target,
5707 systemd-networkd-wait-online.service, and systemd-timesyncd.service
5708 in /etc, as if `systemctl enable` was called for those units, to make
5709 the system usable immediately after installation. Now this is not
5710 done anymore, and instead calling `systemctl preset-all` is
5711 recommended after the first installation of systemd.
5712
5713 * A new boolean sandboxing option RestrictSUIDSGID= has been added that
5714 is built on seccomp. When turned on creation of SUID/SGID files is
5715 prohibited.
5716
5717 * The NoNewPrivileges= and the new RestrictSUIDSGID= options are now
5718 implied if DynamicUser= is turned on for a service. This hardens
5719 these services, so that they neither can benefit from nor create
5720 SUID/SGID executables. This is a minor compatibility breakage, given
5721 that when DynamicUser= was first introduced SUID/SGID behaviour was
5722 unaffected. However, the security benefit of these two options is
5723 substantial, and the setting is still relatively new, hence we opted
5724 to make it mandatory for services with dynamic users.
5725
5726 Contributions from: Adam Jackson, Alexander Tsoy, Andrey Yashkin,
5727 Andrzej Pietrasiewicz, Anita Zhang, Balint Reczey, Beniamino Galvani,
5728 Ben Iofel, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Dahlhoff, Chris, Chris Morin,
5729 Christopher Wong, Claudius Ellsel, Clemens Gruber, dana, Daniel Black,
5730 Davide Cavalca, David Michael, David Rheinsberg, emersion, Evgeny
5731 Vereshchagin, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal,
5732 Giacinto Cifelli, Hans de Goede, Hugo Kindel, Ignat Korchagin, Insun
5733 Pyo, Jan Engelhardt, Jonas Dorel, Jonathan Lebon, Jonathon Kowalski,
5734 Jörg Sommer, Jörg Thalheim, Jussi Pakkanen, Kai-Heng Feng, Lennart
5735 Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Luís Ferreira, Martin Pitt, Matthias
5736 Klumpp, Michael Biebl, Michael Niewöhner, Michael Olbrich, Michal
5737 Sekletar, Mike Lothian, Paul Menzel, Piotr Drąg, Riccardo Schirone,
5738 Robin Elvedi, Roman Kulikov, Ronald Tschalär, Ross Burton, Ryan
5739 Gonzalez, Sebastian Krzyszkowiak, Stephane Chazelas, StKob, Susant
5740 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Szabolcs Fruhwald, Taro Yamada, Theo
5741 Ouzhinski, Thomas Haller, Tobias Jungel, Tom Yan, Tony Asleson, Topi
5742 Miettinen, unixsysadmin, Van Laser, Vesa Jääskeläinen, Yu, Li-Yu,
5743 Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5744
5745 — Warsaw, 2019-04-11
5746
5747 CHANGES WITH 241:
5748
5749 * The default locale can now be configured at compile time. Otherwise,
5750 a suitable default will be selected automatically (one of C.UTF-8,
5751 en_US.UTF-8, and C).
5752
5753 * The version string shown by systemd and other tools now includes the
5754 git commit hash when built from git. An override may be specified
5755 during compilation, which is intended to be used by distributions to
5756 include the package release information.
5757
5758 * systemd-cat can now filter standard input and standard error streams
5759 for different syslog priorities using the new --stderr-priority=
5760 option.
5761
5762 * systemd-journald and systemd-journal-remote reject entries which
5763 contain too many fields (CVE-2018-16865) and set limits on the
5764 process' command line length (CVE-2018-16864).
5765
5766 * $DBUS_SESSION_BUS_ADDRESS environment variable is set by pam_systemd
5767 again.
5768
5769 * A new network device NamePolicy "keep" is implemented for link files,
5770 and used by default in 99-default.link (the fallback configuration
5771 provided by systemd). With this policy, if the network device name
5772 was already set by userspace, the device will not be renamed again.
5773 This matches the naming scheme that was implemented before
5774 systemd-240. If naming-scheme < 240 is specified, the "keep" policy
5775 is also enabled by default, even if not specified. Effectively, this
5776 means that if naming-scheme >= 240 is specified, network devices will
5777 be renamed according to the configuration, even if they have been
5778 renamed already, if "keep" is not specified as the naming policy in
5779 the .link file. The 99-default.link file provided by systemd includes
5780 "keep" for backwards compatibility, but it is recommended for user
5781 installed .link files to *not* include it.
5782
5783 The "kernel" policy, which keeps kernel names declared to be
5784 "persistent", now works again as documented.
5785
5786 * kernel-install script now optionally takes the paths to one or more
5787 initrd files, and passes them to all plugins.
5788
5789 * The mincore() system call has been dropped from the @system-service
5790 system call filter group, as it is pretty exotic and may potentially
5791 used for side-channel attacks.
5792
5793 * -fPIE is dropped from compiler and linker options. Please specify
5794 -Db_pie=true option to meson to build position-independent
5795 executables. Note that the meson option is supported since meson-0.49.
5796
5797 * The fs.protected_regular and fs.protected_fifos sysctls, which were
5798 added in Linux 4.19 to make some data spoofing attacks harder, are
5799 now enabled by default. While this will hopefully improve the
5800 security of most installations, it is technically a backwards
5801 incompatible change; to disable these sysctls again, place the
5802 following lines in /etc/sysctl.d/60-protected.conf or a similar file:
5803
5804 fs.protected_regular = 0
5805 fs.protected_fifos = 0
5806
5807 Note that the similar hardlink and symlink protection has been
5808 enabled since v199, and may be disabled likewise.
5809
5810 * The files read from the EnvironmentFile= setting in unit files now
5811 parse backslashes inside quotes literally, matching the behaviour of
5812 POSIX shells.
5813
5814 * udevadm trigger, udevadm control, udevadm settle and udevadm monitor
5815 now automatically become NOPs when run in a chroot() environment.
5816
5817 * The tmpfiles.d/ "C" line type will now copy directory trees not only
5818 when the destination is so far missing, but also if it already exists
5819 as a directory and is empty. This is useful to cater for systems
5820 where directory trees are put together from multiple separate mount
5821 points but otherwise empty.
5822
5823 * A new function sd_bus_close_unref() (and the associated
5824 sd_bus_close_unrefp()) has been added to libsystemd, that combines
5825 sd_bus_close() and sd_bus_unref() in one.
5826
5827 * udevadm control learnt a new option for --ping for testing whether a
5828 systemd-udevd instance is running and reacting.
5829
5830 * udevadm trigger learnt a new option for --wait-daemon for waiting
5831 systemd-udevd daemon to be initialized.
5832
5833 Contributions from: Aaron Plattner, Alberts Muktupāvels, Alex Mayer,
5834 Ayman Bagabas, Beniamino Galvani, Burt P, Chris Down, Chris Lamb, Chris
5835 Morin, Christian Hesse, Claudius Ellsel, dana, Daniel Axtens, Daniele
5836 Medri, Dave Reisner, David Santamaría Rogado, Diego Canuhe, Dimitri
5837 John Ledkov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabrice Fontaine, Filipe
5838 Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, govwin, Hans de Goede,
5839 James Hilliard, Jan Engelhardt, Jani Uusitalo, Jan Janssen, Jan
5840 Synacek, Jonathan McDowell, Jonathan Roemer, Jonathon Kowalski, Joost
5841 Heitbrink, Jörg Thalheim, Lance, Lennart Poettering, Louis Taylor,
5842 Lucas Werkmeister, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
5843 marvelousblack, Michael Biebl, Michael Sloan, Michal Sekletar, Mike
5844 Auty, Mike Gilbert, Mikhail Kasimov, Neil Brown, Niklas Hambüchen,
5845 Patrick Williams, Paul Seyfert, Peter Hutterer, Philip Withnall, Roger
5846 James, Ronnie P. Thomas, Ryan Gonzalez, Sam Morris, Stephan Edel,
5847 Stephan Gerhold, Susant Sahani, Taro Yamada, Thomas Haller, Topi
5848 Miettinen, YiFei Zhu, YmrDtnJu, YunQiang Su, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
5849 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, zsergeant77, Дамјан Георгиевски
5850
5851 — Berlin, 2019-02-14
5852
5853 CHANGES WITH 240:
5854
5855 * NoNewPrivileges=yes has been set for all long-running services
5856 implemented by systemd. Previously, this was problematic due to
5857 SELinux (as this would also prohibit the transition from PID1's label
5858 to the service's label). This restriction has since been lifted, but
5859 an SELinux policy update is required.
5860 (See e.g. https://github.com/fedora-selinux/selinux-policy/pull/234.)
5861
5862 * DynamicUser=yes is dropped from systemd-networkd.service,
5863 systemd-resolved.service and systemd-timesyncd.service, which was
5864 enabled in v239 for systemd-networkd.service and systemd-resolved.service,
5865 and since v236 for systemd-timesyncd.service. The users and groups
5866 systemd-network, systemd-resolve and systemd-timesync are created
5867 by systemd-sysusers again. Distributors or system administrators
5868 may need to create these users and groups if they not exist (or need
5869 to re-enable DynamicUser= for those units) while upgrading systemd.
5870 Also, the clock file for systemd-timesyncd may need to move from
5871 /var/lib/private/systemd/timesync/clock to /var/lib/systemd/timesync/clock.
5872
5873 * When unit files are loaded from disk, previously systemd would
5874 sometimes (depending on the unit loading order) load units from the
5875 target path of symlinks in .wants/ or .requires/ directories of other
5876 units. This meant that unit could be loaded from different paths
5877 depending on whether the unit was requested explicitly or as a
5878 dependency of another unit, not honouring the priority of directories
5879 in search path. It also meant that it was possible to successfully
5880 load and start units which are not found in the unit search path, as
5881 long as they were requested as a dependency and linked to from
5882 .wants/ or .requires/. The target paths of those symlinks are not
5883 used for loading units anymore and the unit file must be found in
5884 the search path.
5885
5886 * A new service type has been added: Type=exec. It's very similar to
5887 Type=simple but ensures the service manager will wait for both fork()
5888 and execve() of the main service binary to complete before proceeding
5889 with follow-up units. This is primarily useful so that the manager
5890 propagates any errors in the preparation phase of service execution
5891 back to the job that requested the unit to be started. For example,
5892 consider a service that has ExecStart= set to a file system binary
5893 that doesn't exist. With Type=simple starting the unit would be
5894 considered instantly successful, as only fork() has to complete
5895 successfully and the manager does not wait for execve(), and hence
5896 its failure is seen "too late". With the new Type=exec service type
5897 starting the unit will fail, as the manager will wait for the
5898 execve() and notice its failure, which is then propagated back to the
5899 start job.
5900
5901 NOTE: with the next release 241 of systemd we intend to change the
5902 systemd-run tool to default to Type=exec for transient services
5903 started by it. This should be mostly safe, but in specific corner
5904 cases might result in problems, as the systemd-run tool will then
5905 block on NSS calls (such as user name look-ups due to User=) done
5906 between the fork() and execve(), which under specific circumstances
5907 might cause problems. It is recommended to specify "-p Type=simple"
5908 explicitly in the few cases where this applies. For regular,
5909 non-transient services (i.e. those defined with unit files on disk)
5910 we will continue to default to Type=simple.
5911
5912 * The Linux kernel's current default RLIMIT_NOFILE resource limit for
5913 userspace processes is set to 1024 (soft) and 4096
5914 (hard). Previously, systemd passed this on unmodified to all
5915 processes it forked off. With this systemd release the hard limit
5916 systemd passes on is increased to 512K, overriding the kernel's
5917 defaults and substantially increasing the number of simultaneous file
5918 descriptors unprivileged userspace processes can allocate. Note that
5919 the soft limit remains at 1024 for compatibility reasons: the
5920 traditional UNIX select() call cannot deal with file descriptors >=
5921 1024 and increasing the soft limit globally might thus result in
5922 programs unexpectedly allocating a high file descriptor and thus
5923 failing abnormally when attempting to use it with select() (of
5924 course, programs shouldn't use select() anymore, and prefer
5925 poll()/epoll, but the call unfortunately remains undeservedly popular
5926 at this time). This change reflects the fact that file descriptor
5927 handling in the Linux kernel has been optimized in more recent
5928 kernels and allocating large numbers of them should be much cheaper
5929 both in memory and in performance than it used to be. Programs that
5930 want to take benefit of the increased limit have to "opt-in" into
5931 high file descriptors explicitly by raising their soft limit. Of
5932 course, when they do that they must acknowledge that they cannot use
5933 select() anymore (and neither can any shared library they use — or
5934 any shared library used by any shared library they use and so on).
5935 Which default hard limit is most appropriate is of course hard to
5936 decide. However, given reports that ~300K file descriptors are used
5937 in real-life applications we believe 512K is sufficiently high as new
5938 default for now. Note that there are also reports that using very
5939 high hard limits (e.g. 1G) is problematic: some software allocates
5940 large arrays with one element for each potential file descriptor
5941 (Java, …) — a high hard limit thus triggers excessively large memory
5942 allocations in these applications. Hopefully, the new default of 512K
5943 is a good middle ground: higher than what real-life applications
5944 currently need, and low enough for avoid triggering excessively large
5945 allocations in problematic software. (And yes, somebody should fix
5946 Java.)
5947
5948 * The fs.nr_open and fs.file-max sysctls are now automatically bumped
5949 to the highest possible values, as separate accounting of file
5950 descriptors is no longer necessary, as memcg tracks them correctly as
5951 part of the memory accounting anyway. Thus, from the four limits on
5952 file descriptors currently enforced (fs.file-max, fs.nr_open,
5953 RLIMIT_NOFILE hard, RLIMIT_NOFILE soft) we turn off the first two,
5954 and keep only the latter two. A set of build-time options
5955 (-Dbump-proc-sys-fs-file-max=false and -Dbump-proc-sys-fs-nr-open=false)
5956 has been added to revert this change in behaviour, which might be
5957 an option for systems that turn off memcg in the kernel.
5958
5959 * When no /etc/locale.conf file exists (and hence no locale settings
5960 are in place), systemd will now use the "C.UTF-8" locale by default,
5961 and set LANG= to it. This locale is supported by various
5962 distributions including Fedora, with clear indications that upstream
5963 glibc is going to make it available too. This locale enables UTF-8
5964 mode by default, which appears appropriate for 2018.
5965
5966 * The "net.ipv4.conf.all.rp_filter" sysctl will now be set to 2 by
5967 default. This effectively switches the RFC3704 Reverse Path filtering
5968 from Strict mode to Loose mode. This is more appropriate for hosts
5969 that have multiple links with routes to the same networks (e.g.
5970 a client with a Wi-Fi and Ethernet both connected to the internet).
5971
5972 Consult the kernel documentation for details on this sysctl:
5973 https://docs.kernel.org/networking/ip-sysctl.html
5974
5975 * The v239 change to turn on "net.ipv4.tcp_ecn" by default has been
5976 reverted.
5977
5978 * CPUAccounting=yes no longer enables the CPU controller when using
5979 kernel 4.15+ and the unified cgroup hierarchy, as required accounting
5980 statistics are now provided independently from the CPU controller.
5981
5982 * Support for disabling a particular cgroup controller within a sub-tree
5983 has been added through the DisableControllers= directive.
5984
5985 * cgroup_no_v1=all on the kernel command line now also implies
5986 using the unified cgroup hierarchy, unless one explicitly passes
5987 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=0 on the kernel command line.
5988
5989 * The new "MemoryMin=" unit file property may now be used to set the
5990 memory usage protection limit of processes invoked by the unit. This
5991 controls the cgroup v2 memory.min attribute. Similarly, the new
5992 "IODeviceLatencyTargetSec=" property has been added, wrapping the new
5993 cgroup v2 io.latency cgroup property for configuring per-service I/O
5994 latency.
5995
5996 * systemd now supports the cgroup v2 devices BPF logic, as counterpart
5997 to the cgroup v1 "devices" cgroup controller.
5998
5999 * systemd-escape now is able to combine --unescape with --template. It
6000 also learnt a new option --instance for extracting and unescaping the
6001 instance part of a unit name.
6002
6003 * sd-bus now provides the sd_bus_message_readv() which is similar to
6004 sd_bus_message_read() but takes a va_list object. The pair
6005 sd_bus_set_method_call_timeout() and sd_bus_get_method_call_timeout()
6006 has been added for configuring the default method call timeout to
6007 use. sd_bus_error_move() may be used to efficiently move the contents
6008 from one sd_bus_error structure to another, invalidating the
6009 source. sd_bus_set_close_on_exit() and sd_bus_get_close_on_exit() may
6010 be used to control whether a bus connection object is automatically
6011 flushed when an sd-event loop is exited.
6012
6013 * When processing classic BSD syslog log messages, journald will now
6014 save the original time-stamp string supplied in the new
6015 SYSLOG_TIMESTAMP= journal field. This permits consumers to
6016 reconstruct the original BSD syslog message more correctly.
6017
6018 * StandardOutput=/StandardError= in service files gained support for
6019 new "append:…" parameters, for connecting STDOUT/STDERR of a service
6020 to a file, and appending to it.
6021
6022 * The signal to use as last step of killing of unit processes is now
6023 configurable. Previously it was hard-coded to SIGKILL, which may now
6024 be overridden with the new KillSignal= setting. Note that this is the
6025 signal used when regular termination (i.e. SIGTERM) does not suffice.
6026 Similarly, the signal used when aborting a program in case of a
6027 watchdog timeout may now be configured too (WatchdogSignal=).
6028
6029 * The XDG_SESSION_DESKTOP environment variable may now be configured in
6030 the pam_systemd argument line, using the new desktop= switch. This is
6031 useful to initialize it properly from a display manager without
6032 having to touch C code.
6033
6034 * Most configuration options that previously accepted percentage values
6035 now also accept permille values with the '‰' suffix (instead of '%').
6036
6037 * systemd-resolved may now optionally use OpenSSL instead of GnuTLS for
6038 DNS-over-TLS.
6039
6040 * systemd-resolved's configuration file resolved.conf gained a new
6041 option ReadEtcHosts= which may be used to turn off processing and
6042 honoring /etc/hosts entries.
6043
6044 * The "--wait" switch may now be passed to "systemctl
6045 is-system-running", in which case the tool will synchronously wait
6046 until the system finished start-up.
6047
6048 * hostnamed gained a new bus call to determine the DMI product UUID.
6049
6050 * On x86-64 systemd will now prefer using the RDRAND processor
6051 instruction over /dev/urandom whenever it requires randomness that
6052 neither has to be crypto-grade nor should be reproducible. This
6053 should substantially reduce the amount of entropy systemd requests
6054 from the kernel during initialization on such systems, though not
6055 reduce it to zero. (Why not zero? systemd still needs to allocate
6056 UUIDs and such uniquely, which require high-quality randomness.)
6057
6058 * networkd gained support for Foo-Over-UDP, ERSPAN and ISATAP
6059 tunnels. It also gained a new option ForceDHCPv6PDOtherInformation=
6060 for forcing the "Other Information" bit in IPv6 RA messages. The
6061 bonding logic gained four new options AdActorSystemPriority=,
6062 AdUserPortKey=, AdActorSystem= for configuring various 802.3ad
6063 aspects, and DynamicTransmitLoadBalancing= for enabling dynamic
6064 shuffling of flows. The tunnel logic gained a new
6065 IPv6RapidDeploymentPrefix= option for configuring IPv6 Rapid
6066 Deployment. The policy rule logic gained four new options IPProtocol=,
6067 SourcePort= and DestinationPort=, InvertRule=. The bridge logic gained
6068 support for the MulticastToUnicast= option. networkd also gained
6069 support for configuring static IPv4 ARP or IPv6 neighbor entries.
6070
6071 * .preset files (as read by 'systemctl preset') may now be used to
6072 instantiate services.
6073
6074 * /etc/crypttab now understands the sector-size= option to configure
6075 the sector size for an encrypted partition.
6076
6077 * Key material for encrypted disks may now be placed on a formatted
6078 medium, and referenced from /etc/crypttab by the UUID of the file
6079 system, followed by "=" suffixed by the path to the key file.
6080
6081 * The "collect" udev component has been removed without replacement, as
6082 it is neither used nor maintained.
6083
6084 * When the RuntimeDirectory=, StateDirectory=, CacheDirectory=,
6085 LogsDirectory=, ConfigurationDirectory= settings are used in a
6086 service the executed processes will now receive a set of environment
6087 variables containing the full paths of these directories.
6088 Specifically, RUNTIME_DIRECTORY=, STATE_DIRECTORY, CACHE_DIRECTORY,
6089 LOGS_DIRECTORY, CONFIGURATION_DIRECTORY are now set if these options
6090 are used. Note that these options may be used multiple times per
6091 service in which case the resulting paths will be concatenated and
6092 separated by colons.
6093
6094 * Predictable interface naming has been extended to cover InfiniBand
6095 NICs. They will be exposed with an "ib" prefix.
6096
6097 * tmpfiles.d/ line types may now be suffixed with a '-' character, in
6098 which case the respective line failing is ignored.
6099
6100 * .link files may now be used to configure the equivalent to the
6101 "ethtool advertise" commands.
6102
6103 * The sd-device.h and sd-hwdb.h APIs are now exported, as an
6104 alternative to libudev.h. Previously, the latter was just an internal
6105 wrapper around the former, but now these two APIs are exposed
6106 directly.
6107
6108 * sd-id128.h gained a new function sd_id128_get_boot_app_specific()
6109 which calculates an app-specific boot ID similar to how
6110 sd_id128_get_machine_app_specific() generates an app-specific machine
6111 ID.
6112
6113 * A new tool systemd-id128 has been added that can be used to determine
6114 and generate various 128bit IDs.
6115
6116 * /etc/os-release gained two new standardized fields DOCUMENTATION_URL=
6117 and LOGO=.
6118
6119 * systemd-hibernate-resume-generator will now honor the "noresume"
6120 kernel command line option, in which case it will bypass resuming
6121 from any hibernated image.
6122
6123 * The systemd-sleep.conf configuration file gained new options
6124 AllowSuspend=, AllowHibernation=, AllowSuspendThenHibernate=,
6125 AllowHybridSleep= for prohibiting specific sleep modes even if the
6126 kernel exports them.
6127
6128 * portablectl is now officially supported and has thus moved to
6129 /usr/bin/.
6130
6131 * bootctl learnt the two new commands "set-default" and "set-oneshot"
6132 for setting the default boot loader item to boot to (either
6133 persistently or only for the next boot). This is currently only
6134 compatible with sd-boot, but may be implemented on other boot loaders
6135 too, that follow the boot loader interface. The updated interface is
6136 now documented here:
6137
6138 https://systemd.io/BOOT_LOADER_INTERFACE
6139
6140 * A new kernel command line option systemd.early_core_pattern= is now
6141 understood which may be used to influence the core_pattern PID 1
6142 installs during early boot.
6143
6144 * busctl learnt two new options -j and --json= for outputting method
6145 call replies, properties and monitoring output in JSON.
6146
6147 * journalctl's JSON output now supports simple ANSI coloring as well as
6148 a new "json-seq" mode for generating RFC7464 output.
6149
6150 * Unit files now support the %g/%G specifiers that resolve to the UNIX
6151 group/GID of the service manager runs as, similar to the existing
6152 %u/%U specifiers that resolve to the UNIX user/UID.
6153
6154 * systemd-logind learnt a new global configuration option
6155 UserStopDelaySec= that may be set in logind.conf. It specifies how
6156 long the systemd --user instance shall remain started after a user
6157 logs out. This is useful to speed up repetitive re-connections of the
6158 same user, as it means the user's service manager doesn't have to be
6159 stopped/restarted on each iteration, but can be reused between
6160 subsequent options. This setting defaults to 10s. systemd-logind also
6161 exports two new properties on its Manager D-Bus objects indicating
6162 whether the system's lid is currently closed, and whether the system
6163 is on AC power.
6164
6165 * systemd gained support for a generic boot counting logic, which
6166 generically permits automatic reverting to older boot loader entries
6167 if newer updated ones don't work. The boot loader side is implemented
6168 in sd-boot, but is kept open for other boot loaders too. For details
6169 see:
6170
6171 https://systemd.io/AUTOMATIC_BOOT_ASSESSMENT
6172
6173 * The SuccessAction=/FailureAction= unit file settings now learnt two
6174 new parameters: "exit" and "exit-force", which result in immediate
6175 exiting of the service manager, and are only useful in systemd --user
6176 and container environments.
6177
6178 * Unit files gained support for a pair of options
6179 FailureActionExitStatus=/SuccessActionExitStatus= for configuring the
6180 exit status to use as service manager exit status when
6181 SuccessAction=/FailureAction= is set to exit or exit-force.
6182
6183 * A pair of LogRateLimitIntervalSec=/LogRateLimitBurst= per-service
6184 options may now be used to configure the log rate limiting applied by
6185 journald per-service.
6186
6187 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "timespan" for parsing and
6188 normalizing time span values (i.e. strings like "5min 7s 8us").
6189
6190 * systemd-analyze also gained a new verb "security" for analyzing the
6191 security and sand-boxing settings of services in order to determine an
6192 "exposure level" for them, indicating whether a service would benefit
6193 from more sand-boxing options turned on for them.
6194
6195 * "systemd-analyze syscall-filter" will now also show system calls
6196 supported by the local kernel but not included in any of the defined
6197 groups.
6198
6199 * .nspawn files now understand the Ephemeral= setting, matching the
6200 --ephemeral command line switch.
6201
6202 * sd-event gained the new APIs sd_event_source_get_floating() and
6203 sd_event_source_set_floating() for controlling whether a specific
6204 event source is "floating", i.e. destroyed along with the even loop
6205 object itself.
6206
6207 * Unit objects on D-Bus gained a new "Refs" property that lists all
6208 clients that currently have a reference on the unit (to ensure it is
6209 not unloaded).
6210
6211 * The JoinControllers= option in system.conf is no longer supported, as
6212 it didn't work correctly, is hard to support properly, is legacy (as
6213 the concept only exists on cgroup v1) and apparently wasn't used.
6214
6215 * Journal messages that are generated whenever a unit enters the failed
6216 state are now tagged with a unique MESSAGE_ID. Similarly, messages
6217 generated whenever a service process exits are now made recognizable,
6218 too. A tagged message is also emitted whenever a unit enters the
6219 "dead" state on success.
6220
6221 * systemd-run gained a new switch --working-directory= for configuring
6222 the working directory of the service to start. A shortcut -d is
6223 equivalent, setting the working directory of the service to the
6224 current working directory of the invoking program. The new --shell
6225 (or just -S) option has been added for invoking the $SHELL of the
6226 caller as a service, and implies --pty --same-dir --wait --collect
6227 --service-type=exec. Or in other words, "systemd-run -S" is now the
6228 quickest way to quickly get an interactive in a fully clean and
6229 well-defined system service context.
6230
6231 * machinectl gained a new verb "import-fs" for importing an OS tree
6232 from a directory. Moreover, when a directory or tarball is imported
6233 and single top-level directory found with the OS itself below the OS
6234 tree is automatically mangled and moved one level up.
6235
6236 * systemd-importd will no longer set up an implicit btrfs loop-back
6237 file system on /var/lib/machines. If one is already set up, it will
6238 continue to be used.
6239
6240 * A new generator "systemd-run-generator" has been added. It will
6241 synthesize a unit from one or more program command lines included in
6242 the kernel command line. This is very useful in container managers
6243 for example:
6244
6245 # systemd-nspawn -i someimage.raw -b systemd.run='"some command line"'
6246
6247 This will run "systemd-nspawn" on an image, invoke the specified
6248 command line and immediately shut down the container again, returning
6249 the command line's exit code.
6250
6251 * The block device locking logic is now documented:
6252
6253 https://systemd.io/BLOCK_DEVICE_LOCKING
6254
6255 * loginctl and machinectl now optionally output the various tables in
6256 JSON using the --output= switch. It is our intention to add similar
6257 support to systemctl and all other commands.
6258
6259 * udevadm's query and trigger verb now optionally take a .device unit
6260 name as argument.
6261
6262 * systemd-udevd's network naming logic now understands a new
6263 net.naming-scheme= kernel command line switch, which may be used to
6264 pick a specific version of the naming scheme. This helps stabilizing
6265 interface names even as systemd/udev are updated and the naming logic
6266 is improved.
6267
6268 * sd-id128.h learnt two new auxiliary helpers: sd_id128_is_allf() and
6269 SD_ID128_ALLF to test if a 128bit ID is set to all 0xFF bytes, and to
6270 initialize one to all 0xFF.
6271
6272 * After loading the SELinux policy systemd will now recursively relabel
6273 all files and directories listed in
6274 /run/systemd/relabel-extra.d/*.relabel (which should be simple
6275 newline separated lists of paths) in addition to the ones it already
6276 implicitly relabels in /run, /dev and /sys. After the relabelling is
6277 completed the *.relabel files (and /run/systemd/relabel-extra.d/) are
6278 removed. This is useful to permit initrds (i.e. code running before
6279 the SELinux policy is in effect) to generate files in the host
6280 filesystem safely and ensure that the correct label is applied during
6281 the transition to the host OS.
6282
6283 * KERNEL API BREAKAGE: Linux kernel 4.18 changed behaviour regarding
6284 mknod() handling in user namespaces. Previously mknod() would always
6285 fail with EPERM in user namespaces. Since 4.18 mknod() will succeed
6286 but device nodes generated that way cannot be opened, and attempts to
6287 open them result in EPERM. This breaks the "graceful fallback" logic
6288 in systemd's PrivateDevices= sand-boxing option. This option is
6289 implemented defensively, so that when systemd detects it runs in a
6290 restricted environment (such as a user namespace, or an environment
6291 where mknod() is blocked through seccomp or absence of CAP_SYS_MKNOD)
6292 where device nodes cannot be created the effect of PrivateDevices= is
6293 bypassed (following the logic that 2nd-level sand-boxing is not
6294 essential if the system systemd runs in is itself already sand-boxed
6295 as a whole). This logic breaks with 4.18 in container managers where
6296 user namespacing is used: suddenly PrivateDevices= succeeds setting
6297 up a private /dev/ file system containing devices nodes — but when
6298 these are opened they don't work.
6299
6300 At this point it is recommended that container managers utilizing
6301 user namespaces that intend to run systemd in the payload explicitly
6302 block mknod() with seccomp or similar, so that the graceful fallback
6303 logic works again.
6304
6305 We are very sorry for the breakage and the requirement to change
6306 container configurations for newer kernels. It's purely caused by an
6307 incompatible kernel change. The relevant kernel developers have been
6308 notified about this userspace breakage quickly, but they chose to
6309 ignore it.
6310
6311 * PermissionsStartOnly= setting is deprecated (but is still supported
6312 for backwards compatibility). The same functionality is provided by
6313 the more flexible "+", "!", and "!!" prefixes to ExecStart= and other
6314 commands.
6315
6316 * $DBUS_SESSION_BUS_ADDRESS environment variable is not set by
6317 pam_systemd anymore.
6318
6319 * The naming scheme for network devices was changed to always rename
6320 devices, even if they were already renamed by userspace. The "kernel"
6321 policy was changed to only apply as a fallback, if no other naming
6322 policy took effect.
6323
6324 * The requirements to build systemd is bumped to meson-0.46 and
6325 python-3.5.
6326
6327 Contributions from: afg, Alan Jenkins, Aleksei Timofeyev, Alexander
6328 Filippov, Alexander Kurtz, Alexey Bogdanenko, Andreas Henriksson,
6329 Andrew Jorgensen, Anita Zhang, apnix-uk, Arkan49, Arseny Maslennikov,
6330 asavah, Asbjørn Apeland, aszlig, Bastien Nocera, Ben Boeckel, Benedikt
6331 Morbach, Benjamin Berg, Bruce Zhang, Carlo Caione, Cedric Viou, Chen
6332 Qi, Chris Chiu, Chris Down, Chris Morin, Christian Rebischke, Claudius
6333 Ellsel, Colin Guthrie, dana, Daniel, Daniele Medri, Daniel Kahn
6334 Gillmor, Daniel Rusek, Daniel van Vugt, Dariusz Gadomski, Dave Reisner,
6335 David Anderson, Davide Cavalca, David Leeds, David Malcolm, David
6336 Strauss, David Tardon, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dmitry Torokhov, dj-kaktus,
6337 Dongsu Park, Elias Probst, Emil Soleyman, Erik Kooistra, Ervin Peters,
6338 Evgeni Golov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabrice Fontaine, Faheel Ahmad,
6339 Faizal Luthfi, Felix Yan, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frank
6340 Schaefer, Frantisek Sumsal, Gautier Husson, Gianluca Boiano, Giuseppe
6341 Scrivano, glitsj16, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Harry Mallon, Harshit
6342 Jain, Helmut Grohne, Henry Tung, Hui Yiqun, imayoda, Insun Pyo, Iwan
6343 Timmer, Jan Janssen, Jan Pokorný, Jan Synacek, Jason A. Donenfeld,
6344 javitoom, Jérémy Nouhaud, Jeremy Su, Jiuyang Liu, João Paulo Rechi
6345 Vita, Joe Hershberger, Joe Rayhawk, Joerg Behrmann, Joerg Steffens,
6346 Jonas Dorel, Jon Ringle, Josh Soref, Julian Andres Klode, Jun Bo Bi,
6347 Jürg Billeter, Keith Busch, Khem Raj, Kirill Marinushkin, Larry
6348 Bernstone, Lennart Poettering, Lion Yang, Li Song, Lorenz
6349 Hübschle-Schneider, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas Werkmeister, Ludwin Janvier,
6350 Lukáš Nykrýn, Luke Shumaker, mal, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcin
6351 Skarbek, Marco Trevisan (Treviño), Marian Cepok, Mario Hros, Marko
6352 Myllynen, Markus Grimm, Martin Pitt, Martin Sobotka, Martin Wilck,
6353 Mathieu Trudel-Lapierre, Matthew Leeds, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
6354 Michael 'pbone' Pobega, Michael Scherer, Michal Koutný, Michal
6355 Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Mike Gilbert, Mike Palmer, Muhammet Kara, Neal
6356 Gompa, Neil Brown, Network Silence, Niklas Tibbling, Nikolas Nyby,
6357 Nogisaka Sadata, Oliver Smith, Patrik Flykt, Pavel Hrdina, Paweł
6358 Szewczyk, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, Ray Strode, Reinhold Mueller,
6359 Renaud Métrich, Roman Gushchin, Ronny Chevalier, Rubén Suárez Alvarez,
6360 Ruixin Bao, RussianNeuroMancer, Ryutaroh Matsumoto, Saleem Rashid, Sam
6361 Morris, Samuel Morris, Sandy Carter, scootergrisen, Sébastien Bacher,
6362 Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shengyao Xue, Shih-Yuan Lee
6363 (FourDollars), Silvio Knizek, Sjoerd Simons, Stasiek Michalski, Stephen
6364 Gallagher, Steven Allen, Steve Ramage, Susant Sahani, Sven Joachim,
6365 Sylvain Plantefève, Tanu Kaskinen, Tejun Heo, Thiago Macieira, Thomas
6366 Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tim Ruffing, TJ, Tobias
6367 Jungel, Todd Walton, Tommi Rantala, Tomsod M, Tony Novak, Tore
6368 Anderson, Trevonn, Victor Laskurain, Victor Tapia, Violet Halo, Vojtech
6369 Trefny, welaq, William A. Kennington III, William Douglas, Wyatt Ward,
6370 Xiang Fan, Xi Ruoyao, Xuanwo, Yann E. Morin, YmrDtnJu, Yu Watanabe,
6371 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhang Xianwei, Zsolt Dollenstein
6372
6373 — Warsaw, 2018-12-21
6374
6375 CHANGES WITH 239:
6376
6377 * NETWORK INTERFACE DEVICE NAMING CHANGES: systemd-udevd's "net_id"
6378 builtin will name network interfaces differently than in previous
6379 versions for virtual network interfaces created with SR-IOV and NPAR
6380 and for devices where the PCI network controller device does not have
6381 a slot number associated.
6382
6383 SR-IOV virtual devices are now named based on the name of the parent
6384 interface, with a suffix of "v<N>", where <N> is the virtual device
6385 number. Previously those virtual devices were named as if completely
6386 independent.
6387
6388 The ninth and later NPAR virtual devices will be named following the
6389 scheme used for the first eight NPAR partitions. Previously those
6390 devices were not renamed and the kernel default (eth<n>) was used.
6391
6392 "net_id" will also generate names for PCI devices where the PCI
6393 network controller device does not have an associated slot number
6394 itself, but one of its parents does. Previously those devices were
6395 not renamed and the kernel default (eth<n>) was used.
6396
6397 * AF_INET and AF_INET6 are dropped from RestrictAddressFamilies= in
6398 systemd-logind.service. Since v235, IPAddressDeny=any has been set to
6399 the unit. So, it is expected that the default behavior of
6400 systemd-logind is not changed. However, if distribution packagers or
6401 administrators disabled or modified IPAddressDeny= setting by a
6402 drop-in config file, then it may be necessary to update the file to
6403 re-enable AF_INET and AF_INET6 to support network user name services,
6404 e.g. NIS.
6405
6406 * When the RestrictNamespaces= unit property is specified multiple
6407 times, then the specified types are merged now. Previously, only the
6408 last assignment was used. So, if distribution packagers or
6409 administrators modified the setting by a drop-in config file, then it
6410 may be necessary to update the file.
6411
6412 * When OnFailure= is used in combination with Restart= on a service
6413 unit, then the specified units will no longer be triggered on
6414 failures that result in restarting. Previously, the specified units
6415 would be activated each time the unit failed, even when the unit was
6416 going to be restarted automatically. This behaviour contradicted the
6417 documentation. With this release the code is adjusted to match the
6418 documentation.
6419
6420 * systemd-tmpfiles will now print a notice whenever it encounters
6421 tmpfiles.d/ lines referencing the /var/run/ directory. It will
6422 recommend reworking them to use the /run/ directory instead (for
6423 which /var/run/ is simply a symlinked compatibility alias). This way
6424 systemd-tmpfiles can properly detect line conflicts and merge lines
6425 referencing the same file by two paths, without having to access
6426 them.
6427
6428 * systemctl disable/unmask/preset/preset-all cannot be used with
6429 --runtime. Previously this was allowed, but resulted in unintuitive
6430 behaviour that wasn't useful. systemctl disable/unmask will now undo
6431 both runtime and persistent enablement/masking, i.e. it will remove
6432 any relevant symlinks both in /run and /etc.
6433
6434 * Note that all long-running system services shipped with systemd will
6435 now default to a system call allow list (rather than a deny list, as
6436 before). In particular, systemd-udevd will now enforce one too. For
6437 most cases this should be safe, however downstream distributions
6438 which disabled sandboxing of systemd-udevd (specifically the
6439 MountFlags= setting), might want to disable this security feature
6440 too, as the default allow-listing will prohibit all mount, swap,
6441 reboot and clock changing operations from udev rules.
6442
6443 * sd-boot acquired new loader configuration settings to optionally turn
6444 off Windows and MacOS boot partition discovery as well as
6445 reboot-into-firmware menu items. It is also able to pick a better
6446 screen resolution for HiDPI systems, and now provides loader
6447 configuration settings to change the resolution explicitly.
6448
6449 * systemd-resolved now supports DNS-over-TLS. It's still
6450 turned off by default, use DNSOverTLS=opportunistic to turn it on in
6451 resolved.conf. We intend to make this the default as soon as couple
6452 of additional techniques for optimizing the initial latency caused by
6453 establishing a TLS/TCP connection are implemented.
6454
6455 * systemd-resolved.service and systemd-networkd.service now set
6456 DynamicUser=yes. The users systemd-resolve and systemd-network are
6457 not created by systemd-sysusers anymore.
6458
6459 NOTE: This has a chance of breaking nss-ldap and similar NSS modules
6460 that embed a network facing module into any process using getpwuid()
6461 or related call: the dynamic allocation of the user ID for
6462 systemd-resolved.service means the service manager has to check NSS
6463 if the user name is already taken when forking off the service. Since
6464 the user in the common case won't be defined in /etc/passwd the
6465 lookup is likely to trigger nss-ldap which in turn might use NSS to
6466 ask systemd-resolved for hostname lookups. This will hence result in
6467 a deadlock: a user name lookup in order to start
6468 systemd-resolved.service will result in a hostname lookup for which
6469 systemd-resolved.service needs to be started already. There are
6470 multiple ways to work around this problem: pre-allocate the
6471 "systemd-resolve" user on such systems, so that nss-ldap won't be
6472 triggered; or use a different NSS package that doesn't do networking
6473 in-process but provides a local asynchronous name cache; or configure
6474 the NSS package to avoid lookups for UIDs in the range `pkg-config
6475 systemd --variable=dynamicuidmin` … `pkg-config systemd
6476 --variable=dynamicuidmax`, so that it does not consider itself
6477 authoritative for the same UID range systemd allocates dynamic users
6478 from.
6479
6480 * The systemd-resolve tool has been renamed to resolvectl (it also
6481 remains available under the old name, for compatibility), and its
6482 interface is now verb-based, similar in style to the other <xyz>ctl
6483 tools, such as systemctl or loginctl.
6484
6485 * The resolvectl/systemd-resolve tool also provides 'resolvconf'
6486 compatibility. It may be symlinked under the 'resolvconf' name, in
6487 which case it will take arguments and input compatible with the
6488 Debian and FreeBSD resolvconf tool.
6489
6490 * Support for suspend-then-hibernate has been added, i.e. a sleep mode
6491 where the system initially suspends, and after a timeout resumes and
6492 hibernates again.
6493
6494 * networkd's ClientIdentifier= now accepts a new option "duid-only". If
6495 set the client will only send a DUID as client identifier.
6496
6497 * The nss-systemd glibc NSS module will now enumerate dynamic users and
6498 groups in effect. Previously, it could resolve UIDs/GIDs to user
6499 names/groups and vice versa, but did not support enumeration.
6500
6501 * journald's Compress= configuration setting now optionally accepts a
6502 byte threshold value. All journal objects larger than this threshold
6503 will be compressed, smaller ones will not. Previously this threshold
6504 was not configurable and set to 512.
6505
6506 * A new system.conf setting NoNewPrivileges= is now available which may
6507 be used to turn off acquisition of new privileges system-wide
6508 (i.e. set Linux' PR_SET_NO_NEW_PRIVS for PID 1 itself, and thus also
6509 for all its children). Note that turning this option on means setuid
6510 binaries and file system capabilities lose their special powers.
6511 While turning on this option is a big step towards a more secure
6512 system, doing so is likely to break numerous pre-existing UNIX tools,
6513 in particular su and sudo.
6514
6515 * A new service systemd-time-sync-wait.service has been added. If
6516 enabled it will delay the time-sync.target unit at boot until time
6517 synchronization has been received from the network. This
6518 functionality is useful on systems lacking a local RTC or where it is
6519 acceptable that the boot process shall be delayed by external network
6520 services.
6521
6522 * When hibernating, systemd will now inform the kernel of the image
6523 write offset, on kernels new enough to support this. This means swap
6524 files should work for hibernation now.
6525
6526 * When loading unit files, systemd will now look for drop-in unit files
6527 extensions in additional places. Previously, for a unit file name
6528 "foo-bar-baz.service" it would look for dropin files in
6529 "foo-bar-baz.service.d/*.conf". Now, it will also look in
6530 "foo-bar-.service.d/*.conf" and "foo-.service.d/", i.e. at the
6531 service name truncated after all inner dashes. This scheme allows
6532 writing drop-ins easily that apply to a whole set of unit files at
6533 once. It's particularly useful for mount and slice units (as their
6534 naming is prefix based), but is also useful for service and other
6535 units, for packages that install multiple unit files at once,
6536 following a strict naming regime of beginning the unit file name with
6537 the package's name. Two new specifiers are now supported in unit
6538 files to match this: %j and %J are replaced by the part of the unit
6539 name following the last dash.
6540
6541 * Unit files and other configuration files that support specifier
6542 expansion now understand another three new specifiers: %T and %V will
6543 resolve to /tmp and /var/tmp respectively, or whatever temporary
6544 directory has been set for the calling user. %E will expand to either
6545 /etc (for system units) or $XDG_CONFIG_HOME (for user units).
6546
6547 * The ExecStart= lines of unit files are no longer required to
6548 reference absolute paths. If non-absolute paths are specified the
6549 specified binary name is searched within the service manager's
6550 built-in $PATH, which may be queried with 'systemd-path
6551 search-binaries-default'. It's generally recommended to continue to
6552 use absolute paths for all binaries specified in unit files.
6553
6554 * Units gained a new load state "bad-setting", which is used when a
6555 unit file was loaded, but contained fatal errors which prevent it
6556 from being started (for example, a service unit has been defined
6557 lacking both ExecStart= and ExecStop= lines).
6558
6559 * coredumpctl's "gdb" verb has been renamed to "debug", in order to
6560 support alternative debuggers, for example lldb. The old name
6561 continues to be available however, for compatibility reasons. Use the
6562 new --debugger= switch or the $SYSTEMD_DEBUGGER environment variable
6563 to pick an alternative debugger instead of the default gdb.
6564
6565 * systemctl and the other tools will now output escape sequences that
6566 generate proper clickable hyperlinks in various terminal emulators
6567 where useful (for example, in the "systemctl status" output you can
6568 now click on the unit file name to quickly open it in the
6569 editor/viewer of your choice). Note that not all terminal emulators
6570 support this functionality yet, but many do. Unfortunately, the
6571 "less" pager doesn't support this yet, hence this functionality is
6572 currently automatically turned off when a pager is started (which
6573 happens quite often due to auto-paging). We hope to remove this
6574 limitation as soon as "less" learns these escape sequences. This new
6575 behaviour may also be turned off explicitly with the $SYSTEMD_URLIFY
6576 environment variable. For details on these escape sequences see:
6577 https://gist.github.com/egmontkob/eb114294efbcd5adb1944c9f3cb5feda
6578
6579 * networkd's .network files now support a new IPv6MTUBytes= option for
6580 setting the MTU used by IPv6 explicitly as well as a new MTUBytes=
6581 option in the [Route] section to configure the MTU to use for
6582 specific routes. It also gained support for configuration of the DHCP
6583 "UserClass" option through the new UserClass= setting. It gained
6584 three new options in the new [CAN] section for configuring CAN
6585 networks. The MULTICAST and ALLMULTI interface flags may now be
6586 controlled explicitly with the new Multicast= and AllMulticast=
6587 settings.
6588
6589 * networkd will now automatically make use of the kernel's route
6590 expiration feature, if it is available.
6591
6592 * udevd's .link files now support setting the number of receive and
6593 transmit channels, using the RxChannels=, TxChannels=,
6594 OtherChannels=, CombinedChannels= settings.
6595
6596 * Support for UDPSegmentationOffload= has been removed, given its
6597 limited support in hardware, and waning software support.
6598
6599 * networkd's .netdev files now support creating "netdevsim" interfaces.
6600
6601 * PID 1 learnt a new bus call GetUnitByControlGroup() which may be used
6602 to query the unit belonging to a specific kernel control group.
6603
6604 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "cat-config", which may be used to
6605 dump the contents of any configuration file, with all its matching
6606 drop-in files added in, and honouring the usual search and masking
6607 logic applied to systemd configuration files. For example use
6608 "systemd-analyze cat-config systemd/system.conf" to get the complete
6609 system configuration file of systemd how it would be loaded by PID 1
6610 itself. Similar to this, various tools such as systemd-tmpfiles or
6611 systemd-sysusers, gained a new option "--cat-config", which does the
6612 corresponding operation for their own configuration settings. For
6613 example, "systemd-tmpfiles --cat-config" will now output the full
6614 list of tmpfiles.d/ lines in place.
6615
6616 * timedatectl gained three new verbs: "show" shows bus properties of
6617 systemd-timedated, "timesync-status" shows the current NTP
6618 synchronization state of systemd-timesyncd, and "show-timesync"
6619 shows bus properties of systemd-timesyncd.
6620
6621 * systemd-timesyncd gained a bus interface on which it exposes details
6622 about its state.
6623
6624 * A new environment variable $SYSTEMD_TIMEDATED_NTP_SERVICES is now
6625 understood by systemd-timedated. It takes a colon-separated list of
6626 unit names of NTP client services. The list is used by
6627 "timedatectl set-ntp".
6628
6629 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --rlimit= switch for setting initial
6630 resource limits for the container payload. There's a new switch
6631 --hostname= to explicitly override the container's hostname. A new
6632 --no-new-privileges= switch may be used to control the
6633 PR_SET_NO_NEW_PRIVS flag for the container payload. A new
6634 --oom-score-adjust= switch controls the OOM scoring adjustment value
6635 for the payload. The new --cpu-affinity= switch controls the CPU
6636 affinity of the container payload. The new --resolv-conf= switch
6637 allows more detailed control of /etc/resolv.conf handling of the
6638 container. Similarly, the new --timezone= switch allows more detailed
6639 control of /etc/localtime handling of the container.
6640
6641 * systemd-detect-virt gained a new --list switch, which will print a
6642 list of all currently known VM and container environments.
6643
6644 * Support for "Portable Services" has been added, see
6645 doc/PORTABLE_SERVICES.md for details. Currently, the support is still
6646 experimental, but this is expected to change soon. Reflecting this
6647 experimental state, the "portablectl" binary is not installed into
6648 /usr/bin yet. The binary has to be called with the full path
6649 /usr/lib/systemd/portablectl instead.
6650
6651 * journalctl's and systemctl's -o switch now knows a new log output
6652 mode "with-unit". The output it generates is very similar to the
6653 regular "short" mode, but displays the unit name instead of the
6654 syslog tag for each log line. Also, the date is shown with timezone
6655 information. This mode is probably more useful than the classic
6656 "short" output mode for most purposes, except where pixel-perfect
6657 compatibility with classic /var/log/messages formatting is required.
6658
6659 * A new --dump-bus-properties switch has been added to the systemd
6660 binary, which may be used to dump all supported D-Bus properties.
6661 (Options which are still supported, but are deprecated, are *not*
6662 shown.)
6663
6664 * sd-bus gained a set of new calls:
6665 sd_bus_slot_set_floating()/sd_bus_slot_get_floating() may be used to
6666 enable/disable the "floating" state of a bus slot object,
6667 i.e. whether the slot object pins the bus it is allocated for into
6668 memory or if the bus slot object gets disconnected when the bus goes
6669 away. sd_bus_open_with_description(),
6670 sd_bus_open_user_with_description(),
6671 sd_bus_open_system_with_description() may be used to allocate bus
6672 objects and set their description string already during allocation.
6673
6674 * sd-event gained support for watching inotify events from the event
6675 loop, in an efficient way, sharing inotify handles between multiple
6676 users. For this a new function sd_event_add_inotify() has been added.
6677
6678 * sd-event and sd-bus gained support for calling special user-supplied
6679 destructor functions for userdata pointers associated with
6680 sd_event_source, sd_bus_slot, and sd_bus_track objects. For this new
6681 functions sd_bus_slot_set_destroy_callback,
6682 sd_bus_slot_get_destroy_callback, sd_bus_track_set_destroy_callback,
6683 sd_bus_track_get_destroy_callback,
6684 sd_event_source_set_destroy_callback,
6685 sd_event_source_get_destroy_callback have been added.
6686
6687 * The "net.ipv4.tcp_ecn" sysctl will now be turned on by default.
6688
6689 * PID 1 will now automatically reschedule .timer units whenever the
6690 local timezone changes. (They previously got rescheduled
6691 automatically when the system clock changed.)
6692
6693 * New documentation has been added to document cgroups delegation,
6694 portable services and the various code quality tools we have set up:
6695
6696 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/CGROUP_DELEGATION.md
6697 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/PORTABLE_SERVICES.md
6698 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/CODE_QUALITY.md
6699
6700 * The Boot Loader Specification has been added to the source tree.
6701
6702 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/BOOT_LOADER_SPECIFICATION.md
6703
6704 While moving it into our source tree we have updated it and further
6705 changes are now accepted through the usual github PR workflow.
6706
6707 * pam_systemd will now look for PAM userdata fields systemd.memory_max,
6708 systemd.tasks_max, systemd.cpu_weight, systemd.io_weight set by
6709 earlier PAM modules. The data in these fields is used to initialize
6710 the session scope's resource properties. Thus external PAM modules
6711 may now configure per-session limits, for example sourced from
6712 external user databases.
6713
6714 * socket units with Accept=yes will now maintain a "refused" counter in
6715 addition to the existing "accepted" counter, counting connections
6716 refused due to the enforced limits.
6717
6718 * The "systemd-path search-binaries-default" command may now be use to
6719 query the default, built-in $PATH PID 1 will pass to the services it
6720 manages.
6721
6722 * A new unit file setting PrivateMounts= has been added. It's a boolean
6723 option. If enabled the unit's processes are invoked in their own file
6724 system namespace. Note that this behaviour is also implied if any
6725 other file system namespacing options (such as PrivateTmp=,
6726 PrivateDevices=, ProtectSystem=, …) are used. This option is hence
6727 primarily useful for services that do not use any of the other file
6728 system namespacing options. One such service is systemd-udevd.service
6729 where this is now used by default.
6730
6731 * ConditionSecurity= gained a new value "uefi-secureboot" that is true
6732 when the system is booted in UEFI "secure mode".
6733
6734 * A new unit "system-update-pre.target" is added, which defines an
6735 optional synchronization point for offline system updates, as
6736 implemented by the pre-existing "system-update.target" unit. It
6737 allows ordering services before the service that executes the actual
6738 update process in a generic way.
6739
6740 * Systemd now emits warnings whenever .include syntax is used.
6741
6742 Contributions from: Adam Duskett, Alan Jenkins, Alessandro Casale,
6743 Alexander Kurtz, Alex Gartrell, Anssi Hannula, Arnaud Rebillout, Brian
6744 J. Murrell, Bruno Vernay, Chris Lamb, Chris Lesiak, Christian Brauner,
6745 Christian Hesse, Christian Rebischke, Colin Guthrie, Daniel Dao, Daniel
6746 Lin, Danylo Korostil, Davide Cavalca, David Tardon, Dimitri John
6747 Ledkov, Dmitriy Geels, Douglas Christman, Elia Geretto, emelenas, Emil
6748 Velikov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Feng Sun, Filipe
6749 Brandenburger, Franck Bui, futpib, Giuseppe Scrivano, Guillem Jover,
6750 guixxx, Hannes Reinecke, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Henrique Dante de
6751 Almeida, Hiram van Paassen, Ian Miell, Igor Gnatenko, Ivan Shapovalov,
6752 Iwan Timmer, James Cowgill, Jan Janssen, Jan Synacek, Jared Kazimir,
6753 Jérémy Rosen, João Paulo Rechi Vita, Joost Heitbrink, Jui-Chi Ricky
6754 Liang, Jürg Billeter, Kai-Heng Feng, Karol Augustin, Kay Sievers,
6755 Krzysztof Nowicki, Lauri Tirkkonen, Lennart Poettering, Leonard König,
6756 Long Li, Luca Boccassi, Lucas Werkmeister, Marcel Hoppe, Marc
6757 Kleine-Budde, Mario Limonciello, Martin Jansa, Martin Wilck, Mathieu
6758 Malaterre, Matteo F. Vescovi, Matthew McGinn, Matthias-Christian Ott,
6759 Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Prokop, Michal Koutný, Michal
6760 Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Mikhail Kasimov, Milan Broz, Milan Pässler,
6761 Mladen Pejaković, Muhammet Kara, Nicolas Boichat, Omer Katz, Paride
6762 Legovini, Paul Menzel, Paul Milliken, Pavel Hrdina, Peter A. Bigot,
6763 Peter D'Hoye, Peter Hutterer, Peter Jones, Philip Sequeira, Philip
6764 Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Radostin Stoyanov, Ricardo Salveti de Araujo,
6765 Ronny Chevalier, Rosen Penev, Rubén Suárez Alvarez, Ryan Gonzalez,
6766 Salvo Tomaselli, Sebastian Reichel, Sergey Ptashnick, Sergio Lindo
6767 Mansilla, Stefan Schweter, Stephen Hemminger, Stuart Hayes, Susant
6768 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Jungel,
6769 Tomasz Torcz, Vito Caputo, Will Dietz, Will Thompson, Wim van Mourik,
6770 Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6771
6772 — Berlin, 2018-06-22
6773
6774 CHANGES WITH 238:
6775
6776 * The MemoryAccounting= unit property now defaults to on. After
6777 discussions with the upstream control group maintainers we learnt
6778 that the negative impact of cgroup memory accounting on current
6779 kernels is finally relatively minimal, so that it should be safe to
6780 enable this by default without affecting system performance. Besides
6781 memory accounting only task accounting is turned on by default, all
6782 other forms of resource accounting (CPU, IO, IP) remain off for now,
6783 because it's not clear yet that their impact is small enough to move
6784 from opt-in to opt-out. We recommend downstreams to leave memory
6785 accounting on by default if kernel 4.14 or higher is primarily
6786 used. On very resource constrained systems or when support for old
6787 kernels is a necessity, -Dmemory-accounting-default=false can be used
6788 to revert this change.
6789
6790 * rpm scriptlets to update the udev hwdb and rules (%udev_hwdb_update,
6791 %udev_rules_update) and the journal catalog (%journal_catalog_update)
6792 from the upgrade scriptlets of individual packages now do nothing.
6793 Transfiletriggers have been added which will perform those updates
6794 once at the end of the transaction.
6795
6796 Similar transfiletriggers have been added to execute any sysctl.d
6797 and binfmt.d rules. Thus, it should be unnecessary to provide any
6798 scriptlets to execute this configuration from package installation
6799 scripts.
6800
6801 * systemd-sysusers gained a mode where the configuration to execute is
6802 specified on the command line, but this configuration is not executed
6803 directly, but instead it is merged with the configuration on disk,
6804 and the result is executed. This is useful for package installation
6805 scripts which want to create the user before installing any files on
6806 disk (in case some of those files are owned by that user), while
6807 still allowing local admin overrides.
6808
6809 This functionality is exposed to rpm scriptlets through a new
6810 %sysusers_create_package macro. Old %sysusers_create and
6811 %sysusers_create_inline macros are deprecated.
6812
6813 A transfiletrigger for sysusers.d configuration is now installed,
6814 which means that it should be unnecessary to call systemd-sysusers from
6815 package installation scripts, unless the package installs any files
6816 owned by those newly-created users, in which case
6817 %sysusers_create_package should be used.
6818
6819 * Analogous change has been done for systemd-tmpfiles: it gained a mode
6820 where the command-line configuration is merged with the configuration
6821 on disk. This is exposed as the new %tmpfiles_create_package macro,
6822 and %tmpfiles_create is deprecated. A transfiletrigger is installed
6823 for tmpfiles.d, hence it should be unnecessary to call systemd-tmpfiles
6824 from package installation scripts.
6825
6826 * sysusers.d configuration for a user may now also specify the group
6827 number, in addition to the user number ("u username 123:456"), or
6828 without the user number ("u username -:456").
6829
6830 * Configution items for systemd-sysusers can now be specified as
6831 positional arguments when the new --inline switch is used.
6832
6833 * The login shell of users created through sysusers.d may now be
6834 specified (previously, it was always /bin/sh for root and
6835 /sbin/nologin for other users).
6836
6837 * systemd-analyze gained a new --global switch to look at global user
6838 configuration. It also gained a unit-paths verb to list the unit load
6839 paths that are compiled into systemd (which can be used with
6840 --systemd, --user, or --global).
6841
6842 * udevadm trigger gained a new --settle/-w option to wait for any
6843 triggered events to finish (but just those, and not any other events
6844 which are triggered meanwhile).
6845
6846 * The action that systemd-logind takes when the lid is closed and the
6847 machine is connected to external power can now be configured using
6848 HandleLidSwitchExternalPower= in logind.conf. Previously, this action
6849 was determined by HandleLidSwitch=, and, for backwards compatibility,
6850 is still is, if HandleLidSwitchExternalPower= is not explicitly set.
6851
6852 * journalctl will periodically call sd_journal_process() to make it
6853 resilient against inotify queue overruns when journal files are
6854 rotated very quickly.
6855
6856 * Two new functions in libsystemd — sd_bus_get_n_queued_read and
6857 sd_bus_get_n_queued_write — may be used to check the number of
6858 pending bus messages.
6859
6860 * systemd gained a new
6861 org.freedesktop.systemd1.Manager.AttachProcessesToUnit dbus call
6862 which can be used to migrate foreign processes to scope and service
6863 units. The primary user for this new API is systemd itself: the
6864 systemd --user instance uses this call of the systemd --system
6865 instance to migrate processes if it itself gets the request to
6866 migrate processes and the kernel refuses this due to access
6867 restrictions. Thanks to this "systemd-run --scope --user …" works
6868 again in pure cgroup v2 environments when invoked from the user
6869 session scope.
6870
6871 * A new TemporaryFileSystem= setting can be used to mask out part of
6872 the real file system tree with tmpfs mounts. This may be combined
6873 with BindPaths= and BindReadOnlyPaths= to hide files or directories
6874 not relevant to the unit, while still allowing some paths lower in
6875 the tree to be accessed.
6876
6877 ProtectHome=tmpfs may now be used to hide user home and runtime
6878 directories from units, in a way that is mostly equivalent to
6879 "TemporaryFileSystem=/home /run/user /root".
6880
6881 * Non-service units are now started with KeyringMode=shared by default.
6882 This means that mount and swapon and other mount tools have access
6883 to keys in the main keyring.
6884
6885 * /sys/fs/bpf is now mounted automatically.
6886
6887 * QNX virtualization is now detected by systemd-detect-virt and may
6888 be used in ConditionVirtualization=.
6889
6890 * IPAccounting= may now be enabled also for slice units.
6891
6892 * A new -Dsplit-bin= build configuration switch may be used to specify
6893 whether bin and sbin directories are merged, or if they should be
6894 included separately in $PATH and various listings of executable
6895 directories. The build configuration scripts will try to autodetect
6896 the proper values of -Dsplit-usr= and -Dsplit-bin= based on build
6897 system, but distributions are encouraged to configure this
6898 explicitly.
6899
6900 * A new -Dok-color= build configuration switch may be used to change
6901 the colour of "OK" status messages.
6902
6903 * UPGRADE ISSUE: serialization of units using JoinsNamespaceOf= with
6904 PrivateNetwork=yes was buggy in previous versions of systemd. This
6905 means that after the upgrade and daemon-reexec, any such units must
6906 be restarted.
6907
6908 * INCOMPATIBILITY: as announced in the NEWS for 237, systemd-tmpfiles
6909 will not exclude read-only files owned by root from cleanup.
6910
6911 Contributions from: Alan Jenkins, Alexander F Rødseth, Alexis Jeandet,
6912 Andika Triwidada, Andrei Gherzan, Ansgar Burchardt, antizealot1337,
6913 Batuhan Osman Taşkaya, Beniamino Galvani, Bill Yodlowsky, Caio Marcelo
6914 de Oliveira Filho, CuBiC, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mouritzen, Daniel
6915 Rusek, Davide Cavalca, Dimitri John Ledkov, Douglas Christman, Evgeny
6916 Vereshchagin, Faalagorn, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, futpib,
6917 Giacomo Longo, Gunnar Hjalmarsson, Hans de Goede, Hermann Gausterer,
6918 Iago López Galeiras, Jakub Filak, Jan Synacek, Jason A. Donenfeld,
6919 Javier Martinez Canillas, Jérémy Rosen, Lennart Poettering, Lucas
6920 Werkmeister, Mao Huang, Marco Gulino, Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt,
6921 MilhouseVH, Neal Gompa (ニール・ゴンパ), Oleander Reis, Olof Mogren,
6922 Patrick Uiterwijk, Peter Hutterer, Peter Portante, Piotr Drąg, Robert
6923 Antoni Buj Gelonch, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shuang Liu, Simon
6924 Fowler, SjonHortensius, snorreflorre, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
6925 Plantefève, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Vito Caputo, Yu Watanabe,
6926 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Марко М. Костић (Marko M. Kostić)
6927
6928 — Warsaw, 2018-03-05
6929
6930 CHANGES WITH 237:
6931
6932 * Some keyboards come with a zoom see-saw or rocker which until now got
6933 mapped to the Linux "zoomin/out" keys in hwdb. However, these
6934 keycodes are not recognized by any major desktop. They now produce
6935 Up/Down key events so that they can be used for scrolling.
6936
6937 * INCOMPATIBILITY: systemd-tmpfiles' "f" lines changed behaviour
6938 slightly: previously, if an argument was specified for lines of this
6939 type (i.e. the right-most column was set) this string was appended to
6940 existing files each time systemd-tmpfiles was run. This behaviour was
6941 different from what the documentation said, and not particularly
6942 useful, as repeated systemd-tmpfiles invocations would not be
6943 idempotent and grow such files without bounds. With this release
6944 behaviour has been altered to match what the documentation says:
6945 lines of this type only have an effect if the indicated files don't
6946 exist yet, and only then the argument string is written to the file.
6947
6948 * FUTURE INCOMPATIBILITY: In systemd v238 we intend to slightly change
6949 systemd-tmpfiles behaviour: previously, read-only files owned by root
6950 were always excluded from the file "aging" algorithm (i.e. the
6951 automatic clean-up of directories like /tmp based on
6952 atime/mtime/ctime). We intend to drop this restriction, and age files
6953 by default even when owned by root and read-only. This behaviour was
6954 inherited from older tools, but there have been requests to remove
6955 it, and it's not obvious why this restriction was made in the first
6956 place. Please speak up now, if you are aware of software that requires
6957 this behaviour, otherwise we'll remove the restriction in v238.
6958
6959 * A new environment variable $SYSTEMD_OFFLINE is now understood by
6960 systemctl. It takes a boolean argument. If on, systemctl assumes it
6961 operates on an "offline" OS tree, and will not attempt to talk to the
6962 service manager. Previously, this mode was implicitly enabled if a
6963 chroot() environment was detected, and this new environment variable
6964 now provides explicit control.
6965
6966 * .path and .socket units may now be created transiently, too.
6967 Previously only service, mount, automount and timer units were
6968 supported as transient units. The systemd-run tool has been updated
6969 to expose this new functionality, you may hence use it now to bind
6970 arbitrary commands to path or socket activation on-the-fly from the
6971 command line. Moreover, almost all properties are now exposed for the
6972 unit types that already supported transient operation.
6973
6974 * The systemd-mount command gained support for a new --owner= parameter
6975 which takes a user name, which is then resolved and included in uid=
6976 and gid= mount options string of the file system to mount.
6977
6978 * A new unit condition ConditionControlGroupController= has been added
6979 that checks whether a specific cgroup controller is available.
6980
6981 * Unit files, udev's .link files, and systemd-networkd's .netdev and
6982 .network files all gained support for a new condition
6983 ConditionKernelVersion= for checking against specific kernel
6984 versions.
6985
6986 * In systemd-networkd, the [IPVLAN] section in .netdev files gained
6987 support for configuring device flags in the Flags= setting. In the
6988 same files, the [Tunnel] section gained support for configuring
6989 AllowLocalRemote=. The [Route] section in .network files gained
6990 support for configuring InitialCongestionWindow=,
6991 InitialAdvertisedReceiveWindow= and QuickAck=. The [DHCP] section now
6992 understands RapidCommit=.
6993
6994 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv6 support gained support for Prefix
6995 Delegation.
6996
6997 * sd-bus gained support for a new "watch-bind" feature. When this
6998 feature is enabled, an sd_bus connection may be set up to connect to
6999 an AF_UNIX socket in the file system as soon as it is created. This
7000 functionality is useful for writing early-boot services that
7001 automatically connect to the system bus as soon as it is started,
7002 without ugly time-based polling. systemd-networkd and
7003 systemd-resolved have been updated to make use of this
7004 functionality. busctl exposes this functionality in a new
7005 --watch-bind= command line switch.
7006
7007 * sd-bus will now optionally synthesize a local "Connected" signal as
7008 soon as a D-Bus connection is set up fully. This message mirrors the
7009 already existing "Disconnected" signal which is synthesized when the
7010 connection is terminated. This signal is generally useful but
7011 particularly handy in combination with the "watch-bind" feature
7012 described above. Synthesizing of this message has to be requested
7013 explicitly through the new API call sd_bus_set_connected_signal(). In
7014 addition a new call sd_bus_is_ready() has been added that checks
7015 whether a connection is fully set up (i.e. between the "Connected" and
7016 "Disconnected" signals).
7017
7018 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_request_name_async() and
7019 sd_bus_release_name_async() for asynchronously registering bus
7020 names. Similar, there is now sd_bus_add_match_async() for installing
7021 a signal match asynchronously. All of systemd's own services have
7022 been updated to make use of these calls. Doing these operations
7023 asynchronously has two benefits: it reduces the risk of deadlocks in
7024 case of cyclic dependencies between bus services, and it speeds up
7025 service initialization since synchronization points for bus
7026 round-trips are removed.
7027
7028 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_match_signal() and
7029 sd_bus_match_signal_async(), which are similar to sd_bus_add_match()
7030 and sd_bus_add_match_async() but instead of taking a D-Bus match
7031 string take match fields as normal function parameters.
7032
7033 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_set_sender() and
7034 sd_bus_message_set_sender() for setting the sender name of outgoing
7035 messages (either for all outgoing messages or for just one specific
7036 one). These calls are only useful in direct connections as on
7037 brokered connections the broker fills in the sender anyway,
7038 overwriting whatever the client filled in.
7039
7040 * sd-event gained a new pseudo-handle that may be specified on all API
7041 calls where an "sd_event*" object is expected: SD_EVENT_DEFAULT. When
7042 used this refers to the default event loop object of the calling
7043 thread. Note however that this does not implicitly allocate one —
7044 which has to be done prior by using sd_event_default(). Similarly
7045 sd-bus gained three new pseudo-handles SD_BUS_DEFAULT,
7046 SD_BUS_DEFAULT_USER, SD_BUS_DEFAULT_SYSTEM that may be used to refer
7047 to the default bus of the specified type of the calling thread. Here
7048 too this does not implicitly allocate bus connection objects, this
7049 has to be done prior with sd_bus_default() and friends.
7050
7051 * sd-event gained a new call pair
7052 sd_event_source_{get|set}_io_fd_own(). This may be used to request
7053 automatic closure of the file descriptor an IO event source watches
7054 when the event source is destroyed.
7055
7056 * systemd-networkd gained support for natively configuring WireGuard
7057 connections.
7058
7059 * In previous versions systemd synthesized user records both for the
7060 "nobody" (UID 65534) and "root" (UID 0) users in nss-systemd and
7061 internally. In order to simplify distribution-wide renames of the
7062 "nobody" user (like it is planned in Fedora: nfsnobody → nobody), a
7063 new transitional flag file has been added: if
7064 /etc/systemd/dont-synthesize-nobody exists synthesizing of the 65534
7065 user and group record within the systemd codebase is disabled.
7066
7067 * systemd-notify gained a new --uid= option for selecting the source
7068 user/UID to use for notification messages sent to the service
7069 manager.
7070
7071 * journalctl gained a new --grep= option to list only entries in which
7072 the message matches a certain pattern. By default matching is case
7073 insensitive if the pattern is lowercase, and case sensitive
7074 otherwise. Option --case-sensitive=yes|no can be used to override
7075 this an specify case sensitivity or case insensitivity.
7076
7077 * There's now a "systemd-analyze service-watchdogs" command for printing
7078 the current state of the service runtime watchdog, and optionally
7079 enabling or disabling the per-service watchdogs system-wide if given a
7080 boolean argument (i.e. the concept you configure in WatchdogSec=), for
7081 debugging purposes. There's also a kernel command line option
7082 systemd.service_watchdogs= for controlling the same.
7083
7084 * Two new "log-level" and "log-target" options for systemd-analyze were
7085 added that merge the now deprecated get-log-level, set-log-level and
7086 get-log-target, set-log-target pairs. The deprecated options are still
7087 understood for backwards compatibility. The two new options print the
7088 current value when no arguments are given, and set them when a
7089 level/target is given as an argument.
7090
7091 * sysusers.d's "u" lines now optionally accept both a UID and a GID
7092 specification, separated by a ":" character, in order to create users
7093 where UID and GID do not match.
7094
7095 Contributions from: Adam Duskett, Alan Jenkins, Alexander Kuleshov,
7096 Alexis Deruelle, Andrew Jeddeloh, Armin Widegreen, Batuhan Osman
7097 Taşkaya, Björn Esser, bleep_blop, Bruce A. Johnson, Chris Down, Clinton
7098 Roy, Colin Walters, Daniel Rusek, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dmitry Rozhkov,
7099 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Ewout van Mansom, Felipe Sateler, Franck Bui,
7100 Frantisek Sumsal, George Gaydarov, Gianluca Boiano, Hans-Christian
7101 Noren Egtvedt, Hans de Goede, Henrik Grindal Bakken, Jan Alexander
7102 Steffens, Jan Klötzke, Jason A. Donenfeld, jdkbx, Jérémy Rosen,
7103 Jerónimo Borque, John Lin, John Paul Herold, Jonathan Rudenberg, Jörg
7104 Thalheim, Ken (Bitsko) MacLeod, Larry Bernstone, Lennart Poettering,
7105 Lucas Werkmeister, Maciej S. Szmigiero, Marek Čermák, Martin Pitt,
7106 Mathieu Malaterre, Matthew Thode, Matthias-Christian Ott, Max Harmathy,
7107 Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Michał
7108 Szczepański, Mike Gilbert, Nathaniel McCallum, Nicolas Chauvet, Olaf
7109 Hering, Olivier Schwander, Patrik Flykt, Paul Cercueil, Peter Hutterer,
7110 Piotr Drąg, Raphael Vogelgsang, Reverend Homer, Robert Kolchmeyer,
7111 Samuel Dionne-Riel, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Susant Sahani,
7112 Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Thomas Huth, Tomasz
7113 Bachorski, Vladislav Vishnyakov, Wieland Hoffmann, Yu Watanabe, Zachary
7114 Winnerman, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Дамјан Георгиевски, Дилян
7115 Палаузов
7116
7117 — Brno, 2018-01-28
7118
7119 CHANGES WITH 236:
7120
7121 * The modprobe.d/ drop-in for the bonding.ko kernel module introduced
7122 in v235 has been extended to also set the dummy.ko module option
7123 numdummies=0, preventing the kernel from automatically creating
7124 dummy0. All dummy interfaces must now be explicitly created.
7125
7126 * Unknown '%' specifiers in configuration files are now rejected. This
7127 applies to units and tmpfiles.d configuration. Any percent characters
7128 that are followed by a letter or digit that are not supposed to be
7129 interpreted as the beginning of a specifier should be escaped by
7130 doubling ("%%"). (So "size=5%" is still accepted, as well as
7131 "size=5%,foo=bar", but not "LABEL=x%y%z" since %y and %z are not
7132 valid specifiers today.)
7133
7134 * systemd-resolved now maintains a new dynamic
7135 /run/systemd/resolve/stub-resolv.conf compatibility file. It is
7136 recommended to make /etc/resolv.conf a symlink to it. This file
7137 points at the systemd-resolved stub DNS 127.0.0.53 resolver and
7138 includes dynamically acquired search domains, achieving more correct
7139 DNS resolution by software that bypasses local DNS APIs such as NSS.
7140
7141 * The "uaccess" udev tag has been dropped from /dev/kvm and
7142 /dev/dri/renderD*. These devices now have the 0666 permissions by
7143 default (but this may be changed at build-time). /dev/dri/renderD*
7144 will now be owned by the "render" group along with /dev/kfd.
7145
7146 * "DynamicUser=yes" has been enabled for systemd-timesyncd.service,
7147 systemd-journal-gatewayd.service and
7148 systemd-journal-upload.service. This means "nss-systemd" must be
7149 enabled in /etc/nsswitch.conf to ensure the UIDs assigned to these
7150 services are resolved properly.
7151
7152 * In /etc/fstab two new mount options are now understood:
7153 x-systemd.makefs and x-systemd.growfs. The former has the effect that
7154 the configured file system is formatted before it is mounted, the
7155 latter that the file system is resized to the full block device size
7156 after it is mounted (i.e. if the file system is smaller than the
7157 partition it resides on, it's grown). This is similar to the fsck
7158 logic in /etc/fstab, and pulls in systemd-makefs@.service and
7159 systemd-growfs@.service as necessary, similar to
7160 systemd-fsck@.service. Resizing is currently only supported on ext4
7161 and btrfs.
7162
7163 * In systemd-networkd, the IPv6 RA logic now optionally may announce
7164 DNS server and domain information.
7165
7166 * Support for the LUKS2 on-disk format for encrypted partitions has
7167 been added. This requires libcryptsetup2 during compilation and
7168 runtime.
7169
7170 * The systemd --user instance will now signal "readiness" when its
7171 basic.target unit has been reached, instead of when the run queue ran
7172 empty for the first time.
7173
7174 * Tmpfiles.d with user configuration are now also supported.
7175 systemd-tmpfiles gained a new --user switch, and snippets placed in
7176 ~/.config/user-tmpfiles.d/ and corresponding directories will be
7177 executed by systemd-tmpfiles --user running in the new
7178 systemd-tmpfiles-setup.service and systemd-tmpfiles-clean.service
7179 running in the user session.
7180
7181 * Unit files and tmpfiles.d snippets learnt three new % specifiers:
7182 %S resolves to the top-level state directory (/var/lib for the system
7183 instance, $XDG_CONFIG_HOME for the user instance), %C resolves to the
7184 top-level cache directory (/var/cache for the system instance,
7185 $XDG_CACHE_HOME for the user instance), %L resolves to the top-level
7186 logs directory (/var/log for the system instance,
7187 $XDG_CONFIG_HOME/log/ for the user instance). This matches the
7188 existing %t specifier, that resolves to the top-level runtime
7189 directory (/run for the system instance, and $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR for the
7190 user instance).
7191
7192 * journalctl learnt a new parameter --output-fields= for limiting the
7193 set of journal fields to output in verbose and JSON output modes.
7194
7195 * systemd-timesyncd's configuration file gained a new option
7196 RootDistanceMaxSec= for setting the maximum root distance of servers
7197 it'll use, as well as the new options PollIntervalMinSec= and
7198 PollIntervalMaxSec= to tweak the minimum and maximum poll interval.
7199
7200 * bootctl gained a new command "list" for listing all available boot
7201 menu items on systems that follow the boot loader specification.
7202
7203 * systemctl gained a new --dry-run switch that shows what would be done
7204 instead of doing it, and is currently supported by the shutdown and
7205 sleep verbs.
7206
7207 * ConditionSecurity= can now detect the TOMOYO security module.
7208
7209 * Unit file [Install] sections are now also respected in unit drop-in
7210 files. This is intended to be used by drop-ins under /usr/lib/.
7211
7212 * systemd-firstboot may now also set the initial keyboard mapping.
7213
7214 * Udev "changed" events for devices which are exposed as systemd
7215 .device units are now propagated to units specified in
7216 ReloadPropagatedFrom= as reload requests.
7217
7218 * If a udev device has a SYSTEMD_WANTS= property containing a systemd
7219 unit template name (i.e. a name in the form of 'foobar@.service',
7220 without the instance component between the '@' and - the '.'), then
7221 the escaped sysfs path of the device is automatically used as the
7222 instance.
7223
7224 * SystemCallFilter= in unit files has been extended so that an "errno"
7225 can be specified individually for each system call. Example:
7226 SystemCallFilter=~uname:EILSEQ.
7227
7228 * The cgroup delegation logic has been substantially updated. Delegate=
7229 now optionally takes a list of controllers (instead of a boolean, as
7230 before), which lists the controllers to delegate at least.
7231
7232 * The networkd DHCPv6 client now implements the FQDN option (RFC 4704).
7233
7234 * A new LogLevelMax= setting configures the maximum log level any
7235 process of the service may log at (i.e. anything with a lesser
7236 priority than what is specified is automatically dropped). A new
7237 LogExtraFields= setting allows configuration of additional journal
7238 fields to attach to all log records generated by any of the unit's
7239 processes.
7240
7241 * New StandardInputData= and StandardInputText= settings along with the
7242 new option StandardInput=data may be used to configure textual or
7243 binary data that shall be passed to the executed service process via
7244 standard input, encoded in-line in the unit file.
7245
7246 * StandardInput=, StandardOutput= and StandardError= may now be used to
7247 connect stdin/stdout/stderr of executed processes directly with a
7248 file or AF_UNIX socket in the file system, using the new "file:" option.
7249
7250 * A new unit file option CollectMode= has been added, that allows
7251 tweaking the garbage collection logic for units. It may be used to
7252 tell systemd to garbage collect units that have failed automatically
7253 (normally it only GCs units that exited successfully). systemd-run
7254 and systemd-mount expose this new functionality with a new -G option.
7255
7256 * "machinectl bind" may now be used to bind mount non-directories
7257 (i.e. regularfiles, devices, fifos, sockets).
7258
7259 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "calendar" for validating and
7260 testing calendar time specifications to use for OnCalendar= in timer
7261 units. Besides validating the expression it will calculate the next
7262 time the specified expression would elapse.
7263
7264 * In addition to the pre-existing FailureAction= unit file setting
7265 there's now SuccessAction=, for configuring a shutdown action to
7266 execute when a unit completes successfully. This is useful in
7267 particular inside containers that shall terminate after some workload
7268 has been completed. Also, both options are now supported for all unit
7269 types, not just services.
7270
7271 * networkds's IP rule support gained two new options
7272 IncomingInterface= and OutgoingInterface= for configuring the incoming
7273 and outgoing interfaces of configured rules. systemd-networkd also
7274 gained support for "vxcan" network devices.
7275
7276 * networkd gained a new setting RequiredForOnline=, taking a
7277 boolean. If set, systemd-wait-online will take it into consideration
7278 when determining that the system is up, otherwise it will ignore the
7279 interface for this purpose.
7280
7281 * The sd_notify() protocol gained support for a new operation: with
7282 FDSTOREREMOVE=1 file descriptors may be removed from the per-service
7283 store again, ahead of POLLHUP or POLLERR when they are removed
7284 anyway.
7285
7286 * A new document doc/UIDS-GIDS.md has been added to the source tree,
7287 that documents the UID/GID range and assignment assumptions and
7288 requirements of systemd.
7289
7290 * The watchdog device PID 1 will ping may now be configured through the
7291 WatchdogDevice= configuration file setting, or by setting the
7292 systemd.watchdog_service= kernel commandline option.
7293
7294 * systemd-resolved's gained support for registering DNS-SD services on
7295 the local network using MulticastDNS. Services may either be
7296 registered by dropping in a .dnssd file in /etc/systemd/dnssd/ (or
7297 the same dir below /run, /usr/lib), or through its D-Bus API.
7298
7299 * The sd_notify() protocol can now with EXTEND_TIMEOUT_USEC=microsecond
7300 extend the effective start, runtime, and stop time. The service must
7301 continue to send EXTEND_TIMEOUT_USEC within the period specified to
7302 prevent the service manager from making the service as timedout.
7303
7304 * systemd-resolved's DNSSEC support gained support for RFC 8080
7305 (Ed25519 keys and signatures).
7306
7307 * The systemd-resolve command line tool gained a new set of options
7308 --set-dns=, --set-domain=, --set-llmnr=, --set-mdns=, --set-dnssec=,
7309 --set-nta= and --revert to configure per-interface DNS configuration
7310 dynamically during runtime. It's useful for pushing DNS information
7311 into systemd-resolved from DNS hook scripts that various interface
7312 managing software supports (such as pppd).
7313
7314 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-namespace-path= command line
7315 option, which may be used to make a container join an existing
7316 network namespace, by specifying a path to a "netns" file.
7317
7318 Contributions from: Alan Jenkins, Alan Robertson, Alessandro Ghedini,
7319 Andrew Jeddeloh, Antonio Rojas, Ari, asavah, bleep_blop, Carsten
7320 Strotmann, Christian Brauner, Christian Hesse, Clinton Roy, Collin
7321 Eggert, Cong Wang, Daniel Black, Daniel Lockyer, Daniel Rusek, Dimitri
7322 John Ledkov, Dmitry Rozhkov, Dongsu Park, Edward A. James, Evgeny
7323 Vereshchagin, Florian Klink, Franck Bui, Gwendal Grignou, Hans de
7324 Goede, Harald Hoyer, Hristo Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Ikey Doherty,
7325 Jakub Wilk, Jérémy Rosen, Jiahui Xie, John Lin, José Bollo, Josef
7326 Andersson, juga0, Krzysztof Nowicki, Kyle Walker, Lars Karlitski, Lars
7327 Kellogg-Stedman, Lauri Tirkkonen, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel,
7328 Luca Bruno, Lucas Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Lukáš Říha, Lukasz
7329 Rubaszewski, Maciej S. Szmigiero, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcus Folkesson,
7330 Martin Steuer, Mathieu Trudel-Lapierre, Matija Skala,
7331 Matthias-Christian Ott, Max Resch, Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt, Michal
7332 Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Muhammet Kara, Neil Brown, Olaf
7333 Hering, Ondrej Kozina, Patrik Flykt, Patryk Kocielnik, Peter Hutterer,
7334 Piotr Drąg, Razvan Cojocaru, Robin McCorkell, Roland Hieber, Saran
7335 Tunyasuvunakool, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shuang Liu, Simon
7336 Arlott, Simon Peeters, Stanislav Angelovič, Stefan Agner, Susant
7337 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Tiago Salem
7338 Herrmann, Tinu Weber, Tom Stellard, Topi Miettinen, Torsten Hilbrich,
7339 Vito Caputo, Vladislav Vishnyakov, WaLyong Cho, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
7340 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeal Jagannatha
7341
7342 — Berlin, 2017-12-14
7343
7344 CHANGES WITH 235:
7345
7346 * INCOMPATIBILITY: systemd-logind.service and other long-running
7347 services now run inside an IPv4/IPv6 sandbox, prohibiting them any IP
7348 communication with the outside. This generally improves security of
7349 the system, and is in almost all cases a safe and good choice, as
7350 these services do not and should not provide any network-facing
7351 functionality. However, systemd-logind uses the glibc NSS API to
7352 query the user database. This creates problems on systems where NSS
7353 is set up to directly consult network services for user database
7354 lookups. In particular, this creates incompatibilities with the
7355 "nss-nis" module, which attempts to directly contact the NIS/YP
7356 network servers it is configured for, and will now consistently
7357 fail. In such cases, it is possible to turn off IP sandboxing for
7358 systemd-logind.service (set IPAddressDeny= in its [Service] section
7359 to the empty string, via a .d/ unit file drop-in). Downstream
7360 distributions might want to update their nss-nis packaging to include
7361 such a drop-in snippet, accordingly, to hide this incompatibility
7362 from the user. Another option is to make use of glibc's nscd service
7363 to proxy such network requests through a privilege-separated, minimal
7364 local caching daemon, or to switch to more modern technologies such
7365 sssd, whose NSS hook-ups generally do not involve direct network
7366 access. In general, we think it's definitely time to question the
7367 implementation choices of nss-nis, i.e. whether it's a good idea
7368 today to embed a network-facing loadable module into all local
7369 processes that need to query the user database, including the most
7370 trivial and benign ones, such as "ls". For more details about
7371 IPAddressDeny= see below.
7372
7373 * A new modprobe.d drop-in is now shipped by default that sets the
7374 bonding module option max_bonds=0. This overrides the kernel default,
7375 to avoid conflicts and ambiguity as to whether or not bond0 should be
7376 managed by systemd-networkd or not. This resolves multiple issues
7377 with bond0 properties not being applied, when bond0 is configured
7378 with systemd-networkd. Distributors may choose to not package this,
7379 however in that case users will be prevented from correctly managing
7380 bond0 interface using systemd-networkd.
7381
7382 * systemd-analyze gained new verbs "get-log-level" and "get-log-target"
7383 which print the logging level and target of the system manager. They
7384 complement the existing "set-log-level" and "set-log-target" verbs
7385 used to change those values.
7386
7387 * journald.conf gained a new boolean setting ReadKMsg= which defaults
7388 to on. If turned off kernel log messages will not be read by
7389 systemd-journald or included in the logs. It also gained a new
7390 setting LineMax= for configuring the maximum line length in
7391 STDOUT/STDERR log streams. The new default for this value is 48K, up
7392 from the previous hardcoded 2048.
7393
7394 * A new unit setting RuntimeDirectoryPreserve= has been added, which
7395 allows more detailed control of what to do with a runtime directory
7396 configured with RuntimeDirectory= (i.e. a directory below /run or
7397 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR) after a unit is stopped.
7398
7399 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting for units gained support for creating
7400 deeper subdirectories below /run or $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR, instead of just
7401 one top-level directory.
7402
7403 * Units gained new options StateDirectory=, CacheDirectory=,
7404 LogsDirectory= and ConfigurationDirectory= which are closely related
7405 to RuntimeDirectory= but manage per-service directories below
7406 /var/lib, /var/cache, /var/log and /etc. By making use of them it is
7407 possible to write unit files which when activated automatically gain
7408 properly owned service specific directories in these locations, thus
7409 making unit files self-contained and increasing compatibility with
7410 stateless systems and factory reset where /etc or /var are
7411 unpopulated at boot. Matching these new settings there's also
7412 StateDirectoryMode=, CacheDirectoryMode=, LogsDirectoryMode=,
7413 ConfigurationDirectoryMode= for configuring the access mode of these
7414 directories. These settings are particularly useful in combination
7415 with DynamicUser=yes as they provide secure, properly-owned,
7416 writable, and stateful locations for storage, excluded from the
7417 sandbox that such services live in otherwise.
7418
7419 * Automake support has been removed from this release. systemd is now
7420 Meson-only.
7421
7422 * systemd-journald will now aggressively cache client metadata during
7423 runtime, speeding up log write performance under pressure. This comes
7424 at a small price though: as much of the metadata is read
7425 asynchronously from /proc/ (and isn't implicitly attached to log
7426 datagrams by the kernel, like UID/GID/PID/SELinux are) this means the
7427 metadata stored alongside a log entry might be slightly
7428 out-of-date. Previously it could only be slightly newer than the log
7429 message. The time window is small however, and given that the kernel
7430 is unlikely to be improved anytime soon in this regard, this appears
7431 acceptable to us.
7432
7433 * nss-myhostname/systemd-resolved will now by default synthesize an
7434 A/AAAA resource record for the "_gateway" hostname, pointing to the
7435 current default IP gateway. Previously it did that for the "gateway"
7436 name, hampering adoption, as some distributions wanted to leave that
7437 hostname open for local use. The old behaviour may still be
7438 requested at build time.
7439
7440 * systemd-networkd's [Address] section in .network files gained a new
7441 Scope= setting for configuring the IP address scope. The [Network]
7442 section gained a new boolean setting ConfigureWithoutCarrier= that
7443 tells systemd-networkd to ignore link sensing when configuring the
7444 device. The [DHCP] section gained a new Anonymize= boolean option for
7445 turning on a number of options suggested in RFC 7844. A new
7446 [RoutingPolicyRule] section has been added for configuring the IP
7447 routing policy. The [Route] section has gained support for a new
7448 Type= setting which permits configuring
7449 blackhole/unreachable/prohibit routes.
7450
7451 * The [VRF] section in .netdev files gained a new Table= setting for
7452 configuring the routing table to use. The [Tunnel] section gained a
7453 new Independent= boolean field for configuring tunnels independent of
7454 an underlying network interface. The [Bridge] section gained a new
7455 GroupForwardMask= option for configuration of propagation of link
7456 local frames between bridge ports.
7457
7458 * The WakeOnLan= setting in .link files gained support for a number of
7459 new modes. A new TCP6SegmentationOffload= setting has been added for
7460 configuring TCP/IPv6 hardware segmentation offload.
7461
7462 * The IPv6 RA sender implementation may now optionally send out RDNSS
7463 and RDNSSL records to supply DNS configuration to peers.
7464
7465 * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --system-call-filter= command
7466 line option for adding and removing entries in the default system
7467 call filter it applies. Moreover systemd-nspawn has been changed to
7468 implement a system call allow list instead of a deny list.
7469
7470 * systemd-run gained support for a new --pipe command line option. If
7471 used the STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR file descriptors passed to systemd-run
7472 are directly passed on to the activated transient service
7473 executable. This allows invoking arbitrary processes as systemd
7474 services (for example to take benefit of dependency management,
7475 accounting management, resource management or log management that is
7476 done automatically for services) — while still allowing them to be
7477 integrated in a classic UNIX shell pipeline.
7478
7479 * When a service sends RELOAD=1 via sd_notify() and reload propagation
7480 using ReloadPropagationTo= is configured, a reload is now propagated
7481 to configured units. (Previously this was only done on explicitly
7482 requested reloads, using "systemctl reload" or an equivalent
7483 command.)
7484
7485 * For each service unit a restart counter is now kept: it is increased
7486 each time the service is restarted due to Restart=, and may be
7487 queried using "systemctl show -p NRestarts …".
7488
7489 * New system call filter groups @aio, @sync, @chown, @setuid, @memlock,
7490 @signal and @timer have been added, for usage with SystemCallFilter=
7491 in unit files and the new --system-call-filter= command line option
7492 of systemd-nspawn (see above).
7493
7494 * ExecStart= lines in unit files gained two new modifiers: when a
7495 command line is prefixed with "!" the command will be executed as
7496 configured, except for the credentials applied by
7497 setuid()/setgid()/setgroups(). It is very similar to the pre-existing
7498 "+", but does still apply namespacing options unlike "+". There's
7499 also "!!" now, which is mostly identical, but becomes a NOP on
7500 systems that support ambient capabilities. This is useful to write
7501 unit files that work with ambient capabilities where possible but
7502 automatically fall back to traditional privilege dropping mechanisms
7503 on systems where this is not supported.
7504
7505 * ListenNetlink= settings in socket units now support RDMA netlink
7506 sockets.
7507
7508 * A new unit file setting LockPersonality= has been added which permits
7509 locking down the chosen execution domain ("personality") of a service
7510 during runtime.
7511
7512 * A new special target "getty-pre.target" has been added, which is
7513 ordered before all text logins, and may be used to order services
7514 before textual logins acquire access to the console.
7515
7516 * systemd will now attempt to load the virtio-rng.ko kernel module very
7517 early on if a VM environment supporting this is detected. This should
7518 improve entropy during early boot in virtualized environments.
7519
7520 * A _netdev option is now supported in /etc/crypttab that operates in a
7521 similar way as the same option in /etc/fstab: it permits configuring
7522 encrypted devices that need to be ordered after the network is up.
7523 Following this logic, two new special targets
7524 remote-cryptsetup-pre.target and remote-cryptsetup.target have been
7525 added that are to cryptsetup.target what remote-fs.target and
7526 remote-fs-pre.target are to local-fs.target.
7527
7528 * Service units gained a new UnsetEnvironment= setting which permits
7529 unsetting specific environment variables for services that are
7530 normally passed to it (for example in order to mask out locale
7531 settings for specific services that can't deal with it).
7532
7533 * Units acquired a new boolean option IPAccounting=. When turned on, IP
7534 traffic accounting (packet count as well as byte count) is done for
7535 the service, and shown as part of "systemctl status" or "systemd-run
7536 --wait".
7537
7538 * Service units acquired two new options IPAddressAllow= and
7539 IPAddressDeny=, taking a list of IPv4 or IPv6 addresses and masks,
7540 for configuring a simple IP access control list for all sockets of
7541 the unit. These options are available also on .slice and .socket
7542 units, permitting flexible access list configuration for individual
7543 services as well as groups of services (as defined by a slice unit),
7544 including system-wide. Note that IP ACLs configured this way are
7545 enforced on every single IPv4 and IPv6 socket created by any process
7546 of the service unit, and apply to ingress as well as egress traffic.
7547
7548 * If CPUAccounting= or IPAccounting= is turned on for a unit a new
7549 structured log message is generated each time the unit is stopped,
7550 containing information about the consumed resources of this
7551 invocation.
7552
7553 * A new setting KeyringMode= has been added to unit files, which may be
7554 used to control how the kernel keyring is set up for executed
7555 processes.
7556
7557 * "systemctl poweroff", "systemctl reboot", "systemctl halt",
7558 "systemctl kexec" and "systemctl exit" are now always asynchronous in
7559 behaviour (that is: these commands return immediately after the
7560 operation was enqueued instead of waiting for the operation to
7561 complete). Previously, "systemctl poweroff" and "systemctl reboot"
7562 were asynchronous on systems using systemd-logind (i.e. almost
7563 always, and like they were on sysvinit), and the other three commands
7564 were unconditionally synchronous. With this release this is cleaned
7565 up, and callers will see the same asynchronous behaviour on all
7566 systems for all five operations.
7567
7568 * systemd-logind gained new Halt() and CanHalt() bus calls for halting
7569 the system.
7570
7571 * .timer units now accept calendar specifications in other timezones
7572 than UTC or the local timezone.
7573
7574 * The tmpfiles snippet var.conf has been changed to create
7575 /var/log/btmp with access mode 0660 instead of 0600. It was owned by
7576 the "utmp" group already, and it appears to be generally understood
7577 that members of "utmp" can modify/flush the utmp/wtmp/lastlog/btmp
7578 databases. Previously this was implemented correctly for all these
7579 databases excepts btmp, which has been opened up like this now
7580 too. Note that while the other databases are world-readable
7581 (i.e. 0644), btmp is not and remains more restrictive.
7582
7583 * The systemd-resolve tool gained a new --reset-server-features
7584 switch. When invoked like this systemd-resolved will forget
7585 everything it learnt about the features supported by the configured
7586 upstream DNS servers, and restarts the feature probing logic on the
7587 next resolver look-up for them at the highest feature level
7588 again.
7589
7590 * The status dump systemd-resolved sends to the logs upon receiving
7591 SIGUSR1 now also includes information about all DNS servers it is
7592 configured to use, and the features levels it probed for them.
7593
7594 Contributions from: Abdó Roig-Maranges, Alan Jenkins, Alexander
7595 Kuleshov, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Andrew Soutar, Ansgar
7596 Burchardt, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Robin, Charles
7597 Huber, Christian Hesse, Daniel Berrange, Daniel Kahn Gillmor, Daniel
7598 Mack, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Șerbănescu, Davide Cavalca, Dimitri John
7599 Ledkov, Diogo Pereira, Djalal Harouni, Dmitriy Geels, Dmitry Torokhov,
7600 ettavolt, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabio Kung, Felipe Sateler, Franck Bui,
7601 Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Insun Pyo, Ivan Kurnosov, Ivan Shapovalov,
7602 Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Gunthorpe, Jeremy Bicha, Jérémy Rosen,
7603 John Lin, jonasBoss, Jonathan Lebon, Jonathan Teh, Jon Ringle, Jörg
7604 Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen, juga0, Justin Capella, Justin Michaud,
7605 Kai-Heng Feng, Lennart Poettering, Lion Yang, Luca Bruno, Lucas
7606 Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Marcel Hollerbach, Marcus Lundblad, Martin
7607 Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Grzeschik, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert,
7608 Neil Brown, Nicolas Iooss, Patrik Flykt, pEJipE, Piotr Drąg, Russell
7609 Stuart, S. Fan, Shengyao Xue, Stefan Pietsch, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo,
7610 Thomas Miller, Thomas Sailer, Tobias Hunger, Tomasz Pala, Tom
7611 Gundersen, Tommi Rantala, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, userwithuid,
7612 Vasilis Liaskovitis, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, William Douglas, Xiang
7613 Fan, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7614
7615 — Berlin, 2017-10-06
7616
7617 CHANGES WITH 234:
7618
7619 * Meson is now supported as build system in addition to Automake. It is
7620 our plan to remove Automake in one of our next releases, so that
7621 Meson becomes our exclusive build system. Hence, please start using
7622 the Meson build system in your downstream packaging. There's plenty
7623 of documentation around how to use Meson, the extremely brief
7624 summary:
7625
7626 ./autogen.sh && ./configure && make && sudo make install
7627
7628 becomes:
7629
7630 meson build && ninja -C build && sudo ninja -C build install
7631
7632 * Unit files gained support for a new JobRunningTimeoutUSec= setting,
7633 which permits configuring a timeout on the time a job is
7634 running. This is particularly useful for setting timeouts on jobs for
7635 .device units.
7636
7637 * Unit files gained two new options ConditionUser= and ConditionGroup=
7638 for conditionalizing units based on the identity of the user/group
7639 running a systemd user instance.
7640
7641 * systemd-networkd now understands a new FlowLabel= setting in the
7642 [VXLAN] section of .network files, as well as a Priority= in
7643 [Bridge], GVRP= + MVRP= + LooseBinding= + ReorderHeader= in [VLAN]
7644 and GatewayOnlink= + IPv6Preference= + Protocol= in [Route]. It also
7645 gained support for configuration of GENEVE links, and IPv6 address
7646 labels. The [Network] section gained the new IPv6ProxyNDP= setting.
7647
7648 * .link files now understand a new Port= setting.
7649
7650 * systemd-networkd's DHCP support gained support for DHCP option 119
7651 (domain search list).
7652
7653 * systemd-networkd gained support for serving IPv6 address ranges using
7654 the Router Advertisement protocol. The new .network configuration
7655 section [IPv6Prefix] may be used to configure the ranges to
7656 serve. This is implemented based on a new, minimal, native server
7657 implementation of RA.
7658
7659 * journalctl's --output= switch gained support for a new parameter
7660 "short-iso-precise" for a mode where timestamps are shown as precise
7661 ISO date values.
7662
7663 * systemd-udevd's "net_id" builtin may now generate stable network
7664 interface names from IBM PowerVM VIO devices as well as ACPI platform
7665 devices.
7666
7667 * MulticastDNS support in systemd-resolved may now be explicitly
7668 enabled/disabled using the new MulticastDNS= configuration file
7669 option.
7670
7671 * systemd-resolved may now optionally use libidn2 instead of the libidn
7672 for processing internationalized domain names. Support for libidn2
7673 should be considered experimental and should not be enabled by
7674 default yet.
7675
7676 * "machinectl pull-tar" and related call may now do verification of
7677 downloaded images using SUSE-style .sha256 checksum files in addition
7678 to the already existing support for validating using Ubuntu-style
7679 SHA256SUMS files.
7680
7681 * sd-bus gained support for a new sd_bus_message_appendv() call which
7682 is va_list equivalent of sd_bus_message_append().
7683
7684 * sd-boot gained support for validating images using SHIM/MOK.
7685
7686 * The SMACK code learnt support for "onlycap".
7687
7688 * systemd-mount --umount is now much smarter in figuring out how to
7689 properly unmount a device given its mount or device path.
7690
7691 * The code to call libnss_dns as a fallback from libnss_resolve when
7692 the communication with systemd-resolved fails was removed. This
7693 fallback was redundant and interfered with the [!UNAVAIL=return]
7694 suffix. See nss-resolve(8) for the recommended configuration.
7695
7696 * systemd-logind may now be restarted without losing state. It stores
7697 the file descriptors for devices it manages in the system manager
7698 using the FDSTORE= mechanism. Please note that further changes in
7699 other components may be required to make use of this (for example
7700 Xorg has code to listen for stops of systemd-logind and terminate
7701 itself when logind is stopped or restarted, in order to avoid using
7702 stale file descriptors for graphical devices, which is now
7703 counterproductive and must be reverted in order for restarts of
7704 systemd-logind to be safe. See
7705 https://cgit.freedesktop.org/xorg/xserver/commit/?id=dc48bd653c7e101.)
7706
7707 * All kernel-install plugins are called with the environment variable
7708 KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID which is set to the machine ID given by
7709 /etc/machine-id. If the machine ID could not be determined,
7710 $KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID will be empty. Plugins should not put
7711 anything in the entry directory (passed as the second argument) if
7712 $KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID is empty. For backwards compatibility, a
7713 temporary directory is passed as the entry directory and removed
7714 after all the plugins exit.
7715
7716 * If KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID is set in /etc/machine-info, kernel-install
7717 will now use its value as the machine ID instead of the machine ID
7718 from /etc/machine-id. If KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID isn't set in
7719 /etc/machine-info and no machine ID is set in /etc/machine-id,
7720 kernel-install will try to store the current machine ID there as
7721 KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID. If there is no machine ID, kernel-install
7722 will generate a new UUID, store it in /etc/machine-info as
7723 KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID and use it as the machine ID.
7724
7725 Contributions from: Adrian Heine né Lang, Aggelos Avgerinos, Alexander
7726 Kurtz, Alexandros Frantzis, Alexey Brodkin, Alex Lu, Amir Pakdel, Amir
7727 Yalon, Anchor Cat, Anthony Parsons, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Gilbert,
7728 Benjamin Robin, Boucman, Charles Plessy, Chris Chiu, Chris Lamb,
7729 Christian Brauner, Christian Hesse, Colin Walters, Daniel Drake,
7730 Danielle Church, Daniel Molkentin, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wang, Davide
7731 Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dax Kelson, Dimitri John
7732 Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, Dušan Kazik, Elias Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
7733 Federico Di Pierro, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang, Franck Bui, Gary
7734 Tierney, George McCollister, Giedrius Statkevičius, Hans de Goede,
7735 hecke, Hendrik Westerberg, Hristo Venev, Ian Wienand, Insun Pyo, Ivan
7736 Shapovalov, James Cowgill, James Hemsing, Janne Heß, Jan Synacek, Jason
7737 Reeder, João Paulo Rechi Vita, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jörg
7738 Thalheim, Josef Andersson, Josef Gajdusek, Julian Mehne, Kai Krakow,
7739 Krzysztof Jackiewicz, Lars Karlitski, Lennart Poettering, Lluís Gili,
7740 Lucas Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
7741 Marcin Bachry, Marcus Cooper, Mark Stosberg, Martin Pitt, Matija Skala,
7742 Matt Clarkson, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Greiner, Matthijs van Duin,
7743 Max Resch, Michael Biebl, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Michal
7744 Soltys, Michal Suchanek, Mike Gilbert, Nate Clark, Nathaniel R. Lewis,
7745 Neil Brown, Nikolai Kondrashov, Pascal S. de Kloe, Pat Riehecky, Patrik
7746 Flykt, Paul Kocialkowski, Peter Hutterer, Philip Withnall, Piotr
7747 Szydełko, Rafael Fontenelle, Ray Strode, Richard Maw, Roelf Wichertjes,
7748 Ronny Chevalier, Sarang S. Dalal, Sjoerd Simons, slodki, Stefan
7749 Schweter, Susant Sahani, Ted Wood, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas
7750 H. P. Andersen, Timothée Ravier, Tobias Jungel, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom
7751 Gundersen, Tom Yan, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
7752 userwithuid, Vito Caputo, Waldemar Brodkorb, WaLyong Cho, Yu, Li-Yu,
7753 Yusuke Nojima, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Дамјан
7754 Георгиевски
7755
7756 — Berlin, 2017-07-12
7757
7758 CHANGES WITH 233:
7759
7760 * The "hybrid" control group mode has been modified to improve
7761 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1 setups. Specifically, the
7762 "hybrid" setup of /sys/fs/cgroup is now pretty much identical to
7763 "legacy" (including /sys/fs/cgroup/systemd as "name=systemd" named
7764 cgroups-v1 hierarchy), the only externally visible change being that
7765 the cgroups-v2 hierarchy is also mounted, to
7766 /sys/fs/cgroup/unified. This should provide a large degree of
7767 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1, while taking benefit of the
7768 better management capabilities of cgroups-v2.
7769
7770 * The default control group setup mode may be selected both a boot-time
7771 via a set of kernel command line parameters (specifically:
7772 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy= and
7773 systemd.legacy_systemd_cgroup_controller=), as well as a compile-time
7774 default selected on the configure command line
7775 (--with-default-hierarchy=). The upstream default is "hybrid"
7776 (i.e. the cgroups-v1 + cgroups-v2 mixture discussed above) now, but
7777 this will change in a future systemd version to be "unified" (pure
7778 cgroups-v2 mode). The third option for the compile time option is
7779 "legacy", to enter pure cgroups-v1 mode. We recommend downstream
7780 distributions to default to "hybrid" mode for release distributions,
7781 starting with v233. We recommend "unified" for development
7782 distributions (specifically: distributions such as Fedora's rawhide)
7783 as that's where things are headed in the long run. Use "legacy" for
7784 greatest stability and compatibility only.
7785
7786 * Note one current limitation of "unified" and "hybrid" control group
7787 setup modes: the kernel currently does not permit the systemd --user
7788 instance (i.e. unprivileged code) to migrate processes between two
7789 disconnected cgroup subtrees, even if both are managed and owned by
7790 the user. This effectively means "systemd-run --user --scope" doesn't
7791 work when invoked from outside of any "systemd --user" service or
7792 scope. Specifically, it is not supported from session scopes. We are
7793 working on fixing this in a future systemd version. (See #3388 for
7794 further details about this.)
7795
7796 * DBus policy files are now installed into /usr rather than /etc. Make
7797 sure your system has dbus >= 1.9.18 running before upgrading to this
7798 version, or override the install path with --with-dbuspolicydir= .
7799
7800 * All python scripts shipped with systemd (specifically: the various
7801 tests written in Python) now require Python 3.
7802
7803 * systemd unit tests can now run standalone (without the source or
7804 build directories), and can be installed into /usr/lib/systemd/tests/
7805 with 'make install-tests'.
7806
7807 * Note that from this version on, CONFIG_CRYPTO_USER_API_HASH,
7808 CONFIG_CRYPTO_HMAC and CONFIG_CRYPTO_SHA256 need to be enabled in the
7809 kernel.
7810
7811 * Support for the %c, %r, %R specifiers in unit files has been
7812 removed. Specifiers are not supposed to be dependent on configuration
7813 in the unit file itself (so that they resolve the same regardless
7814 where used in the unit files), but these specifiers were influenced
7815 by the Slice= option.
7816
7817 * The shell invoked by debug-shell.service now defaults to /bin/sh in
7818 all cases. If distributions want to use a different shell for this
7819 purpose (for example Fedora's /sbin/sushell) they need to specify
7820 this explicitly at configure time using --with-debug-shell=.
7821
7822 * The confirmation spawn prompt has been reworked to offer the
7823 following choices:
7824
7825 (c)ontinue, proceed without asking anymore
7826 (D)ump, show the state of the unit
7827 (f)ail, don't execute the command and pretend it failed
7828 (h)elp
7829 (i)nfo, show a short summary of the unit
7830 (j)obs, show jobs that are in progress
7831 (s)kip, don't execute the command and pretend it succeeded
7832 (y)es, execute the command
7833
7834 The 'n' choice for the confirmation spawn prompt has been removed,
7835 because its meaning was confusing.
7836
7837 The prompt may now also be redirected to an alternative console by
7838 specifying the console as parameter to systemd.confirm_spawn=.
7839
7840 * Services of Type=notify require a READY=1 notification to be sent
7841 during startup. If no such message is sent, the service now fails,
7842 even if the main process exited with a successful exit code.
7843
7844 * Services that fail to start up correctly now always have their
7845 ExecStopPost= commands executed. Previously, they'd enter "failed"
7846 state directly, without executing these commands.
7847
7848 * The option MulticastDNS= of network configuration files has acquired
7849 an actual implementation. With MulticastDNS=yes a host can resolve
7850 names of remote hosts and reply to mDNS A and AAAA requests.
7851
7852 * When units are about to be started an additional check is now done to
7853 ensure that all dependencies of type BindsTo= (when used in
7854 combination with After=) have been started.
7855
7856 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "syscall-filter" which shows which
7857 system call groups are defined for the SystemCallFilter= unit file
7858 setting, and which system calls they contain.
7859
7860 * A new system call filter group "@filesystem" has been added,
7861 consisting of various file system related system calls. Group
7862 "@reboot" has been added, covering reboot, kexec and shutdown related
7863 calls. Finally, group "@swap" has been added covering swap
7864 configuration related calls.
7865
7866 * A new unit file option RestrictNamespaces= has been added that may be
7867 used to restrict access to the various process namespace types the
7868 Linux kernel provides. Specifically, it may be used to take away the
7869 right for a service unit to create additional file system, network,
7870 user, and other namespaces. This sandboxing option is particularly
7871 relevant due to the high amount of recently discovered namespacing
7872 related vulnerabilities in the kernel.
7873
7874 * systemd-udev's .link files gained support for a new AutoNegotiation=
7875 setting for configuring Ethernet auto-negotiation.
7876
7877 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained support for a new
7878 ListenPort= setting in the [DHCP] section to explicitly configure the
7879 UDP client port the DHCP client shall listen on.
7880
7881 * .network files gained a new Unmanaged= boolean setting for explicitly
7882 excluding one or more interfaces from management by systemd-networkd.
7883
7884 * The systemd-networkd ProxyARP= option has been renamed to
7885 IPV4ProxyARP=. Similarly, VXLAN-specific option ARPProxy= has been
7886 renamed to ReduceARPProxy=. The old names continue to be available
7887 for compatibility.
7888
7889 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring IPv6 Proxy NDP
7890 addresses via the new IPv6ProxyNDPAddress= .network file setting.
7891
7892 * systemd-networkd's bonding device support gained support for two new
7893 configuration options ActiveSlave= and PrimarySlave=.
7894
7895 * The various options in the [Match] section of .network files gained
7896 support for negative matching.
7897
7898 * New systemd-specific mount options are now understood in /etc/fstab:
7899
7900 x-systemd.mount-timeout= may be used to configure the maximum
7901 permitted runtime of the mount command.
7902
7903 x-systemd.device-bound may be set to bind a mount point to its
7904 backing device unit, in order to automatically remove a mount point
7905 if its backing device is unplugged. This option may also be
7906 configured through the new SYSTEMD_MOUNT_DEVICE_BOUND udev property
7907 on the block device, which is now automatically set for all CDROM
7908 drives, so that mounted CDs are automatically unmounted when they are
7909 removed from the drive.
7910
7911 x-systemd.after= and x-systemd.before= may be used to explicitly
7912 order a mount after or before another unit or mount point.
7913
7914 * Enqueued start jobs for device units are now automatically garbage
7915 collected if there are no jobs waiting for them anymore.
7916
7917 * systemctl list-jobs gained two new switches: with --after, for every
7918 queued job the jobs it's waiting for are shown; with --before the
7919 jobs which it's blocking are shown.
7920
7921 * systemd-nspawn gained support for ephemeral boots from disk images
7922 (or in other words: --ephemeral and --image= may now be
7923 combined). Moreover, ephemeral boots are now supported for normal
7924 directories, even if the backing file system is not btrfs. Of course,
7925 if the file system does not support file system snapshots or
7926 reflinks, the initial copy operation will be relatively expensive, but
7927 this should still be suitable for many use cases.
7928
7929 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now support
7930 specifications relative to the end of a month by using "~" instead of
7931 "-" as separator between month and day. For example, "*-02~03" means
7932 "the third last day in February". In addition a new syntax for
7933 repeated events has been added using the "/" character. For example,
7934 "9..17/2:00" means "every two hours from 9am to 5pm".
7935
7936 * systemd-socket-proxyd gained a new parameter --connections-max= for
7937 configuring the maximum number of concurrent connections.
7938
7939 * sd-id128 gained a new API for generating unique IDs for the host in a
7940 way that does not leak the machine ID. Specifically,
7941 sd_id128_get_machine_app_specific() derives an ID based on the
7942 machine ID in a well-defined, non-reversible, stable way. This is
7943 useful whenever an identifier for the host is needed but where the
7944 identifier shall not be useful to identify the system beyond the
7945 scope of the application itself. (Internally this uses HMAC-SHA256 as
7946 keyed hash function using the machine ID as input.)
7947
7948 * NotifyAccess= gained a new supported value "exec". When set
7949 notifications are accepted from all processes systemd itself invoked,
7950 including all control processes.
7951
7952 * .nspawn files gained support for defining overlay mounts using the
7953 Overlay= and OverlayReadOnly= options. Previously this functionality
7954 was only available on the systemd-nspawn command line.
7955
7956 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
7957 bind/overlay mounts whose source lies within the container tree by
7958 prefixing the source path with "+".
7959
7960 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
7961 automatically allocating a temporary source directory in /var/tmp
7962 that is removed when the container dies. Specifically, if the source
7963 directory is specified as empty string this mechanism is selected. An
7964 example usage is --overlay=+/var::/var, which creates an overlay
7965 mount based on the original /var contained in the image, overlaid
7966 with a temporary directory in the host's /var/tmp. This way changes
7967 to /var are automatically flushed when the container shuts down.
7968
7969 * systemd-nspawn --image= option does now permit raw file system block
7970 devices (in addition to images containing partition tables, as
7971 before).
7972
7973 * The disk image dissection logic in systemd-nspawn gained support for
7974 automatically setting up LUKS encrypted as well as Verity protected
7975 partitions. When a container is booted from an encrypted image the
7976 passphrase is queried at start-up time. When a container with Verity
7977 data is started, the root hash is search in a ".roothash" file
7978 accompanying the disk image (alternatively, pass the root hash via
7979 the new --root-hash= command line option).
7980
7981 * A new tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-dissect has been added that may
7982 be used to dissect disk images the same way as systemd-nspawn does
7983 it, following the Bootable Partition Specification. It may even be
7984 used to mount disk images with complex partition setups (including
7985 LUKS and Verity partitions) to a local host directory, in order to
7986 inspect them. This tool is not considered public API (yet), and is
7987 thus not installed into /usr/bin. Please do not rely on its
7988 existence, since it might go away or be changed in later systemd
7989 versions.
7990
7991 * A new generator "systemd-verity-generator" has been added, similar in
7992 style to "systemd-cryptsetup-generator", permitting automatic setup of
7993 Verity root partitions when systemd boots up. In order to make use of
7994 this your partition setup should follow the Discoverable Partitions
7995 Specification, and the GPT partition ID of the root file system
7996 partition should be identical to the upper 128bit of the Verity root
7997 hash. The GPT partition ID of the Verity partition protecting it
7998 should be the lower 128bit of the Verity root hash. If the partition
7999 image follows this model it is sufficient to specify a single
8000 "roothash=" kernel command line argument to both configure which root
8001 image and verity partition to use as well as the root hash for
8002 it. Note that systemd-nspawn's Verity support follows the same
8003 semantics, meaning that disk images with proper Verity data in place
8004 may be booted in containers with systemd-nspawn as well as on
8005 physical systems via the verity generator. Also note that the "mkosi"
8006 tool available at https://github.com/systemd/mkosi has been updated
8007 to generate Verity protected disk images following this scheme. In
8008 fact, it has been updated to generate disk images that optionally
8009 implement a complete UEFI SecureBoot trust chain, involving a signed
8010 kernel and initrd image that incorporates such a root hash as well as
8011 a Verity-enabled root partition.
8012
8013 * The hardware database (hwdb) udev supports has been updated to carry
8014 accelerometer quirks.
8015
8016 * All system services are now run with a fresh kernel keyring set up
8017 for them. The invocation ID is stored by default in it, thus
8018 providing a safe, non-overridable way to determine the invocation
8019 ID of each service.
8020
8021 * Service unit files gained new BindPaths= and BindReadOnlyPaths=
8022 options for bind mounting arbitrary paths in a service-specific
8023 way. When these options are used, arbitrary host or service files and
8024 directories may be mounted to arbitrary locations in the service's
8025 view.
8026
8027 * Documentation has been added that lists all of systemd's low-level
8028 environment variables:
8029
8030 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/ENVIRONMENT.md
8031
8032 * sd-daemon gained a new API sd_is_socket_sockaddr() for determining
8033 whether a specific socket file descriptor matches a specified socket
8034 address.
8035
8036 * systemd-firstboot has been updated to check for the
8037 systemd.firstboot= kernel command line option. It accepts a boolean
8038 and when set to false the first boot questions are skipped.
8039
8040 * systemd-fstab-generator has been updated to check for the
8041 systemd.volatile= kernel command line option, which either takes an
8042 optional boolean parameter or the special value "state". If used the
8043 system may be booted in a "volatile" boot mode. Specifically,
8044 "systemd.volatile" is used, the root directory will be mounted as
8045 tmpfs, and only /usr is mounted from the actual root file system. If
8046 "systemd.volatile=state" is used, the root directory will be mounted
8047 as usual, but /var is mounted as tmpfs. This concept provides similar
8048 functionality as systemd-nspawn's --volatile= option, but provides it
8049 on physical boots. Use this option for implementing stateless
8050 systems, or testing systems with all state and/or configuration reset
8051 to the defaults. (Note though that many distributions are not
8052 prepared to boot up without a populated /etc or /var, though.)
8053
8054 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator gained support for LUKS encrypted root
8055 partitions. Previously it only supported LUKS encrypted partitions
8056 for all other uses, except for the root partition itself.
8057
8058 * Socket units gained support for listening on AF_VSOCK sockets for
8059 communication in virtualized QEMU environments.
8060
8061 * The "configure" script gained a new option --with-fallback-hostname=
8062 for specifying the fallback hostname to use if none is configured in
8063 /etc/hostname. For example, by specifying
8064 --with-fallback-hostname=fedora it is possible to default to a
8065 hostname of "fedora" on pristine installations.
8066
8067 * systemd-cgls gained support for a new --unit= switch for listing only
8068 the control groups of a specific unit. Similar --user-unit= has been
8069 added for listing only the control groups of a specific user unit.
8070
8071 * systemd-mount gained a new --umount switch for unmounting a mount or
8072 automount point (and all mount/automount points below it).
8073
8074 * systemd will now refuse full configuration reloads (via systemctl
8075 daemon-reload and related calls) unless at least 16MiB of free space
8076 are available in /run. This is a safety precaution in order to ensure
8077 that generators can safely operate after the reload completed.
8078
8079 * A new unit file option RootImage= has been added, which has a similar
8080 effect as RootDirectory= but mounts the service's root directory from
8081 a disk image instead of plain directory. This logic reuses the same
8082 image dissection and mount logic that systemd-nspawn already uses,
8083 and hence supports any disk images systemd-nspawn supports, including
8084 those following the Discoverable Partition Specification, as well as
8085 Verity enabled images. This option enables systemd to run system
8086 services directly off disk images acting as resource bundles,
8087 possibly even including full integrity data.
8088
8089 * A new MountAPIVFS= unit file option has been added, taking a boolean
8090 argument. If enabled /proc, /sys and /dev (collectively called the
8091 "API VFS") will be mounted for the service. This is only relevant if
8092 RootDirectory= or RootImage= is used for the service, as these mounts
8093 are of course in place in the host mount namespace anyway.
8094
8095 * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --pivot-root= switch. If
8096 specified the root directory within the container image is pivoted to
8097 the specified mount point, while the original root disk is moved to a
8098 different place. This option enables booting of ostree images
8099 directly with systemd-nspawn.
8100
8101 * The systemd build scripts will no longer complain if the NTP server
8102 addresses are not changed from the defaults. Google now supports
8103 these NTP servers officially. We still recommend downstreams to
8104 properly register an NTP pool with the NTP pool project though.
8105
8106 * coredumpctl gained a new "--reverse" option for printing the list
8107 of coredumps in reverse order.
8108
8109 * coredumpctl will now show additional information about truncated and
8110 inaccessible coredumps, as well as coredumps that are still being
8111 processed. It also gained a new --quiet switch for suppressing
8112 additional informational message in its output.
8113
8114 * coredumpctl gained support for only showing coredumps newer and/or
8115 older than specific timestamps, using the new --since= and --until=
8116 options, reminiscent of journalctl's options by the same name.
8117
8118 * The systemd-coredump logic has been improved so that it may be reused
8119 to collect backtraces in non-compiled languages, for example in
8120 scripting languages such as Python.
8121
8122 * machinectl will now show the UID shift of local containers, if user
8123 namespacing is enabled for them.
8124
8125 * systemd will now optionally run "environment generator" binaries at
8126 configuration load time. They may be used to add environment
8127 variables to the environment block passed to services invoked. One
8128 user environment generator is shipped by default that sets up
8129 environment variables based on files dropped into /etc/environment.d
8130 and ~/.config/environment.d/.
8131
8132 * systemd-resolved now includes the new, recently published 2017 DNSSEC
8133 root key (KSK).
8134
8135 * hostnamed has been updated to report a new chassis type of
8136 "convertible" to cover "foldable" laptops that can both act as a
8137 tablet and as a laptop, such as various Lenovo Yoga devices.
8138
8139 Contributions from: Adrián López, Alexander Galanin, Alexander
8140 Kochetkov, Alexandros Frantzis, Andrey Ulanov, Antoine Eiche, Baruch
8141 Siach, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Robin, Björn, Brandon Philips, Cédric
8142 Schieli, Charles (Chas) Williams, Christian Hesse, Daniele Medri,
8143 Daniel Drake, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wagner, Dan Streetman, Dave Reisner,
8144 David Glasser, David Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry
8145 Khlebnikov, Dmitry Rozhkov, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Earnestly,
8146 Emil Soleyman, Eric Cook, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Fionn
8147 Cleary, Florian Klink, Francesco Brozzu, Franck Bui, Gabriel Rauter,
8148 Gianluca Boiano, Giedrius Statkevičius, Graeme Lawes, Hans de Goede,
8149 Harald Hoyer, Ian Kelling, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Janne Heß, Jan
8150 Synacek, Jason Reeder, Jonathan Boulle, Jörg Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen,
8151 Karl Kraus, Kees Cook, Keith Busch, Kieran Colford, kilian-k, Lennart
8152 Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas Werkmeister, Lukas Rusak, Maarten de
8153 Vries, Maks Naumov, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Andre Lureau, Marcin Bachry,
8154 Mark Stosberg, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Mauricio Faria de
8155 Oliveira, micah, Michael Biebl, Michael Shields, Michal Schmidt, Michal
8156 Sekletar, Michel Kraus, Mike Gilbert, Mikko Ylinen, Mirza Krak,
8157 Namhyung Kim, nikolaof, peoronoob, Peter Hutterer, Peter Körner, Philip
8158 Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Ray Strode, Reverend Homer, Rike-Benjamin
8159 Schuppner, Robert Kreuzer, Ronny Chevalier, Ruslan Bilovol, sammynx,
8160 Sergey Ptashnick, Sergiusz Urbaniak, Stefan Berger, Stefan Hajnoczi,
8161 Stefan Schweter, Stuart McLaren, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève,
8162 Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tibor
8163 Nagy, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Viktar
8164 Vaŭčkievič, Viktor Mihajlovski, Vitaly Sulimov, Waldemar Brodkorb,
8165 Walter Garcia-Fontes, Wim de With, Yassine Imounachen, Yi EungJun,
8166 YunQiang Su, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Александр
8167 Тихонов
8168
8169 — Berlin, 2017-03-01
8170
8171 CHANGES WITH 232:
8172
8173 * udev now runs with MemoryDenyWriteExecute=, RestrictRealtime= and
8174 RestrictAddressFamilies= enabled. These sandboxing options should
8175 generally be compatible with the various external udev call-out
8176 binaries we are aware of, however there may be exceptions, in
8177 particular when exotic languages for these call-outs are used. In
8178 this case, consider turning off these settings locally.
8179
8180 * The new RemoveIPC= option can be used to remove IPC objects owned by
8181 the user or group of a service when that service exits.
8182
8183 * The new ProtectKernelModules= option can be used to disable explicit
8184 load and unload operations of kernel modules by a service. In
8185 addition access to /usr/lib/modules is removed if this option is set.
8186
8187 * ProtectSystem= option gained a new value "strict", which causes the
8188 whole file system tree with the exception of /dev, /proc, and /sys,
8189 to be remounted read-only for a service.
8190
8191 * The new ProtectKernelTunables= option can be used to disable
8192 modification of configuration files in /sys and /proc by a service.
8193 Various directories and files are remounted read-only, so access is
8194 restricted even if the file permissions would allow it.
8195
8196 * The new ProtectControlGroups= option can be used to disable write
8197 access by a service to /sys/fs/cgroup.
8198
8199 * Various systemd services have been hardened with
8200 ProtectKernelTunables=yes, ProtectControlGroups=yes,
8201 RestrictAddressFamilies=.
8202
8203 * Support for dynamically creating users for the lifetime of a service
8204 has been added. If DynamicUser=yes is specified, user and group IDs
8205 will be allocated from the range 61184…65519 for the lifetime of the
8206 service. They can be resolved using the new nss-systemd.so NSS
8207 module. The module must be enabled in /etc/nsswitch.conf. Services
8208 started in this way have PrivateTmp= and RemoveIPC= enabled, so that
8209 any resources allocated by the service will be cleaned up when the
8210 service exits. They also have ProtectHome=read-only and
8211 ProtectSystem=strict enabled, so they are not able to make any
8212 permanent modifications to the system.
8213
8214 * The nss-systemd module also always resolves root and nobody, making
8215 it possible to have no /etc/passwd or /etc/group files in minimal
8216 container or chroot environments.
8217
8218 * Services may be started with their own user namespace using the new
8219 boolean PrivateUsers= option. Only root, nobody, and the uid/gid
8220 under which the service is running are mapped. All other users are
8221 mapped to nobody.
8222
8223 * Support for the cgroup namespace has been added to systemd-nspawn. If
8224 supported by kernel, the container system started by systemd-nspawn
8225 will have its own view of the cgroup hierarchy. This new behaviour
8226 can be disabled using $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_USE_CGNS environment variable.
8227
8228 * The new MemorySwapMax= option can be used to limit the maximum swap
8229 usage under the unified cgroup hierarchy.
8230
8231 * Support for the CPU controller in the unified cgroup hierarchy has
8232 been added, via the CPUWeight=, CPUStartupWeight=, CPUAccounting=
8233 options. This controller requires out-of-tree patches for the kernel
8234 and the support is provisional.
8235
8236 * Mount and automount units may now be created transiently
8237 (i.e. dynamically at runtime via the bus API, instead of requiring
8238 unit files in the file system).
8239
8240 * systemd-mount is a new tool which may mount file systems – much like
8241 mount(8), optionally pulling in additional dependencies through
8242 transient .mount and .automount units. For example, this tool
8243 automatically runs fsck on a backing block device before mounting,
8244 and allows the automount logic to be used dynamically from the
8245 command line for establishing mount points. This tool is particularly
8246 useful when dealing with removable media, as it will ensure fsck is
8247 run – if necessary – before the first access and that the file system
8248 is quickly unmounted after each access by utilizing the automount
8249 logic. This maximizes the chance that the file system on the
8250 removable media stays in a clean state, and if it isn't in a clean
8251 state is fixed automatically.
8252
8253 * LazyUnmount=yes option for mount units has been added to expose the
8254 umount --lazy option. Similarly, ForceUnmount=yes exposes the --force
8255 option.
8256
8257 * /efi will be used as the mount point of the EFI boot partition, if
8258 the directory is present, and the mount point was not configured
8259 through other means (e.g. fstab). If /efi directory does not exist,
8260 /boot will be used as before. This makes it easier to automatically
8261 mount the EFI partition on systems where /boot is used for something
8262 else.
8263
8264 * When operating on GPT disk images for containers, systemd-nspawn will
8265 now mount the ESP to /boot or /efi according to the same rules as PID
8266 1 running on a host. This allows tools like "bootctl" to operate
8267 correctly within such containers, in order to make container images
8268 bootable on physical systems.
8269
8270 * disk/by-id and disk/by-path symlinks are now created for NVMe drives.
8271
8272 * Two new user session targets have been added to support running
8273 graphical sessions under the systemd --user instance:
8274 graphical-session.target and graphical-session-pre.target. See
8275 systemd.special(7) for a description of how those targets should be
8276 used.
8277
8278 * The vconsole initialization code has been significantly reworked to
8279 use KD_FONT_OP_GET/SET ioctls instead of KD_FONT_OP_COPY and better
8280 support unicode keymaps. Font and keymap configuration will now be
8281 copied to all allocated virtual consoles.
8282
8283 * FreeBSD's bhyve virtualization is now detected.
8284
8285 * Information recorded in the journal for core dumps now includes the
8286 contents of /proc/mountinfo and the command line of the process at
8287 the top of the process hierarchy (which is usually the init process
8288 of the container).
8289
8290 * systemd-journal-gatewayd learned the --directory= option to serve
8291 files from the specified location.
8292
8293 * journalctl --root=… can be used to peruse the journal in the
8294 /var/log/ directories inside of a container tree. This is similar to
8295 the existing --machine= option, but does not require the container to
8296 be active.
8297
8298 * The hardware database has been extended to support
8299 ID_INPUT_TRACKBALL, used in addition to ID_INPUT_MOUSE to identify
8300 trackball devices.
8301
8302 MOUSE_WHEEL_CLICK_ANGLE_HORIZONTAL hwdb property has been added to
8303 specify the click rate for mice which include a horizontal wheel with
8304 a click rate that is different than the one for the vertical wheel.
8305
8306 * systemd-run gained a new --wait option that makes service execution
8307 synchronous. (Specifically, the command will not return until the
8308 specified service binary exited.)
8309
8310 * systemctl gained a new --wait option that causes the start command to
8311 wait until the units being started have terminated again.
8312
8313 * A new journal output mode "short-full" has been added which displays
8314 timestamps with abbreviated English day names and adds a timezone
8315 suffix. Those timestamps include more information than the default
8316 "short" output mode, and can be passed directly to journalctl's
8317 --since= and --until= options.
8318
8319 * /etc/resolv.conf will be bind-mounted into containers started by
8320 systemd-nspawn, if possible, so any changes to resolv.conf contents
8321 are automatically propagated to the container.
8322
8323 * The number of instances for socket-activated services originating
8324 from a single IP address can be limited with
8325 MaxConnectionsPerSource=, extending the existing setting of
8326 MaxConnections=.
8327
8328 * systemd-networkd gained support for vcan ("Virtual CAN") interface
8329 configuration.
8330
8331 * .netdev and .network configuration can now be extended through
8332 drop-ins.
8333
8334 * UDP Segmentation Offload, TCP Segmentation Offload, Generic
8335 Segmentation Offload, Generic Receive Offload, Large Receive Offload
8336 can be enabled and disabled using the new UDPSegmentationOffload=,
8337 TCPSegmentationOffload=, GenericSegmentationOffload=,
8338 GenericReceiveOffload=, LargeReceiveOffload= options in the
8339 [Link] section of .link files.
8340
8341 * The Spanning Tree Protocol, Priority, Aging Time, and the Default
8342 Port VLAN ID can be configured for bridge devices using the new STP=,
8343 Priority=, AgeingTimeSec=, and DefaultPVID= settings in the [Bridge]
8344 section of .netdev files.
8345
8346 * The route table to which routes received over DHCP or RA should be
8347 added can be configured with the new RouteTable= option in the [DHCP]
8348 and [IPv6AcceptRA] sections of .network files.
8349
8350 * The Address Resolution Protocol can be disabled on links managed by
8351 systemd-networkd using the ARP=no setting in the [Link] section of
8352 .network files.
8353
8354 * New environment variables $SERVICE_RESULT, $EXIT_CODE and
8355 $EXIT_STATUS are set for ExecStop= and ExecStopPost= commands, and
8356 encode information about the result and exit codes of the current
8357 service runtime cycle.
8358
8359 * systemd-sysctl will now configure kernel parameters in the order
8360 they occur in the configuration files. This matches what sysctl
8361 has been traditionally doing.
8362
8363 * kernel-install "plugins" that are executed to perform various
8364 tasks after a new kernel is added and before an old one is removed
8365 can now return a special value to terminate the procedure and
8366 prevent any later plugins from running.
8367
8368 * Journald's SplitMode=login setting has been deprecated. It has been
8369 removed from documentation, and its use is discouraged. In a future
8370 release it will be completely removed, and made equivalent to current
8371 default of SplitMode=uid.
8372
8373 * Storage=both option setting in /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been
8374 removed. With fast LZ4 compression storing the core dump twice is not
8375 useful.
8376
8377 * The --share-system systemd-nspawn option has been replaced with an
8378 (undocumented) variable $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_SYSTEM, but the use of
8379 this functionality is discouraged. In addition the variables
8380 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_IPC, $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_PID,
8381 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_UTS may be used to control the unsharing of
8382 individual namespaces.
8383
8384 * "machinectl list" now shows the IP address of running containers in
8385 the output, as well as OS release information.
8386
8387 * "loginctl list" now shows the TTY of each session in the output.
8388
8389 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_track_set_recursive(),
8390 sd_bus_track_get_recursive(), sd_bus_track_count_name(),
8391 sd_bus_track_count_sender(). They permit usage of sd_bus_track peer
8392 tracking objects in a "recursive" mode, where a single client can be
8393 counted multiple times, if it takes multiple references.
8394
8395 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_set_exit_on_disconnect() and
8396 sd_bus_get_exit_on_disconnect(). They may be used to make a
8397 process using sd-bus automatically exit if the bus connection is
8398 severed.
8399
8400 * Bus clients of the service manager may now "pin" loaded units into
8401 memory, by taking an explicit reference on them. This is useful to
8402 ensure the client can retrieve runtime data about the service even
8403 after the service completed execution. Taking such a reference is
8404 available only for privileged clients and should be helpful to watch
8405 running services in a race-free manner, and in particular collect
8406 information about exit statuses and results.
8407
8408 * The nss-resolve module has been changed to strictly return UNAVAIL
8409 when communication via D-Bus with resolved failed, and NOTFOUND when
8410 a lookup completed but was negative. This means it is now possible to
8411 neatly configure fallbacks using nsswitch.conf result checking
8412 expressions. Taking benefit of this, the new recommended
8413 configuration line for the "hosts" entry in /etc/nsswitch.conf is:
8414
8415 hosts: files mymachines resolve [!UNAVAIL=return] dns myhostname
8416
8417 * A new setting CtrlAltDelBurstAction= has been added to
8418 /etc/systemd/system.conf which may be used to configure the precise
8419 behaviour if the user on the console presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more often
8420 than 7 times in 2s. Previously this would unconditionally result in
8421 an expedited, immediate reboot. With this new setting the precise
8422 operation may be configured in more detail, and also turned off
8423 entirely.
8424
8425 * In .netdev files two new settings RemoteChecksumTx= and
8426 RemoteChecksumRx= are now understood that permit configuring the
8427 remote checksumming logic for VXLAN networks.
8428
8429 * The service manager learnt a new "invocation ID" concept for invoked
8430 services. Each runtime cycle of a service will get a new invocation
8431 ID (a 128bit random UUID) assigned that identifies the current
8432 run of the service uniquely and globally. A new invocation ID
8433 is generated each time a service starts up. The journal will store
8434 the invocation ID of a service along with any logged messages, thus
8435 making the invocation ID useful for matching the online runtime of a
8436 service with the offline log data it generated in a safe way without
8437 relying on synchronized timestamps. In many ways this new service
8438 invocation ID concept is similar to the kernel's boot ID concept that
8439 uniquely and globally identifies the runtime of each boot. The
8440 invocation ID of a service is passed to the service itself via an
8441 environment variable ($INVOCATION_ID). A new bus call
8442 GetUnitByInvocationID() has been added that is similar to GetUnit()
8443 but instead of retrieving the bus path for a unit by its name
8444 retrieves it by its invocation ID. The returned path is valid only as
8445 long as the passed invocation ID is current.
8446
8447 * systemd-resolved gained a new "DNSStubListener" setting in
8448 resolved.conf. It either takes a boolean value or the special values
8449 "udp" and "tcp", and configures whether to enable the stub DNS
8450 listener on 127.0.0.53:53.
8451
8452 * IP addresses configured via networkd may now carry additional
8453 configuration settings supported by the kernel. New options include:
8454 HomeAddress=, DuplicateAddressDetection=, ManageTemporaryAddress=,
8455 PrefixRoute=, AutoJoin=.
8456
8457 * The PAM configuration fragment file for "user@.service" shipped with
8458 systemd (i.e. the --user instance of systemd) has been stripped to
8459 the minimum necessary to make the system boot. Previously, it
8460 contained Fedora-specific stanzas that did not apply to other
8461 distributions. It is expected that downstream distributions add
8462 additional configuration lines, matching their needs to this file,
8463 using it only as rough template of what systemd itself needs. Note
8464 that this reduced fragment does not even include an invocation of
8465 pam_limits which most distributions probably want to add, even though
8466 systemd itself does not need it. (There's also the new build time
8467 option --with-pamconfdir=no to disable installation of the PAM
8468 fragment entirely.)
8469
8470 * If PrivateDevices=yes is set for a service the CAP_SYS_RAWIO
8471 capability is now also dropped from its set (in addition to
8472 CAP_SYS_MKNOD as before).
8473
8474 * In service unit files it is now possible to connect a specific named
8475 file descriptor with stdin/stdout/stdout of an executed service. The
8476 name may be specified in matching .socket units using the
8477 FileDescriptorName= setting.
8478
8479 * A number of journal settings may now be configured on the kernel
8480 command line. Specifically, the following options are now understood:
8481 systemd.journald.max_level_console=,
8482 systemd.journald.max_level_store=,
8483 systemd.journald.max_level_syslog=, systemd.journald.max_level_kmsg=,
8484 systemd.journald.max_level_wall=.
8485
8486 * "systemctl is-enabled --full" will now show by which symlinks a unit
8487 file is enabled in the unit dependency tree.
8488
8489 * Support for VeraCrypt encrypted partitions has been added to the
8490 "cryptsetup" logic and /etc/crypttab.
8491
8492 * systemd-detect-virt gained support for a new --private-users switch
8493 that checks whether the invoking processes are running inside a user
8494 namespace. Similar, a new special value "private-users" for the
8495 existing ConditionVirtualization= setting has been added, permitting
8496 skipping of specific units in user namespace environments.
8497
8498 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alfie John,
8499 Andreas Henriksson, Andrew Jeddeloh, Balázs Úr, Bart Rulon, Benjamin
8500 Richter, Ben Gamari, Ben Harris, Brian J. Murrell, Christian Brauner,
8501 Christian Rebischke, Clinton Roy, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
8502 Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, Daniel Maixner, Daniel Rusek, Dan Dedrick,
8503 Davide Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dennis Wassenberg,
8504 Djalal Harouni, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Elias Probst, Eric
8505 Cook, Erik Karlsson, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang,
8506 Franck Bui, George Hilliard, Giuseppe Scrivano, HATAYAMA Daisuke,
8507 Heikki Kemppainen, Hendrik Brueckner, hi117, Ismo Puustinen, Ivan
8508 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Kölker,
8509 Jean-Sébastien Bour, Jiří Pírko, Jonathan Boulle, Jorge Niedbalski,
8510 Keith Busch, kristbaum, Kyle Russell, Lans Zhang, Lennart Poettering,
8511 Leonardo Brondani Schenkel, Lucas Werkmeister, Luca Bruno, Lukáš
8512 Nykrýn, Maciek Borzecki, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
8513 Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Mello, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Matej
8514 Habrnal, Maxime de Roucy, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Hoy,
8515 Michael Olbrich, Michael Pope, Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Mike
8516 Gilbert, Nick Owens, Patrik Flykt, Paweł Szewczyk, Peter Hutterer,
8517 Piotr Drąg, Reid Price, Richard W.M. Jones, Roman Stingler, Ronny
8518 Chevalier, Seraphime Kirkovski, Stefan Schweter, Steve Muir, Susant
8519 Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tiago Levit,
8520 Tobias Jungel, Tomáš Janoušek, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut
8521 Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Wilhelm Schuster, Yann
8522 E. MORIN, Yi EungJun, Yuki Inoguchi, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
8523 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeal Jagannatha
8524
8525 — Santa Fe, 2016-11-03
8526
8527 CHANGES WITH 231:
8528
8529 * In service units the various ExecXYZ= settings have been extended
8530 with an additional special character as first argument of the
8531 assigned value: if the character '+' is used the specified command
8532 line it will be run with full privileges, regardless of User=,
8533 Group=, CapabilityBoundingSet= and similar options. The effect is
8534 similar to the existing PermissionsStartOnly= option, but allows
8535 configuration of this concept for each executed command line
8536 independently.
8537
8538 * Services may now alter the service watchdog timeout at runtime by
8539 sending a WATCHDOG_USEC= message via sd_notify().
8540
8541 * MemoryLimit= and related unit settings now optionally take percentage
8542 specifications. The percentage is taken relative to the amount of
8543 physical memory in the system (or in case of containers, the assigned
8544 amount of memory). This allows scaling service resources neatly with
8545 the amount of RAM available on the system. Similarly, systemd-logind's
8546 RuntimeDirectorySize= option now also optionally takes percentage
8547 values.
8548
8549 * In similar fashion TasksMax= takes percentage values now, too. The
8550 value is taken relative to the configured maximum number of processes
8551 on the system. The per-service task maximum has been changed to 15%
8552 using this functionality. (Effectively this is an increase of 512 →
8553 4915 for service units, given the kernel's default pid_max setting.)
8554
8555 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now understand a ".."
8556 syntax for time ranges. Example: "4..7:10" may now be used for
8557 defining a timer that is triggered at 4:10am, 5:10am, 6:10am and
8558 7:10am every day.
8559
8560 * The InaccessableDirectories=, ReadOnlyDirectories= and
8561 ReadWriteDirectories= unit file settings have been renamed to
8562 InaccessablePaths=, ReadOnlyPaths= and ReadWritePaths= and may now be
8563 applied to all kinds of file nodes, and not just directories, with
8564 the exception of symlinks. Specifically these settings may now be
8565 used on block and character device nodes, UNIX sockets and FIFOS as
8566 well as regular files. The old names of these settings remain
8567 available for compatibility.
8568
8569 * systemd will now log about all service processes it kills forcibly
8570 (using SIGKILL) because they remained after the clean shutdown phase
8571 of the service completed. This should help identifying services that
8572 shut down uncleanly. Moreover if KillUserProcesses= is enabled in
8573 systemd-logind's configuration a similar log message is generated for
8574 processes killed at the end of each session due to this setting.
8575
8576 * systemd will now set the $JOURNAL_STREAM environment variable for all
8577 services whose stdout/stderr are connected to the Journal (which
8578 effectively means by default: all services). The variable contains
8579 the device and inode number of the file descriptor used for
8580 stdout/stderr. This may be used by invoked programs to detect whether
8581 their stdout/stderr is connected to the Journal, in which case they
8582 can switch over to direct Journal communication, thus being able to
8583 pass extended, structured metadata along with their log messages. As
8584 one example, this is now used by glib's logging primitives.
8585
8586 * When using systemd's default tmp.mount unit for /tmp, the mount point
8587 will now be established with the "nosuid" and "nodev" options. This
8588 avoids privilege escalation attacks that put traps and exploits into
8589 /tmp. However, this might cause problems if you e. g. put container
8590 images or overlays into /tmp; if you need this, override tmp.mount's
8591 "Options=" with a drop-in, or mount /tmp from /etc/fstab with your
8592 desired options.
8593
8594 * systemd now supports the "memory" cgroup controller also on
8595 cgroup v2.
8596
8597 * The systemd-cgtop tool now optionally takes a control group path as
8598 command line argument. If specified, the control group list shown is
8599 limited to subgroups of that group.
8600
8601 * The SystemCallFilter= unit file setting gained support for
8602 pre-defined, named system call filter sets. For example
8603 SystemCallFilter=@clock is now an effective way to make all clock
8604 changing-related system calls unavailable to a service. A number of
8605 similar pre-defined groups are defined. Writing system call filters
8606 for system services is simplified substantially with this new
8607 concept. Accordingly, all of systemd's own, long-running services now
8608 enable system call filtering based on this, by default.
8609
8610 * A new service setting MemoryDenyWriteExecute= has been added, taking
8611 a boolean value. If turned on, a service may no longer create memory
8612 mappings that are writable and executable at the same time. This
8613 enhances security for services where this is enabled as it becomes
8614 harder to dynamically write and then execute memory in exploited
8615 service processes. This option has been enabled for all of systemd's
8616 own long-running services.
8617
8618 * A new RestrictRealtime= service setting has been added, taking a
8619 boolean argument. If set the service's processes may no longer
8620 acquire realtime scheduling. This improves security as realtime
8621 scheduling may otherwise be used to easily freeze the system.
8622
8623 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch --notify-ready= taking a boolean
8624 value. This may be used for requesting that the system manager inside
8625 of the container reports start-up completion to nspawn which then
8626 propagates this notification further to the service manager
8627 supervising nspawn itself. A related option NotifyReady= in .nspawn
8628 files has been added too. This functionality allows ordering of the
8629 start-up of multiple containers using the usual systemd ordering
8630 primitives.
8631
8632 * machinectl gained a new command "stop" that is an alias for
8633 "terminate".
8634
8635 * systemd-resolved gained support for contacting DNS servers on
8636 link-local IPv6 addresses.
8637
8638 * If systemd-resolved receives the SIGUSR2 signal it will now flush all
8639 its caches. A method call for requesting the same operation has been
8640 added to the bus API too, and is made available via "systemd-resolve
8641 --flush-caches".
8642
8643 * systemd-resolve gained a new --status switch. If passed a brief
8644 summary of the used DNS configuration with per-interface information
8645 is shown.
8646
8647 * resolved.conf gained a new Cache= boolean option, defaulting to
8648 on. If turned off local DNS caching is disabled. This comes with a
8649 performance penalty in particular when DNSSEC is enabled. Note that
8650 resolved disables its internal caching implicitly anyway, when the
8651 configured DNS server is on a host-local IP address such as ::1 or
8652 127.0.0.1, thus automatically avoiding double local caching.
8653
8654 * systemd-resolved now listens on the local IP address 127.0.0.53:53
8655 for DNS requests. This improves compatibility with local programs
8656 that do not use the libc NSS or systemd-resolved's bus APIs for name
8657 resolution. This minimal DNS service is only available to local
8658 programs and does not implement the full DNS protocol, but enough to
8659 cover local DNS clients. A new, static resolv.conf file, listing just
8660 this DNS server is now shipped in /usr/lib/systemd/resolv.conf. It is
8661 now recommended to make /etc/resolv.conf a symlink to this file in
8662 order to route all DNS lookups to systemd-resolved, regardless if
8663 done via NSS, the bus API or raw DNS packets. Note that this local
8664 DNS service is not as fully featured as the libc NSS or
8665 systemd-resolved's bus APIs. For example, as unicast DNS cannot be
8666 used to deliver link-local address information (as this implies
8667 sending a local interface index along), LLMNR/mDNS support via this
8668 interface is severely restricted. It is thus strongly recommended for
8669 all applications to use the libc NSS API or native systemd-resolved
8670 bus API instead.
8671
8672 * systemd-networkd's bridge support learned a new setting
8673 VLANFiltering= for controlling VLAN filtering. Moreover a new section
8674 in .network files has been added for configuring VLAN bridging in
8675 more detail: VLAN=, EgressUntagged=, PVID= in [BridgeVLAN].
8676
8677 * systemd-networkd's IPv6 Router Advertisement code now makes use of
8678 the DNSSL and RDNSS options. This means IPv6 DNS configuration may
8679 now be acquired without relying on DHCPv6. Two new options
8680 UseDomains= and UseDNS= have been added to configure this behaviour.
8681
8682 * systemd-networkd's IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= option has been
8683 renamed IPv6AcceptRA=, without altering its behaviour. The old
8684 setting name remains available for compatibility reasons.
8685
8686 * The systemd-networkd VTI/VTI6 tunneling support gained new options
8687 Key=, InputKey= and OutputKey=.
8688
8689 * systemd-networkd gained support for VRF ("Virtual Routing Function")
8690 interface configuration.
8691
8692 * "systemctl edit" may now be used to create new unit files by
8693 specifying the --force switch.
8694
8695 * sd-event gained a new function sd_event_get_iteration() for
8696 requesting the current iteration counter of the event loop. It starts
8697 at zero and is increased by one with each event loop iteration.
8698
8699 * A new rpm macro %systemd_ordering is provided by the macros.systemd
8700 file. It can be used in lieu of %systemd_requires in packages which
8701 don't use any systemd functionality and are intended to be installed
8702 in minimal containers without systemd present. This macro provides
8703 ordering dependencies to ensure that if the package is installed in
8704 the same rpm transaction as systemd, systemd will be installed before
8705 the scriptlets for the package are executed, allowing unit presets
8706 to be handled.
8707
8708 New macros %_systemdgeneratordir and %_systemdusergeneratordir have
8709 been added to simplify packaging of generators.
8710
8711 * The os-release file gained VERSION_CODENAME field for the
8712 distribution nickname (e.g. VERSION_CODENAME=woody).
8713
8714 * New udev property UDEV_DISABLE_PERSISTENT_STORAGE_RULES_FLAG=1
8715 can be set to disable parsing of metadata and the creation
8716 of persistent symlinks for that device.
8717
8718 * The v230 change to tag framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) with "uaccess"
8719 to make them available to logged-in users has been reverted.
8720
8721 * Much of the common code of the various systemd components is now
8722 built into an internal shared library libsystemd-shared-231.so
8723 (incorporating the systemd version number in the name, to be updated
8724 with future releases) that the components link to. This should
8725 decrease systemd footprint both in memory during runtime and on
8726 disk. Note that the shared library is not for public use, and is
8727 neither API nor ABI stable, but is likely to change with every new
8728 released update. Packagers need to make sure that binaries
8729 linking to libsystemd-shared.so are updated in step with the
8730 library.
8731
8732 * Configuration for "mkosi" is now part of the systemd
8733 repository. mkosi is a tool to easily build legacy-free OS images,
8734 and is available on github: https://github.com/systemd/mkosi. If
8735 "mkosi" is invoked in the build tree a new raw OS image is generated
8736 incorporating the systemd sources currently being worked on and a
8737 clean, fresh distribution installation. The generated OS image may be
8738 booted up with "systemd-nspawn -b -i", qemu-kvm or on any physical
8739 UEFI PC. This functionality is particularly useful to easily test
8740 local changes made to systemd in a pristine, defined environment. See
8741 doc/HACKING for details.
8742
8743 * configure learned the --with-support-url= option to specify the
8744 distribution's bugtracker.
8745
8746 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alessandro Puccetti, Alessio Igor
8747 Bogani, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Kurtz, Alex Gaynor, Andika
8748 Triwidada, Andreas Pokorny, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Ansgar
8749 Burchardt, Atrotors, Benjamin Drung, Brian Boylston, Christian Hesse,
8750 Christian Rebischke, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David
8751 Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Douglas Christman, Elias
8752 Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Federico Mena Quintero, Felipe Sateler,
8753 Franck Bui, Harald Hoyer, Ian Lee, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Jan
8754 Janssen, Jean-Sébastien Bour, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jouke
8755 Witteveen, Kai Ruhnau, kpengboy, Kyle Walker, Lénaïc Huard, Lennart
8756 Poettering, Luca Bruno, Lukas Lösche, Lukáš Nykrýn, mahkoh, Marcel
8757 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Marty Plummer, Matthieu Codron, Max Prokhorov,
8758 Michael Biebl, Michael Karcher, Michael Olbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz,
8759 Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Minkyung, Muhammet Kara, mulkieran,
8760 Otto Wallenius, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes, Peter Hutterer, Ronny Chevalier,
8761 Rusty Bird, Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas
8762 Haller, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Jungel, Tom Gundersen, Tom Yan,
8763 Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Valentin Vidić, Viktar Vaŭčkievič,
8764 WaLyong Cho, Weng Xuetian, Werner Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8765
8766 — Berlin, 2016-07-25
8767
8768 CHANGES WITH 230:
8769
8770 * DNSSEC is now turned on by default in systemd-resolved (in
8771 "allow-downgrade" mode), but may be turned off during compile time by
8772 passing "--with-default-dnssec=no" to "configure" (and of course,
8773 during runtime with DNSSEC= in resolved.conf). We recommend
8774 downstreams to leave this on at least during development cycles and
8775 report any issues with the DNSSEC logic upstream. We are very
8776 interested in collecting feedback about the DNSSEC validator and its
8777 limitations in the wild. Note however, that DNSSEC support is
8778 probably nothing downstreams should turn on in stable distros just
8779 yet, as it might create incompatibilities with a few DNS servers and
8780 networks. We tried hard to make sure we downgrade to non-DNSSEC mode
8781 automatically whenever we detect such incompatible setups, but there
8782 might be systems we do not cover yet. Hence: please help us testing
8783 the DNSSEC code, leave this on where you can, report back, but then
8784 again don't consider turning this on in your stable, LTS or
8785 production release just yet. (Note that you have to enable
8786 nss-resolve in /etc/nsswitch.conf, to actually use systemd-resolved
8787 and its DNSSEC mode for hostname resolution from local
8788 applications.)
8789
8790 * systemd-resolve conveniently resolves DANE records with the --tlsa
8791 option and OPENPGPKEY records with the --openpgp option. It also
8792 supports dumping raw DNS record data via the new --raw= switch.
8793
8794 * systemd-logind will now by default terminate user processes that are
8795 part of the user session scope unit (session-XX.scope) when the user
8796 logs out. This behavior is controlled by the KillUserProcesses=
8797 setting in logind.conf, and the previous default of "no" is now
8798 changed to "yes". This means that user sessions will be properly
8799 cleaned up after, but additional steps are necessary to allow
8800 intentionally long-running processes to survive logout.
8801
8802 While the user is logged in at least once, user@.service is running,
8803 and any service that should survive the end of any individual login
8804 session can be started at a user service or scope using systemd-run.
8805 systemd-run(1) man page has been extended with an example which shows
8806 how to run screen in a scope unit underneath user@.service. The same
8807 command works for tmux.
8808
8809 After the user logs out of all sessions, user@.service will be
8810 terminated too, by default, unless the user has "lingering" enabled.
8811 To effectively allow users to run long-term tasks even if they are
8812 logged out, lingering must be enabled for them. See loginctl(1) for
8813 details. The default polkit policy was modified to allow users to
8814 set lingering for themselves without authentication.
8815
8816 Previous defaults can be restored at compile time by the
8817 --without-kill-user-processes option to "configure".
8818
8819 * systemd-logind gained new configuration settings SessionsMax= and
8820 InhibitorsMax=, both with a default of 8192. It will not register new
8821 user sessions or inhibitors above this limit.
8822
8823 * systemd-logind will now reload configuration on SIGHUP.
8824
8825 * The unified cgroup hierarchy added in Linux 4.5 is now supported.
8826 Use systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 on the kernel command line to
8827 enable. Also, support for the "io" cgroup controller in the unified
8828 hierarchy has been added, so that the "memory", "pids" and "io" are
8829 now the controllers that are supported on the unified hierarchy.
8830
8831 WARNING: it is not possible to use previous systemd versions with
8832 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 and the new kernel. Therefore it
8833 is necessary to also update systemd in the initramfs if using the
8834 unified hierarchy. An updated SELinux policy is also required.
8835
8836 * LLDP support has been extended, and both passive (receive-only) and
8837 active (sender) modes are supported. Passive mode ("routers-only") is
8838 enabled by default in systemd-networkd. Active LLDP mode is enabled
8839 by default for containers on the internal network. The "networkctl
8840 lldp" command may be used to list information gathered. "networkctl
8841 status" will also show basic LLDP information on connected peers now.
8842
8843 * The IAID and DUID unique identifier sent in DHCP requests may now be
8844 configured for the system and each .network file managed by
8845 systemd-networkd using the DUIDType=, DUIDRawData=, IAID= options.
8846
8847 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring proxy ARP support for
8848 each interface, via the ProxyArp= setting in .network files. It also
8849 gained support for configuring the multicast querier feature of
8850 bridge devices, via the new MulticastQuerier= setting in .netdev
8851 files. Similarly, snooping on the IGMP traffic can be controlled
8852 via the new setting MulticastSnooping=.
8853
8854 A new setting PreferredLifetime= has been added for addresses
8855 configured in .network file to configure the lifetime intended for an
8856 address.
8857
8858 The systemd-networkd DHCP server gained the option EmitRouter=, which
8859 defaults to yes, to configure whether the DHCP Option 3 (Router)
8860 should be emitted.
8861
8862 * The testing tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-activate is renamed to
8863 systemd-socket-activate and installed into /usr/bin. It is now fully
8864 supported.
8865
8866 * systemd-journald now uses separate threads to flush changes to disk
8867 when closing journal files, thus reducing impact of slow disk I/O on
8868 logging performance.
8869
8870 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
8871 sd_journal_open_directory_fd() and sd_journal_open_files_fd() which
8872 can be used to open journal files using file descriptors instead of
8873 file or directory paths. sd_journal_open_container() has been
8874 deprecated, sd_journal_open_directory_fd() should be used instead
8875 with the flag SD_JOURNAL_OS_ROOT.
8876
8877 * journalctl learned a new output mode "-o short-unix" that outputs log
8878 lines prefixed by their UNIX time (i.e. seconds since Jan 1st, 1970
8879 UTC). It also gained support for a new --no-hostname setting to
8880 suppress the hostname column in the family of "short" output modes.
8881
8882 * systemd-ask-password now optionally skips printing of the password to
8883 stdout with --no-output which can be useful in scripts.
8884
8885 * Framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) and 3D printers and scanners
8886 (devices tagged with ID_MAKER_TOOL) are now tagged with
8887 "uaccess" and are available to logged in users.
8888
8889 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports specifiers (with "%").
8890
8891 * "systemctl show" gained a new --value switch, which allows print a
8892 only the contents of a specific unit property, without also printing
8893 the property's name. Similar support was added to "show*" verbs
8894 of loginctl and machinectl that output "key=value" lists.
8895
8896 * A new unit type "generated" was added for files dynamically generated
8897 by generator tools. Similarly, a new unit type "transient" is used
8898 for unit files created using the runtime API. "systemctl enable" will
8899 refuse to operate on such files.
8900
8901 * A new command "systemctl revert" has been added that may be used to
8902 revert to the vendor version of a unit file, in case local changes
8903 have been made by adding drop-ins or overriding the unit file.
8904
8905 * "machinectl clean" gained a new verb to automatically remove all or
8906 just hidden container images.
8907
8908 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for a new line type "e" for emptying
8909 directories, if they exist, without creating them if they don't.
8910
8911 * systemd-nspawn gained support for automatically patching the UID/GIDs
8912 of the owners and the ACLs of all files and directories in a
8913 container tree to match the UID/GID user namespacing range selected
8914 for the container invocation. This mode is enabled via the new
8915 --private-users-chown switch. It also gained support for
8916 automatically choosing a free, previously unused UID/GID range when
8917 starting a container, via the new --private-users=pick setting (which
8918 implies --private-users-chown). Together, these options for the first
8919 time make user namespacing for nspawn containers fully automatic and
8920 thus deployable. The systemd-nspawn@.service template unit file has
8921 been changed to use this functionality by default.
8922
8923 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-zone= switch, that allows
8924 creating ad-hoc virtual Ethernet links between multiple containers,
8925 that only exist as long as at least one container referencing them is
8926 running. This allows easy connecting of multiple containers with a
8927 common link that implements an Ethernet broadcast domain. Each of
8928 these network "zones" may be named relatively freely by the user, and
8929 may be referenced by any number of containers, but each container may
8930 only reference one of these "zones". On the lower level, this is
8931 implemented by an automatically managed bridge network interface for
8932 each zone, that is created when the first container referencing its
8933 zone is created and removed when the last one referencing its zone
8934 terminates.
8935
8936 * The default start timeout may now be configured on the kernel command
8937 line via systemd.default_timeout_start_sec=. It was already
8938 configurable via the DefaultTimeoutStartSec= option in
8939 /etc/systemd/system.conf.
8940
8941 * Socket units gained a new TriggerLimitIntervalSec= and
8942 TriggerLimitBurst= setting to configure a limit on the activation
8943 rate of the socket unit.
8944
8945 * The LimitNICE= setting now optionally takes normal UNIX nice values
8946 in addition to the raw integer limit value. If the specified
8947 parameter is prefixed with "+" or "-" and is in the range -20…19 the
8948 value is understood as UNIX nice value. If not prefixed like this it
8949 is understood as raw RLIMIT_NICE limit.
8950
8951 * Note that the effect of the PrivateDevices= unit file setting changed
8952 slightly with this release: the per-device /dev file system will be
8953 mounted read-only from this version on, and will have "noexec"
8954 set. This (minor) change of behavior might cause some (exceptional)
8955 legacy software to break, when PrivateDevices=yes is set for its
8956 service. Please leave PrivateDevices= off if you run into problems
8957 with this.
8958
8959 * systemd-bootchart has been split out to a separate repository:
8960 https://github.com/systemd/systemd-bootchart
8961
8962 * systemd-bus-proxyd has been removed, as kdbus is unlikely to still be
8963 merged into the kernel in its current form.
8964
8965 * The compatibility libraries libsystemd-daemon.so,
8966 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-id128.so, and libsystemd-login.so
8967 which have been deprecated since systemd-209 have been removed along
8968 with the corresponding pkg-config files. All symbols provided by
8969 those libraries are provided by libsystemd.so.
8970
8971 * The Capabilities= unit file setting has been removed (it is ignored
8972 for backwards compatibility). AmbientCapabilities= and
8973 CapabilityBoundingSet= should be used instead.
8974
8975 * A new special target has been added, initrd-root-device.target,
8976 which creates a synchronization point for dependencies of the root
8977 device in early userspace. Initramfs builders must ensure that this
8978 target is now included in early userspace.
8979
8980 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Shopov,
8981 Alex Crawford, Andre Klärner, Andrew Eikum, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin
8982 Robin, Biao Lu, Bjørnar Ness, Calvin Owens, Christian Hesse, Clemens
8983 Gruber, Colin Guthrie, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh,
8984 Daniel Mack, Dan Nicholson, daurnimator, David Herrmann, David
8985 R. Hedges, Elias Probst, Emmanuel Gil Peyrot, EMOziko, Evgeny
8986 Vereshchagin, Federico, Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck
8987 Bui, frankheckenbach, gdamjan, Georgia Brikis, Harald Hoyer, Hendrik
8988 Brueckner, Hristo Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Ian Kelling, Ismo
8989 Puustinen, Jakub Wilk, Jaroslav Škarvada, Jeff Huang, Joel Holdsworth,
8990 John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathan Boulle, kayrus, Klearchos
8991 Chaloulos, Kyle Russell, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir
8992 Rintel, Lukáš Nykrýn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt,
8993 Michael Biebl, michaelolbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Koutný,
8994 Michal Sekletar, Mike Frysinger, Mike Gilbert, Mingcong Bai, Ming Lin,
8995 mulkieran, muzena, Nalin Dahyabhai, Naohiro Aota, Nathan McSween,
8996 Nicolas Braud-Santoni, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern,
8997 Petr Lautrbach, Petros Angelatos, Piotr Drąg, Rabin Vincent, Robert
8998 Węcławski, Ronny Chevalier, Samuel Tardieu, Stefan Saraev, Stefan
8999 Schallenberg aka nafets227, Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
9000 Plantefève, Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller,
9001 Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Klauser, Tom Gundersen, topimiettinen,
9002 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uwe Kleine-König, Victor Toso,
9003 Vinay Kulkarni, Vito Caputo, Vittorio G (VittGam), Vladimir Panteleev,
9004 Wieland Hoffmann, Wouter Verhelst, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
9005 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9006
9007 — Fairfax, 2016-05-21
9008
9009 CHANGES WITH 229:
9010
9011 * The systemd-resolved DNS resolver service has gained a substantial
9012 set of new features, most prominently it may now act as a DNSSEC
9013 validating stub resolver. DNSSEC mode is currently turned off by
9014 default, but is expected to be turned on by default in one of the
9015 next releases. For now, we invite everybody to test the DNSSEC logic
9016 by setting DNSSEC=allow-downgrade in /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. The
9017 service also gained a full set of D-Bus interfaces, including calls
9018 to configure DNS and DNSSEC settings per link (for use by external
9019 network management software). systemd-resolved and systemd-networkd
9020 now distinguish between "search" and "routing" domains. The former
9021 are used to qualify single-label names, the latter are used purely
9022 for routing lookups within certain domains to specific links.
9023 resolved now also synthesizes RRs for all entries from /etc/hosts.
9024
9025 * The systemd-resolve tool (which is a client utility for
9026 systemd-resolved) has been improved considerably and is now fully
9027 supported and documented. Hence it has moved from /usr/lib/systemd to
9028 /usr/bin.
9029
9030 * /dev/disk/by-path/ symlink support has been (re-)added for virtio
9031 devices.
9032
9033 * The coredump collection logic has been reworked: when a coredump is
9034 collected it is now written to disk, compressed and processed
9035 (including stacktrace extraction) from a new instantiated service
9036 systemd-coredump@.service, instead of directly from the
9037 /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook we provide. This is beneficial as
9038 processing large coredumps can take up a substantial amount of
9039 resources and time, and this previously happened entirely outside of
9040 systemd's service supervision. With the new logic the core_pattern
9041 hook only does minimal metadata collection before passing off control
9042 to the new instantiated service, which is configured with a time
9043 limit, a nice level and other settings to minimize negative impact on
9044 the rest of the system. Also note that the new logic will honour the
9045 RLIMIT_CORE setting of the crashed process, which now allows users
9046 and processes to turn off coredumping for their processes by setting
9047 this limit.
9048
9049 * The RLIMIT_CORE resource limit now defaults to "unlimited" for PID 1
9050 and all forked processes by default. Previously, PID 1 would leave
9051 the setting at "0" for all processes, as set by the kernel. Note that
9052 the resource limit traditionally has no effect on the generated
9053 coredumps on the system if the /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook
9054 logic is used. Since the limit is now honoured (see above) its
9055 default has been changed so that the coredumping logic is enabled by
9056 default for all processes, while allowing specific opt-out.
9057
9058 * When the stacktrace is extracted from processes of system users, this
9059 is now done as "systemd-coredump" user, in order to sandbox this
9060 potentially security sensitive parsing operation. (Note that when
9061 processing coredumps of normal users this is done under the user ID
9062 of process that crashed, as before.) Packagers should take notice
9063 that it is now necessary to create the "systemd-coredump" system user
9064 and group at package installation time.
9065
9066 * The systemd-activate socket activation testing tool gained support
9067 for SOCK_DGRAM and SOCK_SEQPACKET sockets using the new --datagram
9068 and --seqpacket switches. It also has been extended to support both
9069 new-style and inetd-style file descriptor passing. Use the new
9070 --inetd switch to request inetd-style file descriptor passing.
9071
9072 * Most systemd tools now honor a new $SYSTEMD_COLORS environment
9073 variable, which takes a boolean value. If set to false, ANSI color
9074 output is disabled in the tools even when run on a terminal that
9075 supports it.
9076
9077 * The VXLAN support in networkd now supports two new settings
9078 DestinationPort= and PortRange=.
9079
9080 * A new systemd.machine_id= kernel command line switch has been added,
9081 that may be used to set the machine ID in /etc/machine-id if it is
9082 not initialized yet. This command line option has no effect if the
9083 file is already initialized.
9084
9085 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --as-pid2 switch that invokes any
9086 specified command line as PID 2 rather than PID 1 in the
9087 container. In this mode PID 1 is a minimal stub init process that
9088 implements the special POSIX and Linux semantics of PID 1 regarding
9089 signal and child process management. Note that this stub init process
9090 is implemented in nspawn itself and requires no support from the
9091 container image. This new logic is useful to support running
9092 arbitrary commands in the container, as normal processes are
9093 generally not prepared to run as PID 1.
9094
9095 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --chdir= switch for setting the current
9096 working directory for the process started in the container.
9097
9098 * "journalctl /dev/sda" will now output all kernel log messages for
9099 specified device from the current boot, in addition to all devices
9100 that are parents of it. This should make log output about devices
9101 pretty useful, as long as kernel drivers attach enough metadata to
9102 the log messages. (The usual SATA drivers do.)
9103
9104 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
9105 sd_journal_has_runtime_files() and sd_journal_has_persistent_files()
9106 that report whether log data from /run or /var has been found.
9107
9108 * journalctl gained a new switch "--fields" that prints all journal
9109 record field names currently in use in the journal. This is backed
9110 by two new sd-journal API calls sd_journal_enumerate_fields() and
9111 sd_journal_restart_fields().
9112
9113 * Most configurable timeouts in systemd now expect an argument of
9114 "infinity" to turn them off, instead of "0" as before. The semantics
9115 from now on is that a timeout of "0" means "now", and "infinity"
9116 means "never". To maintain backwards compatibility, "0" continues to
9117 turn off previously existing timeout settings.
9118
9119 * "systemctl reload-or-try-restart" has been renamed to "systemctl
9120 try-reload-or-restart" to clarify what it actually does: the "try"
9121 logic applies to both reloading and restarting, not just restarting.
9122 The old name continues to be accepted for compatibility.
9123
9124 * On boot-up, when PID 1 detects that the system clock is behind the
9125 release date of the systemd version in use, the clock is now set
9126 to the latter. Previously, this was already done in timesyncd, in order
9127 to avoid running with clocks set to the various clock epochs such as
9128 1902, 1938 or 1970. With this change the logic is now done in PID 1
9129 in addition to timesyncd during early boot-up, so that it is enforced
9130 before the first process is spawned by systemd. Note that the logic
9131 in timesyncd remains, as it is more comprehensive and ensures
9132 clock monotonicity by maintaining a persistent timestamp file in
9133 /var. Since /var is generally not available in earliest boot or the
9134 initrd, this part of the logic remains in timesyncd, and is not done
9135 by PID 1.
9136
9137 * Support for tweaking details in net_cls.class_id through the
9138 NetClass= configuration directive has been removed, as the kernel
9139 people have decided to deprecate that controller in cgroup v2.
9140 Userspace tools such as nftables are moving over to setting rules
9141 that are specific to the full cgroup path of a task, which obsoletes
9142 these controllers anyway. The NetClass= directive is kept around for
9143 legacy compatibility reasons. For a more in-depth description of the
9144 kernel change, please refer to the respective upstream commit:
9145
9146 https://git.kernel.org/cgit/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git/commit/?id=bd1060a1d671
9147
9148 * A new service setting RuntimeMaxSec= has been added that may be used
9149 to specify a maximum runtime for a service. If the timeout is hit, the
9150 service is terminated and put into a failure state.
9151
9152 * A new service setting AmbientCapabilities= has been added. It allows
9153 configuration of additional Linux process capabilities that are
9154 passed to the activated processes. This is only available on very
9155 recent kernels.
9156
9157 * The process resource limit settings in service units may now be used
9158 to configure hard and soft limits individually.
9159
9160 * The various libsystemd APIs such as sd-bus or sd-event now publicly
9161 expose support for gcc's __attribute__((cleanup())) C extension.
9162 Specifically, for many object destructor functions alternative
9163 versions have been added that have names suffixed with "p" and take a
9164 pointer to a pointer to the object to destroy, instead of just a
9165 pointer to the object itself. This is useful because these destructor
9166 functions may be used directly as parameters to the cleanup
9167 construct. Internally, systemd has been a heavy user of this GCC
9168 extension for a long time, and with this change similar support is
9169 now available to consumers of the library outside of systemd. Note
9170 that by using this extension in your sources compatibility with old
9171 and strictly ANSI compatible C compilers is lost. However, all gcc or
9172 LLVM versions of recent years support this extension.
9173
9174 * Timer units gained support for a new setting RandomizedDelaySec= that
9175 allows configuring some additional randomized delay to the configured
9176 time. This is useful to spread out timer events to avoid load peaks in
9177 clusters or larger setups.
9178
9179 * Calendar time specifications now support sub-second accuracy.
9180
9181 * Socket units now support listening on SCTP and UDP-lite protocol
9182 sockets.
9183
9184 * The sd-event API now comes with a full set of man pages.
9185
9186 * Older versions of systemd contained experimental support for
9187 compressing journal files and coredumps with the LZ4 compressor that
9188 was not compatible with the lz4 binary (due to API limitations of the
9189 lz4 library). This support has been removed; only support for files
9190 compatible with the lz4 binary remains. This LZ4 logic is now
9191 officially supported and no longer considered experimental.
9192
9193 * The dkr image import logic has been removed again from importd. dkr's
9194 micro-services focus doesn't fit into the machine image focus of
9195 importd, and quickly got out of date with the upstream dkr API.
9196
9197 * Creation of the /run/lock/lockdev/ directory was dropped from
9198 tmpfiles.d/legacy.conf. Better locking mechanisms like flock() have
9199 been available for many years. If you still need this, you need to
9200 create your own tmpfiles.d config file with:
9201
9202 d /run/lock/lockdev 0775 root lock -
9203
9204 * The settings StartLimitBurst=, StartLimitInterval=, StartLimitAction=
9205 and RebootArgument= have been moved from the [Service] section of
9206 unit files to [Unit], and they are now supported on all unit types,
9207 not just service units. Of course, systemd will continue to
9208 understand these settings also at the old location, in order to
9209 maintain compatibility.
9210
9211 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Alban Crequy, Aleksander
9212 Adamowski, Alexander Kuleshov, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei Borzenkov,
9213 Andrew Wilcox, Arthur Clement, Beniamino Galvani, Casey Schaufler,
9214 Chris Atkinson, Chris Mayo, Christian Hesse, Damjan Georgievski, Dan
9215 Dedrick, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh, Daniel Korostil, Daniel Mack,
9216 David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominik Hannen, Douglas Christman,
9217 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Gabor Kelemen,
9218 Harald Hoyer, Hayden Walles, Helmut Grohne, Henrik Kaare Poulsen,
9219 Hristo Venev, Hui Wang, Indrajit Raychaudhuri, Ismo Puustinen, Jakub
9220 Wilk, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jan Synacek,
9221 Joost Bremmer, Jorgen Schaefer, Karel Zak, Klearchos Chaloulos,
9222 lc85446, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
9223 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer,
9224 Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar, Nicolas Cornu, Nicolas Iooss, Nils
9225 Carlson, nmartensen, nnz1024, Patrick Ohly, Peter Hutterer, Phillip Sz,
9226 Ronny Chevalier, Samu Kallio, Shawn Landden, Stef Walter, Susant
9227 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Tadej Janež, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
9228 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito
9229 Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9230
9231 — Berlin, 2016-02-11
9232
9233 CHANGES WITH 228:
9234
9235 * A number of properties previously only settable in unit
9236 files are now also available as properties to set when
9237 creating transient units programmatically via the bus, as it
9238 is exposed with systemd-run's --property=
9239 setting. Specifically, these are: SyslogIdentifier=,
9240 SyslogLevelPrefix=, TimerSlackNSec=, OOMScoreAdjust=,
9241 EnvironmentFile=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
9242 ReadOnlyDirectories=, InaccessibleDirectories=,
9243 ProtectSystem=, ProtectHome=, RuntimeDirectory=.
9244
9245 * When creating transient services via the bus API it is now
9246 possible to pass in a set of file descriptors to use as
9247 STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR for the invoked process.
9248
9249 * Slice units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs,
9250 similar to the way service and scope units may already be
9251 created transiently.
9252
9253 * Wherever systemd expects a calendar timestamp specification
9254 (like in journalctl's --since= and --until= switches) UTC
9255 timestamps are now supported. Timestamps suffixed with "UTC"
9256 are now considered to be in Universal Time Coordinated
9257 instead of the local timezone. Also, timestamps may now
9258 optionally be specified with sub-second accuracy. Both of
9259 these additions also apply to recurring calendar event
9260 specification, such as OnCalendar= in timer units.
9261
9262 * journalctl gained a new "--sync" switch that asks the
9263 journal daemon to write all so far unwritten log messages to
9264 disk and sync the files, before returning.
9265
9266 * systemd-tmpfiles learned two new line types "q" and "Q" that
9267 operate like "v", but also set up a basic btrfs quota
9268 hierarchy when used on a btrfs file system with quota
9269 enabled.
9270
9271 * tmpfiles' "v", "q" and "Q" will now create a plain directory
9272 instead of a subvolume (even on a btrfs file system) if the
9273 root directory is a plain directory, and not a
9274 subvolume. This should simplify things with certain chroot()
9275 environments which are not aware of the concept of btrfs
9276 subvolumes.
9277
9278 * systemd-detect-virt gained a new --chroot switch to detect
9279 whether execution takes place in a chroot() environment.
9280
9281 * CPUAffinity= now takes CPU index ranges in addition to
9282 individual indexes.
9283
9284 * The various memory-related resource limit settings (such as
9285 LimitAS=) now understand the usual K, M, G, … suffixes to
9286 the base of 1024 (IEC). Similar, the time-related resource
9287 limit settings understand the usual min, h, day, … suffixes
9288 now.
9289
9290 * There's a new system.conf setting DefaultTasksMax= to
9291 control the default TasksMax= setting for services and
9292 scopes running on the system. (TasksMax= is the primary
9293 setting that exposes the "pids" cgroup controller on systemd
9294 and was introduced in the previous systemd release.) The
9295 setting now defaults to 512, which means services that are
9296 not explicitly configured otherwise will only be able to
9297 create 512 processes or threads at maximum, from this
9298 version on. Note that this means that thread- or
9299 process-heavy services might need to be reconfigured to set
9300 TasksMax= to a higher value. It is sufficient to set
9301 TasksMax= in these specific unit files to a higher value, or
9302 even "infinity". Similar, there's now a logind.conf setting
9303 UserTasksMax= that defaults to 4096 and limits the total
9304 number of processes or tasks each user may own
9305 concurrently. nspawn containers also have the TasksMax=
9306 value set by default now, to 8192. Note that all of this
9307 only has an effect if the "pids" cgroup controller is
9308 enabled in the kernel. The general benefit of these changes
9309 should be a more robust and safer system, that provides a
9310 certain amount of per-service fork() bomb protection.
9311
9312 * systemd-nspawn gained the new --network-veth-extra= switch
9313 to define additional and arbitrarily-named virtual Ethernet
9314 links between the host and the container.
9315
9316 * A new service execution setting PassEnvironment= has been
9317 added that allows importing select environment variables
9318 from PID1's environment block into the environment block of
9319 the service.
9320
9321 * Timer units gained support for a new RemainAfterElapse=
9322 setting which takes a boolean argument. It defaults to on,
9323 exposing behaviour unchanged to previous releases. If set to
9324 off, timer units are unloaded after they elapsed if they
9325 cannot elapse again. This is particularly useful for
9326 transient timer units, which shall not stay around longer
9327 than until they first elapse.
9328
9329 * systemd will now bump the net.unix.max_dgram_qlen to 512 by
9330 default now (the kernel default is 16). This is beneficial
9331 for avoiding blocking on AF_UNIX/SOCK_DGRAM sockets since it
9332 allows substantially larger numbers of queued
9333 datagrams. This should increase the capability of systemd to
9334 parallelize boot-up, as logging and sd_notify() are unlikely
9335 to stall execution anymore. If you need to change the value
9336 from the new defaults, use the usual sysctl.d/ snippets.
9337
9338 * The compression framing format used by the journal or
9339 coredump processing has changed to be in line with what the
9340 official LZ4 tools generate. LZ4 compression support in
9341 systemd was considered unsupported previously, as the format
9342 was not compatible with the normal tools. With this release
9343 this has changed now, and it is hence safe for downstream
9344 distributions to turn it on. While not compressing as well
9345 as the XZ, LZ4 is substantially faster, which makes
9346 it a good default choice for the compression logic in the
9347 journal and in coredump handling.
9348
9349 * Any reference to /etc/mtab has been dropped from
9350 systemd. The file has been obsolete since a while, but
9351 systemd refused to work on systems where it was incorrectly
9352 set up (it should be a symlink or non-existent). Please make
9353 sure to update to util-linux 2.27.1 or newer in conjunction
9354 with this systemd release, which also drops any reference to
9355 /etc/mtab. If you maintain a distribution make sure that no
9356 software you package still references it, as this is a
9357 likely source of bugs. There's also a glibc bug pending,
9358 asking for removal of any reference to this obsolete file:
9359
9360 https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=19108
9361
9362 Note that only util-linux versions built with
9363 --enable-libmount-force-mountinfo are supported.
9364
9365 * Support for the ".snapshot" unit type has been removed. This
9366 feature turned out to be little useful and little used, and
9367 has now been removed from the core and from systemctl.
9368
9369 * The dependency types RequiresOverridable= and
9370 RequisiteOverridable= have been removed from systemd. They
9371 have been used only very sparingly to our knowledge and
9372 other options that provide a similar effect (such as
9373 systemctl --mode=ignore-dependencies) are much more useful
9374 and commonly used. Moreover, they were only half-way
9375 implemented as the option to control behaviour regarding
9376 these dependencies was never added to systemctl. By removing
9377 these dependency types the execution engine becomes a bit
9378 simpler. Unit files that use these dependencies should be
9379 changed to use the non-Overridable dependency types
9380 instead. In fact, when parsing unit files with these
9381 options, that's what systemd will automatically convert them
9382 too, but it will also warn, asking users to fix the unit
9383 files accordingly. Removal of these dependency types should
9384 only affect a negligible number of unit files in the wild.
9385
9386 * Behaviour of networkd's IPForward= option changed
9387 (again). It will no longer maintain a per-interface setting,
9388 but propagate one way from interfaces where this is enabled
9389 to the global kernel setting. The global setting will be
9390 enabled when requested by a network that is set up, but
9391 never be disabled again. This change was made to make sure
9392 IPv4 and IPv6 behaviour regarding packet forwarding is
9393 similar (as the Linux IPv6 stack does not support
9394 per-interface control of this setting) and to minimize
9395 surprises.
9396
9397 * In unit files the behaviour of %u, %U, %h, %s has
9398 changed. These specifiers will now unconditionally resolve
9399 to the various user database fields of the user that the
9400 systemd instance is running as, instead of the user
9401 configured in the specific unit via User=. Note that this
9402 effectively doesn't change much, as resolving of these
9403 specifiers was already turned off in the --system instance
9404 of systemd, as we cannot do NSS lookups from PID 1. In the
9405 --user instance of systemd these specifiers where correctly
9406 resolved, but hardly made any sense, since the user instance
9407 lacks privileges to do user switches anyway, and User= is
9408 hence useless. Moreover, even in the --user instance of
9409 systemd behaviour was awkward as it would only take settings
9410 from User= assignment placed before the specifier into
9411 account. In order to unify and simplify the logic around
9412 this the specifiers will now always resolve to the
9413 credentials of the user invoking the manager (which in case
9414 of PID 1 is the root user).
9415
9416 Contributions from: Andrew Jones, Beniamino Galvani, Boyuan
9417 Yang, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann, David
9418 Reynolds, David Strauss, Dongsu Park, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
9419 Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Hristo
9420 Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
9421 Synacek, Jesus Ornelas Aguayo, Karel Zak, kayrus, Kay Sievers,
9422 Lennart Poettering, Liu Yuan Yuan, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
9423 Holtmann, Marcin Bachry, Marcos Alano, Marcos Mello, Mark
9424 Theunissen, Martin Pitt, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
9425 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nick Owens,
9426 Nicolas Cornu, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, reverendhomer,
9427 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Shawn Landden,
9428 Susant Sahani, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
9429 Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Vito Caputo, Zbigniew
9430 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9431
9432 — Berlin, 2015-11-18
9433
9434 CHANGES WITH 227:
9435
9436 * systemd now depends on util-linux v2.27. More specifically,
9437 the newly added mount monitor feature in libmount now
9438 replaces systemd's former own implementation.
9439
9440 * libmount mandates /etc/mtab not to be regular file, and
9441 systemd now enforces this condition at early boot.
9442 /etc/mtab has been deprecated and warned about for a very
9443 long time, so systems running systemd should already have
9444 stopped having this file around as anything else than a
9445 symlink to /proc/self/mounts.
9446
9447 * Support for the "pids" cgroup controller has been added. It
9448 allows accounting the number of tasks in a cgroup and
9449 enforcing limits on it. This adds two new setting
9450 TasksAccounting= and TasksMax= to each unit, as well as a
9451 global option DefaultTasksAccounting=.
9452
9453 * Support for the "net_cls" cgroup controller has been added.
9454 It allows assigning a net class ID to each task in the
9455 cgroup, which can then be used in firewall rules and traffic
9456 shaping configurations. Note that the kernel netfilter net
9457 class code does not currently work reliably for ingress
9458 packets on unestablished sockets.
9459
9460 This adds a new config directive called NetClass= to CGroup
9461 enabled units. Allowed values are positive numbers for fixed
9462 assignments and "auto" for picking a free value
9463 automatically.
9464
9465 * 'systemctl is-system-running' now returns 'offline' if the
9466 system is not booted with systemd. This command can now be
9467 used as a substitute for 'systemd-notify --booted'.
9468
9469 * Watchdog timeouts have been increased to 3 minutes for all
9470 in-tree service files. Apparently, disk IO issues are more
9471 frequent than we hoped, and user reported >1 minute waiting
9472 for disk IO.
9473
9474 * 'machine-id-commit' functionality has been merged into
9475 'machine-id-setup --commit'. The separate binary has been
9476 removed.
9477
9478 * The WorkingDirectory= directive in unit files may now be set
9479 to the special value '~'. In this case, the working
9480 directory is set to the home directory of the user
9481 configured in User=.
9482
9483 * "machinectl shell" will now open the shell in the home
9484 directory of the selected user by default.
9485
9486 * The CrashChVT= configuration file setting is renamed to
9487 CrashChangeVT=, following our usual logic of not
9488 abbreviating unnecessarily. The old directive is still
9489 supported for compat reasons. Also, this directive now takes
9490 an integer value between 1 and 63, or a boolean value. The
9491 formerly supported '-1' value for disabling stays around for
9492 compat reasons.
9493
9494 * The PrivateTmp=, PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork=,
9495 NoNewPrivileges=, TTYPath=, WorkingDirectory= and
9496 RootDirectory= properties can now be set for transient
9497 units.
9498
9499 * The systemd-analyze tool gained a new "set-log-target" verb
9500 to change the logging target the system manager logs to
9501 dynamically during runtime. This is similar to how
9502 "systemd-analyze set-log-level" already changes the log
9503 level.
9504
9505 * In nspawn /sys is now mounted as tmpfs, with only a selected
9506 set of subdirectories mounted in from the real sysfs. This
9507 enhances security slightly, and is useful for ensuring user
9508 namespaces work correctly.
9509
9510 * Support for USB FunctionFS activation has been added. This
9511 allows implementation of USB gadget services that are
9512 activated as soon as they are requested, so that they don't
9513 have to run continuously, similar to classic socket
9514 activation.
9515
9516 * The "systemctl exit" command now optionally takes an
9517 additional parameter that sets the exit code to return from
9518 the systemd manager when exiting. This is only relevant when
9519 running the systemd user instance, or when running the
9520 system instance in a container.
9521
9522 * sd-bus gained the new API calls sd_bus_path_encode_many()
9523 and sd_bus_path_decode_many() that allow easy encoding and
9524 decoding of multiple identifier strings inside a D-Bus
9525 object path. Another new call sd_bus_default_flush_close()
9526 has been added to flush and close per-thread default
9527 connections.
9528
9529 * systemd-cgtop gained support for a -M/--machine= switch to
9530 show the control groups within a certain container only.
9531
9532 * "systemctl kill" gained support for an optional --fail
9533 switch. If specified the requested operation will fail of no
9534 processes have been killed, because the unit had no
9535 processes attached, or similar.
9536
9537 * A new systemd.crash_reboot=1 kernel command line option has
9538 been added that triggers a reboot after crashing. This can
9539 also be set through CrashReboot= in systemd.conf.
9540
9541 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting now understands unit
9542 specifiers like %i or %f.
9543
9544 * A new (still internal) library API sd-ipv4acd has been added,
9545 that implements address conflict detection for IPv4. It's
9546 based on code from sd-ipv4ll, and will be useful for
9547 detecting DHCP address conflicts.
9548
9549 * File descriptors passed during socket activation may now be
9550 named. A new API sd_listen_fds_with_names() is added to
9551 access the names. The default names may be overridden,
9552 either in the .socket file using the FileDescriptorName=
9553 parameter, or by passing FDNAME= when storing the file
9554 descriptors using sd_notify().
9555
9556 * systemd-networkd gained support for:
9557
9558 - Setting the IPv6 Router Advertisement settings via
9559 IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= in .network files.
9560
9561 - Configuring the HelloTimeSec=, MaxAgeSec= and
9562 ForwardDelaySec= bridge parameters in .netdev files.
9563
9564 - Configuring PreferredSource= for static routes in
9565 .network files.
9566
9567 * The "ask-password" framework used to query for LUKS harddisk
9568 passwords or SSL passwords during boot gained support for
9569 caching passwords in the kernel keyring, if it is
9570 available. This makes sure that the user only has to type in
9571 a passphrase once if there are multiple objects to unlock
9572 with the same one. Previously, such password caching was
9573 available only when Plymouth was used; this moves the
9574 caching logic into the systemd codebase itself. The
9575 "systemd-ask-password" utility gained a new --keyname=
9576 switch to control which kernel keyring key to use for
9577 caching a password in. This functionality is also useful for
9578 enabling display managers such as gdm to automatically
9579 unlock the user's GNOME keyring if its passphrase, the
9580 user's password and the harddisk password are the same, if
9581 gdm-autologin is used.
9582
9583 * When downloading tar or raw images using "machinectl
9584 pull-tar" or "machinectl pull-raw", a matching ".nspawn"
9585 file is now also downloaded, if it is available and stored
9586 next to the image file.
9587
9588 * Units of type ".socket" gained a new boolean setting
9589 Writable= which is only useful in conjunction with
9590 ListenSpecial=. If true, enables opening the specified
9591 special file in O_RDWR mode rather than O_RDONLY mode.
9592
9593 * systemd-rfkill has been reworked to become a singleton
9594 service that is activated through /dev/rfkill on each rfkill
9595 state change and saves the settings to disk. This way,
9596 systemd-rfkill is now compatible with devices that exist
9597 only intermittendly, and even restores state if the previous
9598 system shutdown was abrupt rather than clean.
9599
9600 * The journal daemon gained support for vacuuming old journal
9601 files controlled by the number of files that shall remain,
9602 in addition to the already existing control by size and by
9603 date. This is useful as journal interleaving performance
9604 degrades with too many separate journal files, and allows
9605 putting an effective limit on them. The new setting defaults
9606 to 100, but this may be changed by setting SystemMaxFiles=
9607 and RuntimeMaxFiles= in journald.conf. Also, the
9608 "journalctl" tool gained the new --vacuum-files= switch to
9609 manually vacuum journal files to leave only the specified
9610 number of files in place.
9611
9612 * udev will now create /dev/disk/by-path links for ATA devices
9613 on kernels where that is supported.
9614
9615 * Galician, Serbian, Turkish and Korean translations were added.
9616
9617 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Alban Crequy, Beniamino
9618 Galvani, Benjamin Robin, Branislav Blaskovic, Chen-Han Hsiao
9619 (Stanley), Daniel Buch, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David
9620 Herrmann, David Milburn, doubleodoug, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
9621 Felipe Franciosi, Filipe Brandenburger, Fran Dieguez, Gabriel
9622 de Perthuis, Georg Müller, Hans de Goede, Hendrik Brueckner,
9623 Ivan Shapovalov, Jacob Keller, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen,
9624 Jan Synacek, Jens Kuske, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Krzesimir
9625 Nowak, Krzysztof Kotlenga, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart
9626 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski,
9627 Marcel Holtmann, Marius Thesing, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
9628 Michael Gebetsroither, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike
9629 Gilbert, Muhammet Kara, nazgul77, Nicolas Cornu, NoXPhasma,
9630 Olof Johansson, Patrik Flykt, Pawel Szewczyk, reverendhomer,
9631 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Susant Sahani,
9632 Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
9633 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Lyon, Viktar Vauchkevich,
9634 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Марко М. Костић
9635
9636 — Berlin, 2015-10-07
9637
9638 CHANGES WITH 226:
9639
9640 * The DHCP implementation of systemd-networkd gained a set of
9641 new features:
9642
9643 - The DHCP server now supports emitting DNS and NTP
9644 information. It may be enabled and configured via
9645 EmitDNS=, DNS=, EmitNTP=, and NTP=. If transmission of DNS
9646 and NTP information is enabled, but no servers are
9647 configured, the corresponding uplink information (if there
9648 is any) is propagated.
9649
9650 - Server and client now support transmission and reception
9651 of timezone information. It can be configured via the
9652 newly introduced network options UseTimezone=,
9653 EmitTimezone=, and Timezone=. Transmission of timezone
9654 information is enabled between host and containers by
9655 default now: the container will change its local timezone
9656 to what the host has set.
9657
9658 - Lease timeouts can now be configured via
9659 MaxLeaseTimeSec= and DefaultLeaseTimeSec=.
9660
9661 - The DHCP server improved on the stability of
9662 leases. Clients are more likely to get the same lease
9663 information back, even if the server loses state.
9664
9665 - The DHCP server supports two new configuration options to
9666 control the lease address pool metrics, PoolOffset= and
9667 PoolSize=.
9668
9669 * The encapsulation limit of tunnels in systemd-networkd may
9670 now be configured via 'EncapsulationLimit='. It allows
9671 modifying the maximum additional levels of encapsulation
9672 that are permitted to be prepended to a packet.
9673
9674 * systemd now supports the concept of user buses replacing
9675 session buses, if used with dbus-1.10 (and enabled via dbus
9676 --enable-user-session). It previously only supported this on
9677 kdbus-enabled systems, and this release expands this to
9678 'dbus-daemon' systems.
9679
9680 * systemd-networkd now supports predictable interface names
9681 for virtio devices.
9682
9683 * systemd now optionally supports the new Linux kernel
9684 "unified" control group hierarchy. If enabled via the kernel
9685 command-line option 'systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1',
9686 systemd will try to mount the unified cgroup hierarchy
9687 directly on /sys/fs/cgroup. If not enabled, or not
9688 available, systemd will fall back to the legacy cgroup
9689 hierarchy setup, as before. Host system and containers can
9690 mix and match legacy and unified hierarchies as they
9691 wish. nspawn understands the $UNIFIED_CGROUP_HIERARCHY
9692 environment variable to individually select the hierarchy to
9693 use for executed containers. By default, nspawn will use the
9694 unified hierarchy for the containers if the host uses the
9695 unified hierarchy, and the legacy hierarchy otherwise.
9696 Please note that at this point the unified hierarchy is an
9697 experimental kernel feature and is likely to change in one
9698 of the next kernel releases. Therefore, it should not be
9699 enabled by default in downstream distributions yet. The
9700 minimum required kernel version for the unified hierarchy to
9701 work is 4.2. Note that when the unified hierarchy is used
9702 for the first time delegated access to controllers is
9703 safe. Because of this systemd-nspawn containers will get
9704 access to controllers now, as will systemd user
9705 sessions. This means containers and user sessions may now
9706 manage their own resources, partitioning up what the system
9707 grants them.
9708
9709 * A new special scope unit "init.scope" has been introduced
9710 that encapsulates PID 1 of the system. It may be used to
9711 determine resource usage and enforce resource limits on PID
9712 1 itself. PID 1 hence moved out of the root of the control
9713 group tree.
9714
9715 * The cgtop tool gained support for filtering out kernel
9716 threads when counting tasks in a control group. Also, the
9717 count of processes is now recursively summed up by
9718 default. Two options -k and --recursive= have been added to
9719 revert to old behaviour. The tool has also been updated to
9720 work correctly in containers now.
9721
9722 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --bind-ro= options have been
9723 extended to allow creation of non-recursive bind mounts.
9724
9725 * libsystemd gained two new calls sd_pid_get_cgroup() and
9726 sd_peer_get_cgroup() which return the control group path of
9727 a process or peer of a connected AF_UNIX socket. This
9728 function call is particularly useful when implementing
9729 delegated subtrees support in the control group hierarchy.
9730
9731 * The "sd-event" event loop API of libsystemd now supports
9732 correct dequeuing of real-time signals, without losing
9733 signal events.
9734
9735 * When systemd requests a polkit decision when managing units it
9736 will now add additional fields to the request, including unit
9737 name and desired operation. This enables more powerful polkit
9738 policies, that make decisions depending on these parameters.
9739
9740 * nspawn learnt support for .nspawn settings files, that may
9741 accompany the image files or directories of containers, and
9742 may contain additional settings for the container. This is
9743 an alternative to configuring container parameters via the
9744 nspawn command line.
9745
9746 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, David
9747 Herrmann, Eugene Yakubovich, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe
9748 Brandenburger, Hans de Goede, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
9749 Synacek, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mangix, Marcel
9750 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michal
9751 Sekletar, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, reverendhomer, Robin
9752 Hack, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Pasche, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
9753 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø
9754
9755 — Berlin, 2015-09-08
9756
9757 CHANGES WITH 225:
9758
9759 * machinectl gained a new verb 'shell' which opens a fresh
9760 shell on the target container or the host. It is similar to
9761 the existing 'login' command of machinectl, but spawns the
9762 shell directly without prompting for username or
9763 password. The pseudo machine '.host' now refers to the local
9764 host and is used by default. Hence, 'machinectl shell' can
9765 be used as replacement for 'su -' which spawns a session as
9766 a fresh systemd unit in a way that is fully isolated from
9767 the originating session.
9768
9769 * systemd-networkd learned to cope with private-zone DHCP
9770 options and allows other programs to query the values.
9771
9772 * SELinux access control when enabling/disabling units is no
9773 longer enforced with this release. The previous implementation
9774 was incorrect, and a new corrected implementation is not yet
9775 available. As unit file operations are still protected via
9776 polkit and D-Bus policy this is not a security problem. Yet,
9777 distributions which care about optimal SELinux support should
9778 probably not stabilize on this release.
9779
9780 * sd-bus gained support for matches of type "arg0has=", that
9781 test for membership of strings in string arrays sent in bus
9782 messages.
9783
9784 * systemd-resolved now dumps the contents of its DNS and LLMNR
9785 caches to the logs on reception of the SIGUSR1 signal. This
9786 is useful to debug DNS behaviour.
9787
9788 * The coredumpctl tool gained a new --directory= option to
9789 operate on journal files in a specific directory.
9790
9791 * "systemctl reboot" and related commands gained a new
9792 "--message=" option which may be used to set a free-text
9793 wall message when shutting down or rebooting the
9794 system. This message is also logged, which is useful for
9795 figuring out the reason for a reboot or shutdown a
9796 posteriori.
9797
9798 * The "systemd-resolve-host" tool's -i switch now takes
9799 network interface numbers as alternative to interface names.
9800
9801 * A new unit file setting for services has been introduced:
9802 UtmpMode= allows configuration of how precisely systemd
9803 handles utmp and wtmp entries for the service if this is
9804 enabled. This allows writing services that appear similar to
9805 user sessions in the output of the "w", "who", "last" and
9806 "lastlog" tools.
9807
9808 * systemd-resolved will now locally synthesize DNS resource
9809 records for the "localhost" and "gateway" domains as well as
9810 the local hostname. This should ensure that clients querying
9811 RRs via resolved will get similar results as those going via
9812 NSS, if nss-myhostname is enabled.
9813
9814 Contributions from: Alastair Hughes, Alex Crawford, Daniel
9815 Mack, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Kostrowski,
9816 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Jan
9817 Pokorný, Jan Synacek, Johnny Robeson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
9818 Kefeng Wang, Lennart Poettering, Major Hayden, Marcel
9819 Holtmann, Markus Elfring, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Matt
9820 Turner, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Namhyung Kim,
9821 Nicolas Cornu, Owen W. Taylor, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer,
9822 reverendhomer, Richard Maw, Ronny Chevalier, Seth Jennings,
9823 Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe
9824 Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Meyer, Tom Gundersen, Vincent Batts,
9825 WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9826
9827 — Berlin, 2015-08-27
9828
9829 CHANGES WITH 224:
9830
9831 * The systemd-efi-boot-generator functionality was merged into
9832 systemd-gpt-auto-generator.
9833
9834 * systemd-networkd now supports Group Policy for vxlan
9835 devices. It can be enabled via the new boolean configuration
9836 option called 'GroupPolicyExtension='.
9837
9838 Contributions from: Andreas Kempf, Christian Hesse, Daniel Mack, David
9839 Herrmann, Herman Fries, Johannes Nixdorf, Kay Sievers, Lennart
9840 Poettering, Peter Hutterer, Susant Sahani, Tom Gundersen
9841
9842 — Berlin, 2015-07-31
9843
9844 CHANGES WITH 223:
9845
9846 * The python-systemd code has been removed from the systemd repository.
9847 A new repository has been created which accommodates the code from
9848 now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a separate package
9849 for this: https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
9850
9851 * The systemd daemon will now reload its main configuration
9852 (/etc/systemd/system.conf) on daemon-reload.
9853
9854 * sd-dhcp now exposes vendor specific extensions via
9855 sd_dhcp_lease_get_vendor_specific().
9856
9857 * systemd-networkd gained a number of new configuration options.
9858
9859 - A new boolean configuration option for TAP devices called
9860 'VNetHeader='. If set, the IFF_VNET_HDR flag is set for the
9861 device, thus allowing to send and receive GSO packets.
9862
9863 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'CopyDSCP='.
9864 If enabled, the DSCP field of ip6 tunnels is copied into the
9865 decapsulated packet.
9866
9867 - A set of boolean bridge configuration options were added.
9868 'UseBPDU=', 'HairPin=', 'FastLeave=', 'AllowPortToBeRoot=',
9869 and 'UnicastFlood=' are now parsed by networkd and applied to the
9870 respective bridge link device via the respective IFLA_BRPORT_*
9871 netlink attribute.
9872
9873 - A new string configuration option to override the hostname sent
9874 to a DHCP server, called 'Hostname='. If set and 'SendHostname='
9875 is true, networkd will use the configured hostname instead of the
9876 system hostname when sending DHCP requests.
9877
9878 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'IPv6FlowLabel='. If set,
9879 networkd will configure the IPv6 flow-label of the tunnel device
9880 according to RFC2460.
9881
9882 - The 'macvtap' virtual network devices are now supported, similar to
9883 the already supported 'macvlan' devices.
9884
9885 * systemd-resolved now implements RFC5452 to improve resilience against
9886 cache poisoning. Additionally, source port randomization is enabled
9887 by default to further protect against DNS spoofing attacks.
9888
9889 * nss-mymachines now supports translating UIDs and GIDs of running
9890 containers with user-namespaces enabled. If a container 'foo'
9891 translates a host uid 'UID' to the container uid 'TUID', then
9892 nss-mymachines will also map uid 'UID' to/from username 'vu-foo-TUID'
9893 (with 'foo' and 'TUID' replaced accordingly). Similarly, groups are
9894 mapped as 'vg-foo-TGID'.
9895
9896 Contributions from: Beniamino Galvani, cee1, Christian Hesse, Daniel
9897 Buch, Daniel Mack, daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov,
9898 HATAYAMA Daisuke, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig),
9899 Johan Ouwerkerk, Jose Carlos Venegas Munoz, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
9900 Lennart Poettering, Lidong Zhong, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
9901 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Namhyung Kim,
9902 Nick Owens, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, Steven Allen, Sungbae Yoo,
9903 Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom
9904 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo,
9905 Vivenzio Pagliari, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9906
9907 — Berlin, 2015-07-29
9908
9909 CHANGES WITH 222:
9910
9911 * udev does not longer support the WAIT_FOR_SYSFS= key in udev rules.
9912 There are no known issues with current sysfs, and udev does not need
9913 or should be used to work around such bugs.
9914
9915 * udev does no longer enable USB HID power management. Several reports
9916 indicate, that some devices cannot handle that setting.
9917
9918 * The udev accelerometer helper was removed. The functionality
9919 is now fully included in iio-sensor-proxy. But this means,
9920 older iio-sensor-proxy versions will no longer provide
9921 accelerometer/orientation data with this systemd version.
9922 Please upgrade iio-sensor-proxy to version 1.0.
9923
9924 * networkd gained a new configuration option IPv6PrivacyExtensions=
9925 which enables IPv6 privacy extensions (RFC 4941, "Privacy Extensions
9926 for Stateless Address") on selected networks.
9927
9928 * For the sake of fewer build-time dependencies and less code in the
9929 main repository, the python bindings are about to be removed in the
9930 next release. A new repository has been created which accommodates
9931 the code from now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a
9932 separate package for this. The removal will take place in v223.
9933
9934 https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
9935
9936 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Andrew Eikum, Bastien Nocera,
9937 Cédric Delmas, Christian Hesse, Christos Trochalakis, Daniel Mack,
9938 daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Biggers, Eric
9939 Cook, Felipe Sateler, Geert Jansen, Gerd Hoffmann, Gianpaolo Macario,
9940 Greg Kroah-Hartman, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Alexander Steffens
9941 (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jay Strict, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
9942 Markus Knetschke, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michal
9943 Sekletar, Miguel Bernal Marin, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, rinrinne,
9944 Susant Sahani, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
9945 Husebø, Vedran Miletić, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9946
9947 — Berlin, 2015-07-07
9948
9949 CHANGES WITH 221:
9950
9951 * The sd-bus.h and sd-event.h APIs have now been declared
9952 stable and have been added to the official interface of
9953 libsystemd.so. sd-bus implements an alternative D-Bus client
9954 library, that is relatively easy to use, very efficient and
9955 supports both classic D-Bus as well as kdbus as transport
9956 backend. sd-event is a generic event loop abstraction that
9957 is built around Linux epoll, but adds features such as event
9958 prioritization or efficient timer handling. Both APIs are good
9959 choices for C programs looking for a bus and/or event loop
9960 implementation that is minimal and does not have to be
9961 portable to other kernels.
9962
9963 * kdbus support is no longer compile-time optional. It is now
9964 always built-in. However, it can still be disabled at
9965 runtime using the kdbus=0 kernel command line setting, and
9966 that setting may be changed to default to off, by specifying
9967 --disable-kdbus at build-time. Note though that the kernel
9968 command line setting has no effect if the kdbus.ko kernel
9969 module is not installed, in which case kdbus is (obviously)
9970 also disabled. We encourage all downstream distributions to
9971 begin testing kdbus by adding it to the kernel images in the
9972 development distributions, and leaving kdbus support in
9973 systemd enabled.
9974
9975 * The minimal required util-linux version has been bumped to
9976 2.26.
9977
9978 * Support for chkconfig (--enable-chkconfig) was removed in
9979 favor of calling an abstraction tool
9980 /lib/systemd/systemd-sysv-install. This needs to be
9981 implemented for your distribution. See "SYSV INIT.D SCRIPTS"
9982 in README for details.
9983
9984 * If there's a systemd unit and a SysV init script for the
9985 same service name, and the user executes "systemctl enable"
9986 for it (or a related call), then this will now enable both
9987 (or execute the related operation on both), not just the
9988 unit.
9989
9990 * The libudev API documentation has been converted from gtkdoc
9991 into man pages.
9992
9993 * gudev has been removed from the systemd tree, it is now an
9994 external project.
9995
9996 * The systemd-cgtop tool learnt a new --raw switch to generate
9997 "raw" (machine parsable) output.
9998
9999 * networkd's IPForwarding= .network file setting learnt the
10000 new setting "kernel", which ensures that networkd does not
10001 change the IP forwarding sysctl from the default kernel
10002 state.
10003
10004 * The systemd-logind bus API now exposes a new boolean
10005 property "Docked" that reports whether logind considers the
10006 system "docked", i.e. connected to a docking station or not.
10007
10008 Contributions from: Alex Crawford, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei
10009 Borzenkov, Charles Duffy, Colin Guthrie, Cristian Rodríguez,
10010 Daniele Medri, Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann,
10011 David Mohr, Dimitri John Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, dslul, Ed
10012 Swierk, Eric Cook, Filipe Brandenburger, Gianpaolo Macario,
10013 Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Igor Vuk, Jan Synacek,
10014 Jason Pleau, Jason S. McMullan, Jean Delvare, Jeff Huang,
10015 Jonathan Boulle, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, kloun, Lennart
10016 Poettering, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Mario
10017 Limonciello, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
10018 Michal Schmidt, Mike Gilbert, Nick Owens, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes,
10019 Patrick Donnelly, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Philip
10020 Withnall, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Susant Sahani,
10021 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
10022 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Viktar Vauchkevich, Werner
10023 Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10024
10025 — Berlin, 2015-06-19
10026
10027 CHANGES WITH 220:
10028
10029 * The gudev library has been extracted into a separate repository
10030 available at: https://git.gnome.org/browse/libgudev/
10031 It is now managed as part of the Gnome project. Distributions
10032 are recommended to pass --disable-gudev to systemd and use
10033 gudev from the Gnome project instead. gudev is still included
10034 in systemd, for now. It will be removed soon, though. Please
10035 also see the announcement-thread on systemd-devel:
10036 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2015-May/032070.html
10037
10038 * systemd now exposes a CPUUsageNSec= property for each
10039 service unit on the bus, that contains the overall consumed
10040 CPU time of a service (the sum of what each process of the
10041 service consumed). This value is only available if
10042 CPUAccounting= is turned on for a service, and is then shown
10043 in the "systemctl status" output.
10044
10045 * Support for configuring alternative mappings of the old SysV
10046 runlevels to systemd targets has been removed. They are now
10047 hardcoded in a way that runlevels 2, 3, 4 all map to
10048 multi-user.target and 5 to graphical.target (which
10049 previously was already the default behaviour).
10050
10051 * The auto-mounter logic gained support for mount point
10052 expiry, using a new TimeoutIdleSec= setting in .automount
10053 units. (Also available as x-systemd.idle-timeout= in /etc/fstab).
10054
10055 * The EFI System Partition (ESP) as mounted to /boot by
10056 systemd-efi-boot-generator will now be unmounted
10057 automatically after 2 minutes of not being used. This should
10058 minimize the risk of ESP corruptions.
10059
10060 * New /etc/fstab options x-systemd.requires= and
10061 x-systemd.requires-mounts-for= are now supported to express
10062 additional dependencies for mounts. This is useful for
10063 journaling file systems that support external journal
10064 devices or overlay file systems that require underlying file
10065 systems to be mounted.
10066
10067 * systemd does not support direct live-upgrades (via systemctl
10068 daemon-reexec) from versions older than v44 anymore. As no
10069 distribution we are aware of shipped such old versions in a
10070 stable release this should not be problematic.
10071
10072 * When systemd forks off a new per-connection service instance
10073 it will now set the $REMOTE_ADDR environment variable to the
10074 remote IP address, and $REMOTE_PORT environment variable to
10075 the remote IP port. This behaviour is similar to the
10076 corresponding environment variables defined by CGI.
10077
10078 * systemd-networkd gained support for uplink failure
10079 detection. The BindCarrier= option allows binding interface
10080 configuration dynamically to the link sense of other
10081 interfaces. This is useful to achieve behaviour like in
10082 network switches.
10083
10084 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring the DHCP
10085 client identifier to use when requesting leases.
10086
10087 * systemd-networkd now has a per-network UseNTP= option to
10088 configure whether NTP server information acquired via DHCP
10089 is passed on to services like systemd-timesyncd.
10090
10091 * systemd-networkd gained support for vti6 tunnels.
10092
10093 * Note that systemd-networkd manages the sysctl variable
10094 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/conf/*/forwarding for each interface
10095 it is configured for since v219. The variable controls IP
10096 forwarding, and is a per-interface alternative to the global
10097 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/ip_forward. This setting is
10098 configurable in the IPForward= option, which defaults to
10099 "no". This means if networkd is used for an interface it is
10100 no longer sufficient to set the global sysctl option to turn
10101 on IP forwarding! Instead, the .network file option
10102 IPForward= needs to be turned on! Note that the
10103 implementation of this behaviour was broken in v219 and has
10104 been fixed in v220.
10105
10106 * Many bonding and vxlan options are now configurable in
10107 systemd-networkd.
10108
10109 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --property= setting to set unit
10110 properties for the container scope. This is useful for
10111 setting resource parameters (e.g. "CPUShares=500") on
10112 containers started from the command line.
10113
10114 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --private-users= switch to make
10115 use of user namespacing available on recent Linux kernels.
10116
10117 * systemd-nspawn may now be called as part of a shell pipeline
10118 in which case the pipes used for stdin and stdout are passed
10119 directly to the process invoked in the container, without
10120 indirection via a pseudo tty.
10121
10122 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch to control the UNIX
10123 signal to use when killing the init process of the container
10124 when shutting down.
10125
10126 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --overlay= switch for mounting
10127 overlay file systems into the container using the new kernel
10128 overlayfs support.
10129
10130 * When a container image is imported via systemd-importd and
10131 the host file system is not btrfs, a loopback block device
10132 file is created in /var/lib/machines.raw with a btrfs file
10133 system inside. It is then mounted to /var/lib/machines to
10134 enable btrfs features for container management. The loopback
10135 file and btrfs file system is grown as needed when container
10136 images are imported via systemd-importd.
10137
10138 * systemd-machined/systemd-importd gained support for btrfs
10139 quota, to enforce container disk space limits on disk. This
10140 is exposed in "machinectl set-limit".
10141
10142 * systemd-importd now can import containers from local .tar,
10143 .raw and .qcow2 images, and export them to .tar and .raw. It
10144 can also import dkr v2 images now from the network (on top
10145 of v1 as before).
10146
10147 * systemd-importd gained support for verifying downloaded
10148 images with gpg2 (previously only gpg1 was supported).
10149
10150 * systemd-machined, systemd-logind, systemd: most bus calls are
10151 now accessible to unprivileged processes via polkit. Also,
10152 systemd-logind will now allow users to kill their own sessions
10153 without further privileges or authorization.
10154
10155 * systemd-shutdownd has been removed. This service was
10156 previously responsible for implementing scheduled shutdowns
10157 as exposed in /usr/bin/shutdown's time parameter. This
10158 functionality has now been moved into systemd-logind and is
10159 accessible via a bus interface.
10160
10161 * "systemctl reboot" gained a new switch --firmware-setup that
10162 can be used to reboot into the EFI firmware setup, if that
10163 is available. systemd-logind now exposes an API on the bus
10164 to trigger such reboots, in case graphical desktop UIs want
10165 to cover this functionality.
10166
10167 * "systemctl enable", "systemctl disable" and "systemctl mask"
10168 now support a new "--now" switch. If specified the units
10169 that are enabled will also be started, and the ones
10170 disabled/masked also stopped.
10171
10172 * The Gummiboot EFI boot loader tool has been merged into
10173 systemd, and renamed to "systemd-boot". The bootctl tool has been
10174 updated to support systemd-boot.
10175
10176 * An EFI kernel stub has been added that may be used to create
10177 kernel EFI binaries that contain not only the actual kernel,
10178 but also an initrd, boot splash, command line and OS release
10179 information. This combined binary can then be signed as a
10180 single image, so that the firmware can verify it all in one
10181 step. systemd-boot has special support for EFI binaries created
10182 like this and can extract OS release information from them
10183 and show them in the boot menu. This functionality is useful
10184 to implement cryptographically verified boot schemes.
10185
10186 * Optional support has been added to systemd-fsck to pass
10187 fsck's progress report to an AF_UNIX socket in the file
10188 system.
10189
10190 * udev will no longer create device symlinks for all block devices by
10191 default. A deny list for excluding special block devices from this
10192 logic has been turned into an allow list that requires picking block
10193 devices explicitly that require device symlinks.
10194
10195 * A new (currently still internal) API sd-device.h has been
10196 added to libsystemd. This modernized API is supposed to
10197 replace libudev eventually. In fact, already much of libudev
10198 is now just a wrapper around sd-device.h.
10199
10200 * A new hwdb database for storing metadata about pointing
10201 stick devices has been added.
10202
10203 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for setting file attributes
10204 similar to the "chattr" tool with new 'h' and 'H' lines.
10205
10206 * systemd-journald will no longer unconditionally set the
10207 btrfs NOCOW flag on new journal files. This is instead done
10208 with tmpfiles snippet using the new 'h' line type. This
10209 allows easy disabling of this logic, by masking the
10210 journal-nocow.conf tmpfiles file.
10211
10212 * systemd-journald will now translate audit message types to
10213 human readable identifiers when writing them to the
10214 journal. This should improve readability of audit messages.
10215
10216 * The LUKS logic gained support for the offset= and skip=
10217 options in /etc/crypttab, as previously implemented by
10218 Debian.
10219
10220 * /usr/lib/os-release gained a new optional field VARIANT= for
10221 distributions that support multiple variants (such as a
10222 desktop edition, a server edition, …)
10223
10224 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Adam Goode, Alban Crequy,
10225 Alberto Fanjul Alonso, Alexander Sverdlin, Alex Puchades, Alin
10226 Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrew Jones, Arend van Spriel,
10227 Benedikt Morbach, Benjamin Franzke, Benjamin Tissoires, Blaž
10228 Tomažič, Chris Morgan, Chris Morin, Colin Walters, Cristian
10229 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel
10230 Mack, Daniel Mustieles, daurnimator, Davide Bettio, David
10231 Herrmann, David Strauss, Didier Roche, Dimitri John Ledkov,
10232 Eric Cook, Gavin Li, Goffredo Baroncelli, Hannes Reinecke,
10233 Hans de Goede, Hans-Peter Deifel, Harald Hoyer, Iago López
10234 Galeiras, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
10235 Pazdziora, Jan Synacek, Jasper St. Pierre, Jay Faulkner, John
10236 Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathon Gilbert, Karel Zak, Kay
10237 Sievers, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas
10238 De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Lukas Rusak, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz
10239 Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel
10240 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Chevrier, Matthew Garrett,
10241 Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal
10242 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nir Soffer, Patrik
10243 Flykt, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Peter Lemenkov, Peter
10244 Waller, Piotr Drąg, Raul Gutierrez S, Richard Maw, Ronny
10245 Chevalier, Ross Burton, Sebastian Rasmussen, Sergey Ptashnick,
10246 Seth Jennings, Shawn Landden, Simon Farnsworth, Stefan Junker,
10247 Stephen Gallagher, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas
10248 Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tobias Hunger, Tom
10249 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Will
10250 Woods, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10251
10252 — Berlin, 2015-05-22
10253
10254 CHANGES WITH 219:
10255
10256 * Introduce a new API "sd-hwdb.h" for querying the hardware
10257 metadata database. With this minimal interface one can query
10258 and enumerate the udev hwdb, decoupled from the old libudev
10259 library. libudev's interface for this is now only a wrapper
10260 around sd-hwdb. A new tool systemd-hwdb has been added to
10261 interface with and update the database.
10262
10263 * When any of systemd's tools copies files (for example due to
10264 tmpfiles' C lines) a btrfs reflink will attempted first,
10265 before bytewise copying is done.
10266
10267 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --ephemeral switch. When
10268 specified a btrfs snapshot is taken of the container's root
10269 directory, and immediately removed when the container
10270 terminates again. Thus, a container can be started whose
10271 changes never alter the container's root directory, and are
10272 lost on container termination. This switch can also be used
10273 for starting a container off the root file system of the
10274 host without affecting the host OS. This switch is only
10275 available on btrfs file systems.
10276
10277 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --template= switch. It takes the
10278 path to a container tree to use as template for the tree
10279 specified via --directory=, should that directory be
10280 missing. This allows instantiating containers dynamically,
10281 on first run. This switch is only available on btrfs file
10282 systems.
10283
10284 * When a .mount unit refers to a mount point on which multiple
10285 mounts are stacked, and the .mount unit is stopped all of
10286 the stacked mount points will now be unmounted until no
10287 mount point remains.
10288
10289 * systemd now has an explicit notion of supported and
10290 unsupported unit types. Jobs enqueued for unsupported unit
10291 types will now fail with an "unsupported" error code. More
10292 specifically .swap, .automount and .device units are not
10293 supported in containers, .busname units are not supported on
10294 non-kdbus systems. .swap and .automount are also not
10295 supported if their respective kernel compile time options
10296 are disabled.
10297
10298 * machinectl gained support for two new "copy-from" and
10299 "copy-to" commands for copying files from a running
10300 container to the host or vice versa.
10301
10302 * machinectl gained support for a new "bind" command to bind
10303 mount host directories into local containers. This is
10304 currently only supported for nspawn containers.
10305
10306 * networkd gained support for configuring bridge forwarding
10307 database entries (fdb) from .network files.
10308
10309 * A new tiny daemon "systemd-importd" has been added that can
10310 download container images in tar, raw, qcow2 or dkr formats,
10311 and make them available locally in /var/lib/machines, so
10312 that they can run as nspawn containers. The daemon can GPG
10313 verify the downloads (not supported for dkr, since it has no
10314 provisions for verifying downloads). It will transparently
10315 decompress bz2, xz, gzip compressed downloads if necessary,
10316 and restore sparse files on disk. The daemon uses privilege
10317 separation to ensure the actual download logic runs with
10318 fewer privileges than the daemon itself. machinectl has
10319 gained new commands "pull-tar", "pull-raw" and "pull-dkr" to
10320 make the functionality of importd available to the
10321 user. With this in place the Fedora and Ubuntu "Cloud"
10322 images can be downloaded and booted as containers unmodified
10323 (the Fedora images lack the appropriate GPG signature files
10324 currently, so they cannot be verified, but this will change
10325 soon, hopefully). Note that downloading images is currently
10326 only fully supported on btrfs.
10327
10328 * machinectl is now able to list container images found in
10329 /var/lib/machines, along with some metadata about sizes of
10330 disk and similar. If the directory is located on btrfs and
10331 quota is enabled, this includes quota display. A new command
10332 "image-status" has been added that shows additional
10333 information about images.
10334
10335 * machinectl is now able to clone container images
10336 efficiently, if the underlying file system (btrfs) supports
10337 it, with the new "machinectl clone" command. It also
10338 gained commands for renaming and removing images, as well as
10339 marking them read-only or read-write (supported also on
10340 legacy file systems).
10341
10342 * networkd gained support for collecting LLDP network
10343 announcements, from hardware that supports this. This is
10344 shown in networkctl output.
10345
10346 * systemd-run gained support for a new -t (--pty) switch for
10347 invoking a binary on a pty whose input and output is
10348 connected to the invoking terminal. This allows executing
10349 processes as system services while interactively
10350 communicating with them via the terminal. Most interestingly
10351 this is supported across container boundaries. Invoking
10352 "systemd-run -t /bin/bash" is an alternative to running a
10353 full login session, the difference being that the former
10354 will not register a session, nor go through the PAM session
10355 setup.
10356
10357 * tmpfiles gained support for a new "v" line type for creating
10358 btrfs subvolumes. If the underlying file system is a legacy
10359 file system, this automatically degrades to creating a
10360 normal directory. Among others /var/lib/machines is now
10361 created like this at boot, should it be missing.
10362
10363 * The directory /var/lib/containers/ has been deprecated and
10364 been replaced by /var/lib/machines. The term "machines" has
10365 been used in the systemd context as generic term for both
10366 VMs and containers, and hence appears more appropriate for
10367 this, as the directory can also contain raw images bootable
10368 via qemu/kvm.
10369
10370 * systemd-nspawn when invoked with -M but without --directory=
10371 or --image= is now capable of searching for the container
10372 root directory, subvolume or disk image automatically, in
10373 /var/lib/machines. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated
10374 to make use of this, thus allowing it to be used for raw
10375 disk images, too.
10376
10377 * A new machines.target unit has been introduced that is
10378 supposed to group all containers/VMs invoked as services on
10379 the system. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated to
10380 integrate with that.
10381
10382 * machinectl gained a new "start" command, for invoking a
10383 container as a service. "machinectl start foo" is mostly
10384 equivalent to "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foo.service",
10385 but handles escaping in a nicer way.
10386
10387 * systemd-nspawn will now mount most of the cgroupfs tree
10388 read-only into each container, with the exception of the
10389 container's own subtree in the name=systemd hierarchy.
10390
10391 * journald now sets the special FS_NOCOW file flag for its
10392 journal files. This should improve performance on btrfs, by
10393 avoiding heavy fragmentation when journald's write-pattern
10394 is used on COW file systems. It degrades btrfs' data
10395 integrity guarantees for the files to the same levels as for
10396 ext3/ext4 however. This should be OK though as journald does
10397 its own data integrity checks and all its objects are
10398 checksummed on disk. Also, journald should handle btrfs disk
10399 full events a lot more gracefully now, by processing SIGBUS
10400 errors, and not relying on fallocate() anymore.
10401
10402 * When journald detects that journal files it is writing to
10403 have been deleted it will immediately start new journal
10404 files.
10405
10406 * systemd now provides a way to store file descriptors
10407 per-service in PID 1. This is useful for daemons to ensure
10408 that fds they require are not lost during a daemon
10409 restart. The fds are passed to the daemon on the next
10410 invocation in the same way socket activation fds are
10411 passed. This is now used by journald to ensure that the
10412 various sockets connected to all the system's stdout/stderr
10413 are not lost when journald is restarted. File descriptors
10414 may be stored in PID 1 via the sd_pid_notify_with_fds() API,
10415 an extension to sd_notify(). Note that a limit is enforced
10416 on the number of fds a service can store in PID 1, and it
10417 defaults to 0, so that no fds may be stored, unless this is
10418 explicitly turned on.
10419
10420 * The default TERM variable to use for units connected to a
10421 terminal, when no other value is explicitly is set is now
10422 vt220 rather than vt102. This should be fairly safe still,
10423 but allows PgUp/PgDn work.
10424
10425 * The /etc/crypttab option header= as known from Debian is now
10426 supported.
10427
10428 * "loginctl user-status" and "loginctl session-status" will
10429 now show the last 10 lines of log messages of the
10430 user/session following the status output. Similar,
10431 "machinectl status" will show the last 10 log lines
10432 associated with a virtual machine or container
10433 service. (Note that this is usually not the log messages
10434 done in the VM/container itself, but simply what the
10435 container manager logs. For nspawn this includes all console
10436 output however.)
10437
10438 * "loginctl session-status" without further argument will now
10439 show the status of the session of the caller. Similar,
10440 "lock-session", "unlock-session", "activate",
10441 "enable-linger", "disable-linger" may now be called without
10442 session/user parameter in which case they apply to the
10443 caller's session/user.
10444
10445 * An X11 session scriptlet is now shipped that uploads
10446 $DISPLAY and $XAUTHORITY into the environment of the systemd
10447 --user daemon if a session begins. This should improve
10448 compatibility with X11 enabled applications run as systemd
10449 user services.
10450
10451 * Generators are now subject to masking via /etc and /run, the
10452 same way as unit files.
10453
10454 * networkd .network files gained support for configuring
10455 per-link IPv4/IPv6 packet forwarding as well as IPv4
10456 masquerading. This is by default turned on for veth links to
10457 containers, as registered by systemd-nspawn. This means that
10458 nspawn containers run with --network-veth will now get
10459 automatic routed access to the host's networks without any
10460 further configuration or setup, as long as networkd runs on
10461 the host.
10462
10463 * systemd-nspawn gained the --port= (-p) switch to expose TCP
10464 or UDP posts of a container on the host. With this in place
10465 it is possible to run containers with private veth links
10466 (--network-veth), and have their functionality exposed on
10467 the host as if their services were running directly on the
10468 host.
10469
10470 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth switch now gained a short
10471 version "-n", since with the changes above it is now truly
10472 useful out-of-the-box. The systemd-nspawn@.service has been
10473 updated to make use of it too by default.
10474
10475 * systemd-nspawn will now maintain a per-image R/W lock, to
10476 ensure that the same image is not started more than once
10477 writable. (It's OK to run an image multiple times
10478 simultaneously in read-only mode.)
10479
10480 * systemd-nspawn's --image= option is now capable of
10481 dissecting and booting MBR and GPT disk images that contain
10482 only a single active Linux partition. Previously it
10483 supported only GPT disk images with proper GPT type
10484 IDs. This allows running cloud images from major
10485 distributions directly with systemd-nspawn, without
10486 modification.
10487
10488 * In addition to collecting mouse dpi data in the udev
10489 hardware database, there's now support for collecting angle
10490 information for mouse scroll wheels. The database is
10491 supposed to guarantee similar scrolling behavior on mice
10492 that it knows about. There's also support for collecting
10493 information about Touchpad types.
10494
10495 * udev's input_id built-in will now also collect touch screen
10496 dimension data and attach it to probed devices.
10497
10498 * /etc/os-release gained support for a Distribution Privacy
10499 Policy link field.
10500
10501 * networkd gained support for creating "ipvlan", "gretap",
10502 "ip6gre", "ip6gretap" and "ip6tnl" network devices.
10503
10504 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for "a" lines for setting
10505 ACLs on files.
10506
10507 * systemd-nspawn will now mount /tmp in the container to
10508 tmpfs, automatically.
10509
10510 * systemd now exposes the memory.usage_in_bytes cgroup
10511 attribute and shows it for each service in the "systemctl
10512 status" output, if available.
10513
10514 * When the user presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more than 7x within 2s an
10515 immediate reboot is triggered. This useful if shutdown is
10516 hung and is unable to complete, to expedite the
10517 operation. Note that this kind of reboot will still unmount
10518 all file systems, and hence should not result in fsck being
10519 run on next reboot.
10520
10521 * A .device unit for an optical block device will now be
10522 considered active only when a medium is in the drive. Also,
10523 mount units are now bound to their backing devices thus
10524 triggering automatic unmounting when devices become
10525 unavailable. With this in place systemd will now
10526 automatically unmount left-over mounts when a CD-ROM is
10527 ejected or an USB stick is yanked from the system.
10528
10529 * networkd-wait-online now has support for waiting for
10530 specific interfaces only (with globbing), and for giving up
10531 after a configurable timeout.
10532
10533 * networkd now exits when idle. It will be automatically
10534 restarted as soon as interfaces show up, are removed or
10535 change state. networkd will stay around as long as there is
10536 at least one DHCP state machine or similar around, that keep
10537 it non-idle.
10538
10539 * networkd may now configure IPv6 link-local addressing in
10540 addition to IPv4 link-local addressing.
10541
10542 * The IPv6 "token" for use in SLAAC may now be configured for
10543 each .network interface in networkd.
10544
10545 * Routes configured with networkd may now be assigned a scope
10546 in .network files.
10547
10548 * networkd's [Match] sections now support globbing and lists
10549 of multiple space-separated matches per item.
10550
10551 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alin Rauta, Andrey Chaser,
10552 Bastien Nocera, Bruno Bottazzini, Carlos Garnacho, Carlos
10553 Morata Castillo, Chris Atkinson, Chris J. Arges, Christian
10554 Kirbach, Christian Seiler, Christoph Brill, Colin Guthrie,
10555 Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack,
10556 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni, Erik Auerswald,
10557 Filipe Brandenburger, Frank Theile, Gabor Kelemen, Gabriel de
10558 Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Hui Wang, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan
10559 Engelhardt, Jan Synacek, Jay Faulkner, Johannes Hölzl, Jonas
10560 Ådahl, Jonathan Boulle, Josef Andersson, Kay Sievers, Ken
10561 Werner, Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Märdian,
10562 Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
10563 Manuel Mendez, Marcel Holtmann, Marc Schmitzer, Marko
10564 Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl,
10565 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Mindaugas
10566 Baranauskas, Moez Bouhlel, Naveen Kumar, Patrik Flykt, Paul
10567 Martin, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern, Philippe De Swert,
10568 Piotr Drąg, Rafael Ferreira, Rami Rosen, Robert Milasan, Ronny
10569 Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Sebastien Bacher, Sergey Ptashnick,
10570 Shawn Landden, Stéphane Graber, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
10571 Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tim JP, Tom
10572 Gundersen, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar
10573 Lindskog, Veres Lajos, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, Wieland
10574 Hoffmann, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10575
10576 — Berlin, 2015-02-16
10577
10578 CHANGES WITH 218:
10579
10580 * When querying unit file enablement status (for example via
10581 "systemctl is-enabled"), a new state "indirect" is now known
10582 which indicates that a unit might not be enabled itself, but
10583 another unit listed in its Also= setting might be.
10584
10585 * Similar to the various existing ConditionXYZ= settings for
10586 units, there are now matching AssertXYZ= settings. While
10587 failing conditions cause a unit to be skipped, but its job
10588 to succeed, failing assertions declared like this will cause
10589 a unit start operation and its job to fail.
10590
10591 * hostnamed now knows a new chassis type "embedded".
10592
10593 * systemctl gained a new "edit" command. When used on a unit
10594 file, this allows extending unit files with .d/ drop-in
10595 configuration snippets or editing the full file (after
10596 copying it from /usr/lib to /etc). This will invoke the
10597 user's editor (as configured with $EDITOR), and reload the
10598 modified configuration after editing.
10599
10600 * "systemctl status" now shows the suggested enablement state
10601 for a unit, as declared in the (usually vendor-supplied)
10602 system preset files.
10603
10604 * nss-myhostname will now resolve the single-label hostname
10605 "gateway" to the locally configured default IP routing
10606 gateways, ordered by their metrics. This assigns a stable
10607 name to the used gateways, regardless which ones are
10608 currently configured. Note that the name will only be
10609 resolved after all other name sources (if nss-myhostname is
10610 configured properly) and should hence not negatively impact
10611 systems that use the single-label hostname "gateway" in
10612 other contexts.
10613
10614 * systemd-inhibit now allows filtering by mode when listing
10615 inhibitors.
10616
10617 * Scope and service units gained a new "Delegate" boolean
10618 property, which, when set, allows processes running inside the
10619 unit to further partition resources. This is primarily
10620 useful for systemd user instances as well as container
10621 managers.
10622
10623 * journald will now pick up audit messages directly from
10624 the kernel, and log them like any other log message. The
10625 audit fields are split up and fully indexed. This means that
10626 journalctl in many ways is now a (nicer!) alternative to
10627 ausearch, the traditional audit client. Note that this
10628 implements only a minimal audit client. If you want the
10629 special audit modes like reboot-on-log-overflow, please use
10630 the traditional auditd instead, which can be used in
10631 parallel to journald.
10632
10633 * The ConditionSecurity= unit file option now understands the
10634 special string "audit" to check whether auditing is
10635 available.
10636
10637 * journalctl gained two new commands --vacuum-size= and
10638 --vacuum-time= to delete old journal files until the
10639 remaining ones take up no more than the specified size on disk,
10640 or are not older than the specified time.
10641
10642 * A new, native PPPoE library has been added to sd-network,
10643 systemd's library of light-weight networking protocols. This
10644 library will be used in a future version of networkd to
10645 enable PPPoE communication without an external pppd daemon.
10646
10647 * The busctl tool now understands a new "capture" verb that
10648 works similar to "monitor", but writes a packet capture
10649 trace to STDOUT that can be redirected to a file which is
10650 compatible with libcap's capture file format. This can then
10651 be loaded in Wireshark and similar tools to inspect bus
10652 communication.
10653
10654 * The busctl tool now understands a new "tree" verb that shows
10655 the object trees of a specific service on the bus, or of all
10656 services.
10657
10658 * The busctl tool now understands a new "introspect" verb that
10659 shows all interfaces and members of objects on the bus,
10660 including their signature and values. This is particularly
10661 useful to get more information about bus objects shown by
10662 the new "busctl tree" command.
10663
10664 * The busctl tool now understands new verbs "call",
10665 "set-property" and "get-property" for invoking bus method
10666 calls, setting and getting bus object properties in a
10667 friendly way.
10668
10669 * busctl gained a new --augment-creds= argument that controls
10670 whether the tool shall augment credential information it
10671 gets from the bus with data from /proc, in a possibly
10672 race-ful way.
10673
10674 * nspawn's --link-journal= switch gained two new values
10675 "try-guest" and "try-host" that work like "guest" and
10676 "host", but do not fail if the host has no persistent
10677 journaling enabled. -j is now equivalent to
10678 --link-journal=try-guest.
10679
10680 * macvlan network devices created by nspawn will now have
10681 stable MAC addresses.
10682
10683 * A new SmackProcessLabel= unit setting has been added, which
10684 controls the SMACK security label processes forked off by
10685 the respective unit shall use.
10686
10687 * If compiled with --enable-xkbcommon, systemd-localed will
10688 verify x11 keymap settings by compiling the given keymap. It
10689 will spew out warnings if the compilation fails. This
10690 requires libxkbcommon to be installed.
10691
10692 * When a coredump is collected, a larger number of metadata
10693 fields is now collected and included in the journal records
10694 created for it. More specifically, control group membership,
10695 environment variables, memory maps, working directory,
10696 chroot directory, /proc/$PID/status, and a list of open file
10697 descriptors is now stored in the log entry.
10698
10699 * The udev hwdb now contains DPI information for mice. For
10700 details see:
10701
10702 http://who-t.blogspot.de/2014/12/building-a-dpi-database-for-mice.html
10703
10704 * All systemd programs that read standalone configuration
10705 files in /etc now also support a corresponding series of
10706 .conf.d configuration directories in /etc/, /run/,
10707 /usr/local/lib/, /usr/lib/, and (if configured with
10708 --enable-split-usr) /lib/. In particular, the following
10709 configuration files now have corresponding configuration
10710 directories: system.conf user.conf, logind.conf,
10711 journald.conf, sleep.conf, bootchart.conf, coredump.conf,
10712 resolved.conf, timesyncd.conf, journal-remote.conf, and
10713 journal-upload.conf. Note that distributions should use the
10714 configuration directories in /usr/lib/; the directories in
10715 /etc/ are reserved for the system administrator.
10716
10717 * systemd-rfkill will no longer take the rfkill device name
10718 into account when storing rfkill state on disk, as the name
10719 might be dynamically assigned and not stable. Instead, the
10720 ID_PATH udev variable combined with the rfkill type (wlan,
10721 bluetooth, …) is used.
10722
10723 * A new service systemd-machine-id-commit.service has been
10724 added. When used on systems where /etc is read-only during
10725 boot, and /etc/machine-id is not initialized (but an empty
10726 file), this service will copy the temporary machine ID
10727 created as replacement into /etc after the system is fully
10728 booted up. This is useful for systems that are freshly
10729 installed with a non-initialized machine ID, but should get
10730 a fixed machine ID for subsequent boots.
10731
10732 * networkd's .netdev files now provide a large set of
10733 configuration parameters for VXLAN devices. Similarly, the
10734 bridge port cost parameter is now configurable in .network
10735 files. There's also new support for configuring IP source
10736 routing. networkd .link files gained support for a new
10737 OriginalName= match that is useful to match against the
10738 original interface name the kernel assigned. .network files
10739 may include MTU= and MACAddress= fields for altering the MTU
10740 and MAC address while being connected to a specific network
10741 interface.
10742
10743 * The LUKS logic gained supported for configuring
10744 UUID-specific key files. There's also new support for naming
10745 LUKS device from the kernel command line, using the new
10746 luks.name= argument.
10747
10748 * Timer units may now be transiently created via the bus API
10749 (this was previously already available for scope and service
10750 units). In addition it is now possible to create multiple
10751 transient units at the same time with a single bus call. The
10752 "systemd-run" tool has been updated to make use of this for
10753 running commands on a specified time, in at(1)-style.
10754
10755 * tmpfiles gained support for "t" lines, for assigning
10756 extended attributes to files. Among other uses this may be
10757 used to assign SMACK labels to files.
10758
10759 Contributions from: Alin Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrej
10760 Manduch, Bastien Nocera, Chris Atkinson, Chris Leech, Chris
10761 Mayo, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
10762 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dan Winship, Dave
10763 Reisner, David Herrmann, Didier Roche, Felipe Sateler, Gavin
10764 Li, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Ivan
10765 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jan Janssen, Jan Synacek, Joe
10766 Lawrence, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
10767 Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski, Mantas
10768 Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Maurizio Lombardi,
10769 Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Marineau, Michal
10770 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt, Peter
10771 Hutterer, Przemyslaw Kedzierski, Rami Rosen, Ray Strode,
10772 Richard Schütz, Richard W.M. Jones, Ronny Chevalier, Ross
10773 Lagerwall, Sean Young, Stanisław Pitucha, Susant Sahani,
10774 Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
10775 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vicente Olivert
10776 Riera, WaLyong Cho, Wesley Dawson, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10777
10778 — Berlin, 2014-12-10
10779
10780 CHANGES WITH 217:
10781
10782 * journalctl gained the new options -t/--identifier= to match
10783 on the syslog identifier (aka "tag"), as well as --utc to
10784 show log timestamps in the UTC timezone. journalctl now also
10785 accepts -n/--lines=all to disable line capping in a pager.
10786
10787 * journalctl gained a new switch, --flush, that synchronously
10788 flushes logs from /run/log/journal to /var/log/journal if
10789 persistent storage is enabled. systemd-journal-flush.service
10790 now waits until the operation is complete.
10791
10792 * Services can notify the manager before they start a reload
10793 (by sending RELOADING=1) or shutdown (by sending
10794 STOPPING=1). This allows the manager to track and show the
10795 internal state of daemons and closes a race condition when
10796 the process is still running but has closed its D-Bus
10797 connection.
10798
10799 * Services with Type=oneshot do not have to have any ExecStart
10800 commands anymore.
10801
10802 * User units are now loaded also from
10803 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR/systemd/user/. This is similar to the
10804 /run/systemd/user directory that was already previously
10805 supported, but is under the control of the user.
10806
10807 * Job timeouts (i.e. timeouts on the time a job that is
10808 queued stays in the run queue) can now optionally result in
10809 immediate reboot or power-off actions (JobTimeoutAction= and
10810 JobTimeoutRebootArgument=). This is useful on ".target"
10811 units, to limit the maximum time a target remains
10812 undispatched in the run queue, and to trigger an emergency
10813 operation in such a case. This is now used by default to
10814 turn off the system if boot-up (as defined by everything in
10815 basic.target) hangs and does not complete for at least
10816 15min. Also, if power-off or reboot hang for at least 30min
10817 an immediate power-off/reboot operation is triggered. This
10818 functionality is particularly useful to increase reliability
10819 on embedded devices, but also on laptops which might
10820 accidentally get powered on when carried in a backpack and
10821 whose boot stays stuck in a hard disk encryption passphrase
10822 question.
10823
10824 * systemd-logind can be configured to also handle lid switch
10825 events even when the machine is docked or multiple displays
10826 are attached (HandleLidSwitchDocked= option).
10827
10828 * A helper binary and a service have been added which can be
10829 used to resume from hibernation in the initramfs. A
10830 generator will parse the resume= option on the kernel
10831 command line to trigger resume.
10832
10833 * A user console daemon systemd-consoled has been
10834 added. Currently, it is a preview, and will so far open a
10835 single terminal on each session of the user marked as
10836 Desktop=systemd-console.
10837
10838 * Route metrics can be specified for DHCP routes added by
10839 systemd-networkd.
10840
10841 * The SELinux context of socket-activated services can be set
10842 from the information provided by the networking stack
10843 (SELinuxContextFromNet= option).
10844
10845 * Userspace firmware loading support has been removed and
10846 the minimum supported kernel version is thus bumped to 3.7.
10847
10848 * Timeout for udev workers has been increased from 1 to 3
10849 minutes, but a warning will be printed after 1 minute to
10850 help diagnose kernel modules that take a long time to load.
10851
10852 * Udev rules can now remove tags on devices with TAG-="foobar".
10853
10854 * systemd's readahead implementation has been removed. In many
10855 circumstances it didn't give expected benefits even for
10856 rotational disk drives and was becoming less relevant in the
10857 age of SSDs. As none of the developers has been using
10858 rotating media anymore, and nobody stepped up to actively
10859 maintain this component of systemd it has now been removed.
10860
10861 * Swap units can use Options= to specify discard options.
10862 Discard options specified for swaps in /etc/fstab are now
10863 respected.
10864
10865 * Docker containers are now detected as a separate type of
10866 virtualization.
10867
10868 * The Password Agent protocol gained support for queries where
10869 the user input is shown, useful e.g. for user names.
10870 systemd-ask-password gained a new --echo option to turn that
10871 on.
10872
10873 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set:
10874
10875 net.core.default_qdisc = fq_codel
10876
10877 This selects Fair Queuing Controlled Delay as the default
10878 queuing discipline for network interfaces. fq_codel helps
10879 fight the network bufferbloat problem. It is believed to be
10880 a good default with no tuning required for most workloads.
10881 Downstream distributions may override this choice. On 10Gbit
10882 servers that do not do forwarding, "fq" may perform better.
10883 Systems without a good clocksource should use "pfifo_fast".
10884
10885 * If kdbus is enabled during build a new option BusPolicy= is
10886 available for service units, that allows locking all service
10887 processes into a stricter bus policy, in order to limit
10888 access to various bus services, or even hide most of them
10889 from the service's view entirely.
10890
10891 * networkctl will now show the .network and .link file
10892 networkd has applied to a specific interface.
10893
10894 * sd-login gained a new API call sd_session_get_desktop() to
10895 query which desktop environment has been selected for a
10896 session.
10897
10898 * UNIX utmp support is now compile-time optional to support
10899 legacy-free systems.
10900
10901 * systemctl gained two new commands "add-wants" and
10902 "add-requires" for pulling in units from specific targets
10903 easily.
10904
10905 * If the word "rescue" is specified on the kernel command line
10906 the system will now boot into rescue mode (aka
10907 rescue.target), which was previously available only by
10908 specifying "1" or "systemd.unit=rescue.target" on the kernel
10909 command line. This new kernel command line option nicely
10910 mirrors the already existing "emergency" kernel command line
10911 option.
10912
10913 * New kernel command line options mount.usr=, mount.usrflags=,
10914 mount.usrfstype= have been added that match root=, rootflags=,
10915 rootfstype= but allow mounting a specific file system to
10916 /usr.
10917
10918 * The $NOTIFY_SOCKET is now also passed to control processes of
10919 services, not only the main process.
10920
10921 * This version reenables support for fsck's -l switch. This
10922 means at least version v2.25 of util-linux is required for
10923 operation, otherwise dead-locks on device nodes may
10924 occur. Again: you need to update util-linux to at least
10925 v2.25 when updating systemd to v217.
10926
10927 * The "multi-seat-x" tool has been removed from systemd, as
10928 its functionality has been integrated into X servers 1.16,
10929 and the tool is hence redundant. It is recommended to update
10930 display managers invoking this tool to simply invoke X
10931 directly from now on, again.
10932
10933 * Support for the new ALLOW_INTERACTIVE_AUTHORIZATION D-Bus
10934 message flag has been added for all of systemd's polkit
10935 authenticated method calls has been added. In particular this
10936 now allows optional interactive authorization via polkit for
10937 many of PID1's privileged operations such as unit file
10938 enabling and disabling.
10939
10940 * "udevadm hwdb --update" learnt a new switch "--usr" for
10941 placing the rebuilt hardware database in /usr instead of
10942 /etc. When used only hardware database entries stored in
10943 /usr will be used, and any user database entries in /etc are
10944 ignored. This functionality is useful for vendors to ship a
10945 pre-built database on systems where local configuration is
10946 unnecessary or unlikely.
10947
10948 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now also
10949 understand the strings "semi-annually", "quarterly" and
10950 "minutely" as shortcuts (in addition to the preexisting
10951 "annually", "hourly", …).
10952
10953 * systemd-tmpfiles will now correctly create files in /dev
10954 at boot which are marked for creation only at boot. It is
10955 recommended to always create static device nodes with 'c!'
10956 and 'b!', so that they are created only at boot and not
10957 overwritten at runtime.
10958
10959 * When the watchdog logic is used for a service (WatchdogSec=)
10960 and the watchdog timeout is hit the service will now be
10961 terminated with SIGABRT (instead of just SIGTERM), in order
10962 to make sure a proper coredump and backtrace is
10963 generated. This ensures that hanging services will result in
10964 similar coredump/backtrace behaviour as services that hit a
10965 segmentation fault.
10966
10967 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Andrei Borzenkov,
10968 Angus Gibson, Ansgar Burchardt, Ben Wolsieffer, Brandon L.
10969 Black, Christian Hesse, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
10970 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David
10971 Herrmann, David Sommerseth, David Strauss, Emil Renner
10972 Berthing, Eric Cook, Evangelos Foutras, Filipe Brandenburger,
10973 Gustavo Sverzut Barbieri, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Hristo
10974 Venev, Hugo Grostabussiat, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Janssen, Jan
10975 Synacek, Jonathan Liu, Juho Son, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Klaus
10976 Purer, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
10977 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
10978 Marius Tessmann, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
10979 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer, Michal
10980 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miroslav Lichvar, Patrik Flykt,
10981 Philippe De Swert, Piotr Drąg, Rahul Sundaram, Richard
10982 Weinberger, Robert Milasan, Ronny Chevalier, Ruben Kerkhof,
10983 Santiago Vila, Sergey Ptashnick, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd
10984 Simons, Stefan Brüns, Steven Allen, Steven Noonan, Susant
10985 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
10986 Timofey Titovets, Tobias Hunger, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
10987 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew
10988 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10989
10990 — Berlin, 2014-10-28
10991
10992 CHANGES WITH 216:
10993
10994 * timedated no longer reads NTP implementation unit names from
10995 /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list. Alternative NTP
10996 implementations should add a
10997
10998 Conflicts=systemd-timesyncd.service
10999
11000 to their unit files to take over and replace systemd's NTP
11001 default functionality.
11002
11003 * systemd-sysusers gained a new line type "r" for configuring
11004 which UID/GID ranges to allocate system users/groups
11005 from. Lines of type "u" may now add an additional column
11006 that specifies the home directory for the system user to be
11007 created. Also, systemd-sysusers may now optionally read user
11008 information from STDIN instead of a file. This is useful for
11009 invoking it from RPM preinst scriptlets that need to create
11010 users before the first RPM file is installed since these
11011 files might need to be owned by them. A new
11012 %sysusers_create_inline RPM macro has been introduced to do
11013 just that. systemd-sysusers now updates the shadow files as
11014 well as the user/group databases, which should enhance
11015 compatibility with certain tools like grpck.
11016
11017 * A number of bus APIs of PID 1 now optionally consult polkit to
11018 permit access for otherwise unprivileged clients under certain
11019 conditions. Note that this currently doesn't support
11020 interactive authentication yet, but this is expected to be
11021 added eventually, too.
11022
11023 * /etc/machine-info now has new fields for configuring the
11024 deployment environment of the machine, as well as the
11025 location of the machine. hostnamectl has been updated with
11026 new command to update these fields.
11027
11028 * systemd-timesyncd has been updated to automatically acquire
11029 NTP server information from systemd-networkd, which might
11030 have been discovered via DHCP.
11031
11032 * systemd-resolved now includes a caching DNS stub resolver
11033 and a complete LLMNR name resolution implementation. A new
11034 NSS module "nss-resolve" has been added which can be used
11035 instead of glibc's own "nss-dns" to resolve hostnames via
11036 systemd-resolved. Hostnames, addresses and arbitrary RRs may
11037 be resolved via systemd-resolved D-Bus APIs. In contrast to
11038 the glibc internal resolver systemd-resolved is aware of
11039 multi-homed system, and keeps DNS server and caches separate
11040 and per-interface. Queries are sent simultaneously on all
11041 interfaces that have DNS servers configured, in order to
11042 properly handle VPNs and local LANs which might resolve
11043 separate sets of domain names. systemd-resolved may acquire
11044 DNS server information from systemd-networkd automatically,
11045 which in turn might have discovered them via DHCP. A tool
11046 "systemd-resolve-host" has been added that may be used to
11047 query the DNS logic in resolved. systemd-resolved implements
11048 IDNA and automatically uses IDNA or UTF-8 encoding depending
11049 on whether classic DNS or LLMNR is used as transport. In the
11050 next releases we intend to add a DNSSEC and mDNS/DNS-SD
11051 implementation to systemd-resolved.
11052
11053 * A new NSS module nss-mymachines has been added, that
11054 automatically resolves the names of all local registered
11055 containers to their respective IP addresses.
11056
11057 * A new client tool "networkctl" for systemd-networkd has been
11058 added. It currently is entirely passive and will query
11059 networking configuration from udev, rtnetlink and networkd,
11060 and present it to the user in a very friendly
11061 way. Eventually, we hope to extend it to become a full
11062 control utility for networkd.
11063
11064 * .socket units gained a new DeferAcceptSec= setting that
11065 controls the kernels' TCP_DEFER_ACCEPT sockopt for
11066 TCP. Similarly, support for controlling TCP keep-alive
11067 settings has been added (KeepAliveTimeSec=,
11068 KeepAliveIntervalSec=, KeepAliveProbes=). Also, support for
11069 turning off Nagle's algorithm on TCP has been added
11070 (NoDelay=).
11071
11072 * logind learned a new session type "web", for use in projects
11073 like Cockpit which register web clients as PAM sessions.
11074
11075 * timer units with at least one OnCalendar= setting will now
11076 be started only after time-sync.target has been
11077 reached. This way they will not elapse before the system
11078 clock has been corrected by a local NTP client or
11079 similar. This is particular useful on RTC-less embedded
11080 machines, that come up with an invalid system clock.
11081
11082 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth= switch should now result in
11083 stable MAC addresses for both the outer and the inner side
11084 of the link.
11085
11086 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --volatile= switch for running
11087 container instances with /etc or /var unpopulated.
11088
11089 * The kdbus client code has been updated to use the new Linux
11090 3.17 memfd subsystem instead of the old kdbus-specific one.
11091
11092 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client and server now support
11093 FORCERENEW. There are also new configuration options to
11094 configure the vendor client identifier and broadcast mode
11095 for DHCP.
11096
11097 * systemd will no longer inform the kernel about the current
11098 timezone, as this is necessarily incorrect and racy as the
11099 kernel has no understanding of DST and similar
11100 concepts. This hence means FAT timestamps will be always
11101 considered UTC, similar to what Android is already
11102 doing. Also, when the RTC is configured to the local time
11103 (rather than UTC) systemd will never synchronize back to it,
11104 as this might confuse Windows at a later boot.
11105
11106 * systemd-analyze gained a new command "verify" for offline
11107 validation of unit files.
11108
11109 * systemd-networkd gained support for a couple of additional
11110 settings for bonding networking setups. Also, the metric for
11111 statically configured routes may now be configured. For
11112 network interfaces where this is appropriate the peer IP
11113 address may now be configured.
11114
11115 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client will no longer request
11116 broadcasting by default, as this tripped up some networks.
11117 For hardware where broadcast is required the feature should
11118 be switched back on using RequestBroadcast=yes.
11119
11120 * systemd-networkd will now set up IPv4LL addresses (when
11121 enabled) even if DHCP is configured successfully.
11122
11123 * udev will now default to respect network device names given
11124 by the kernel when the kernel indicates that these are
11125 predictable. This behavior can be tweaked by changing
11126 NamePolicy= in the relevant .link file.
11127
11128 * A new library systemd-terminal has been added that
11129 implements full TTY stream parsing and rendering. This
11130 library is supposed to be used later on for implementing a
11131 full userspace VT subsystem, replacing the current kernel
11132 implementation.
11133
11134 * A new tool systemd-journal-upload has been added to push
11135 journal data to a remote system running
11136 systemd-journal-remote.
11137
11138 * journald will no longer forward all local data to another
11139 running syslog daemon. This change has been made because
11140 rsyslog (which appears to be the most commonly used syslog
11141 implementation these days) no longer makes use of this, and
11142 instead pulls the data out of the journal on its own. Since
11143 forwarding the messages to a non-existent syslog server is
11144 more expensive than we assumed we have now turned this
11145 off. If you run a syslog server that is not a recent rsyslog
11146 version, you have to turn this option on again
11147 (ForwardToSyslog= in journald.conf).
11148
11149 * journald now optionally supports the LZ4 compressor for
11150 larger journal fields. This compressor should perform much
11151 better than XZ which was the previous default.
11152
11153 * machinectl now shows the IP addresses of local containers,
11154 if it knows them, plus the interface name of the container.
11155
11156 * A new tool "systemd-escape" has been added that makes it
11157 easy to escape strings to build unit names and similar.
11158
11159 * sd_notify() messages may now include a new ERRNO= field
11160 which is parsed and collected by systemd and shown among the
11161 "systemctl status" output for a service.
11162
11163 * A new component "systemd-firstboot" has been added that
11164 queries the most basic systemd information (timezone,
11165 hostname, root password) interactively on first
11166 boot. Alternatively it may also be used to provision these
11167 things offline on OS images installed into directories.
11168
11169 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set
11170
11171 net.ipv4.conf.default.promote_secondaries=1
11172
11173 This has the benefit of no flushing secondary IP addresses
11174 when primary addresses are removed.
11175
11176 Contributions from: Ansgar Burchardt, Bastien Nocera, Colin
11177 Walters, Dan Dedrick, Daniel Buch, Daniel Korostil, Daniel
11178 Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Denis
11179 Kenzior, Eelco Dolstra, Eric Cook, Hannes Reinecke, Harald
11180 Hoyer, Hong Shick Pak, Hui Wang, Jean-André Santoni, Jóhann
11181 B. Guðmundsson, Jon Severinsson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kevin
11182 Wells, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
11183 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
11184 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar,
11185 Miguel Angel Ajo, Mike Gilbert, Olivier Brunel, Robert
11186 Schiele, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd Simons, Stef
11187 Walter, Steven Noonan, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas
11188 Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Timofey Titovets,
11189 Tobias Geerinckx-Rice, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen, Umut
11190 Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11191
11192 — Berlin, 2014-08-19
11193
11194 CHANGES WITH 215:
11195
11196 * A new tool systemd-sysusers has been added. This tool
11197 creates system users and groups in /etc/passwd and
11198 /etc/group, based on static declarative system user/group
11199 definitions in /usr/lib/sysusers.d/. This is useful to
11200 enable factory resets and volatile systems that boot up with
11201 an empty /etc directory, and thus need system users and
11202 groups created during early boot. systemd now also ships
11203 with two default sysusers.d/ files for the most basic
11204 users and groups systemd and the core operating system
11205 require.
11206
11207 * A new tmpfiles snippet has been added that rebuilds the
11208 essential files in /etc on boot, should they be missing.
11209
11210 * A directive for ensuring automatic clean-up of
11211 /var/cache/man/ has been removed from the default
11212 configuration. This line should now be shipped by the man
11213 implementation. The necessary change has been made to the
11214 man-db implementation. Note that you need to update your man
11215 implementation to one that ships this line, otherwise no
11216 automatic clean-up of /var/cache/man will take place.
11217
11218 * A new condition ConditionNeedsUpdate= has been added that
11219 may conditionalize services to only run when /etc or /var
11220 are "older" than the vendor operating system resources in
11221 /usr. This is useful for reconstructing or updating /etc
11222 after an offline update of /usr or a factory reset, on the
11223 next reboot. Services that want to run once after such an
11224 update or reset should use this condition and order
11225 themselves before the new systemd-update-done.service, which
11226 will mark the two directories as fully updated. A number of
11227 service files have been added making use of this, to rebuild
11228 the udev hardware database, the journald message catalog and
11229 dynamic loader cache (ldconfig). The systemd-sysusers tool
11230 described above also makes use of this now. With this in
11231 place it is now possible to start up a minimal operating
11232 system with /etc empty cleanly. For more information on the
11233 concepts involved see this recent blog story:
11234
11235 http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/stateless.html
11236
11237 * A new system group "input" has been introduced, and all
11238 input device nodes get this group assigned. This is useful
11239 for system-level software to get access to input devices. It
11240 complements what is already done for "audio" and "video".
11241
11242 * systemd-networkd learnt minimal DHCPv4 server support in
11243 addition to the existing DHCPv4 client support. It also
11244 learnt DHCPv6 client and IPv6 Router Solicitation client
11245 support. The DHCPv4 client gained support for static routes
11246 passed in from the server. Note that the [DHCPv4] section
11247 known in older systemd-networkd versions has been renamed to
11248 [DHCP] and is now also used by the DHCPv6 client. Existing
11249 .network files using settings of this section should be
11250 updated, though compatibility is maintained. Optionally, the
11251 client hostname may now be sent to the DHCP server.
11252
11253 * networkd gained support for vxlan virtual networks as well
11254 as tun/tap and dummy devices.
11255
11256 * networkd gained support for automatic allocation of address
11257 ranges for interfaces from a system-wide pool of
11258 addresses. This is useful for dynamically managing a large
11259 number of interfaces with a single network configuration
11260 file. In particular this is useful to easily assign
11261 appropriate IP addresses to the veth links of a large number
11262 of nspawn instances.
11263
11264 * RPM macros for processing sysusers, sysctl and binfmt
11265 drop-in snippets at package installation time have been
11266 added.
11267
11268 * The /etc/os-release file should now be placed in
11269 /usr/lib/os-release. The old location is automatically
11270 created as symlink. /usr/lib is the more appropriate
11271 location of this file, since it shall actually describe the
11272 vendor operating system shipped in /usr, and not the
11273 configuration stored in /etc.
11274
11275 * .mount units gained a new boolean SloppyOptions= setting
11276 that maps to mount(8)'s -s option which enables permissive
11277 parsing of unknown mount options.
11278
11279 * tmpfiles learnt a new "L+" directive which creates a symlink
11280 but (unlike "L") deletes a pre-existing file first, should
11281 it already exist and not already be the correct
11282 symlink. Similarly, "b+", "c+" and "p+" directives have been
11283 added as well, which create block and character devices, as
11284 well as fifos in the filesystem, possibly removing any
11285 pre-existing files of different types.
11286
11287 * For tmpfiles' "L", "L+", "C" and "C+" directives the final
11288 'argument' field (which so far specified the source to
11289 symlink/copy the files from) is now optional. If omitted the
11290 same file os copied from /usr/share/factory/ suffixed by the
11291 full destination path. This is useful for populating /etc
11292 with essential files, by copying them from vendor defaults
11293 shipped in /usr/share/factory/etc.
11294
11295 * A new command "systemctl preset-all" has been added that
11296 applies the service preset settings to all installed unit
11297 files. A new switch --preset-mode= has been added that
11298 controls whether only enable or only disable operations
11299 shall be executed.
11300
11301 * A new command "systemctl is-system-running" has been added
11302 that allows checking the overall state of the system, for
11303 example whether it is fully up and running.
11304
11305 * When the system boots up with an empty /etc, the equivalent
11306 to "systemctl preset-all" is executed during early boot, to
11307 make sure all default services are enabled after a factory
11308 reset.
11309
11310 * systemd now contains a minimal preset file that enables the
11311 most basic services systemd ships by default.
11312
11313 * Unit files' [Install] section gained a new DefaultInstance=
11314 field for defining the default instance to create if a
11315 template unit is enabled with no instance specified.
11316
11317 * A new passive target cryptsetup-pre.target has been added
11318 that may be used by services that need to make they run and
11319 finish before the first LUKS cryptographic device is set up.
11320
11321 * The /dev/loop-control and /dev/btrfs-control device nodes
11322 are now owned by the "disk" group by default, opening up
11323 access to this group.
11324
11325 * systemd-coredump will now automatically generate a
11326 stack trace of all core dumps taking place on the system,
11327 based on elfutils' libdw library. This stack trace is logged
11328 to the journal.
11329
11330 * systemd-coredump may now optionally store coredumps directly
11331 on disk (in /var/lib/systemd/coredump, possibly compressed),
11332 instead of storing them unconditionally in the journal. This
11333 mode is the new default. A new configuration file
11334 /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been added to configure this
11335 and other parameters of systemd-coredump.
11336
11337 * coredumpctl gained a new "info" verb to show details about a
11338 specific coredump. A new switch "-1" has also been added
11339 that makes sure to only show information about the most
11340 recent entry instead of all entries. Also, as the tool is
11341 generally useful now the "systemd-" prefix of the binary
11342 name has been removed. Distributions that want to maintain
11343 compatibility with the old name should add a symlink from
11344 the old name to the new name.
11345
11346 * journald's SplitMode= now defaults to "uid". This makes sure
11347 that unprivileged users can access their own coredumps with
11348 coredumpctl without restrictions.
11349
11350 * New kernel command line options "systemd.wants=" (for
11351 pulling an additional unit during boot), "systemd.mask="
11352 (for masking a specific unit for the boot), and
11353 "systemd.debug-shell" (for enabling the debug shell on tty9)
11354 have been added. This is implemented in the new generator
11355 "systemd-debug-generator".
11356
11357 * systemd-nspawn will now by default filter a couple of
11358 syscalls for containers, among them those required for
11359 kernel module loading, direct x86 IO port access, swap
11360 management, and kexec. Most importantly though
11361 open_by_handle_at() is now prohibited for containers,
11362 closing a hole similar to a recently discussed vulnerability
11363 in docker regarding access to files on file hierarchies the
11364 container should normally not have access to. Note that, for
11365 nspawn, we generally make no security claims anyway (and
11366 this is explicitly documented in the man page), so this is
11367 just a fix for one of the most obvious problems.
11368
11369 * A new man page file-hierarchy(7) has been added that
11370 contains a minimized, modernized version of the file system
11371 layout systemd expects, similar in style to the FHS
11372 specification or hier(5). A new tool systemd-path(1) has
11373 been added to query many of these paths for the local
11374 machine and user.
11375
11376 * Automatic time-based clean-up of $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR is no
11377 longer done. Since the directory now has a per-user size
11378 limit, and is cleaned on logout this appears unnecessary,
11379 in particular since this now brings the lifecycle of this
11380 directory closer in line with how IPC objects are handled.
11381
11382 * systemd.pc now exports a number of additional directories,
11383 including $libdir (which is useful to identify the library
11384 path for the primary architecture of the system), and a
11385 couple of drop-in directories.
11386
11387 * udev's predictable network interface names now use the dev_port
11388 sysfs attribute, introduced in linux 3.15 instead of dev_id to
11389 distinguish between ports of the same PCI function. dev_id should
11390 only be used for ports using the same HW address, hence the need
11391 for dev_port.
11392
11393 * machined has been updated to export the OS version of a
11394 container (read from /etc/os-release and
11395 /usr/lib/os-release) on the bus. This is now shown in
11396 "machinectl status" for a machine.
11397
11398 * A new service setting RestartForceExitStatus= has been
11399 added. If configured to a set of exit signals or process
11400 return values, the service will be restarted when the main
11401 daemon process exits with any of them, regardless of the
11402 Restart= setting.
11403
11404 * systemctl's -H switch for connecting to remote systemd
11405 machines has been extended so that it may be used to
11406 directly connect to a specific container on the
11407 host. "systemctl -H root@foobar:waldi" will now connect as
11408 user "root" to host "foobar", and then proceed directly to
11409 the container named "waldi". Note that currently you have to
11410 authenticate as user "root" for this to work, as entering
11411 containers is a privileged operation.
11412
11413 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Benjamin Steinwender,
11414 Carl Schaefer, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian King, Cristian
11415 Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Eugene
11416 Yakubovich, Filipe Brandenburger, Frederic Crozat, Hristo
11417 Venev, Jan Engelhardt, Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart
11418 Poettering, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine
11419 Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
11420 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Sekletar, Patrik Flykt, Ronan Le
11421 Martret, Ronny Chevalier, Ruediger Oertel, Steven Noonan,
11422 Susant Sahani, Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo, Thomas Hindoe
11423 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Hirst, Umut Tezduyar
11424 Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11425
11426 — Berlin, 2014-07-03
11427
11428 CHANGES WITH 214:
11429
11430 * As an experimental feature, udev now tries to lock the
11431 disk device node (flock(LOCK_SH|LOCK_NB)) while it
11432 executes events for the disk or any of its partitions.
11433 Applications like partitioning programs can lock the
11434 disk device node (flock(LOCK_EX)) and claim temporary
11435 device ownership that way; udev will entirely skip all event
11436 handling for this disk and its partitions. If the disk
11437 was opened for writing, the close will trigger a partition
11438 table rescan in udev's "watch" facility, and if needed
11439 synthesize "change" events for the disk and all its partitions.
11440 This is now unconditionally enabled, and if it turns out to
11441 cause major problems, we might turn it on only for specific
11442 devices, or might need to disable it entirely. Device Mapper
11443 devices are excluded from this logic.
11444
11445 * We temporarily dropped the "-l" switch for fsck invocations,
11446 since they collide with the flock() logic above. util-linux
11447 upstream has been changed already to avoid this conflict,
11448 and we will re-add "-l" as soon as util-linux with this
11449 change has been released.
11450
11451 * The dependency on libattr has been removed. Since a long
11452 time, the extended attribute calls have moved to glibc, and
11453 libattr is thus unnecessary.
11454
11455 * Virtualization detection works without privileges now. This
11456 means the systemd-detect-virt binary no longer requires
11457 CAP_SYS_PTRACE file capabilities, and our daemons can run
11458 with fewer privileges.
11459
11460 * systemd-networkd now runs under its own "systemd-network"
11461 user. It retains the CAP_NET_ADMIN, CAP_NET_BIND_SERVICE,
11462 CAP_NET_BROADCAST, CAP_NET_RAW capabilities though, but
11463 loses the ability to write to files owned by root this way.
11464
11465 * Similarly, systemd-resolved now runs under its own
11466 "systemd-resolve" user with no capabilities remaining.
11467
11468 * Similarly, systemd-bus-proxyd now runs under its own
11469 "systemd-bus-proxy" user with only CAP_IPC_OWNER remaining.
11470
11471 * systemd-networkd gained support for setting up "veth"
11472 virtual Ethernet devices for container connectivity, as well
11473 as GRE and VTI tunnels.
11474
11475 * systemd-networkd will no longer automatically attempt to
11476 manually load kernel modules necessary for certain tunnel
11477 transports. Instead, it is assumed the kernel loads them
11478 automatically when required. This only works correctly on
11479 very new kernels. On older kernels, please consider adding
11480 the kernel modules to /etc/modules-load.d/ as a work-around.
11481
11482 * The resolv.conf file systemd-resolved generates has been
11483 moved to /run/systemd/resolve/. If you have a symlink from
11484 /etc/resolv.conf, it might be necessary to correct it.
11485
11486 * Two new service settings, ProtectHome= and ProtectSystem=,
11487 have been added. When enabled, they will make the user data
11488 (such as /home) inaccessible or read-only and the system
11489 (such as /usr) read-only, for specific services. This allows
11490 very light-weight per-service sandboxing to avoid
11491 modifications of user data or system files from
11492 services. These two new switches have been enabled for all
11493 of systemd's long-running services, where appropriate.
11494
11495 * Socket units gained new SocketUser= and SocketGroup=
11496 settings to set the owner user and group of AF_UNIX sockets
11497 and FIFOs in the file system.
11498
11499 * Socket units gained a new RemoveOnStop= setting. If enabled,
11500 all FIFOS and sockets in the file system will be removed
11501 when the specific socket unit is stopped.
11502
11503 * Socket units gained a new Symlinks= setting. It takes a list
11504 of symlinks to create to file system sockets or FIFOs
11505 created by the specific Unix sockets. This is useful to
11506 manage symlinks to socket nodes with the same lifecycle as
11507 the socket itself.
11508
11509 * The /dev/log socket and /dev/initctl FIFO have been moved to
11510 /run, and have been replaced by symlinks. This allows
11511 connecting to these facilities even if PrivateDevices=yes is
11512 used for a service (which makes /dev/log itself unavailable,
11513 but /run is left). This also has the benefit of ensuring
11514 that /dev only contains device nodes, directories and
11515 symlinks, and nothing else.
11516
11517 * sd-daemon gained two new calls sd_pid_notify() and
11518 sd_pid_notifyf(). They are similar to sd_notify() and
11519 sd_notifyf(), but allow overriding of the source PID of
11520 notification messages if permissions permit this. This is
11521 useful to send notify messages on behalf of a different
11522 process (for example, the parent process). The
11523 systemd-notify tool has been updated to make use of this
11524 when sending messages (so that notification messages now
11525 originate from the shell script invoking systemd-notify and
11526 not the systemd-notify process itself. This should minimize
11527 a race where systemd fails to associate notification
11528 messages to services when the originating process already
11529 vanished.
11530
11531 * A new "on-abnormal" setting for Restart= has been added. If
11532 set, it will result in automatic restarts on all "abnormal"
11533 reasons for a process to exit, which includes unclean
11534 signals, core dumps, timeouts and watchdog timeouts, but
11535 does not include clean and unclean exit codes or clean
11536 signals. Restart=on-abnormal is an alternative for
11537 Restart=on-failure for services that shall be able to
11538 terminate and avoid restarts on certain errors, by
11539 indicating so with an unclean exit code. Restart=on-failure
11540 or Restart=on-abnormal is now the recommended setting for
11541 all long-running services.
11542
11543 * If the InaccessibleDirectories= service setting points to a
11544 mount point (or if there are any submounts contained within
11545 it), it is now attempted to completely unmount it, to make
11546 the file systems truly unavailable for the respective
11547 service.
11548
11549 * The ReadOnlyDirectories= service setting and
11550 systemd-nspawn's --read-only parameter are now recursively
11551 applied to all submounts, too.
11552
11553 * Mount units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs.
11554
11555 * The support for SysV and LSB init scripts has been removed
11556 from the systemd daemon itself. Instead, it is now
11557 implemented as a generator that creates native systemd units
11558 from these scripts when needed. This enables us to remove a
11559 substantial amount of legacy code from PID 1, following the
11560 fact that many distributions only ship a very small number
11561 of LSB/SysV init scripts nowadays.
11562
11563 * Privileged Xen (dom0) domains are not considered
11564 virtualization anymore by the virtualization detection
11565 logic. After all, they generally have unrestricted access to
11566 the hardware and usually are used to manage the unprivileged
11567 (domU) domains.
11568
11569 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new "C" line type, for copying
11570 files or entire directories.
11571
11572 * systemd-tmpfiles "m" lines are now fully equivalent to "z"
11573 lines. So far, they have been non-globbing versions of the
11574 latter, and have thus been redundant. In future, it is
11575 recommended to only use "z". "m" has hence been removed
11576 from the documentation, even though it stays supported.
11577
11578 * A tmpfiles snippet to recreate the most basic structure in
11579 /var has been added. This is enough to create the /var/run →
11580 /run symlink and create a couple of structural
11581 directories. This allows systems to boot up with an empty or
11582 volatile /var. Of course, while with this change, the core OS
11583 now is capable with dealing with a volatile /var, not all
11584 user services are ready for it. However, we hope that sooner
11585 or later, many service daemons will be changed upstream so
11586 that they are able to automatically create their necessary
11587 directories in /var at boot, should they be missing. This is
11588 the first step to allow state-less systems that only require
11589 the vendor image for /usr to boot.
11590
11591 * systemd-nspawn has gained a new --tmpfs= switch to mount an
11592 empty tmpfs instance to a specific directory. This is
11593 particularly useful for making use of the automatic
11594 reconstruction of /var (see above), by passing --tmpfs=/var.
11595
11596 * Access modes specified in tmpfiles snippets may now be
11597 prefixed with "~", which indicates that they shall be masked
11598 by whether the existing file or directory is currently
11599 writable, readable or executable at all. Also, if specified,
11600 the sgid/suid/sticky bits will be masked for all
11601 non-directories.
11602
11603 * A new passive target unit "network-pre.target" has been
11604 added which is useful for services that shall run before any
11605 network is configured, for example firewall scripts.
11606
11607 * The "floppy" group that previously owned the /dev/fd*
11608 devices is no longer used. The "disk" group is now used
11609 instead. Distributions should probably deprecate usage of
11610 this group.
11611
11612 Contributions from: Camilo Aguilar, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian
11613 King, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, David
11614 Strauss, Denis Tikhomirov, John, Jonathan Liu, Kay Sievers,
11615 Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mark Eichin, Ronny
11616 Chevalier, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
11617 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew
11618 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11619
11620 — Berlin, 2014-06-11
11621
11622 CHANGES WITH 213:
11623
11624 * A new "systemd-timesyncd" daemon has been added for
11625 synchronizing the system clock across the network. It
11626 implements an SNTP client. In contrast to NTP
11627 implementations such as chrony or the NTP reference server,
11628 this only implements a client side, and does not bother with
11629 the full NTP complexity, focusing only on querying time from
11630 one remote server and synchronizing the local clock to
11631 it. Unless you intend to serve NTP to networked clients or
11632 want to connect to local hardware clocks, this simple NTP
11633 client should be more than appropriate for most
11634 installations. The daemon runs with minimal privileges, and
11635 has been hooked up with networkd to only operate when
11636 network connectivity is available. The daemon saves the
11637 current clock to disk every time a new NTP sync has been
11638 acquired, and uses this to possibly correct the system clock
11639 early at bootup, in order to accommodate for systems that
11640 lack an RTC such as the Raspberry Pi and embedded devices,
11641 and to make sure that time monotonically progresses on these
11642 systems, even if it is not always correct. To make use of
11643 this daemon, a new system user and group "systemd-timesync"
11644 needs to be created on installation of systemd.
11645
11646 * The queue "seqnum" interface of libudev has been disabled, as
11647 it was generally incompatible with device namespacing as
11648 sequence numbers of devices go "missing" if the devices are
11649 part of a different namespace.
11650
11651 * "systemctl list-timers" and "systemctl list-sockets" gained
11652 a --recursive switch for showing units of these types also
11653 for all local containers, similar in style to the already
11654 supported --recursive switch for "systemctl list-units".
11655
11656 * A new RebootArgument= setting has been added for service
11657 units, which may be used to specify a kernel reboot argument
11658 to use when triggering reboots with StartLimitAction=.
11659
11660 * A new FailureAction= setting has been added for service
11661 units which may be used to specify an operation to trigger
11662 when a service fails. This works similarly to
11663 StartLimitAction=, but unlike it, controls what is done
11664 immediately rather than only after several attempts to
11665 restart the service in question.
11666
11667 * hostnamed got updated to also expose the kernel name,
11668 release, and version on the bus. This is useful for
11669 executing commands like hostnamectl with the -H switch.
11670 systemd-analyze makes use of this to properly display
11671 details when running non-locally.
11672
11673 * The bootchart tool can now show cgroup information in the
11674 graphs it generates.
11675
11676 * The CFS CPU quota cgroup attribute is now exposed for
11677 services. The new CPUQuota= switch has been added for this
11678 which takes a percentage value. Setting this will have the
11679 result that a service may never get more CPU time than the
11680 specified percentage, even if the machine is otherwise idle.
11681
11682 * systemd-networkd learned IPIP and SIT tunnel support.
11683
11684 * LSB init scripts exposing a dependency on $network will now
11685 get a dependency on network-online.target rather than simply
11686 network.target. This should bring LSB handling closer to
11687 what it was on SysV systems.
11688
11689 * A new fsck.repair= kernel option has been added to control
11690 how fsck shall deal with unclean file systems at boot.
11691
11692 * The (.ini) configuration file parser will now silently ignore
11693 sections whose names begin with "X-". This may be used to maintain
11694 application-specific extension sections in unit files.
11695
11696 * machined gained a new API to query the IP addresses of
11697 registered containers. "machinectl status" has been updated
11698 to show these addresses in its output.
11699
11700 * A new call sd_uid_get_display() has been added to the
11701 sd-login APIs for querying the "primary" session of a
11702 user. The "primary" session of the user is elected from the
11703 user's sessions and generally a graphical session is
11704 preferred over a text one.
11705
11706 * A minimal systemd-resolved daemon has been added. It
11707 currently simply acts as a companion to systemd-networkd and
11708 manages resolv.conf based on per-interface DNS
11709 configuration, possibly supplied via DHCP. In the long run
11710 we hope to extend this into a local DNSSEC enabled DNS and
11711 mDNS cache.
11712
11713 * The systemd-networkd-wait-online tool is now enabled by
11714 default. It will delay network-online.target until a network
11715 connection has been configured. The tool primarily integrates
11716 with networkd, but will also make a best effort to make sense
11717 of network configuration performed in some other way.
11718
11719 * Two new service options StartupCPUShares= and
11720 StartupBlockIOWeight= have been added that work similarly to
11721 CPUShares= and BlockIOWeight= however only apply during
11722 system startup. This is useful to prioritize certain services
11723 differently during bootup than during normal runtime.
11724
11725 * hostnamed has been changed to prefer the statically
11726 configured hostname in /etc/hostname (unless set to
11727 'localhost' or empty) over any dynamic one supplied by
11728 dhcp. With this change, the rules for picking the hostname
11729 match more closely the rules of other configuration settings
11730 where the local administrator's configuration in /etc always
11731 overrides any other settings.
11732
11733 Contributions from: Ali H. Caliskan, Alison Chaiken, Bas van
11734 den Berg, Brandon Philips, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
11735 Dan Kilman, Dave Reisner, David Härdeman, David Herrmann,
11736 David Strauss, Dimitris Spingos, Djalal Harouni, Eelco
11737 Dolstra, Evan Nemerson, Florian Albrechtskirchinger, Greg
11738 Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan
11739 Engelhardt, Jani Nikula, Jason St. John, Jeffrey Clark,
11740 Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas
11741 Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
11742 Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
11743 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Nis
11744 Martensen, Patrik Flykt, Philip Lorenz, poma, Ray Strode,
11745 Reyad Attiyat, Robert Milasan, Scott Thrasher, Stef Walter,
11746 Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas Bächler,
11747 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar
11748 Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Will Woods, Zbigniew
11749 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11750
11751 — Beijing, 2014-05-28
11752
11753 CHANGES WITH 212:
11754
11755 * When restoring the screen brightness at boot, stay away from
11756 the darkest setting or from the lowest 5% of the available
11757 range, depending on which is the larger value of both. This
11758 should effectively protect the user from rebooting into a
11759 black screen, should the brightness have been set to minimum
11760 by accident.
11761
11762 * sd-login gained a new sd_machine_get_class() call to
11763 determine the class ("vm" or "container") of a machine
11764 registered with machined.
11765
11766 * sd-login gained new calls
11767 sd_peer_get_{session,owner_uid,unit,user_unit,slice,machine_name}(),
11768 to query the identity of the peer of a local AF_UNIX
11769 connection. They operate similarly to their sd_pid_get_xyz()
11770 counterparts.
11771
11772 * PID 1 will now maintain a system-wide system state engine
11773 with the states "starting", "running", "degraded",
11774 "maintenance", "stopping". These states are bound to system
11775 startup, normal runtime, runtime with at least one failed
11776 service, rescue/emergency mode and system shutdown. This
11777 state is shown in the "systemctl status" output when no unit
11778 name is passed. It is useful to determine system state, in
11779 particularly when doing so for many systems or containers at
11780 once.
11781
11782 * A new command "list-machines" has been added to "systemctl"
11783 that lists all local OS containers and shows their system
11784 state (see above), if systemd runs inside of them.
11785
11786 * systemctl gained a new "-r" switch to recursively enumerate
11787 units on all local containers, when used with the
11788 "list-unit" command (which is the default one that is
11789 executed when no parameters are specified).
11790
11791 * The GPT automatic partition discovery logic will now honour
11792 two GPT partition flags: one may be set on a partition to
11793 cause it to be mounted read-only, and the other may be set
11794 on a partition to ignore it during automatic discovery.
11795
11796 * Two new GPT type UUIDs have been added for automatic root
11797 partition discovery, for 32-bit and 64-bit ARM. This is not
11798 particularly useful for discovering the root directory on
11799 these architectures during bare-metal boots (since UEFI is
11800 not common there), but still very useful to allow booting of
11801 ARM disk images in nspawn with the -i option.
11802
11803 * MAC addresses of interfaces created with nspawn's
11804 --network-interface= switch will now be generated from the
11805 machine name, and thus be stable between multiple invocations
11806 of the container.
11807
11808 * logind will now automatically remove all IPC objects owned
11809 by a user if she or he fully logs out. This makes sure that
11810 users who are logged out cannot continue to consume IPC
11811 resources. This covers SysV memory, semaphores and message
11812 queues as well as POSIX shared memory and message
11813 queues. Traditionally, SysV and POSIX IPC had no lifecycle
11814 limits. With this functionality, that is corrected. This may
11815 be turned off by using the RemoveIPC= switch of logind.conf.
11816
11817 * The systemd-machine-id-setup and tmpfiles tools gained a
11818 --root= switch to operate on a specific root directory,
11819 instead of /.
11820
11821 * journald can now forward logged messages to the TTYs of all
11822 logged in users ("wall"). This is the default for all
11823 emergency messages now.
11824
11825 * A new tool systemd-journal-remote has been added to stream
11826 journal log messages across the network.
11827
11828 * /sys/fs/cgroup/ is now mounted read-only after all cgroup
11829 controller trees are mounted into it. Note that the
11830 directories mounted beneath it are not read-only. This is a
11831 security measure and is particularly useful because glibc
11832 actually includes a search logic to pick any tmpfs it can
11833 find to implement shm_open() if /dev/shm is not available
11834 (which it might very well be in namespaced setups).
11835
11836 * machinectl gained a new "poweroff" command to cleanly power
11837 down a local OS container.
11838
11839 * The PrivateDevices= unit file setting will now also drop the
11840 CAP_MKNOD capability from the capability bound set, and
11841 imply DevicePolicy=closed.
11842
11843 * PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork= and PrivateTmp= is now used
11844 comprehensively on all long-running systemd services where
11845 this is appropriate.
11846
11847 * systemd-udevd will now run in a disassociated mount
11848 namespace. To mount directories from udev rules, make sure to
11849 pull in mount units via SYSTEMD_WANTS properties.
11850
11851 * The kdbus support gained support for uploading policy into
11852 the kernel. sd-bus gained support for creating "monitoring"
11853 connections that can eavesdrop into all bus communication
11854 for debugging purposes.
11855
11856 * Timestamps may now be specified in seconds since the UNIX
11857 epoch Jan 1st, 1970 by specifying "@" followed by the value
11858 in seconds.
11859
11860 * Native tcpwrap support in systemd has been removed. tcpwrap
11861 is old code, not really maintained anymore and has serious
11862 shortcomings, and better options such as firewalls
11863 exist. For setups that require tcpwrap usage, please
11864 consider invoking your socket-activated service via tcpd,
11865 like on traditional inetd.
11866
11867 * A new system.conf configuration option
11868 DefaultTimerAccuracySec= has been added that controls the
11869 default AccuracySec= setting of .timer units.
11870
11871 * Timer units gained a new WakeSystem= switch. If enabled,
11872 timers configured this way will cause the system to resume
11873 from system suspend (if the system supports that, which most
11874 do these days).
11875
11876 * Timer units gained a new Persistent= switch. If enabled,
11877 timers configured this way will save to disk when they have
11878 been last triggered. This information is then used on next
11879 reboot to possible execute overdue timer events, that
11880 could not take place because the system was powered off.
11881 This enables simple anacron-like behaviour for timer units.
11882
11883 * systemctl's "list-timers" will now also list the time a
11884 timer unit was last triggered in addition to the next time
11885 it will be triggered.
11886
11887 * systemd-networkd will now assign predictable IPv4LL
11888 addresses to its local interfaces.
11889
11890 Contributions from: Brandon Philips, Daniel Buch, Daniel Mack,
11891 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gerd Hoffmann, Greg
11892 Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Jason St. John, Josh
11893 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marc-Antoine
11894 Perennou, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Miklos Vajna,
11895 Patrik Flykt, poma, Sebastian Thorarensen, Thomas Bächler,
11896 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen,
11897 Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Wieland Hoffmann, Zbigniew
11898 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11899
11900 — Berlin, 2014-03-25
11901
11902 CHANGES WITH 211:
11903
11904 * A new unit file setting RestrictAddressFamilies= has been
11905 added to restrict which socket address families unit
11906 processes gain access to. This takes address family names
11907 like "AF_INET" or "AF_UNIX", and is useful to minimize the
11908 attack surface of services via exotic protocol stacks. This
11909 is built on seccomp system call filters.
11910
11911 * Two new unit file settings RuntimeDirectory= and
11912 RuntimeDirectoryMode= have been added that may be used to
11913 manage a per-daemon runtime directories below /run. This is
11914 an alternative for setting up directory permissions with
11915 tmpfiles snippets, and has the advantage that the runtime
11916 directory's lifetime is bound to the daemon runtime and that
11917 the daemon starts up with an empty directory each time. This
11918 is particularly useful when writing services that drop
11919 privileges using the User= or Group= setting.
11920
11921 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports globbing for
11922 matching against device group names.
11923
11924 * The systemd configuration file system.conf gained new
11925 settings DefaultCPUAccounting=, DefaultBlockIOAccounting=,
11926 DefaultMemoryAccounting= to globally turn on/off accounting
11927 for specific resources (cgroups) for all units. These
11928 settings may still be overridden individually in each unit
11929 though.
11930
11931 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator is now able to discover /srv and
11932 root partitions in addition to /home and swap partitions. It
11933 also supports LUKS-encrypted partitions now. With this in
11934 place, automatic discovery of partitions to mount following
11935 the Discoverable Partitions Specification
11936 (https://systemd.io/DISCOVERABLE_PARTITIONS/)
11937 is now a lot more complete. This allows booting without
11938 /etc/fstab and without root= on the kernel command line on
11939 systems prepared appropriately.
11940
11941 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --image= switch which allows
11942 booting up disk images and Linux installations on any block
11943 device that follow the Discoverable Partitions Specification
11944 (see above). This means that installations made with
11945 appropriately updated installers may now be started and
11946 deployed using container managers, completely
11947 unmodified. (We hope that libvirt-lxc will add support for
11948 this feature soon, too.)
11949
11950 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-macvlan= setting to
11951 set up a private macvlan interface for the
11952 container. Similarly, systemd-networkd gained a new
11953 Kind=macvlan setting in .netdev files.
11954
11955 * systemd-networkd now supports configuring local addresses
11956 using IPv4LL.
11957
11958 * A new tool systemd-network-wait-online has been added to
11959 synchronously wait for network connectivity using
11960 systemd-networkd.
11961
11962 * The sd-bus.h bus API gained a new sd_bus_track object for
11963 tracking the lifecycle of bus peers. Note that sd-bus.h is
11964 still not a public API though (unless you specify
11965 --enable-kdbus on the configure command line, which however
11966 voids your warranty and you get no API stability guarantee).
11967
11968 * The $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR runtime directories for each user are
11969 now individual tmpfs instances, which has the benefit of
11970 introducing separate pools for each user, with individual
11971 size limits, and thus making sure that unprivileged clients
11972 can no longer negatively impact the system or other users by
11973 filling up their $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR. A new logind.conf setting
11974 RuntimeDirectorySize= has been introduced that allows
11975 controlling the default size limit for all users. It
11976 defaults to 10% of the available physical memory. This is no
11977 replacement for quotas on tmpfs though (which the kernel
11978 still does not support), as /dev/shm and /tmp are still
11979 shared resources used by both the system and unprivileged
11980 users.
11981
11982 * logind will now automatically turn off automatic suspending
11983 on laptop lid close when more than one display is
11984 connected. This was previously expected to be implemented
11985 individually in desktop environments (such as GNOME),
11986 however has been added to logind now, in order to fix a
11987 boot-time race where a desktop environment might not have
11988 been started yet and thus not been able to take an inhibitor
11989 lock at the time where logind already suspends the system
11990 due to a closed lid.
11991
11992 * logind will now wait at least 30s after each system
11993 suspend/resume cycle, and 3min after system boot before
11994 suspending the system due to a closed laptop lid. This
11995 should give USB docking stations and similar enough time to
11996 be probed and configured after system resume and boot in
11997 order to then act as suspend blocker.
11998
11999 * systemd-run gained a new --property= setting which allows
12000 initialization of resource control properties (and others)
12001 for the created scope or service unit. Example: "systemd-run
12002 --property=BlockIOWeight=10 updatedb" may be used to run
12003 updatedb at a low block IO scheduling weight.
12004
12005 * systemd-run's --uid=, --gid=, --setenv=, --setenv= switches
12006 now also work in --scope mode.
12007
12008 * When systemd is compiled with kdbus support, basic support
12009 for enforced policies is now in place. (Note that enabling
12010 kdbus still voids your warranty and no API compatibility
12011 promises are made.)
12012
12013 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Ansgar Burchardt, Armin
12014 K., Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
12015 Harald Hoyer, Henrik Grindal Bakken, Jasper St. Pierre, Kay
12016 Sievers, Kieran Clancy, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
12017 Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Mark Oteiza, Martin Pitt,
12018 Mike Gilbert, Peter Rajnoha, poma, Samuli Suominen, Stef
12019 Walter, Susant Sahani, Tero Roponen, Thomas Andersen, Thomas
12020 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom
12021 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zachary Cook,
12022 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
12023
12024 — Berlin, 2014-03-12
12025
12026 CHANGES WITH 210:
12027
12028 * systemd will now relabel /dev after loading the SMACK policy
12029 according to SMACK rules.
12030
12031 * A new unit file option AppArmorProfile= has been added to
12032 set the AppArmor profile for the processes of a unit.
12033
12034 * A new condition check ConditionArchitecture= has been added
12035 to conditionalize units based on the system architecture, as
12036 reported by uname()'s "machine" field.
12037
12038 * systemd-networkd now supports matching on the system
12039 virtualization, architecture, kernel command line, hostname
12040 and machine ID.
12041
12042 * logind is now a lot more aggressive when suspending the
12043 machine due to a closed laptop lid. Instead of acting only
12044 on the lid close action, it will continuously watch the lid
12045 status and act on it. This is useful for laptops where the
12046 power button is on the outside of the chassis so that it can
12047 be reached without opening the lid (such as the Lenovo
12048 Yoga). On those machines, logind will now immediately
12049 re-suspend the machine if the power button has been
12050 accidentally pressed while the laptop was suspended and in a
12051 backpack or similar.
12052
12053 * logind will now watch SW_DOCK switches and inhibit reaction
12054 to the lid switch if it is pressed. This means that logind
12055 will not suspend the machine anymore if the lid is closed
12056 and the system is docked, if the laptop supports SW_DOCK
12057 notifications via the input layer. Note that ACPI docking
12058 stations do not generate this currently. Also note that this
12059 logic is usually not fully sufficient and Desktop
12060 Environments should take a lid switch inhibitor lock when an
12061 external display is connected, as systemd will not watch
12062 this on its own.
12063
12064 * nspawn will now make use of the devices cgroup controller by
12065 default, and only permit creation of and access to the usual
12066 API device nodes like /dev/null or /dev/random, as well as
12067 access to (but not creation of) the pty devices.
12068
12069 * We will now ship a default .network file for
12070 systemd-networkd that automatically configures DHCP for
12071 network interfaces created by nspawn's --network-veth or
12072 --network-bridge= switches.
12073
12074 * systemd will now understand the usual M, K, G, T suffixes
12075 according to SI conventions (i.e. to the base 1000) when
12076 referring to throughput and hardware metrics. It will stay
12077 with IEC conventions (i.e. to the base 1024) for software
12078 metrics, according to what is customary according to
12079 Wikipedia. We explicitly document which base applies for
12080 each configuration option.
12081
12082 * The DeviceAllow= setting in unit files now supports a syntax to
12083 allow-list an entire group of devices node majors at once, based on
12084 the /proc/devices listing. For example, with the string "char-pts",
12085 it is now possible to allow-list all current and future pseudo-TTYs
12086 at once.
12087
12088 * sd-event learned a new "post" event source. Event sources of
12089 this type are triggered by the dispatching of any event
12090 source of a type that is not "post". This is useful for
12091 implementing clean-up and check event sources that are
12092 triggered by other work being done in the program.
12093
12094 * systemd-networkd is no longer statically enabled, but uses
12095 the usual [Install] sections so that it can be
12096 enabled/disabled using systemctl. It still is enabled by
12097 default however.
12098
12099 * When creating a veth interface pair with systemd-nspawn, the
12100 host side will now be prefixed with "vb-" if
12101 --network-bridge= is used, and with "ve-" if --network-veth
12102 is used. This way, it is easy to distinguish these cases on
12103 the host, for example to apply different configuration to
12104 them with systemd-networkd.
12105
12106 * The compatibility libraries for libsystemd-journal.so,
12107 libsystem-id128.so, libsystemd-login.so and
12108 libsystemd-daemon.so do not make use of IFUNC
12109 anymore. Instead, we now build libsystemd.so multiple times
12110 under these alternative names. This means that the footprint
12111 is drastically increased, but given that these are
12112 transitional compatibility libraries, this should not matter
12113 much. This change has been made necessary to support the ARM
12114 platform for these compatibility libraries, as the ARM
12115 toolchain is not really at the same level as the toolchain
12116 for other architectures like x86 and does not support
12117 IFUNC. Please make sure to use --enable-compat-libs only
12118 during a transitional period!
12119
12120 * The .include syntax has been deprecated and is not documented
12121 anymore. Drop-in files in .d directories should be used instead.
12122
12123 Contributions from: Andreas Fuchs, Armin K., Colin Walters,
12124 Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
12125 Holger Schurig, Jason A. Donenfeld, Jason St. John, Jasper
12126 St. Pierre, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Łukasz Stelmach,
12127 Marcel Holtmann, Michael Scherer, Michal Sekletar, Mike
12128 Gilbert, Samuli Suominen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
12129 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
12130 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
12131
12132 — Berlin, 2014-02-24
12133
12134 CHANGES WITH 209:
12135
12136 * A new component "systemd-networkd" has been added that can
12137 be used to configure local network interfaces statically or
12138 via DHCP. It is capable of bringing up bridges, VLANs, and
12139 bonding. Currently, no hook-ups for interactive network
12140 configuration are provided. Use this for your initrd,
12141 container, embedded, or server setup if you need a simple,
12142 yet powerful, network configuration solution. This
12143 configuration subsystem is quite nifty, as it allows wildcard
12144 hotplug matching in interfaces. For example, with a single
12145 configuration snippet, you can configure that all Ethernet
12146 interfaces showing up are automatically added to a bridge,
12147 or similar. It supports link-sensing and more.
12148
12149 * A new tool "systemd-socket-proxyd" has been added which can
12150 act as a bidirectional proxy for TCP sockets. This is
12151 useful for adding socket activation support to services that
12152 do not actually support socket activation, including virtual
12153 machines and the like.
12154
12155 * Add a new tool to save/restore rfkill state on
12156 shutdown/boot.
12157
12158 * Save/restore state of keyboard backlights in addition to
12159 display backlights on shutdown/boot.
12160
12161 * udev learned a new SECLABEL{} construct to label device
12162 nodes with a specific security label when they appear. For
12163 now, only SECLABEL{selinux} is supported, but the syntax is
12164 prepared for additional security frameworks.
12165
12166 * udev gained a new scheme to configure link-level attributes
12167 from files in /etc/systemd/network/*.link. These files can
12168 match against MAC address, device path, driver name and type,
12169 and will apply attributes like the naming policy, link speed,
12170 MTU, duplex settings, Wake-on-LAN settings, MAC address, MAC
12171 address assignment policy (randomized, …).
12172
12173 * The configuration of network interface naming rules for
12174 "permanent interface names" has changed: a new NamePolicy=
12175 setting in the [Link] section of .link files determines the
12176 priority of possible naming schemes (onboard, slot, MAC,
12177 path). The default value of this setting is determined by
12178 /usr/lib/net/links/99-default.link. Old
12179 80-net-name-slot.rules udev configuration file has been
12180 removed, so local configuration overriding this file should
12181 be adapted to override 99-default.link instead.
12182
12183 * When the User= switch is used in a unit file, also
12184 initialize $SHELL= based on the user database entry.
12185
12186 * systemd no longer depends on libdbus. All communication is
12187 now done with sd-bus, systemd's low-level bus library
12188 implementation.
12189
12190 * kdbus support has been added to PID 1 itself. When kdbus is
12191 enabled, this causes PID 1 to set up the system bus and
12192 enable support for a new ".busname" unit type that
12193 encapsulates bus name activation on kdbus. It works a little
12194 bit like ".socket" units, except for bus names. A new
12195 generator has been added that converts classic dbus1 service
12196 activation files automatically into native systemd .busname
12197 and .service units.
12198
12199 * sd-bus: add a light-weight vtable implementation that allows
12200 defining objects on the bus with a simple static const
12201 vtable array of its methods, signals and properties.
12202
12203 * systemd will not generate or install static dbus
12204 introspection data anymore to /usr/share/dbus-1/interfaces,
12205 as the precise format of these files is unclear, and
12206 nothing makes use of it.
12207
12208 * A proxy daemon is now provided to proxy clients connecting
12209 via classic D-Bus AF_UNIX sockets to kdbus, to provide full
12210 compatibility with classic D-Bus.
12211
12212 * A bus driver implementation has been added that supports the
12213 classic D-Bus bus driver calls on kdbus, also for
12214 compatibility purposes.
12215
12216 * A new API "sd-event.h" has been added that implements a
12217 minimal event loop API built around epoll. It provides a
12218 couple of features that direct epoll usage is lacking:
12219 prioritization of events, scales to large numbers of timer
12220 events, per-event timer slack (accuracy), system-wide
12221 coalescing of timer events, exit handlers, watchdog
12222 supervision support using systemd's sd_notify() API, child
12223 process handling.
12224
12225 * A new API "sd-rntl.h" has been added that provides an API
12226 around the route netlink interface of the kernel, similar in
12227 style to "sd-bus.h".
12228
12229 * A new API "sd-dhcp-client.h" has been added that provides a
12230 small DHCPv4 client-side implementation. This is used by
12231 "systemd-networkd".
12232
12233 * There is a new kernel command line option
12234 "systemd.restore_state=0|1". When set to "0", none of the
12235 systemd tools will restore saved runtime state to hardware
12236 devices. More specifically, the rfkill and backlight states
12237 are not restored.
12238
12239 * The FsckPassNo= compatibility option in mount/service units
12240 has been removed. The fstab generator will now add the
12241 necessary dependencies automatically, and does not require
12242 PID1's support for that anymore.
12243
12244 * journalctl gained a new switch, --list-boots, that lists
12245 recent boots with their times and boot IDs.
12246
12247 * The various tools like systemctl, loginctl, timedatectl,
12248 busctl, systemd-run, … have gained a new switch "-M" to
12249 connect to a specific, local OS container (as direct
12250 connection, without requiring SSH). This works on any
12251 container that is registered with machined, such as those
12252 created by libvirt-lxc or nspawn.
12253
12254 * systemd-run and systemd-analyze also gained support for "-H"
12255 to connect to remote hosts via SSH. This is particularly
12256 useful for systemd-run because it enables queuing of jobs
12257 onto remote systems.
12258
12259 * machinectl gained a new command "login" to open a getty
12260 login in any local container. This works with any container
12261 that is registered with machined (such as those created by
12262 libvirt-lxc or nspawn), and which runs systemd inside.
12263
12264 * machinectl gained a new "reboot" command that may be used to
12265 trigger a reboot on a specific container that is registered
12266 with machined. This works on any container that runs an init
12267 system of some kind.
12268
12269 * systemctl gained a new "list-timers" command to print a nice
12270 listing of installed timer units with the times they elapse
12271 next.
12272
12273 * Alternative reboot() parameters may now be specified on the
12274 "systemctl reboot" command line and are passed to the
12275 reboot() system call.
12276
12277 * systemctl gained a new --job-mode= switch to configure the
12278 mode to queue a job with. This is a more generic version of
12279 --fail, --irreversible, and --ignore-dependencies, which are
12280 still available but not advertised anymore.
12281
12282 * /etc/systemd/system.conf gained new settings to configure
12283 various default timeouts of units, as well as the default
12284 start limit interval and burst. These may still be overridden
12285 within each Unit.
12286
12287 * PID1 will now export on the bus profile data of the security
12288 policy upload process (such as the SELinux policy upload to
12289 the kernel).
12290
12291 * journald: when forwarding logs to the console, include
12292 timestamps (following the setting in
12293 /sys/module/printk/parameters/time).
12294
12295 * OnCalendar= in timer units now understands the special
12296 strings "yearly" and "annually". (Both are equivalent)
12297
12298 * The accuracy of timer units is now configurable with the new
12299 AccuracySec= setting. It defaults to 1min.
12300
12301 * A new dependency type JoinsNamespaceOf= has been added that
12302 allows running two services within the same /tmp and network
12303 namespace, if PrivateNetwork= or PrivateTmp= are used.
12304
12305 * A new command "cat" has been added to systemctl. It outputs
12306 the original unit file of a unit, and concatenates the
12307 contents of additional "drop-in" unit file snippets, so that
12308 the full configuration is shown.
12309
12310 * systemctl now supports globbing on the various "list-xyz"
12311 commands, like "list-units" or "list-sockets", as well as on
12312 those commands which take multiple unit names.
12313
12314 * journalctl's --unit= switch gained support for globbing.
12315
12316 * All systemd daemons now make use of the watchdog logic so
12317 that systemd automatically notices when they hang.
12318
12319 * If the $container_ttys environment variable is set,
12320 getty-generator will automatically spawn a getty for each
12321 listed tty. This is useful for container managers to request
12322 login gettys to be spawned on as many ttys as needed.
12323
12324 * %h, %s, %U specifier support is not available anymore when
12325 used in unit files for PID 1. This is because NSS calls are
12326 not safe from PID 1. They stay available for --user
12327 instances of systemd, and as special case for the root user.
12328
12329 * loginctl gained a new "--no-legend" switch to turn off output
12330 of the legend text.
12331
12332 * The "sd-login.h" API gained three new calls:
12333 sd_session_is_remote(), sd_session_get_remote_user(),
12334 sd_session_get_remote_host() to query information about
12335 remote sessions.
12336
12337 * The udev hardware database now also carries vendor/product
12338 information of SDIO devices.
12339
12340 * The "sd-daemon.h" API gained a new sd_watchdog_enabled() to
12341 determine whether watchdog notifications are requested by
12342 the system manager.
12343
12344 * Socket-activated per-connection services now include a
12345 short description of the connection parameters in the
12346 description.
12347
12348 * tmpfiles gained a new "--boot" option. When this is not used,
12349 only lines where the command character is not suffixed with
12350 "!" are executed. When this option is specified, those
12351 options are executed too. This partitions tmpfiles
12352 directives into those that can be safely executed at any
12353 time, and those which should be run only at boot (for
12354 example, a line that creates /run/nologin).
12355
12356 * A new API "sd-resolve.h" has been added which provides a simple
12357 asynchronous wrapper around glibc NSS hostname resolution
12358 calls, such as getaddrinfo(). In contrast to glibc's
12359 getaddrinfo_a(), it does not use signals. In contrast to most
12360 other asynchronous name resolution libraries, this one does
12361 not reimplement DNS, but reuses NSS, so that alternate
12362 hostname resolution systems continue to work, such as mDNS,
12363 LDAP, etc. This API is based on libasyncns, but it has been
12364 cleaned up for inclusion in systemd.
12365
12366 * The APIs "sd-journal.h", "sd-login.h", "sd-id128.h",
12367 "sd-daemon.h" are no longer found in individual libraries
12368 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-login.so,
12369 libsystemd-id128.so, libsystemd-daemon.so. Instead, we have
12370 merged them into a single library, libsystemd.so, which
12371 provides all symbols. The reason for this is cyclic
12372 dependencies, as these libraries tend to use each other's
12373 symbols. So far, we have managed to workaround that by linking
12374 a copy of a good part of our code into each of these
12375 libraries again and again, which, however, makes certain
12376 things hard to do, like sharing static variables. Also, it
12377 substantially increases footprint. With this change, there
12378 is only one library for the basic APIs systemd
12379 provides. Also, "sd-bus.h", "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h",
12380 "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h", "sd-utf8.h" are found in this
12381 library as well, however are subject to the --enable-kdbus
12382 switch (see below). Note that "sd-dhcp-client.h" is not part
12383 of this library (this is because it only consumes, never
12384 provides, services of/to other APIs). To make the transition
12385 easy from the separate libraries to the unified one, we
12386 provide the --enable-compat-libs compile-time switch which
12387 will generate stub libraries that are compatible with the
12388 old ones but redirect all calls to the new one.
12389
12390 * All of the kdbus logic and the new APIs "sd-bus.h",
12391 "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h", "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h",
12392 and "sd-utf8.h" are compile-time optional via the
12393 "--enable-kdbus" switch, and they are not compiled in by
12394 default. To make use of kdbus, you have to explicitly enable
12395 the switch. Note however, that neither the kernel nor the
12396 userspace API for all of this is considered stable yet. We
12397 want to maintain the freedom to still change the APIs for
12398 now. By specifying this build-time switch, you acknowledge
12399 that you are aware of the instability of the current
12400 APIs.
12401
12402 * Also, note that while kdbus is pretty much complete,
12403 it lacks one thing: proper policy support. This means you
12404 can build a fully working system with all features; however,
12405 it will be highly insecure. Policy support will be added in
12406 one of the next releases, at the same time that we will
12407 declare the APIs stable.
12408
12409 * When the kernel command line argument "kdbus" is specified,
12410 systemd will automatically load the kdbus.ko kernel module. At
12411 this stage of development, it is only useful for testing kdbus
12412 and should not be used in production. Note: if "--enable-kdbus"
12413 is specified, and the kdbus.ko kernel module is available, and
12414 "kdbus" is added to the kernel command line, the entire system
12415 runs with kdbus instead of dbus-daemon, with the above mentioned
12416 problem of missing the system policy enforcement. Also a future
12417 version of kdbus.ko or a newer systemd will not be compatible with
12418 each other, and will unlikely be able to boot the machine if only
12419 one of them is updated.
12420
12421 * systemctl gained a new "import-environment" command which
12422 uploads the caller's environment (or parts thereof) into the
12423 service manager so that it is inherited by services started
12424 by the manager. This is useful to upload variables like
12425 $DISPLAY into the user service manager.
12426
12427 * A new PrivateDevices= switch has been added to service units
12428 which allows running a service with a namespaced /dev
12429 directory that does not contain any device nodes for
12430 physical devices. More specifically, it only includes devices
12431 such as /dev/null, /dev/urandom, and /dev/zero which are API
12432 entry points.
12433
12434 * logind has been extended to support behaviour like VT
12435 switching on seats that do not support a VT. This makes
12436 multi-session available on seats that are not the first seat
12437 (seat0), and on systems where kernel support for VTs has
12438 been disabled at compile-time.
12439
12440 * If a process holds a delay lock for system sleep or shutdown
12441 and fails to release it in time, we will now log its
12442 identity. This makes it easier to identify processes that
12443 cause slow suspends or power-offs.
12444
12445 * When parsing /etc/crypttab, support for a new key-slot=
12446 option as supported by Debian is added. It allows indicating
12447 which LUKS slot to use on disk, speeding up key loading.
12448
12449 * The sd_journal_sendv() API call has been checked and
12450 officially declared to be async-signal-safe so that it may
12451 be invoked from signal handlers for logging purposes.
12452
12453 * Boot-time status output is now enabled automatically after a
12454 short timeout if boot does not progress, in order to give
12455 the user an indication what she or he is waiting for.
12456
12457 * The boot-time output has been improved to show how much time
12458 remains until jobs expire.
12459
12460 * The KillMode= switch in service units gained a new possible
12461 value "mixed". If set, and the unit is shut down, then the
12462 initial SIGTERM signal is sent only to the main daemon
12463 process, while the following SIGKILL signal is sent to
12464 all remaining processes of the service.
12465
12466 * When a scope unit is registered, a new property "Controller"
12467 may be set. If set to a valid bus name, systemd will send a
12468 RequestStop() signal to this name when it would like to shut
12469 down the scope. This may be used to hook manager logic into
12470 the shutdown logic of scope units. Also, scope units may now
12471 be put in a special "abandoned" state, in which case the
12472 manager process which created them takes no further
12473 responsibilities for it.
12474
12475 * When reading unit files, systemd will now verify
12476 the access mode of these files, and warn about certain
12477 suspicious combinations. This has been added to make it
12478 easier to track down packaging bugs where unit files are
12479 marked executable or world-writable.
12480
12481 * systemd-nspawn gained a new "--setenv=" switch to set
12482 container-wide environment variables. The similar option in
12483 systemd-activate was renamed from "--environment=" to
12484 "--setenv=" for consistency.
12485
12486 * systemd-nspawn has been updated to create a new kdbus domain
12487 for each container that is invoked, thus allowing each
12488 container to have its own set of system and user buses,
12489 independent of the host.
12490
12491 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --drop-capability= switch to run
12492 the container with less capabilities than the default. Both
12493 --drop-capability= and --capability= now take the special
12494 string "all" for dropping or keeping all capabilities.
12495
12496 * systemd-nspawn gained new switches for executing containers
12497 with specific SELinux labels set.
12498
12499 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --quiet switch to not generate
12500 any additional output but the container's own console
12501 output.
12502
12503 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --share-system switch to run a
12504 container without PID namespacing enabled.
12505
12506 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --register= switch to control
12507 whether the container is registered with systemd-machined or
12508 not. This is useful for containers that do not run full
12509 OS images, but only specific apps.
12510
12511 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --keep-unit which may be used
12512 when invoked as the only program from a service unit, and
12513 results in registration of the unit service itself in
12514 systemd-machined, instead of a newly opened scope unit.
12515
12516 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-interface= switch for
12517 moving arbitrary interfaces to the container. The new
12518 --network-veth switch creates a virtual Ethernet connection
12519 between host and container. The new --network-bridge=
12520 switch then allows assigning the host side of this virtual
12521 Ethernet connection to a bridge device.
12522
12523 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --personality= switch for
12524 setting the kernel personality for the container. This is
12525 useful when running a 32-bit container on a 64-bit host. A
12526 similar option Personality= is now also available for service
12527 units to use.
12528
12529 * logind will now also track a "Desktop" identifier for each
12530 session which encodes the desktop environment of it. This is
12531 useful for desktop environments that want to identify
12532 multiple running sessions of itself easily.
12533
12534 * A new SELinuxContext= setting for service units has been
12535 added that allows setting a specific SELinux execution
12536 context for a service.
12537
12538 * Most systemd client tools will now honour $SYSTEMD_LESS for
12539 settings of the "less" pager. By default, these tools will
12540 override $LESS to allow certain operations to work, such as
12541 jump-to-the-end. With $SYSTEMD_LESS, it is possible to
12542 influence this logic.
12543
12544 * systemd's "seccomp" hook-up has been changed to make use of
12545 the libseccomp library instead of using its own
12546 implementation. This has benefits for portability among
12547 other things.
12548
12549 * For usage together with SystemCallFilter=, a new
12550 SystemCallErrorNumber= setting has been introduced that
12551 allows configuration of a system error number to be returned
12552 on filtered system calls, instead of immediately killing the
12553 process. Also, SystemCallArchitectures= has been added to
12554 limit access to system calls of a particular architecture
12555 (in order to turn off support for unused secondary
12556 architectures). There is also a global
12557 SystemCallArchitectures= setting in system.conf now to turn
12558 off support for non-native system calls system-wide.
12559
12560 * systemd requires a kernel with a working name_to_handle_at(),
12561 please see the kernel config requirements in the README file.
12562
12563 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alex Jia, Anatol Pomozov,
12564 Ansgar Burchardt, AppleBloom, Auke Kok, Bastien Nocera,
12565 Chengwei Yang, Christian Seiler, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
12566 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniele Medri, Daniel J
12567 Walsh, Daniel Mack, Dan McGee, Dave Reisner, David Coppa,
12568 David Herrmann, David Strauss, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry Pisklov,
12569 Elia Pinto, Florian Weimer, George McCollister, Goffredo
12570 Baroncelli, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Igor
12571 Zhbanov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason A. Donenfeld,
12572 Jason St. John, Jasper St. Pierre, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson, Jose
12573 Ignacio Naranjo, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kristian Høgsberg,
12574 Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
12575 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
12576 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Felipe Rasia de
12577 Mello, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
12578 Marineau, Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar,
12579 Michele Curti, Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt,
12580 Pavel Holica, Raudi, Richard Marko, Ronny Chevalier, Sébastien
12581 Luttringer, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters,
12582 Stefan Beller, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefeve, Sylvia Else,
12583 Tero Roponen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
12584 Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Unai Uribarri, Václav
12585 Pavlín, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, William Giokas, Yang
12586 Zhiyong, Yin Kangkai, Yuxuan Shui, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
12587
12588 — Berlin, 2014-02-20
12589
12590 CHANGES WITH 208:
12591
12592 * logind has gained support for facilitating privileged input
12593 and drm device access for unprivileged clients. This work is
12594 useful to allow Wayland display servers (and similar
12595 programs, such as kmscon) to run under the user's ID and
12596 access input and drm devices which are normally
12597 protected. When this is used (and the kernel is new enough)
12598 logind will "mute" IO on the file descriptors passed to
12599 Wayland as long as it is in the background and "unmute" it
12600 if it returns into the foreground. This allows secure
12601 session switching without allowing background sessions to
12602 eavesdrop on input and display data. This also introduces
12603 session switching support if VT support is turned off in the
12604 kernel, and on seats that are not seat0.
12605
12606 * A new kernel command line option luks.options= is understood
12607 now which allows specifying LUKS options for usage for LUKS
12608 encrypted partitions specified with luks.uuid=.
12609
12610 * tmpfiles.d(5) snippets may now use specifier expansion in
12611 path names. More specifically %m, %b, %H, %v, are now
12612 replaced by the local machine id, boot id, hostname, and
12613 kernel version number.
12614
12615 * A new tmpfiles.d(5) command "m" has been introduced which
12616 may be used to change the owner/group/access mode of a file
12617 or directory if it exists, but do nothing if it does not.
12618
12619 * This release removes high-level support for the
12620 MemorySoftLimit= cgroup setting. The underlying kernel
12621 cgroup attribute memory.soft_limit= is currently badly
12622 designed and likely to be removed from the kernel API in its
12623 current form, hence we should not expose it for now.
12624
12625 * The memory.use_hierarchy cgroup attribute is now enabled for
12626 all cgroups systemd creates in the memory cgroup
12627 hierarchy. This option is likely to be come the built-in
12628 default in the kernel anyway, and the non-hierarchical mode
12629 never made much sense in the intrinsically hierarchical
12630 cgroup system.
12631
12632 * A new field _SYSTEMD_SLICE= is logged along with all journal
12633 messages containing the slice a message was generated
12634 from. This is useful to allow easy per-customer filtering of
12635 logs among other things.
12636
12637 * systemd-journald will no longer adjust the group of journal
12638 files it creates to the "systemd-journal" group. Instead we
12639 rely on the journal directory to be owned by the
12640 "systemd-journal" group, and its setgid bit set, so that the
12641 kernel file system layer will automatically enforce that
12642 journal files inherit this group assignment. The reason for
12643 this change is that we cannot allow NSS look-ups from
12644 journald which would be necessary to resolve
12645 "systemd-journal" to a numeric GID, because this might
12646 create deadlocks if NSS involves synchronous queries to
12647 other daemons (such as nscd, or sssd) which in turn are
12648 logging clients of journald and might block on it, which
12649 would then dead lock. A tmpfiles.d(5) snippet included in
12650 systemd will make sure the setgid bit and group are
12651 properly set on the journal directory if it exists on every
12652 boot. However, we recommend adjusting it manually after
12653 upgrades too (or from RPM scriptlets), so that the change is
12654 not delayed until next reboot.
12655
12656 * Backlight and random seed files in /var/lib/ have moved into
12657 the /var/lib/systemd/ directory, in order to centralize all
12658 systemd generated files in one directory.
12659
12660 * Boot time performance measurements (as displayed by
12661 "systemd-analyze" for example) will now read ACPI 5.0 FPDT
12662 performance information if that's available to determine how
12663 much time BIOS and boot loader initialization required. With
12664 a sufficiently new BIOS you hence no longer need to boot
12665 with Gummiboot to get access to such information.
12666
12667 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Chen Jie, Colin Walters,
12668 Cristian Rodríguez, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David
12669 Mackey, David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Evan Callicoat, Gao
12670 feng, Harald Hoyer, Jimmie Tauriainen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
12671 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt,
12672 Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Mike Gilbert, Patrick McCarty,
12673 Sebastian Ott, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
12674
12675 — Berlin, 2013-10-02
12676
12677 CHANGES WITH 207:
12678
12679 * The Restart= option for services now understands a new
12680 on-watchdog setting, which will restart the service
12681 automatically if the service stops sending out watchdog keep
12682 alive messages (as configured with WatchdogSec=).
12683
12684 * The getty generator (which is responsible for bringing up a
12685 getty on configured serial consoles) will no longer only
12686 start a getty on the primary kernel console but on all
12687 others, too. This makes the order in which console= is
12688 specified on the kernel command line less important.
12689
12690 * libsystemd-logind gained a new sd_session_get_vt() call to
12691 retrieve the VT number of a session.
12692
12693 * If the option "tries=0" is set for an entry of /etc/crypttab
12694 its passphrase is queried indefinitely instead of any
12695 maximum number of tries.
12696
12697 * If a service with a configure PID file terminates its PID
12698 file will now be removed automatically if it still exists
12699 afterwards. This should put an end to stale PID files.
12700
12701 * systemd-run will now also take relative binary path names
12702 for execution and no longer insists on absolute paths.
12703
12704 * InaccessibleDirectories= and ReadOnlyDirectories= now take
12705 paths that are optionally prefixed with "-" to indicate that
12706 it should not be considered a failure if they do not exist.
12707
12708 * journalctl -o (and similar commands) now understands a new
12709 output mode "short-precise", it is similar to "short" but
12710 shows timestamps with usec accuracy.
12711
12712 * The option "discard" (as known from Debian) is now
12713 synonymous to "allow-discards" in /etc/crypttab. In fact,
12714 "discard" is preferred now (since it is easier to remember
12715 and type).
12716
12717 * Some licensing clean-ups were made, so that more code is now
12718 LGPL-2.1 licensed than before.
12719
12720 * A minimal tool to save/restore the display backlight
12721 brightness across reboots has been added. It will store the
12722 backlight setting as late as possible at shutdown, and
12723 restore it as early as possible during reboot.
12724
12725 * A logic to automatically discover and enable home and swap
12726 partitions on GPT disks has been added. With this in place
12727 /etc/fstab becomes optional for many setups as systemd can
12728 discover certain partitions located on the root disk
12729 automatically. Home partitions are recognized under their
12730 GPT type ID 933ac7e12eb44f13b8440e14e2aef915. Swap
12731 partitions are recognized under their GPT type ID
12732 0657fd6da4ab43c484e50933c84b4f4f.
12733
12734 * systemd will no longer pass any environment from the kernel
12735 or initrd to system services. If you want to set an
12736 environment for all services, do so via the kernel command
12737 line systemd.setenv= assignment.
12738
12739 * The systemd-sysctl tool no longer natively reads the file
12740 /etc/sysctl.conf. If desired, the file should be symlinked
12741 from /etc/sysctl.d/99-sysctl.conf. Apart from providing
12742 legacy support by a symlink rather than built-in code, it
12743 also makes the otherwise hidden order of application of the
12744 different files visible. (Note that this partly reverts to a
12745 pre-198 application order of sysctl knobs!)
12746
12747 * The "systemctl set-log-level" and "systemctl dump" commands
12748 have been moved to systemd-analyze.
12749
12750 * systemd-run learned the new --remain-after-exit switch,
12751 which causes the scope unit not to be cleaned up
12752 automatically after the process terminated.
12753
12754 * tmpfiles learned a new --exclude-prefix= switch to exclude
12755 certain paths from operation.
12756
12757 * journald will now automatically flush all messages to disk
12758 as soon as a message at the log level CRIT, ALERT or EMERG
12759 is received.
12760
12761 Contributions from: Andrew Cook, Brandon Philips, Christian
12762 Hesse, Christoph Junghans, Colin Walters, Daniel Schaal,
12763 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gao feng, George
12764 McCollister, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer,
12765 Herczeg Zsolt, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt,
12766 Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Khem Raj, Lennart Poettering,
12767 Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
12768 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau,
12769 Michael Scherer, Michael Stapelberg, Michal Sekletar, Michał
12770 Górny, Olivier Brunel, Ondrej Balaz, Ronny Chevalier, Shawn
12771 Landden, Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
12772 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, WANG Chao,
12773 William Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
12774
12775 — Berlin, 2013-09-13
12776
12777 CHANGES WITH 206:
12778
12779 * The documentation has been updated to cover the various new
12780 concepts introduced with 205.
12781
12782 * Unit files now understand the new %v specifier which
12783 resolves to the kernel version string as returned by "uname
12784 -r".
12785
12786 * systemctl now supports filtering the unit list output by
12787 load state, active state and sub state, using the new
12788 --state= parameter.
12789
12790 * "systemctl status" will now show the results of the
12791 condition checks (like ConditionPathExists= and similar) of
12792 the last start attempts of the unit. They are also logged to
12793 the journal.
12794
12795 * "journalctl -b" may now be used to look for boot output of a
12796 specific boot. Try "journalctl -b -1" for the previous boot,
12797 but the syntax is substantially more powerful.
12798
12799 * "journalctl --show-cursor" has been added which prints the
12800 cursor string the last shown log line. This may then be used
12801 with the new "journalctl --after-cursor=" switch to continue
12802 browsing logs from that point on.
12803
12804 * "journalctl --force" may now be used to force regeneration
12805 of an FSS key.
12806
12807 * Creation of "dead" device nodes has been moved from udev
12808 into kmod and tmpfiles. Previously, udev would read the kmod
12809 databases to pre-generate dead device nodes based on meta
12810 information contained in kernel modules, so that these would
12811 be auto-loaded on access rather then at boot. As this
12812 does not really have much to do with the exposing actual
12813 kernel devices to userspace this has always been slightly
12814 alien in the udev codebase. Following the new scheme kmod
12815 will now generate a runtime snippet for tmpfiles from the
12816 module meta information and it now is tmpfiles' job to the
12817 create the nodes. This also allows overriding access and
12818 other parameters for the nodes using the usual tmpfiles
12819 facilities. As side effect this allows us to remove the
12820 CAP_SYS_MKNOD capability bit from udevd entirely.
12821
12822 * logind's device ACLs may now be applied to these "dead"
12823 devices nodes too, thus finally allowing managed access to
12824 devices such as /dev/snd/sequencer without loading the
12825 backing module right-away.
12826
12827 * A new RPM macro has been added that may be used to apply
12828 tmpfiles configuration during package installation.
12829
12830 * systemd-detect-virt and ConditionVirtualization= now can
12831 detect User-Mode-Linux machines (UML).
12832
12833 * journald will now implicitly log the effective capabilities
12834 set of processes in the message metadata.
12835
12836 * systemd-cryptsetup has gained support for TrueCrypt volumes.
12837
12838 * The initrd interface has been simplified (more specifically,
12839 support for passing performance data via environment
12840 variables and fsck results via files in /run has been
12841 removed). These features were non-essential, and are
12842 nowadays available in a much nicer way by having systemd in
12843 the initrd serialize its state and have the hosts systemd
12844 deserialize it again.
12845
12846 * The udev "keymap" data files and tools to apply keyboard
12847 specific mappings of scan to key codes, and force-release
12848 scan code lists have been entirely replaced by a udev
12849 "keyboard" builtin and a hwdb data file.
12850
12851 * systemd will now honour the kernel's "quiet" command line
12852 argument also during late shutdown, resulting in a
12853 completely silent shutdown when used.
12854
12855 * There's now an option to control the SO_REUSEPORT socket
12856 option in .socket units.
12857
12858 * Instance units will now automatically get a per-template
12859 subslice of system.slice unless something else is explicitly
12860 configured. For example, instances of sshd@.service will now
12861 implicitly be placed in system-sshd.slice rather than
12862 system.slice as before.
12863
12864 * Test coverage support may now be enabled at build time.
12865
12866 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Harald
12867 Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt, Jan
12868 Janssen, Jason St. John, Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
12869 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Martin Pitt, Michael
12870 Olbrich, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Ross Lagerwall, Shawn Landden,
12871 Thomas H.P. Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tomasz Torcz, William
12872 Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
12873
12874 — Berlin, 2013-07-23
12875
12876 CHANGES WITH 205:
12877
12878 * Two new unit types have been introduced:
12879
12880 Scope units are very similar to service units, however, are
12881 created out of pre-existing processes — instead of PID 1
12882 forking off the processes. By using scope units it is
12883 possible for system services and applications to group their
12884 own child processes (worker processes) in a powerful way
12885 which then maybe used to organize them, or kill them
12886 together, or apply resource limits on them.
12887
12888 Slice units may be used to partition system resources in an
12889 hierarchical fashion and then assign other units to them. By
12890 default there are now three slices: system.slice (for all
12891 system services), user.slice (for all user sessions),
12892 machine.slice (for VMs and containers).
12893
12894 Slices and scopes have been introduced primarily in
12895 context of the work to move cgroup handling to a
12896 single-writer scheme, where only PID 1
12897 creates/removes/manages cgroups.
12898
12899 * There's a new concept of "transient" units. In contrast to
12900 normal units these units are created via an API at runtime,
12901 not from configuration from disk. More specifically this
12902 means it is now possible to run arbitrary programs as
12903 independent services, with all execution parameters passed
12904 in via bus APIs rather than read from disk. Transient units
12905 make systemd substantially more dynamic then it ever was,
12906 and useful as a general batch manager.
12907
12908 * logind has been updated to make use of scope and slice units
12909 for managing user sessions. As a user logs in he will get
12910 his own private slice unit, to which all sessions are added
12911 as scope units. We also added support for automatically
12912 adding an instance of user@.service for the user into the
12913 slice. Effectively logind will no longer create cgroup
12914 hierarchies on its own now, it will defer entirely to PID 1
12915 for this by means of scope, service and slice units. Since
12916 user sessions this way become entities managed by PID 1
12917 the output of "systemctl" is now a lot more comprehensive.
12918
12919 * A new mini-daemon "systemd-machined" has been added which
12920 may be used by virtualization managers to register local
12921 VMs/containers. nspawn has been updated accordingly, and
12922 libvirt will be updated shortly. machined will collect a bit
12923 of meta information about the VMs/containers, and assign
12924 them their own scope unit (see above). The collected
12925 meta-data is then made available via the "machinectl" tool,
12926 and exposed in "ps" and similar tools. machined/machinectl
12927 is compile-time optional.
12928
12929 * As discussed earlier, the low-level cgroup configuration
12930 options ControlGroup=, ControlGroupModify=,
12931 ControlGroupPersistent=, ControlGroupAttribute= have been
12932 removed. Please use high-level attribute settings instead as
12933 well as slice units.
12934
12935 * A new bus call SetUnitProperties() has been added to alter
12936 various runtime parameters of a unit. This is primarily
12937 useful to alter cgroup parameters dynamically in a nice way,
12938 but will be extended later on to make more properties
12939 modifiable at runtime. systemctl gained a new set-properties
12940 command that wraps this call.
12941
12942 * A new tool "systemd-run" has been added which can be used to
12943 run arbitrary command lines as transient services or scopes,
12944 while configuring a number of settings via the command
12945 line. This tool is currently very basic, however already
12946 very useful. We plan to extend this tool to even allow
12947 queuing of execution jobs with time triggers from the
12948 command line, similar in fashion to "at".
12949
12950 * nspawn will now inform the user explicitly that kernels with
12951 audit enabled break containers, and suggest the user to turn
12952 off audit.
12953
12954 * Support for detecting the IMA and AppArmor security
12955 frameworks with ConditionSecurity= has been added.
12956
12957 * journalctl gained a new "-k" switch for showing only kernel
12958 messages, mimicking dmesg output; in addition to "--user"
12959 and "--system" switches for showing only user's own logs
12960 and system logs.
12961
12962 * systemd-delta can now show information about drop-in
12963 snippets extending unit files.
12964
12965 * libsystemd-bus has been substantially updated but is still
12966 not available as public API.
12967
12968 * systemd will now look for the "debug" argument on the kernel
12969 command line and enable debug logging, similar to what
12970 "systemd.log_level=debug" already did before.
12971
12972 * "systemctl set-default", "systemctl get-default" has been
12973 added to configure the default.target symlink, which
12974 controls what to boot into by default.
12975
12976 * "systemctl set-log-level" has been added as a convenient
12977 way to raise and lower systemd logging threshold.
12978
12979 * "systemd-analyze plot" will now show the time the various
12980 generators needed for execution, as well as information
12981 about the unit file loading.
12982
12983 * libsystemd-journal gained a new sd_journal_open_files() call
12984 for opening specific journal files. journactl also gained a
12985 new switch to expose this new functionality. Previously we
12986 only supported opening all files from a directory, or all
12987 files from the system, as opening individual files only is
12988 racy due to journal file rotation.
12989
12990 * systemd gained the new DefaultEnvironment= setting in
12991 /etc/systemd/system.conf to set environment variables for
12992 all services.
12993
12994 * If a privileged process logs a journal message with the
12995 OBJECT_PID= field set, then journald will automatically
12996 augment this with additional OBJECT_UID=, OBJECT_GID=,
12997 OBJECT_COMM=, OBJECT_EXE=, … fields. This is useful if
12998 system services want to log events about specific client
12999 processes. journactl/systemctl has been updated to make use
13000 of this information if all log messages regarding a specific
13001 unit is requested.
13002
13003 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Chengwei Yang, Colin Walters,
13004 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Albers, Daniel Wallace, Dave
13005 Reisner, David Coppa, David King, David Strauss, Eelco
13006 Dolstra, Gabriel de Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander
13007 Steffens, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason St. John, Johan
13008 Heikkilä, Karel Zak, Karol Lewandowski, Kay Sievers, Lennart
13009 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marius Vollmer,
13010 Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Tremer,
13011 Michal Schmidt, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Nirbheek Chauhan,
13012 Pierre Neidhardt, Ross Burton, Ross Lagerwall, Sean McGovern,
13013 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
13014 Václav Pavlín, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek,
13015 Łukasz Stelmach, 장동준
13016
13017 CHANGES WITH 204:
13018
13019 * The Python bindings gained some minimal support for the APIs
13020 exposed by libsystemd-logind.
13021
13022 * ConditionSecurity= gained support for detecting SMACK. Since
13023 this condition already supports SELinux and AppArmor we only
13024 miss IMA for this. Patches welcome!
13025
13026 Contributions from: Karol Lewandowski, Lennart Poettering,
13027 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
13028
13029 CHANGES WITH 203:
13030
13031 * systemd-nspawn will now create /etc/resolv.conf if
13032 necessary, before bind-mounting the host's file onto it.
13033
13034 * systemd-nspawn will now store meta information about a
13035 container on the container's cgroup as extended attribute
13036 fields, including the root directory.
13037
13038 * The cgroup hierarchy has been reworked in many ways. All
13039 objects any of the components systemd creates in the cgroup
13040 tree are now suffixed. More specifically, user sessions are
13041 now placed in cgroups suffixed with ".session", users in
13042 cgroups suffixed with ".user", and nspawn containers in
13043 cgroups suffixed with ".nspawn". Furthermore, all cgroup
13044 names are now escaped in a simple scheme to avoid collision
13045 of userspace object names with kernel filenames. This work
13046 is preparation for making these objects relocatable in the
13047 cgroup tree, in order to allow easy resource partitioning of
13048 these objects without causing naming conflicts.
13049
13050 * systemctl list-dependencies gained the new switches
13051 --plain, --reverse, --after and --before.
13052
13053 * systemd-inhibit now shows the process name of processes that
13054 have taken an inhibitor lock.
13055
13056 * nss-myhostname will now also resolve "localhost"
13057 implicitly. This makes /etc/hosts an optional file and
13058 nicely handles that on IPv6 ::1 maps to both "localhost" and
13059 the local hostname.
13060
13061 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call
13062 sd_get_machine_names() to enumerate running containers and
13063 VMs (currently only supported by very new libvirt and
13064 nspawn). sd_login_monitor can now be used to watch
13065 VMs/containers coming and going.
13066
13067 * .include is not allowed recursively anymore, and only in
13068 unit files. Usually it is better to use drop-in snippets in
13069 .d/*.conf anyway, as introduced with systemd 198.
13070
13071 * systemd-analyze gained a new "critical-chain" command that
13072 determines the slowest chain of units run during system
13073 boot-up. It is very useful for tracking down where
13074 optimizing boot time is the most beneficial.
13075
13076 * systemd will no longer allow manipulating service paths in
13077 the name=systemd:/system cgroup tree using ControlGroup= in
13078 units. (But is still fine with it in all other dirs.)
13079
13080 * There's a new systemd-nspawn@.service service file that may
13081 be used to easily run nspawn containers as system
13082 services. With the container's root directory in
13083 /var/lib/container/foobar it is now sufficient to run
13084 "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foobar.service" to boot it.
13085
13086 * systemd-cgls gained a new parameter "--machine" to list only
13087 the processes within a certain container.
13088
13089 * ConditionSecurity= now can check for "apparmor". We still
13090 are lacking checks for SMACK and IMA for this condition
13091 check though. Patches welcome!
13092
13093 * A new configuration file /etc/systemd/sleep.conf has been
13094 added that may be used to configure which kernel operation
13095 systemd is supposed to execute when "suspend", "hibernate"
13096 or "hybrid-sleep" is requested. This makes the new kernel
13097 "freeze" state accessible to the user.
13098
13099 * ENV{SYSTEMD_WANTS} in udev rules will now implicitly escape
13100 the passed argument if applicable.
13101
13102 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
13103 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
13104 Evangelos Foutras, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Josh
13105 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
13106 MUNEDA Takahiro, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel
13107 Chen, Nirbheek Chauhan, Ronny Chevalier, Ross Lagerwall, Tom
13108 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
13109 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
13110
13111 CHANGES WITH 202:
13112
13113 * The output of 'systemctl list-jobs' got some polishing. The
13114 '--type=' argument may now be passed more than once. A new
13115 command 'systemctl list-sockets' has been added which shows
13116 a list of kernel sockets systemd is listening on with the
13117 socket units they belong to, plus the units these socket
13118 units activate.
13119
13120 * The experimental libsystemd-bus library got substantial
13121 updates to work in conjunction with the (also experimental)
13122 kdbus kernel project. It works well enough to exchange
13123 messages with some sophistication. Note that kdbus is not
13124 ready yet, and the library is mostly an elaborate test case
13125 for now, and not installable.
13126
13127 * systemd gained a new unit 'systemd-static-nodes.service'
13128 that generates static device nodes earlier during boot, and
13129 can run in conjunction with udev.
13130
13131 * libsystemd-login gained a new call sd_pid_get_user_unit()
13132 to retrieve the user systemd unit a process is running
13133 in. This is useful for systems where systemd is used as
13134 session manager.
13135
13136 * systemd-nspawn now places all containers in the new /machine
13137 top-level cgroup directory in the name=systemd
13138 hierarchy. libvirt will soon do the same, so that we get a
13139 uniform separation of /system, /user and /machine for system
13140 services, user processes and containers/virtual
13141 machines. This new cgroup hierarchy is also useful to stick
13142 stable names to specific container instances, which can be
13143 recognized later this way (this name may be controlled
13144 via systemd-nspawn's new -M switch). libsystemd-login also
13145 gained a new call sd_pid_get_machine_name() to retrieve the
13146 name of the container/VM a specific process belongs to.
13147
13148 * bootchart can now store its data in the journal.
13149
13150 * libsystemd-journal gained a new call
13151 sd_journal_add_conjunction() for AND expressions to the
13152 matching logic. This can be used to express more complex
13153 logical expressions.
13154
13155 * journactl can now take multiple --unit= and --user-unit=
13156 switches.
13157
13158 * The cryptsetup logic now understands the "luks.key=" kernel
13159 command line switch for specifying a file to read the
13160 decryption key from. Also, if a configured key file is not
13161 found the tool will now automatically fall back to prompting
13162 the user.
13163
13164 * Python systemd.journal module was updated to wrap recently
13165 added functions from libsystemd-journal. The interface was
13166 changed to bring the low level interface in s.j._Reader
13167 closer to the C API, and the high level interface in
13168 s.j.Reader was updated to wrap and convert all data about
13169 an entry.
13170
13171 Contributions from: Anatol Pomozov, Auke Kok, Harald Hoyer,
13172 Henrik Grindal Bakken, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart
13173 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas Marius Vollmer,
13174 Martin Jansa, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
13175 Mirco Tischler, Pali Rohar, Simon Peeters, Steven Hiscocks,
13176 Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
13177
13178 CHANGES WITH 201:
13179
13180 * journalctl --update-catalog now understands a new --root=
13181 option to operate on catalogs found in a different root
13182 directory.
13183
13184 * During shutdown after systemd has terminated all running
13185 services a final killing loop kills all remaining left-over
13186 processes. We will now print the name of these processes
13187 when we send SIGKILL to them, since this usually indicates a
13188 problem.
13189
13190 * If /etc/crypttab refers to password files stored on
13191 configured mount points automatic dependencies will now be
13192 generated to ensure the specific mount is established first
13193 before the key file is attempted to be read.
13194
13195 * 'systemctl status' will now show information about the
13196 network sockets a socket unit is listening on.
13197
13198 * 'systemctl status' will also shown information about any
13199 drop-in configuration file for units. (Drop-In configuration
13200 files in this context are files such as
13201 /etc/systemd/system/foobar.service.d/*.conf)
13202
13203 * systemd-cgtop now optionally shows summed up CPU times of
13204 cgroups. Press '%' while running cgtop to switch between
13205 percentage and absolute mode. This is useful to determine
13206 which cgroups use up the most CPU time over the entire
13207 runtime of the system. systemd-cgtop has also been updated
13208 to be 'pipeable' for processing with further shell tools.
13209
13210 * 'hostnamectl set-hostname' will now allow setting of FQDN
13211 hostnames.
13212
13213 * The formatting and parsing of time span values has been
13214 changed. The parser now understands fractional expressions
13215 such as "5.5h". The formatter will now output fractional
13216 expressions for all time spans under 1min, i.e. "5.123456s"
13217 rather than "5s 123ms 456us". For time spans under 1s
13218 millisecond values are shown, for those under 1ms
13219 microsecond values are shown. This should greatly improve
13220 all time-related output of systemd.
13221
13222 * libsystemd-login and libsystemd-journal gained new
13223 functions for querying the poll() events mask and poll()
13224 timeout value for integration into arbitrary event
13225 loops.
13226
13227 * localectl gained the ability to list available X11 keymaps
13228 (models, layouts, variants, options).
13229
13230 * 'systemd-analyze dot' gained the ability to filter for
13231 specific units via shell-style globs, to create smaller,
13232 more useful graphs. I.e. it is now possible to create simple
13233 graphs of all the dependencies between only target units, or
13234 of all units that Avahi has dependencies with.
13235
13236 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Dr. Tilmann Bubeck,
13237 Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers, Kelly
13238 Anderson, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Maksim Melnikau,
13239 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marius Vollmer, Martin Pitt, Michal
13240 Schmidt, Oleksii Shevchuk, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie,
13241 Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Weißschuh, Umut Tezduyar, Václav
13242 Pavlín, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Łukasz Stelmach
13243
13244 CHANGES WITH 200:
13245
13246 * The boot-time readahead implementation for rotating media
13247 will now read the read-ahead data in multiple passes which
13248 consist of all read requests made in equidistant time
13249 intervals. This means instead of strictly reading read-ahead
13250 data in its physical order on disk we now try to find a
13251 middle ground between physical and access time order.
13252
13253 * /etc/os-release files gained a new BUILD_ID= field for usage
13254 on operating systems that provide continuous builds of OS
13255 images.
13256
13257 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers,
13258 Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin Pitt, Václav Pavlín
13259 William Douglas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
13260
13261 CHANGES WITH 199:
13262
13263 * systemd-python gained an API exposing libsystemd-daemon.
13264
13265 * The SMACK setup logic gained support for uploading CIPSO
13266 security policy.
13267
13268 * Behaviour of PrivateTmp=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
13269 ReadOnlyDirectories= and InaccessibleDirectories= has
13270 changed. The private /tmp and /var/tmp directories are now
13271 shared by all processes of a service (which means
13272 ExecStartPre= may now leave data in /tmp that ExecStart= of
13273 the same service can still access). When a service is
13274 stopped its temporary directories are immediately deleted
13275 (normal clean-up with tmpfiles is still done in addition to
13276 this though).
13277
13278 * By default, systemd will now set a couple of sysctl
13279 variables in the kernel: the safe sysrq options are turned
13280 on, IP route verification is turned on, and source routing
13281 disabled. The recently added hardlink and softlink
13282 protection of the kernel is turned on. These settings should
13283 be reasonably safe, and good defaults for all new systems.
13284
13285 * The predictable network naming logic may now be turned off
13286 with a new kernel command line switch: net.ifnames=0.
13287
13288 * A new libsystemd-bus module has been added that implements a
13289 pretty complete D-Bus client library. For details see:
13290
13291 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2013-March/009797.html
13292
13293 * journald will now explicitly flush the journal files to disk
13294 at the latest 5min after each write. The file will then also
13295 be marked offline until the next write. This should increase
13296 reliability in case of a crash. The synchronization delay
13297 can be configured via SyncIntervalSec= in journald.conf.
13298
13299 * There's a new remote-fs-setup.target unit that can be used
13300 to pull in specific services when at least one remote file
13301 system is to be mounted.
13302
13303 * There are new targets timers.target and paths.target as
13304 canonical targets to pull user timer and path units in
13305 from. This complements sockets.target with a similar
13306 purpose for socket units.
13307
13308 * libudev gained a new call udev_device_set_attribute_value()
13309 to set sysfs attributes of a device.
13310
13311 * The udev daemon now sets the default number of worker
13312 processes executed in parallel based on the number of available
13313 CPUs instead of the amount of available RAM. This is supposed
13314 to provide a more reliable default and limit a too aggressive
13315 parallelism for setups with 1000s of devices connected.
13316
13317 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Walters, Cristian
13318 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Hannes
13319 Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
13320 Engelhardt, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
13321 Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Bridon, Michael Biebl,
13322 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nathaniel Chen,
13323 Oleksii Shevchuk, Ozan Çağlayan, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
13324 Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
13325 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
13326
13327 CHANGES WITH 198:
13328
13329 * Configuration of unit files may now be extended via drop-in
13330 files without having to edit/override the unit files
13331 themselves. More specifically, if the administrator wants to
13332 change one value for a service file foobar.service he can
13333 now do so by dropping in a configuration snippet into
13334 /etc/systemd/system/foobar.service.d/*.conf. The unit logic
13335 will load all these snippets and apply them on top of the
13336 main unit configuration file, possibly extending or
13337 overriding its settings. Using these drop-in snippets is
13338 generally nicer than the two earlier options for changing
13339 unit files locally: copying the files from
13340 /usr/lib/systemd/system/ to /etc/systemd/system/ and editing
13341 them there; or creating a new file in /etc/systemd/system/
13342 that incorporates the original one via ".include". Drop-in
13343 snippets into these .d/ directories can be placed in any
13344 directory systemd looks for units in, and the usual
13345 overriding semantics between /usr/lib, /etc and /run apply
13346 for them too.
13347
13348 * Most unit file settings which take lists of items can now be
13349 reset by assigning the empty string to them. For example,
13350 normally, settings such as Environment=FOO=BAR append a new
13351 environment variable assignment to the environment block,
13352 each time they are used. By assigning Environment= the empty
13353 string the environment block can be reset to empty. This is
13354 particularly useful with the .d/*.conf drop-in snippets
13355 mentioned above, since this adds the ability to reset list
13356 settings from vendor unit files via these drop-ins.
13357
13358 * systemctl gained a new "list-dependencies" command for
13359 listing the dependencies of a unit recursively.
13360
13361 * Inhibitors are now honored and listed by "systemctl
13362 suspend", "systemctl poweroff" (and similar) too, not only
13363 GNOME. These commands will also list active sessions by
13364 other users.
13365
13366 * Resource limits (as exposed by the various control group
13367 controllers) can now be controlled dynamically at runtime
13368 for all units. More specifically, you can now use a command
13369 like "systemctl set-cgroup-attr foobar.service cpu.shares
13370 2000" to alter the CPU shares a specific service gets. These
13371 settings are stored persistently on disk, and thus allow the
13372 administrator to easily adjust the resource usage of
13373 services with a few simple commands. This dynamic resource
13374 management logic is also available to other programs via the
13375 bus. Almost any kernel cgroup attribute and controller is
13376 supported.
13377
13378 * systemd-vconsole-setup will now copy all font settings to
13379 all allocated VTs, where it previously applied them only to
13380 the foreground VT.
13381
13382 * libsystemd-login gained the new sd_session_get_tty() API
13383 call.
13384
13385 * This release drops support for a few legacy or
13386 distribution-specific LSB facility names when parsing init
13387 scripts: $x-display-manager, $mail-transfer-agent,
13388 $mail-transport-agent, $mail-transfer-agent, $smtp,
13389 $null. Also, the mail-transfer-agent.target unit backing
13390 this has been removed. Distributions which want to retain
13391 compatibility with this should carry the burden for
13392 supporting this themselves and patch support for these back
13393 in, if they really need to. Also, the facilities $syslog and
13394 $local_fs are now ignored, since systemd does not support
13395 early-boot LSB init scripts anymore, and these facilities
13396 are implied anyway for normal services. syslog.target has
13397 also been removed.
13398
13399 * There are new bus calls on PID1's Manager object for
13400 cancelling jobs, and removing snapshot units. Previously,
13401 both calls were only available on the Job and Snapshot
13402 objects themselves.
13403
13404 * systemd-journal-gatewayd gained SSL support.
13405
13406 * The various "environment" files, such as /etc/locale.conf
13407 now support continuation lines with a backslash ("\") as
13408 last character in the line, similarly in style (but different)
13409 to how this is supported in shells.
13410
13411 * For normal user processes the _SYSTEMD_USER_UNIT= field is
13412 now implicitly appended to every log entry logged. systemctl
13413 has been updated to filter by this field when operating on a
13414 user systemd instance.
13415
13416 * nspawn will now implicitly add the CAP_AUDIT_WRITE and
13417 CAP_AUDIT_CONTROL capabilities to the capabilities set for
13418 the container. This makes it easier to boot unmodified
13419 Fedora systems in a container, which however still requires
13420 audit=0 to be passed on the kernel command line. Auditing in
13421 kernel and userspace is unfortunately still too broken in
13422 context of containers, hence we recommend compiling it out
13423 of the kernel or using audit=0. Hopefully this will be fixed
13424 one day for good in the kernel.
13425
13426 * nspawn gained the new --bind= and --bind-ro= parameters to
13427 bind mount specific directories from the host into the
13428 container.
13429
13430 * nspawn will now mount its own devpts file system instance
13431 into the container, in order not to leak pty devices from
13432 the host into the container.
13433
13434 * systemd will now read the firmware boot time performance
13435 information from the EFI variables, if the used boot loader
13436 supports this, and takes it into account for boot performance
13437 analysis via "systemd-analyze". This is currently supported
13438 only in conjunction with Gummiboot, but could be supported
13439 by other boot loaders too. For details see:
13440
13441 https://systemd.io/BOOT_LOADER_INTERFACE
13442
13443 * A new generator has been added that automatically mounts the
13444 EFI System Partition (ESP) to /boot, if that directory
13445 exists, is empty, and no other file system has been
13446 configured to be mounted there.
13447
13448 * logind will now send out PrepareForSleep(false) out
13449 unconditionally, after coming back from suspend. This may be
13450 used by applications as asynchronous notification for
13451 system resume events.
13452
13453 * "systemctl unlock-sessions" has been added, that allows
13454 unlocking the screens of all user sessions at once, similar
13455 to how "systemctl lock-sessions" already locked all users
13456 sessions. This is backed by a new D-Bus call UnlockSessions().
13457
13458 * "loginctl seat-status" will now show the master device of a
13459 seat. (i.e. the device of a seat that needs to be around for
13460 the seat to be considered available, usually the graphics
13461 card).
13462
13463 * tmpfiles gained a new "X" line type, that allows
13464 configuration of files and directories (with wildcards) that
13465 shall be excluded from automatic cleanup ("aging").
13466
13467 * udev default rules set the device node permissions now only
13468 at "add" events, and do not change them any longer with a
13469 later "change" event.
13470
13471 * The log messages for lid events and power/sleep keypresses
13472 now carry a message ID.
13473
13474 * We now have a substantially larger unit test suite, but this
13475 continues to be work in progress.
13476
13477 * udevadm hwdb gained a new --root= parameter to change the
13478 root directory to operate relative to.
13479
13480 * logind will now issue a background sync() request to the kernel
13481 early at shutdown, so that dirty buffers are flushed to disk early
13482 instead of at the last moment, in order to optimize shutdown
13483 times a little.
13484
13485 * A new bootctl tool has been added that is an interface for
13486 certain boot loader operations. This is currently a preview
13487 and is likely to be extended into a small mechanism daemon
13488 like timedated, localed, hostnamed, and can be used by
13489 graphical UIs to enumerate available boot options, and
13490 request boot into firmware operations.
13491
13492 * systemd-bootchart has been relicensed to LGPLv2.1+ to match
13493 the rest of the package. It also has been updated to work
13494 correctly in initrds.
13495
13496 * polkit previously has been runtime optional, and is now also
13497 compile time optional via a configure switch.
13498
13499 * systemd-analyze has been reimplemented in C. Also "systemctl
13500 dot" has moved into systemd-analyze.
13501
13502 * "systemctl status" with no further parameters will now print
13503 the status of all active or failed units.
13504
13505 * Operations such as "systemctl start" can now be executed
13506 with a new mode "--irreversible" which may be used to queue
13507 operations that cannot accidentally be reversed by a later
13508 job queuing. This is by default used to make shutdown
13509 requests more robust.
13510
13511 * The Python API of systemd now gained a new module for
13512 reading journal files.
13513
13514 * A new tool kernel-install has been added that can install
13515 kernel images according to the Boot Loader Specification:
13516
13517 https://systemd.io/BOOT_LOADER_SPECIFICATION
13518
13519 * Boot time console output has been improved to provide
13520 animated boot time output for hanging jobs.
13521
13522 * A new tool systemd-activate has been added which can be used
13523 to test socket activation with, directly from the command
13524 line. This should make it much easier to test and debug
13525 socket activation in daemons.
13526
13527 * journalctl gained a new "--reverse" (or -r) option to show
13528 journal output in reverse order (i.e. newest line first).
13529
13530 * journalctl gained a new "--pager-end" (or -e) option to jump
13531 to immediately jump to the end of the journal in the
13532 pager. This is only supported in conjunction with "less".
13533
13534 * journalctl gained a new "--user-unit=" option, that works
13535 similarly to "--unit=" but filters for user units rather than
13536 system units.
13537
13538 * A number of unit files to ease adoption of systemd in
13539 initrds has been added. This moves some minimal logic from
13540 the various initrd implementations into systemd proper.
13541
13542 * The journal files are now owned by a new group
13543 "systemd-journal", which exists specifically to allow access
13544 to the journal, and nothing else. Previously, we used the
13545 "adm" group for that, which however possibly covers more
13546 than just journal/log file access. This new group is now
13547 already used by systemd-journal-gatewayd to ensure this
13548 daemon gets access to the journal files and as little else
13549 as possible. Note that "make install" will also set FS ACLs
13550 up for /var/log/journal to give "adm" and "wheel" read
13551 access to it, in addition to "systemd-journal" which owns
13552 the journal files. We recommend that packaging scripts also
13553 add read access to "adm" + "wheel" to /var/log/journal, and
13554 all existing/future journal files. To normal users and
13555 administrators little changes, however packagers need to
13556 ensure to create the "systemd-journal" system group at
13557 package installation time.
13558
13559 * The systemd-journal-gatewayd now runs as unprivileged user
13560 systemd-journal-gateway:systemd-journal-gateway. Packaging
13561 scripts need to create these system user/group at
13562 installation time.
13563
13564 * timedated now exposes a new boolean property CanNTP that
13565 indicates whether a local NTP service is available or not.
13566
13567 * systemd-detect-virt will now also detect xen PVs
13568
13569 * The pstore file system is now mounted by default, if it is
13570 available.
13571
13572 * In addition to the SELinux and IMA policies we will now also
13573 load SMACK policies at early boot.
13574
13575 Contributions from: Adel Gadllah, Aleksander Morgado, Auke
13576 Kok, Ayan George, Bastien Nocera, Colin Walters, Daniel Buch,
13577 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David Strauss,
13578 Eelco Dolstra, Enrico Scholz, Frederic Crozat, Harald Hoyer,
13579 Jan Janssen, Jonathan Callen, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
13580 Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin
13581 Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Max F. Albrecht, Michael Biebl, Michael
13582 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michal Vyskocil,
13583 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel Chen, Nestor
13584 Ovroy, Oleksii Shevchuk, Paul W. Frields, Piotr Drąg, Rob
13585 Clark, Ryan Lortie, Simon McVittie, Simon Peeters, Steven
13586 Hiscocks, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
13587 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, William Giokas, Zbigniew
13588 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeeshan Ali (Khattak)
13589
13590 CHANGES WITH 197:
13591
13592 * Timer units now support calendar time events in addition to
13593 monotonic time events. That means you can now trigger a unit
13594 based on a calendar time specification such as "Thu,Fri
13595 2013-*-1,5 11:12:13" which refers to 11:12:13 of the first
13596 or fifth day of any month of the year 2013, given that it is
13597 a Thursday or a Friday. This brings timer event support
13598 considerably closer to cron's capabilities. For details on
13599 the supported calendar time specification language see
13600 systemd.time(7).
13601
13602 * udev now supports a number of different naming policies for
13603 network interfaces for predictable names, and a combination
13604 of these policies is now the default. Please see this wiki
13605 document for details:
13606
13607 https://www.freedesktop.org/software/systemd/man/systemd.net-naming-scheme.html
13608
13609 * Auke Kok's bootchart implementation has been added to the
13610 systemd tree. It is an optional component that can graph the
13611 boot in quite some detail. It is one of the best bootchart
13612 implementations around and minimal in its code and
13613 dependencies.
13614
13615 * nss-myhostname has been integrated into the systemd source
13616 tree. nss-myhostname guarantees that the local hostname
13617 always stays resolvable via NSS. It has been a weak
13618 requirement of systemd-hostnamed since a long time, and
13619 since its code is actually trivial we decided to just
13620 include it in systemd's source tree. It can be turned off
13621 with a configure switch.
13622
13623 * The read-ahead logic is now capable of properly detecting
13624 whether a btrfs file system is on SSD or rotating media, in
13625 order to optimize the read-ahead scheme. Previously, it was
13626 only capable of detecting this on traditional file systems
13627 such as ext4.
13628
13629 * In udev, additional device properties are now read from the
13630 IAB in addition to the OUI database. Also, Bluetooth company
13631 identities are attached to the devices as well.
13632
13633 * In service files %U may be used as specifier that is
13634 replaced by the configured user name of the service.
13635
13636 * nspawn may now be invoked without a controlling TTY. This
13637 makes it suitable for invocation as its own service. This
13638 may be used to set up a simple containerized server system
13639 using only core OS tools.
13640
13641 * systemd and nspawn can now accept socket file descriptors
13642 when they are started for socket activation. This enables
13643 implementation of socket activated nspawn
13644 containers. i.e. think about autospawning an entire OS image
13645 when the first SSH or HTTP connection is received. We expect
13646 that similar functionality will also be added to libvirt-lxc
13647 eventually.
13648
13649 * journalctl will now suppress ANSI color codes when
13650 presenting log data.
13651
13652 * systemctl will no longer show control group information for
13653 a unit if the control group is empty anyway.
13654
13655 * logind can now automatically suspend/hibernate/shutdown the
13656 system on idle.
13657
13658 * /etc/machine-info and hostnamed now also expose the chassis
13659 type of the system. This can be used to determine whether
13660 the local system is a laptop, desktop, handset or
13661 tablet. This information may either be configured by the
13662 user/vendor or is automatically determined from ACPI and DMI
13663 information if possible.
13664
13665 * A number of polkit actions are now bound together with "imply"
13666 rules. This should simplify creating UIs because many actions
13667 will now authenticate similar ones as well.
13668
13669 * Unit files learnt a new condition ConditionACPower= which
13670 may be used to conditionalize a unit depending on whether an
13671 AC power source is connected or not, of whether the system
13672 is running on battery power.
13673
13674 * systemctl gained a new "is-failed" verb that may be used in
13675 shell scripts and suchlike to check whether a specific unit
13676 is in the "failed" state.
13677
13678 * The EnvironmentFile= setting in unit files now supports file
13679 globbing, and can hence be used to easily read a number of
13680 environment files at once.
13681
13682 * systemd will no longer detect and recognize specific
13683 distributions. All distribution-specific #ifdeffery has been
13684 removed, systemd is now fully generic and
13685 distribution-agnostic. Effectively, not too much is lost as
13686 a lot of the code is still accessible via explicit configure
13687 switches. However, support for some distribution specific
13688 legacy configuration file formats has been dropped. We
13689 recommend distributions to simply adopt the configuration
13690 files everybody else uses now and convert the old
13691 configuration from packaging scripts. Most distributions
13692 already did that. If that's not possible or desirable,
13693 distributions are welcome to forward port the specific
13694 pieces of code locally from the git history.
13695
13696 * When logging a message about a unit systemd will now always
13697 log the unit name in the message meta data.
13698
13699 * localectl will now also discover system locale data that is
13700 not stored in locale archives, but directly unpacked.
13701
13702 * logind will no longer unconditionally use framebuffer
13703 devices as seat masters, i.e. as devices that are required
13704 to be existing before a seat is considered preset. Instead,
13705 it will now look for all devices that are tagged as
13706 "seat-master" in udev. By default, framebuffer devices will
13707 be marked as such, but depending on local systems, other
13708 devices might be marked as well. This may be used to
13709 integrate graphics cards using closed source drivers (such
13710 as NVidia ones) more nicely into logind. Note however, that
13711 we recommend using the open source NVidia drivers instead,
13712 and no udev rules for the closed-source drivers will be
13713 shipped from us upstream.
13714
13715 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alessandro Crismani, Auke
13716 Kok, Colin Walters, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David
13717 Herrmann, David Strauss, Dimitrios Apostolou, Eelco Dolstra,
13718 Eric Benoit, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Henrik
13719 Grindal Bakken, Hermann Gausterer, Kay Sievers, Lennart
13720 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
13721 Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael Biebl, Michael Terry,
13722 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Oleg
13723 Samarin, Pekka Lundstrom, Philip Nilsson, Ramkumar
13724 Ramachandra, Richard Yao, Robert Millan, Sami Kerola, Shawn
13725 Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Jarosch,
13726 Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew
13727 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
13728
13729 CHANGES WITH 196:
13730
13731 * udev gained support for loading additional device properties
13732 from an indexed database that is keyed by vendor/product IDs
13733 and similar device identifiers. For the beginning this
13734 "hwdb" is populated with data from the well-known PCI and
13735 USB database, but also includes PNP, ACPI and OID data. In
13736 the longer run this indexed database shall grow into
13737 becoming the one central database for non-essential
13738 userspace device metadata. Previously, data from the PCI/USB
13739 database was only attached to select devices, since the
13740 lookup was a relatively expensive operation due to O(n) time
13741 complexity (with n being the number of entries in the
13742 database). Since this is now O(1), we decided to add in this
13743 data for all devices where this is available, by
13744 default. Note that the indexed database needs to be rebuilt
13745 when new data files are installed. To achieve this you need
13746 to update your packaging scripts to invoke "udevadm hwdb
13747 --update" after installation of hwdb data files. For
13748 RPM-based distributions we introduced the new
13749 %udev_hwdb_update macro for this purpose.
13750
13751 * The Journal gained support for the "Message Catalog", an
13752 indexed database to link up additional information with
13753 journal entries. For further details please check:
13754
13755 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/catalog
13756
13757 The indexed message catalog database also needs to be
13758 rebuilt after installation of message catalog files. Use
13759 "journalctl --update-catalog" for this. For RPM-based
13760 distributions we introduced the %journal_catalog_update
13761 macro for this purpose.
13762
13763 * The Python Journal bindings gained support for the standard
13764 Python logging framework.
13765
13766 * The Journal API gained new functions for checking whether
13767 the underlying file system of a journal file is capable of
13768 properly reporting file change notifications, or whether
13769 applications that want to reflect journal changes "live"
13770 need to recheck journal files continuously in appropriate
13771 time intervals.
13772
13773 * It is now possible to set the "age" field for tmpfiles
13774 entries to 0, indicating that files matching this entry
13775 shall always be removed when the directories are cleaned up.
13776
13777 * coredumpctl gained a new "gdb" verb which invokes gdb
13778 right-away on the selected coredump.
13779
13780 * There's now support for "hybrid sleep" on kernels that
13781 support this, in addition to "suspend" and "hibernate". Use
13782 "systemctl hybrid-sleep" to make use of this.
13783
13784 * logind's HandleSuspendKey= setting (and related settings)
13785 now gained support for a new "lock" setting to simply
13786 request the screen lock on all local sessions, instead of
13787 actually executing a suspend or hibernation.
13788
13789 * systemd will now mount the EFI variables file system by
13790 default.
13791
13792 * Socket units now gained support for configuration of the
13793 SMACK security label.
13794
13795 * timedatectl will now output the time of the last and next
13796 daylight saving change.
13797
13798 * We dropped support for various legacy and distro-specific
13799 concepts, such as insserv, early-boot SysV services
13800 (i.e. those for non-standard runlevels such as 'b' or 'S')
13801 or ArchLinux /etc/rc.conf support. We recommend the
13802 distributions who still need support this to either continue
13803 to maintain the necessary patches downstream, or find a
13804 different solution. (Talk to us if you have questions!)
13805
13806 * Various systemd components will now bypass polkit checks for
13807 root and otherwise handle properly if polkit is not found to
13808 be around. This should fix most issues for polkit-less
13809 systems. Quite frankly this should have been this way since
13810 day one. It is absolutely our intention to make systemd work
13811 fine on polkit-less systems, and we consider it a bug if
13812 something does not work as it should if polkit is not around.
13813
13814 * For embedded systems it is now possible to build udev and
13815 systemd without blkid and/or kmod support.
13816
13817 * "systemctl switch-root" is now capable of switching root
13818 more than once. I.e. in addition to transitions from the
13819 initrd to the host OS it is now possible to transition to
13820 further OS images from the host. This is useful to implement
13821 offline updating tools.
13822
13823 * Various other additions have been made to the RPM macros
13824 shipped with systemd. Use %udev_rules_update() after
13825 installing new udev rules files. %_udevhwdbdir,
13826 %_udevrulesdir, %_journalcatalogdir, %_tmpfilesdir,
13827 %_sysctldir are now available which resolve to the right
13828 directories for packages to place various data files in.
13829
13830 * journalctl gained the new --full switch (in addition to
13831 --all, to disable ellipsation for long messages.
13832
13833 Contributions from: Anders Olofsson, Auke Kok, Ben Boeckel,
13834 Colin Walters, Cosimo Cecchi, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
13835 Eelco Dolstra, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers,
13836 Chun-Yi Lee, Lekensteyn, Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas,
13837 Marti Raudsepp, Martin Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Michael Biebl,
13838 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nis Martensen,
13839 Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Thomas
13840 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tony
13841 Camuso, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
13842
13843 CHANGES WITH 195:
13844
13845 * journalctl gained new --since= and --until= switches to
13846 filter by time. It also now supports nice filtering for
13847 units via --unit=/-u.
13848
13849 * Type=oneshot services may use ExecReload= and do the
13850 right thing.
13851
13852 * The journal daemon now supports time-based rotation and
13853 vacuuming, in addition to the usual disk-space based
13854 rotation.
13855
13856 * The journal will now index the available field values for
13857 each field name. This enables clients to show pretty drop
13858 downs of available match values when filtering. The bash
13859 completion of journalctl has been updated
13860 accordingly. journalctl gained a new switch -F to list all
13861 values a certain field takes in the journal database.
13862
13863 * More service events are now written as structured messages
13864 to the journal, and made recognizable via message IDs.
13865
13866 * The timedated, localed and hostnamed mini-services which
13867 previously only provided support for changing time, locale
13868 and hostname settings from graphical DEs such as GNOME now
13869 also have a minimal (but very useful) text-based client
13870 utility each. This is probably the nicest way to changing
13871 these settings from the command line now, especially since
13872 it lists available options and is fully integrated with bash
13873 completion.
13874
13875 * There's now a new tool "systemd-coredumpctl" to list and
13876 extract coredumps from the journal.
13877
13878 * We now install a README each in /var/log/ and
13879 /etc/rc.d/init.d explaining where the system logs and init
13880 scripts went. This hopefully should help folks who go to
13881 that dirs and look into the otherwise now empty void and
13882 scratch their heads.
13883
13884 * When user-services are invoked (by systemd --user) the
13885 $MANAGERPID env var is set to the PID of systemd.
13886
13887 * SIGRTMIN+24 when sent to a --user instance will now result
13888 in immediate termination of systemd.
13889
13890 * gatewayd received numerous feature additions such as a
13891 "follow" mode, for live syncing and filtering.
13892
13893 * browse.html now allows filtering and showing detailed
13894 information on specific entries. Keyboard navigation and
13895 mouse screen support has been added.
13896
13897 * gatewayd/journalctl now supports HTML5/JSON
13898 Server-Sent-Events as output.
13899
13900 * The SysV init script compatibility logic will now
13901 heuristically determine whether a script supports the
13902 "reload" verb, and only then make this available as
13903 "systemctl reload".
13904
13905 * "systemctl status --follow" has been removed, use "journalctl
13906 -u" instead.
13907
13908 * journald.conf's RuntimeMinSize=, PersistentMinSize= settings
13909 have been removed since they are hardly useful to be
13910 configured.
13911
13912 * And I'd like to take the opportunity to specifically mention
13913 Zbigniew for his great contributions. Zbigniew, you rock!
13914
13915 Contributions from: Andrew Eikum, Christian Hesse, Colin
13916 Guthrie, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner, Eelco Dolstra, Ferenc
13917 Wágner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas
13918 Mikulėnas, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Michael Olbrich,
13919 Michael Stapelberg, Michal Schmidt, Sebastian Ott, Thomas
13920 Bächler, Umut Tezduyar, Will Woods, Wulf C. Krueger, Zbigniew
13921 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Сковорода Никита Андреевич
13922
13923 CHANGES WITH 194:
13924
13925 * If /etc/vconsole.conf is non-existent or empty we will no
13926 longer load any console font or key map at boot by
13927 default. Instead the kernel defaults will be left
13928 intact. This is definitely the right thing to do, as no
13929 configuration should mean no configuration, and hard-coding
13930 font names that are different on all archs is probably a bad
13931 idea. Also, the kernel default key map and font should be
13932 good enough for most cases anyway, and mostly identical to
13933 the userspace fonts/key maps we previously overloaded them
13934 with. If distributions want to continue to default to a
13935 non-kernel font or key map they should ship a default
13936 /etc/vconsole.conf with the appropriate contents.
13937
13938 Contributions from: Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave
13939 Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Tollef
13940 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
13941
13942 CHANGES WITH 193:
13943
13944 * journalctl gained a new --cursor= switch to show entries
13945 starting from the specified location in the journal.
13946
13947 * We now enforce a size limit on journal entry fields exported
13948 with "-o json" in journalctl. Fields larger than 4K will be
13949 assigned null. This can be turned off with --all.
13950
13951 * An (optional) journal gateway daemon is now available as
13952 "systemd-journal-gatewayd.service". This service provides
13953 access to the journal via HTTP and JSON. This functionality
13954 will be used to implement live log synchronization in both
13955 pull and push modes, but has various other users too, such
13956 as easy log access for debugging of embedded devices. Right
13957 now it is already useful to retrieve the journal via HTTP:
13958
13959 # systemctl start systemd-journal-gatewayd.service
13960 # wget http://localhost:19531/entries
13961
13962 This will download the journal contents in a
13963 /var/log/messages compatible format. The same as JSON:
13964
13965 # curl -H"Accept: application/json" http://localhost:19531/entries
13966
13967 This service is also accessible via a web browser where a
13968 single static HTML5 app is served that uses the JSON logic
13969 to enable the user to do some basic browsing of the
13970 journal. This will be extended later on. Here's an example
13971 screenshot of this app in its current state:
13972
13973 http://0pointer.de/public/journal-gatewayd
13974
13975 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Robert
13976 Milasan, Tom Gundersen
13977
13978 CHANGES WITH 192:
13979
13980 * The bash completion logic is now available for journalctl
13981 too.
13982
13983 * We do not mount the "cpuset" controller anymore together with
13984 "cpu" and "cpuacct", as "cpuset" groups generally cannot be
13985 started if no parameters are assigned to it. "cpuset" hence
13986 broke code that assumed it could create "cpu" groups and
13987 just start them.
13988
13989 * journalctl -f will now subscribe to terminal size changes,
13990 and line break accordingly.
13991
13992 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart
13993 Poettering, Lukas Nykrynm, Mirco Tischler, Václav Pavlín
13994
13995 CHANGES WITH 191:
13996
13997 * nspawn will now create a symlink /etc/localtime in the
13998 container environment, copying the host's timezone
13999 setting. Previously this has been done via a bind mount, but
14000 since symlinks cannot be bind mounted this has now been
14001 changed to create/update the appropriate symlink.
14002
14003 * journalctl -n's line number argument is now optional, and
14004 will default to 10 if omitted.
14005
14006 * journald will now log the maximum size the journal files may
14007 take up on disk. This is particularly useful if the default
14008 built-in logic of determining this parameter from the file
14009 system size is used. Use "systemctl status
14010 systemd-journald.service" to see this information.
14011
14012 * The multi-seat X wrapper tool has been stripped down. As X
14013 is now capable of enumerating graphics devices via udev in a
14014 seat-aware way the wrapper is not strictly necessary
14015 anymore. A stripped down temporary stop-gap is still shipped
14016 until the upstream display managers have been updated to
14017 fully support the new X logic. Expect this wrapper to be
14018 removed entirely in one of the next releases.
14019
14020 * HandleSleepKey= in logind.conf has been split up into
14021 HandleSuspendKey= and HandleHibernateKey=. The old setting
14022 is not available anymore. X11 and the kernel are
14023 distinguishing between these keys and we should too. This
14024 also means the inhibition lock for these keys has been split
14025 into two.
14026
14027 Contributions from: Dave Airlie, Eelco Dolstra, Lennart
14028 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Václav Pavlín
14029
14030 CHANGES WITH 190:
14031
14032 * Whenever a unit changes state we will now log this to the
14033 journal and show along the unit's own log output in
14034 "systemctl status".
14035
14036 * ConditionPathIsMountPoint= can now properly detect bind
14037 mount points too. (Previously, a bind mount of one file
14038 system to another place in the same file system could not be
14039 detected as mount, since they shared struct stat's st_dev
14040 field.)
14041
14042 * We will now mount the cgroup controllers cpu, cpuacct,
14043 cpuset and the controllers net_cls, net_prio together by
14044 default.
14045
14046 * nspawn containers will now have a virtualized boot
14047 ID. (i.e. /proc/sys/kernel/random/boot_id is now mounted
14048 over with a randomized ID at container initialization). This
14049 has the effect of making "journalctl -b" do the right thing
14050 in a container.
14051
14052 * The JSON output journal serialization has been updated not
14053 to generate "endless" list objects anymore, but rather one
14054 JSON object per line. This is more in line how most JSON
14055 parsers expect JSON objects. The new output mode
14056 "json-pretty" has been added to provide similar output, but
14057 neatly aligned for readability by humans.
14058
14059 * We dropped all explicit sync() invocations in the shutdown
14060 code. The kernel does this implicitly anyway in the kernel
14061 reboot() syscall. halt(8)'s -n option is now a compatibility
14062 no-op.
14063
14064 * We now support virtualized reboot() in containers, as
14065 supported by newer kernels. We will fall back to exit() if
14066 CAP_SYS_REBOOT is not available to the container. Also,
14067 nspawn makes use of this now and will actually reboot the
14068 container if the containerized OS asks for that.
14069
14070 * journalctl will only show local log output by default
14071 now. Use --merge (-m) to show remote log output, too.
14072
14073 * libsystemd-journal gained the new sd_journal_get_usage()
14074 call to determine the current disk usage of all journal
14075 files. This is exposed in the new "journalctl --disk-usage"
14076 command.
14077
14078 * journald gained a new configuration setting SplitMode= in
14079 journald.conf which may be used to control how user journals
14080 are split off. See journald.conf(5) for details.
14081
14082 * A new condition type ConditionFileNotEmpty= has been added.
14083
14084 * tmpfiles' "w" lines now support file globbing, to write
14085 multiple files at once.
14086
14087 * We added Python bindings for the journal submission
14088 APIs. More Python APIs for a number of selected APIs will
14089 likely follow. Note that we intend to add native bindings
14090 only for the Python language, as we consider it common
14091 enough to deserve bindings shipped within systemd. There are
14092 various projects outside of systemd that provide bindings
14093 for languages such as PHP or Lua.
14094
14095 * Many conditions will now resolve specifiers such as %i. In
14096 addition, PathChanged= and related directives of .path units
14097 now support specifiers as well.
14098
14099 * There's now a new RPM macro definition for the system preset
14100 dir: %_presetdir.
14101
14102 * journald will now warn if it ca not forward a message to the
14103 syslog daemon because its socket is full.
14104
14105 * timedated will no longer write or process /etc/timezone,
14106 except on Debian. As we do not support late mounted /usr
14107 anymore /etc/localtime always being a symlink is now safe,
14108 and hence the information in /etc/timezone is not necessary
14109 anymore.
14110
14111 * logind will now always reserve one VT for a text getty (VT6
14112 by default). Previously if more than 6 X sessions where
14113 started they took up all the VTs with auto-spawned gettys,
14114 so that no text gettys were available anymore.
14115
14116 * udev will now automatically inform the btrfs kernel logic
14117 about btrfs RAID components showing up. This should make
14118 simple hotplug based btrfs RAID assembly work.
14119
14120 * PID 1 will now increase its RLIMIT_NOFILE to 64K by default
14121 (but not for its children which will stay at the kernel
14122 default). This should allow setups with a lot more listening
14123 sockets.
14124
14125 * systemd will now always pass the configured timezone to the
14126 kernel at boot. timedated will do the same when the timezone
14127 is changed.
14128
14129 * logind's inhibition logic has been updated. By default,
14130 logind will now handle the lid switch, the power and sleep
14131 keys all the time, even in graphical sessions. If DEs want
14132 to handle these events on their own they should take the new
14133 handle-power-key, handle-sleep-key and handle-lid-switch
14134 inhibitors during their runtime. A simple way to achieve
14135 that is to invoke the DE wrapped in an invocation of:
14136
14137 systemd-inhibit --what=handle-power-key:handle-sleep-key:handle-lid-switch …
14138
14139 * Access to unit operations is now checked via SELinux taking
14140 the unit file label and client process label into account.
14141
14142 * systemd will now notify the administrator in the journal
14143 when he over-mounts a non-empty directory.
14144
14145 * There are new specifiers that are resolved in unit files,
14146 for the hostname (%H), the machine ID (%m) and the boot ID
14147 (%b).
14148
14149 Contributions from: Allin Cottrell, Auke Kok, Brandon Philips,
14150 Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner,
14151 Eelco Dolstra, Jan Engelhardt, Kay Sievers, Lennart
14152 Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
14153 Martin Pitt, Matthias Clasen, Michael Olbrich, Pierre Schmitz,
14154 Shawn Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
14155 Václav Pavlín, Yin Kangkai, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
14156
14157 CHANGES WITH 189:
14158
14159 * Support for reading structured kernel messages from
14160 /dev/kmsg has now been added and is enabled by default.
14161
14162 * Support for reading kernel messages from /proc/kmsg has now
14163 been removed. If you want kernel messages in the journal
14164 make sure to run a recent kernel (>= 3.5) that supports
14165 reading structured messages from /dev/kmsg (see
14166 above). /proc/kmsg is now exclusive property of classic
14167 syslog daemons again.
14168
14169 * The libudev API gained the new
14170 udev_device_new_from_device_id() call.
14171
14172 * The logic for file system namespace (ReadOnlyDirectory=,
14173 ReadWriteDirectoy=, PrivateTmp=) has been reworked not to
14174 require pivot_root() anymore. This means fewer temporary
14175 directories are created below /tmp for this feature.
14176
14177 * nspawn containers will now see and receive all submounts
14178 made on the host OS below the root file system of the
14179 container.
14180
14181 * Forward Secure Sealing is now supported for Journal files,
14182 which provide cryptographical sealing of journal files so
14183 that attackers cannot alter log history anymore without this
14184 being detectable. Lennart will soon post a blog story about
14185 this explaining it in more detail.
14186
14187 * There are two new service settings RestartPreventExitStatus=
14188 and SuccessExitStatus= which allow configuration of exit
14189 status (exit code or signal) which will be excepted from the
14190 restart logic, resp. consider successful.
14191
14192 * journalctl gained the new --verify switch that can be used
14193 to check the integrity of the structure of journal files and
14194 (if Forward Secure Sealing is enabled) the contents of
14195 journal files.
14196
14197 * nspawn containers will now be run with /dev/stdin, /dev/fd/
14198 and similar symlinks pre-created. This makes running shells
14199 as container init process a lot more fun.
14200
14201 * The fstab support can now handle PARTUUID= and PARTLABEL=
14202 entries.
14203
14204 * A new ConditionHost= condition has been added to match
14205 against the hostname (with globs) and machine ID. This is
14206 useful for clusters where a single OS image is used to
14207 provision a large number of hosts which shall run slightly
14208 different sets of services.
14209
14210 * Services which hit the restart limit will now be placed in a
14211 failure state.
14212
14213 Contributions from: Bertram Poettering, Dave Reisner, Huang
14214 Hang, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin
14215 Pitt, Simon Peeters, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
14216
14217 CHANGES WITH 188:
14218
14219 * When running in --user mode systemd will now become a
14220 subreaper (PR_SET_CHILD_SUBREAPER). This should make the ps
14221 tree a lot more organized.
14222
14223 * A new PartOf= unit dependency type has been introduced that
14224 may be used to group services in a natural way.
14225
14226 * "systemctl enable" may now be used to enable instances of
14227 services.
14228
14229 * journalctl now prints error log levels in red, and
14230 warning/notice log levels in bright white. It also supports
14231 filtering by log level now.
14232
14233 * cgtop gained a new -n switch (similar to top), to configure
14234 the maximum number of iterations to run for. It also gained
14235 -b, to run in batch mode (accepting no input).
14236
14237 * The suffix ".service" may now be omitted on most systemctl
14238 command lines involving service unit names.
14239
14240 * There's a new bus call in logind to lock all sessions, as
14241 well as a loginctl verb for it "lock-sessions".
14242
14243 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call sd_journal_perror()
14244 that works similar to libc perror() but logs to the journal
14245 and encodes structured information about the error number.
14246
14247 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-size=
14248 option.
14249
14250 * shutdown(8) now can send a (configurable) wall message when
14251 a shutdown is cancelled.
14252
14253 * The mount propagation mode for the root file system will now
14254 default to "shared", which is useful to make containers work
14255 nicely out-of-the-box so that they receive new mounts from
14256 the host. This can be undone locally by running "mount
14257 --make-rprivate /" if needed.
14258
14259 * The prefdm.service file has been removed. Distributions
14260 should maintain this unit downstream if they intend to keep
14261 it around. However, we recommend writing normal unit files
14262 for display managers instead.
14263
14264 * Since systemd is a crucial part of the OS we will now
14265 default to a number of compiler switches that improve
14266 security (hardening) such as read-only relocations, stack
14267 protection, and suchlike.
14268
14269 * The TimeoutSec= setting for services is now split into
14270 TimeoutStartSec= and TimeoutStopSec= to allow configuration
14271 of individual time outs for the start and the stop phase of
14272 the service.
14273
14274 Contributions from: Artur Zaprzala, Arvydas Sidorenko, Auke
14275 Kok, Bryan Kadzban, Dave Reisner, David Strauss, Harald Hoyer,
14276 Jim Meyering, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mantas
14277 Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Peter
14278 Alfredsen, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters, Terence Honles, Tom
14279 Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
14280
14281 CHANGES WITH 187:
14282
14283 * The journal and id128 C APIs are now fully documented as man
14284 pages.
14285
14286 * Extra safety checks have been added when transitioning from
14287 the initial RAM disk to the main system to avoid accidental
14288 data loss.
14289
14290 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-offset=
14291 option.
14292
14293 * systemctl -t can now be used to filter by unit load state.
14294
14295 * The journal C API gained the new sd_journal_wait() call to
14296 make writing synchronous journal clients easier.
14297
14298 * journalctl gained the new -D switch to show journals from a
14299 specific directory.
14300
14301 * journalctl now displays a special marker between log
14302 messages of two different boots.
14303
14304 * The journal is now explicitly flushed to /var via a service
14305 systemd-journal-flush.service, rather than implicitly simply
14306 by seeing /var/log/journal to be writable.
14307
14308 * journalctl (and the journal C APIs) can now match for much
14309 more complex expressions, with alternatives and
14310 disjunctions.
14311
14312 * When transitioning from the initial RAM disk to the main
14313 system we will now kill all processes in a killing spree to
14314 ensure no processes stay around by accident.
14315
14316 * Three new specifiers may be used in unit files: %u, %h, %s
14317 resolve to the user name, user home directory resp. user
14318 shell. This is useful for running systemd user instances.
14319
14320 * We now automatically rotate journal files if their data
14321 object hash table gets a fill level > 75%. We also size the
14322 hash table based on the configured maximum file size. This
14323 together should lower hash collisions drastically and thus
14324 speed things up a bit.
14325
14326 * journalctl gained the new "--header" switch to introspect
14327 header data of journal files.
14328
14329 * A new setting SystemCallFilters= has been added to services which may
14330 be used to apply deny lists or allow lists to system calls. This is
14331 based on SECCOMP Mode 2 of Linux 3.5.
14332
14333 * nspawn gained a new --link-journal= switch (and quicker: -j)
14334 to link the container journal with the host. This makes it
14335 very easy to centralize log viewing on the host for all
14336 guests while still keeping the journal files separated.
14337
14338 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
14339
14340 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Harald Hoyer, Kay
14341 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Paul Menzel, Rex
14342 Tsai, Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
14343 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
14344
14345 CHANGES WITH 186:
14346
14347 * Several tools now understand kernel command line arguments,
14348 which are only read when run in an initial RAM disk. They
14349 usually follow closely their normal counterparts, but are
14350 prefixed with rd.
14351
14352 * There's a new tool to analyze the readahead files that are
14353 automatically generated at boot. Use:
14354
14355 /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-readahead analyze /.readahead
14356
14357 * We now provide an early debug shell on tty9 if this enabled. Use:
14358
14359 systemctl enable debug-shell.service
14360
14361 * All plymouth related units have been moved into the Plymouth
14362 package. Please make sure to upgrade your Plymouth version
14363 as well.
14364
14365 * systemd-tmpfiles now supports getting passed the basename of
14366 a configuration file only, in which case it will look for it
14367 in all appropriate directories automatically.
14368
14369 * udevadm info now takes a /dev or /sys path as argument, and
14370 does the right thing. Example:
14371
14372 udevadm info /dev/sda
14373 udevadm info /sys/class/block/sda
14374
14375 * systemctl now prints a warning if a unit is stopped but a
14376 unit that might trigger it continues to run. Example: a
14377 service is stopped but the socket that activates it is left
14378 running.
14379
14380 * "systemctl status" will now mention if the log output was
14381 shortened due to rotation since a service has been started.
14382
14383 * The journal API now exposes functions to determine the
14384 "cutoff" times due to rotation.
14385
14386 * journald now understands SIGUSR1 and SIGUSR2 for triggering
14387 immediately flushing of runtime logs to /var if possible,
14388 resp. for triggering immediate rotation of the journal
14389 files.
14390
14391 * It is now considered an error if a service is attempted to
14392 be stopped that is not loaded.
14393
14394 * XDG_RUNTIME_DIR now uses numeric UIDs instead of usernames.
14395
14396 * systemd-analyze now supports Python 3
14397
14398 * tmpfiles now supports cleaning up directories via aging
14399 where the first level dirs are always kept around but
14400 directories beneath it automatically aged. This is enabled
14401 by prefixing the age field with '~'.
14402
14403 * Seat objects now expose CanGraphical, CanTTY properties
14404 which is required to deal with very fast bootups where the
14405 display manager might be running before the graphics drivers
14406 completed initialization.
14407
14408 * Seat objects now expose a State property.
14409
14410 * We now include RPM macros for service enabling/disabling
14411 based on the preset logic. We recommend RPM based
14412 distributions to make use of these macros if possible. This
14413 makes it simpler to reuse RPM spec files across
14414 distributions.
14415
14416 * We now make sure that the collected systemd unit name is
14417 always valid when services log to the journal via
14418 STDOUT/STDERR.
14419
14420 * There's a new man page kernel-command-line(7) detailing all
14421 command line options we understand.
14422
14423 * The fstab generator may now be disabled at boot by passing
14424 fstab=0 on the kernel command line.
14425
14426 * A new kernel command line option modules-load= is now understood
14427 to load a specific kernel module statically, early at boot.
14428
14429 * Unit names specified on the systemctl command line are now
14430 automatically escaped as needed. Also, if file system or
14431 device paths are specified they are automatically turned
14432 into the appropriate mount or device unit names. Example:
14433
14434 systemctl status /home
14435 systemctl status /dev/sda
14436
14437 * The SysVConsole= configuration option has been removed from
14438 system.conf parsing.
14439
14440 * The SysV search path is no longer exported on the D-Bus
14441 Manager object.
14442
14443 * The Names= option has been removed from unit file parsing.
14444
14445 * There's a new man page bootup(7) detailing the boot process.
14446
14447 * Every unit and every generator we ship with systemd now
14448 comes with full documentation. The self-explanatory boot is
14449 complete.
14450
14451 * A couple of services gained "systemd-" prefixes in their
14452 name if they wrap systemd code, rather than only external
14453 code. Among them fsck@.service which is now
14454 systemd-fsck@.service.
14455
14456 * The HaveWatchdog property has been removed from the D-Bus
14457 Manager object.
14458
14459 * systemd.confirm_spawn= on the kernel command line should now
14460 work sensibly.
14461
14462 * There's a new man page crypttab(5) which details all options
14463 we actually understand.
14464
14465 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --capability= switch to pass
14466 additional capabilities to the container.
14467
14468 * timedated will now read known NTP implementation unit names
14469 from /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list,
14470 systemd-timedated-ntp.target has been removed.
14471
14472 * journalctl gained a new switch "-b" that lists log data of
14473 the current boot only.
14474
14475 * The notify socket is in the abstract namespace again, in
14476 order to support daemons which chroot() at start-up.
14477
14478 * There is a new Storage= configuration option for journald
14479 which allows configuration of where log data should go. This
14480 also provides a way to disable journal logging entirely, so
14481 that data collected is only forwarded to the console, the
14482 kernel log buffer or another syslog implementation.
14483
14484 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
14485
14486 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Dave Reisner,
14487 David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
14488 Lukas Nykryn, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Paul Menzel,
14489 Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen
14490
14491 CHANGES WITH 185:
14492
14493 * "systemctl help <unit>" now shows the man page if one is
14494 available.
14495
14496 * Several new man pages have been added.
14497
14498 * MaxLevelStore=, MaxLevelSyslog=, MaxLevelKMsg=,
14499 MaxLevelConsole= can now be specified in
14500 journald.conf. These options allow reducing the amount of
14501 data stored on disk or forwarded by the log level.
14502
14503 * TimerSlackNSec= can now be specified in system.conf for
14504 PID1. This allows system-wide power savings.
14505
14506 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lauri Kasanen,
14507 Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
14508 Matthias Clasen
14509
14510 CHANGES WITH 184:
14511
14512 * logind is now capable of (optionally) handling power and
14513 sleep keys as well as the lid switch.
14514
14515 * journalctl now understands the syntax "journalctl
14516 /usr/bin/avahi-daemon" to get all log output of a specific
14517 daemon.
14518
14519 * CapabilityBoundingSet= in system.conf now also influences
14520 the capability bound set of usermode helpers of the kernel.
14521
14522 Contributions from: Daniel Drake, Daniel J. Walsh, Gert
14523 Michael Kulyk, Harald Hoyer, Jean Delvare, Kay Sievers,
14524 Lennart Poettering, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Clasen, Paul
14525 Menzel, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Tom Gundersen
14526
14527 CHANGES WITH 183:
14528
14529 * Note that we skipped 139 releases here in order to set the
14530 new version to something that is greater than both udev's
14531 and systemd's most recent version number.
14532
14533 * udev: all udev sources are merged into the systemd source tree now.
14534 All future udev development will happen in the systemd tree. It
14535 is still fully supported to use the udev daemon and tools without
14536 systemd running, like in initramfs or other init systems. Building
14537 udev though, will require the *build* of the systemd tree, but
14538 udev can be properly *run* without systemd.
14539
14540 * udev: /lib/udev/devices/ are not read anymore; systemd-tmpfiles
14541 should be used to create dead device nodes as workarounds for broken
14542 subsystems.
14543
14544 * udev: RUN+="socket:…" and udev_monitor_new_from_socket() is
14545 no longer supported. udev_monitor_new_from_netlink() needs to be
14546 used to subscribe to events.
14547
14548 * udev: when udevd is started by systemd, processes which are left
14549 behind by forking them off of udev rules, are unconditionally cleaned
14550 up and killed now after the event handling has finished. Services or
14551 daemons must be started as systemd services. Services can be
14552 pulled-in by udev to get started, but they can no longer be directly
14553 forked by udev rules.
14554
14555 * udev: the daemon binary is called systemd-udevd now and installed
14556 in /usr/lib/systemd/. Standalone builds or non-systemd systems need
14557 to adapt to that, create symlink, or rename the binary after building
14558 it.
14559
14560 * libudev no longer provides these symbols:
14561 udev_monitor_from_socket()
14562 udev_queue_get_failed_list_entry()
14563 udev_get_{dev,sys,run}_path()
14564 The versions number was bumped and symbol versioning introduced.
14565
14566 * systemd-loginctl and systemd-journalctl have been renamed
14567 to loginctl and journalctl to match systemctl.
14568
14569 * The config files: /etc/systemd/systemd-logind.conf and
14570 /etc/systemd/systemd-journald.conf have been renamed to
14571 logind.conf and journald.conf. Package updates should rename
14572 the files to the new names on upgrade.
14573
14574 * For almost all files the license is now LGPL2.1+, changed
14575 from the previous GPL2.0+. Exceptions are some minor stuff
14576 of udev (which will be changed to LGPL2.1 eventually, too),
14577 and the MIT licensed sd-daemon.[ch] library that is suitable
14578 to be used as drop-in files.
14579
14580 * systemd and logind now handle system sleep states, in
14581 particular suspending and hibernating.
14582
14583 * logind now implements a sleep/shutdown/idle inhibiting logic
14584 suitable for a variety of uses. Soonishly Lennart will blog
14585 about this in more detail.
14586
14587 * var-run.mount and var-lock.mount are no longer provided
14588 (which previously bind mounted these directories to their new
14589 places). Distributions which have not converted these
14590 directories to symlinks should consider stealing these files
14591 from git history and add them downstream.
14592
14593 * We introduced the Documentation= field for units and added
14594 this to all our shipped units. This is useful to make it
14595 easier to explore the boot and the purpose of the various
14596 units.
14597
14598 * All smaller setup units (such as
14599 systemd-vconsole-setup.service) now detect properly if they
14600 are run in a container and are skipped when
14601 appropriate. This guarantees an entirely noise-free boot in
14602 Linux container environments such as systemd-nspawn.
14603
14604 * A framework for implementing offline system updates is now
14605 integrated, for details see:
14606 https://www.freedesktop.org/software/systemd/man/systemd.offline-updates.html
14607
14608 * A new service type Type=idle is available now which helps us
14609 avoiding ugly interleaving of getty output and boot status
14610 messages.
14611
14612 * There's now a system-wide CapabilityBoundingSet= option to
14613 globally reduce the set of capabilities for the
14614 system. This is useful to drop CAP_SYS_MKNOD, CAP_SYS_RAWIO,
14615 CAP_NET_RAW, CAP_SYS_MODULE, CAP_SYS_TIME, CAP_SYS_PTRACE or
14616 even CAP_NET_ADMIN system-wide for secure systems.
14617
14618 * There are now system-wide DefaultLimitXXX= options to
14619 globally change the defaults of the various resource limits
14620 for all units started by PID 1.
14621
14622 * Harald Hoyer's systemd test suite has been integrated into
14623 systemd which allows easy testing of systemd builds in qemu
14624 and nspawn. (This is really awesome! Ask us for details!)
14625
14626 * The fstab parser is now implemented as generator, not inside
14627 of PID 1 anymore.
14628
14629 * systemctl will now warn you if .mount units generated from
14630 /etc/fstab are out of date due to changes in fstab that
14631 have not been read by systemd yet.
14632
14633 * systemd is now suitable for usage in initrds. Dracut has
14634 already been updated to make use of this. With this in place
14635 initrds get a slight bit faster but primarily are much
14636 easier to introspect and debug since "systemctl status" in
14637 the host system can be used to introspect initrd services,
14638 and the journal from the initrd is kept around too.
14639
14640 * systemd-delta has been added, a tool to explore differences
14641 between user/admin configuration and vendor defaults.
14642
14643 * PrivateTmp= now affects both /tmp and /var/tmp.
14644
14645 * Boot time status messages are now much prettier and feature
14646 proper english language. Booting up systemd has never been
14647 so sexy.
14648
14649 * Read-ahead pack files now include the inode number of all
14650 files to pre-cache. When the inode changes the pre-caching
14651 is not attempted. This should be nicer to deal with updated
14652 packages which might result in changes of read-ahead
14653 patterns.
14654
14655 * We now temporaritly lower the kernel's read_ahead_kb variable
14656 when collecting read-ahead data to ensure the kernel's
14657 built-in read-ahead does not add noise to our measurements
14658 of necessary blocks to pre-cache.
14659
14660 * There's now RequiresMountsFor= to add automatic dependencies
14661 for all mounts necessary for a specific file system path.
14662
14663 * MountAuto= and SwapAuto= have been removed from
14664 system.conf. Mounting file systems at boot has to take place
14665 in systemd now.
14666
14667 * nspawn now learned a new switch --uuid= to set the machine
14668 ID on the command line.
14669
14670 * nspawn now learned the -b switch to automatically search
14671 for an init system.
14672
14673 * vt102 is now the default TERM for serial TTYs, upgraded from
14674 vt100.
14675
14676 * systemd-logind now works on VT-less systems.
14677
14678 * The build tree has been reorganized. The individual
14679 components now have directories of their own.
14680
14681 * A new condition type ConditionPathIsReadWrite= is now available.
14682
14683 * nspawn learned the new -C switch to create cgroups for the
14684 container in other hierarchies.
14685
14686 * We now have support for hardware watchdogs, configurable in
14687 system.conf.
14688
14689 * The scheduled shutdown logic now has a public API.
14690
14691 * We now mount /tmp as tmpfs by default, but this can be
14692 masked and /etc/fstab can override it.
14693
14694 * Since udisks does not make use of /media anymore we are not
14695 mounting a tmpfs on it anymore.
14696
14697 * journalctl gained a new --local switch to only interleave
14698 locally generated journal files.
14699
14700 * We can now load the IMA policy at boot automatically.
14701
14702 * The GTK tools have been split off into a systemd-ui.
14703
14704 Contributions from: Andreas Schwab, Auke Kok, Ayan George,
14705 Colin Guthrie, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Ward, Elan
14706 Ruusamäe, Frederic Crozat, Gergely Nagy, Guillermo Vidal,
14707 Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Javier Jardón, Kay Sievers,
14708 Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Léo Gillot-Lamure,
14709 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Maxim
14710 A. Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michal
14711 Schmidt, Nis Martensen, Patrick McCarty, Roberto Sassu, Shawn
14712 Landden, Sjoerd Simons, Sven Anders, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
14713 Gundersen
14714
14715 CHANGES WITH 44:
14716
14717 * This is mostly a bugfix release
14718
14719 * Support optional initialization of the machine ID from the
14720 KVM or container configured UUID.
14721
14722 * Support immediate reboots with "systemctl reboot -ff"
14723
14724 * Show /etc/os-release data in systemd-analyze output
14725
14726 * Many bugfixes for the journal, including endianness fixes and
14727 ensuring that disk space enforcement works
14728
14729 * sd-login.h is C++ compatible again
14730
14731 * Extend the /etc/os-release format on request of the Debian
14732 folks
14733
14734 * We now refuse non-UTF8 strings used in various configuration
14735 and unit files. This is done to ensure we do not pass invalid
14736 data over D-Bus or expose it elsewhere.
14737
14738 * Register Mimo USB Screens as suitable for automatic seat
14739 configuration
14740
14741 * Read SELinux client context from journal clients in a race
14742 free fashion
14743
14744 * Reorder configuration file lookup order. /etc now always
14745 overrides /run in order to allow the administrator to always
14746 and unconditionally override vendor-supplied or
14747 automatically generated data.
14748
14749 * The various user visible bits of the journal now have man
14750 pages. We still lack man pages for the journal API calls
14751 however.
14752
14753 * We now ship all man pages in HTML format again in the
14754 tarball.
14755
14756 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Dirk Eibach, Frederic
14757 Crozat, Harald Hoyer, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marti
14758 Raudsepp, Michal Schmidt, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Thierry
14759 Reding
14760
14761 CHANGES WITH 43:
14762
14763 * This is mostly a bugfix release
14764
14765 * systems lacking /etc/os-release are no longer supported.
14766
14767 * Various functionality updates to libsystemd-login.so
14768
14769 * Track class of PAM logins to distinguish greeters from
14770 normal user logins.
14771
14772 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael
14773 Biebl
14774
14775 CHANGES WITH 42:
14776
14777 * This is an important bugfix release for v41.
14778
14779 * Building man pages is now optional which should be useful
14780 for those building systemd from git but unwilling to install
14781 xsltproc.
14782
14783 * Watchdog support for supervising services is now usable. In
14784 a future release support for hardware watchdogs
14785 (i.e. /dev/watchdog) will be added building on this.
14786
14787 * Service start rate limiting is now configurable and can be
14788 turned off per service. When a start rate limit is hit a
14789 reboot can automatically be triggered.
14790
14791 * New CanReboot(), CanPowerOff() bus calls in systemd-logind.
14792
14793 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Bill Nottingham,
14794 Frederic Crozat, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal
14795 Schmidt, Michał Górny, Piotr Drąg
14796
14797 CHANGES WITH 41:
14798
14799 * The systemd binary is installed /usr/lib/systemd/systemd now;
14800 An existing /sbin/init symlink needs to be adapted with the
14801 package update.
14802
14803 * The code that loads kernel modules has been ported to invoke
14804 libkmod directly, instead of modprobe. This means we do not
14805 support systems with module-init-tools anymore.
14806
14807 * Watchdog support is now already useful, but still not
14808 complete.
14809
14810 * A new kernel command line option systemd.setenv= is
14811 understood to set system wide environment variables
14812 dynamically at boot.
14813
14814 * We now limit the set of capabilities of systemd-journald.
14815
14816 * We now set SIGPIPE to ignore by default, since it only is
14817 useful in shell pipelines, and has little use in general
14818 code. This can be disabled with IgnoreSIPIPE=no in unit
14819 files.
14820
14821 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Kay Sievers, Lennart
14822 Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Tom Gundersen,
14823 William Douglas
14824
14825 CHANGES WITH 40:
14826
14827 * This is mostly a bugfix release
14828
14829 * We now expose the reason why a service failed in the
14830 "Result" D-Bus property.
14831
14832 * Rudimentary service watchdog support (will be completed over
14833 the next few releases.)
14834
14835 * When systemd forks off in order execute some service we will
14836 now immediately changes its argv[0] to reflect which process
14837 it will execute. This is useful to minimize the time window
14838 with a generic argv[0], which makes bootcharts more useful
14839
14840 Contributions from: Alvaro Soliverez, Chris Paulson-Ellis, Kay
14841 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt,
14842 Mike Kazantsev, Ray Strode
14843
14844 CHANGES WITH 39:
14845
14846 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
14847 bugfixes.
14848
14849 * New systemd-cgtop tool to show control groups by their
14850 resource usage.
14851
14852 * Linking against libacl for ACLs is optional again. If
14853 disabled, support tracking device access for active logins
14854 goes becomes unavailable, and so does access to the user
14855 journals by the respective users.
14856
14857 * If a group "adm" exists, journal files are automatically
14858 owned by them, thus allow members of this group full access
14859 to the system journal as well as all user journals.
14860
14861 * The journal now stores the SELinux context of the logging
14862 client for all entries.
14863
14864 * Add C++ inclusion guards to all public headers
14865
14866 * New output mode "cat" in the journal to print only text
14867 messages, without any meta data like date or time.
14868
14869 * Include tiny X server wrapper as a temporary stop-gap to
14870 teach XOrg udev display enumeration. This is used by display
14871 managers such as gdm, and will go away as soon as XOrg
14872 learned native udev hotplugging for display devices.
14873
14874 * Add new systemd-cat tool for executing arbitrary programs
14875 with STDERR/STDOUT connected to the journal. Can also act as
14876 BSD logger replacement, and does so by default.
14877
14878 * Optionally store all locally generated coredumps in the
14879 journal along with meta data.
14880
14881 * systemd-tmpfiles learnt four new commands: n, L, c, b, for
14882 writing short strings to files (for usage for /sys), and for
14883 creating symlinks, character and block device nodes.
14884
14885 * New unit file option ControlGroupPersistent= to make cgroups
14886 persistent, following the mechanisms outlined in
14887 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PaxControlGroups
14888
14889 * Support multiple local RTCs in a sane way
14890
14891 * No longer monopolize IO when replaying readahead data on
14892 rotating disks, since we might starve non-file-system IO to
14893 death, since fanotify() will not see accesses done by blkid,
14894 or fsck.
14895
14896 * Do not show kernel threads in systemd-cgls anymore, unless
14897 requested with new -k switch.
14898
14899 Contributions from: Dan Horák, Kay Sievers, Lennart
14900 Poettering, Michal Schmidt
14901
14902 CHANGES WITH 38:
14903
14904 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
14905 bugfixes.
14906
14907 * The git repository moved to:
14908 git://anongit.freedesktop.org/systemd/systemd
14909 ssh://git.freedesktop.org/git/systemd/systemd
14910
14911 * First release with the journal
14912 http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/the-journal.html
14913
14914 * The journal replaces both systemd-kmsg-syslogd and
14915 systemd-stdout-bridge.
14916
14917 * New sd_pid_get_unit() API call in libsystemd-logind
14918
14919 * Many systemadm clean-ups
14920
14921 * Introduce remote-fs-pre.target which is ordered before all
14922 remote mounts and may be used to start services before all
14923 remote mounts.
14924
14925 * Added Mageia support
14926
14927 * Add bash completion for systemd-loginctl
14928
14929 * Actively monitor PID file creation for daemons which exit in
14930 the parent process before having finished writing the PID
14931 file in the daemon process. Daemons which do this need to be
14932 fixed (i.e. PID file creation must have finished before the
14933 parent exits), but we now react a bit more gracefully to them.
14934
14935 * Add colourful boot output, mimicking the well-known output
14936 of existing distributions.
14937
14938 * New option PassCredentials= for socket units, for
14939 compatibility with a recent kernel ABI breakage.
14940
14941 * /etc/rc.local is now hooked in via a generator binary, and
14942 thus will no longer act as synchronization point during
14943 boot.
14944
14945 * systemctl list-unit-files now supports --root=.
14946
14947 * systemd-tmpfiles now understands two new commands: z, Z for
14948 relabelling files according to the SELinux database. This is
14949 useful to apply SELinux labels to specific files in /sys,
14950 among other things.
14951
14952 * Output of SysV services is now forwarded to both the console
14953 and the journal by default, not only just the console.
14954
14955 * New man pages for all APIs from libsystemd-login.
14956
14957 * The build tree got reorganized and the build system is a
14958 lot more modular allowing embedded setups to specifically
14959 select the components of systemd they are interested in.
14960
14961 * Support for Linux systems lacking the kernel VT subsystem is
14962 restored.
14963
14964 * configure's --with-rootdir= got renamed to
14965 --with-rootprefix= to follow the naming used by udev and
14966 kmod
14967
14968 * Unless specified otherwise we will now install to /usr instead
14969 of /usr/local by default.
14970
14971 * Processes with '@' in argv[0][0] are now excluded from the
14972 final shut-down killing spree, following the logic explained
14973 in:
14974 https://systemd.io/ROOT_STORAGE_DAEMONS/
14975
14976 * All processes remaining in a service cgroup when we enter
14977 the START or START_PRE states are now killed with
14978 SIGKILL. That means it is no longer possible to spawn
14979 background processes from ExecStart= lines (which was never
14980 supported anyway, and bad style).
14981
14982 * New PropagateReloadTo=/PropagateReloadFrom= options to bind
14983 reloading of units together.
14984
14985 Contributions from: Bill Nottingham, Daniel J. Walsh, Dave
14986 Reisner, Dexter Morgan, Gregs Gregs, Jonathan Nieder, Kay
14987 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
14988 Michał Górny, Ran Benita, Thomas Jarosch, Tim Waugh, Tollef
14989 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek